Full text of "Book-prices current; a record of the prices at which books have been sold at auction"

See other formats

The Papers of the ^^

Bibliographical Society
of America

VOLUME ELEVEN
1917

AKSEL G. S. JOSEPHSON
Editor

CARL B. RODEN

ANDREW KEOGH

ERNEST C. RICHARDSON

Publication Committee

The Society does not hold itself responsible for opinions
expressed by contributors of papers

THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS
CHICAGO. ILLINOIS

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS, London and Edinburgh

THE MARUZEN-KABUSHIKI-KAISHA. Tokyo. Osaka. Kyoto. Fukuoka. Sendai

THE MISSION BOOK COMPANY. Shanghai

Published January, April, and October, 1917

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XI

PAGES

Officers iii

Membership List iv

The Literature of the Invention of Printing, Aksel G. S.

Josephson i

The Literature of the Great War, Albert Howe Lybyer . . 15

Recent Gifts to the Library of the Society 40

Notes on a Facsimile Reproduction of Joseph Hunter's

Chorus Vatum Anglicanorum, W. N. C. Carlton ... 43
The List of Incunabula in American Libraries and Its Rela-
tion to the International Catalogue of the Prussian

Commission, Aksel G. S. Josephson 49

Hortus Sanitatis, /. Christian Bay 57

Fifteenth-Century Editions of Fasciculus temporum in Ameri-
can Libraries, Aksel G. S. Josephson 61, 146

Minutes of the Twenty-Fourth Semi-annual Meeting of the

Society 66

Notes 69

Incunabula Lists. L Herbals, Arnold C. Klebs .... 75

The Chicago Literary Club, Edward Osgood Brown ... 93

Bibliography, Aksel G. S. Josephson 103

Louisville Meeting

Vxesid&at's, Address,, George Watson Cole 117

The Shakespeare Tercentenary, Tucker Brooke . . . 123

De Bry and the Index Expur gator ius, Chester M. Gate 136

Minutes of the Annual Meeting of the Society . . . 141

Minutes of the Meeting of the Council 143

Notes 145

iii

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2007 with funding from

IVIicrosoft Corporation

http://www.archive.org/details/bool<pricescur11a13londuoft

The Papers of the

Bibliographical Society
of America

VOLUME ELEVEN. NUMBER 1
JANUARY, 1917

AKSEL G. S. JOSEPHSON
Editor

CARL B. RODEN

ANDREW KEOGH

GEORGE PARKER WINSHIP

Publication Committee

The Society does not hold itself responsible for opinions
expressed by contributors of papers

COPYKIGHT igi7 BT

Thz UmvxRsiTY or Chicaoo

400 coines printed

Composed and Printed By

The University o! Chicago Press

Chicago, IllinoU, U.S.A.

BIBUOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA

OFFICERS
1916-17

President: George Watson Cole

First Vice-President: Frederick W. Jenkins

Second Vice-President: Clarence Brigham

Secretary: Henry O. Severance

Treasurer: Frederick W. Faxon

Editor: Aksel G. S. Josephson

Ex-President, Carl B. Roden

Councilors Term expires

Johnson Brigham -------- 1917

George Parker Winship ----- 19 18

Charles Martel 19 19

Henry Morse Stephens ----- 1920

COMMITTEES

Membership: Frederick W. Faxon
Aksel G. S. Josephson
Henry O. Severance

Program: George Watson Cole
Clarence Brigham
The Secretary, ex officio

Publications: Carl B. Roden
Andrew Keogh
George Parker Winship

BIBUCXIRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA
Membership List

January 1, 1917

HONORARY MEMBER
Medina, Josi Toribio, Santiago de Chile.

REGULAR MEMBERS

Adams, Joseph Q., Jr., Ithaca, N.Y.

Alabama State Department of Archives and History, Montgomery; Ala.

Amherst College Library, Amherst, Mass.

Anderson, P. J., University of Aberdeen, Aberdeen, Scotland.

Andrews, C. W., John Crerar Library, Chicago, 111.

Armour, George A., Princeton, N.J.

Ayer, Edward E., Chicago, 111.

Bates, Albert C, Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford, Conn.

Beardslee, Oliver Guy, San Francisco, Cal.

Beer, William, Howard Memorial Library, New Orleans, La.

Bernard, Pierre A., New York, N.Y.

Biblioteca National, Habana, Cuba.

Biscoe, Walter S., State Library, Albany, N.Y.

Bishop, W. W., University of Michigan Library, Ann Arbor, Mich.

Borden, Miss Fanny, Vassar College Library, Poughkeepsie, N.Y.

Boston Athenaeum, Boston, Mass.

Boston Public Library, Boston, Mass.

Brewer, Luther A., Cedar Rapids, la.

Brigham, Clarence S., American Antiquarian Society, Worcester, Mass.

Brooklyn Public Library, Brooklyn, N.Y.

Brown, Charles H., Brooklyn Public Library, Brooklyn, N.Y.

Brown, Henry John, London, England.

Brown University Library, Providence, R.I.

Brownne, John S., New York, N.Y.

Bryn Mawr College Library, Bryn Mawr, Pa.

Burnet, Duncan, University of Georgia Library, Athens, Ga.

Burrage, Champlin, John Carter Brown Library, Providence, R.I.

California State Library, Sacramento, Cal.

Carlton, W. N. C, Newberry Library, Chicago, 111.

Carnegie Library of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Carpenter, Frederic Ives, Barrington, 111.

Gate, Chester M., New York, N.Y.

Chenery, Winthrop H., Washington University Library, St. Louis, Mo.

Chicago Public Library, Chicago, 111.

Clapp, Clifford B., Dartmouth College Library, Hanover, N.H.

Clapp, John M., Lake Forest College, Lake Forest, 111.

Clements, William L., Bay City, Mich.

Cleveland Public Library, Cleveland, Ohio.

Cole, George Watson, New York, N.Y., Life Member.

Cole, T. L., Washington, D.C.

Collins, V. Lansing, Princeton, N.J.

Columbia University Library, New York, N.Y.

Connecticut State Library, Hartford, Conn.

Crossley, F. B., Northwestern University School of Law, Chicago, 111.

Currier, T. Franklin, Harvard College Library, Cambridge, Mass.

Dartmouth College Library, Hanover, N.H.

De Coppons, Andre, Newberry Library, Chicago, 111.

Denver Public Library, Denver, Colo.

Detroit Public Library, Detroit, Mich,

District of Columbia Public Library, Washington, D.C.

Dodd, Robert H., New York, N.Y.

Du Puy, Henry F., New York, N.Y.

Fames, Wilberforce, New York Public Library, New York, N.Y.

Faxon, F. W., Roslindale, Mass.

Feipel, Louis N., Public Library, Brooklyn, N.Y.

Ferguson, Frederick S., London, England.

Finney, Byron A., Ann Arbor, Mich.

Forsyth, Walter G., Boston, Mass.

Goldsmith, Abraham, New York, N.Y.

Goodrich, F. L. D., University of Michigan Library, Ann Arbor, Mich.

Gould, C. H., McGill University Library, Montreal, Canada.

Grand Rapids Public Library, Grand Rapids, Mich.

Grolier Club, New York, N.Y.

Gnjndtvig, Dr. Vilhelm, Statsbiblioteket, Aarhus, Denmark.

Hanson, J. C. M., University of Chicago Library, Chicago, 111.

Harper, Lathrop C, New York, N.Y.

Harris, George William, Ithaca, N.Y.

Harvard College Library, Cambridge, Mass.

Hastings, C. H., Library of Congress, Washington, D.C.

Heartman, Charles Fred, New York, N.Y.

Holden, Arthur R., Montreal, Canada.

Hutcheson, David, Washington, D.C.

Hyde, James H., Paris, France, Life Member.

Iowa State Library, Des Moines, la.

James, William J., Wesleyan University Library, Middletown, Conn.

Jenkins, Frederick W., Russell Sage Foundation Library, New York, N.Y.

John Crerar Library, Chicago, 111.

Johns Hopkins University Library, Baltimore, Md.

Johnston, Richard H., Bureau of Railway Economics, Washington, D.C.

Johnston, W. Dawson, Public Library, St. Paul, Minn.

Jones, Ralph K., University of Maine Library, Orono, Me.

Josephson, Aksel G. S., John Crerar Library, Chicago, 111.

Kansas City Public Library, Kansas City, Mo.

Keogh, Andrew, Yale University Library, New Haven, Conn.

Klebs, Dr. Arnold C, Washington, D.C.

Koch, T. W., Library of Congress, Washington, D.C.

Konigliche Bibliothek, Berlin, Germany.

Lane, William C, Harvard College Library, Cambridge, Mass.

Leland Stanford Junior University Library, Stanford University, Cal.

Libbie, Frederick J., Boston, Mass.

Loewy, Benno, New York, N.Y.

Mackall, Leonard L., De Renne Library, Savannah, Ga.

Manchester Public Libraries, Reference Library, Manchester, England,

Manly, John M., University of Chicago, Chicago, 111.

Mann, B. Pickman, Washington, D.C, Life Member.

Martel, Charles, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C.

Martini, Joseph, New York, N.Y.

Matthews, Albert, Boston, Mass.

Meyer, H. H. B., Library of Congress, Washington, D.C.

Michigan State Library, Lansing, Mich.

Milwaukee Public Library, Milwaukee, Wis.

Minneapolis Athenaeum, Minneapolis, Minn.

Minnesota Historical Society Library, State Capitol, St. Paul, Minn.

Morgan, J. Pierpont, New York, N.Y.

Moulton, John G,, Haverhill Public Library, Haverhill, Mass.

Mudge, Miss Isadore G., Columbia University Library, New York, N.Y.

Nachman, Miss Selma, University of Chicago Library, Chicago, 111.

New Hampshire State Library, Concord, N.H.

New Jersey Public Service Corporation Library, Newark, N.J.

New York Athletic Club, New York, N.Y.

New York Public Library, New York, N.Y.

New York State Library, Albany, N.Y.

Newark Free Public Library, Newark, N.J.

North, Ernest Dressel, New York, N.Y.

Northup, C. S., Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y.

Northwestern University Library, Evanston, 111.

Ohio State University Library, Columbus, Ohio.

Paltsits, V. H., New York, N.Y.

Pennsylvania State Library, Harrisburg, Pa.

Philadelphia Free Library, Philadelphia, Pa.

Philobiblon Club, Philadelphia, Pa.

Plimpton, George A., New York, N.Y.

Poole, Franklin O., Library, Association of the Bar, New York, N.Y.

Potter, Alfred Claghorn, Harvard College Library, Cambridge, Mass.

Pratt Institute Library, Brooklyn, N.Y.

Providence Public Library, Providence, R.I.

Putnam, Herbert, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C.

Pyle, J. G., St. Paul, Minn.

Ranck, Samuel H., Grand Rapids Public Library, Grand Rapids, Mich.

Rhode Island State Library, Providence, R.I.

Richardson, E. C, Princeton University Library, Princeton, N.J.

Robertson, Miss Josephine C, University of Chicago Library, Chicago, 111.

Roden, C. B., Chicago Public Library, Chicago, 111.

Root, A. S., Oberlin College Library, Oberlin, Ohio.

Rosenbach, A. S. W., Philadelphia, Pa.

Rosengarten, Joseph, Philadelphia, Pa.

Rosenthals, Ludwig, Antiquariat, Munich, Germany.

St. Louis Public Library, St. Louis, Mo.

Salem Public Library, Salem, Mass.

Sargent, George H., Boston, Mass.

Scholefield, E. O. S., Provincial Library, Victoria, B.C.

Scoggin, G. C, University of Missouri, Columbia, Mo.

Seattle Public Library, Seattle, Wash.

Severance, Frank H,, Buffalo Historical Society, Buffalo, N,Y.

Severance, H. 0., University of Missouri Library, Columbia, Mo.

South Australia Public Library, Adelaide, South Australia.

State University of Iowa Library, Iowa City, la.

Stephens, H. Morse, University of California, Berkeley, Cal.

Swann, Arthur, New York, N.Y.

Terry, Roderick, Newport, R.I.

Thayer, Gordon W., Public Library, Cleveland, Ohio.

Tilton, Asa C, Lynn, Mass.

Tuckerman, Alfred, Newport, R.I.

United States Surgeon-General's Office, Library, Washington, D.C.

University of California Library, Berkeley, Cal.

University of Illinois Library, Urbana, 111.

University of Minnesota Library, Minneapolis, Minn.

University of North Carolina Library, Chapel Hill, N.C.

University of North Dakota Library, University, N.D.

University of Oregon Library, Eugene, Ore.

University of Texas Library, Austin, Tex.

University of Washington Library, Seattle, Wash.

Utica Public Library, Utica, N.Y.

Utley, G. B., Chicago, 111.

Vassar College Library, Poughkeepsie, N.Y.

Vries, A. G. C. de, Netherlands Booksellers Association, Amsterdam,

Holland.
Wegelin, Oscar, New York, N.Y.
White, WiUiam A., Brooklyn, N.Y.
Wiley, Edwin, Newport, R.I.
Williams College Library, Williamstown, Mass.
WUmarth, Mrs. M. H., Chicago, 111.
Wilson, Halsey W., White Plains, N.Y.
Wilson, Louis N., Clark University Library, Worcester, Mass.
Windsor, P. L., University of Illinois Library, Urbana, 111.
Winship, George Parker, Widener Library, Cambridge, Mass.
Wisconsin State Historical Society, Madison, Wis.
Worcester Coimty Law Library, Worcester, Mass.
Wyer, Malcolm G., University of Nebraska Library, Lincoln, Neb.

THE LITERATURE OF THE INVENTION
OF PRINTING

A BIBLIOGRAPHICAL STUDY

BY AKSEL G. S. JOSEPHSON

nPHE bibliographical study of which the present is the
first instahnent has been in preparation for a num-
ber of years. While a couple of hundred titles, chiefly
taken from the material in the John Crerar Library,
had been collected previously to 1907, the real work on
the list was begun in that year when, during a visit to
Sweden, I spent with fair regularity, during the better
part of the months of January and February, a couple of
hours each day at the University Library at Upsala,
copying from Bigmore and Wyman's Bibliography of
Printing the titles of the books dealing with the invention.
Later, the notes in van der Linde's Gutenberg^ Bruun's
Bogtrykkerkunstens Opfindelse, and a few other works
called attention to a number of additional titles. The
catalogues of the Library of the London Patent Office,
of the Borsenverein Bibliothek in Leipzig, the Royal
Library at The Hague, the Boston Public Library, etc.,
were consulted and many titles added from these sources.
Wolf's Monumenta Typographica, 1640, added some titles
of earUer dates, not previously foimd. Thanks are due
Mr. E. Wyndham Hulme, of the British Patent Office, for

Bibliographical Society of America

the titles of a number of Dutch pamphlets in collective
volumes in that library, and especially to Mr. R. A.
Peddie, who with the greatest kindness added a large
niunber of titles of books in the British Museum.

I am well aware that my present collection of some
1,850 titles does not represent a complete record of the
literature of this subject. But as the preparation of the
material for printing progresses, search will be made for
additional titles; the sources of information are not
unavailable. It might be of some interest to show how
the material at hand is divided chronologically: Fifteenth
century, twenty-nine titles; sixteenth century, 30 titles;
seventeenth century, 155 titles, of which 39 are credited
to the year 1640, when the two himdredth anniversary of
the reputed date of the invention was celebrated; eight-
eenth century, 286 titles, of which 120 are from the
third centennial year, 1740; nineteenth century, 1,161
titles, divided as follows : 234 before the fourth centennial,
226 in the year 1840, 259 from 1841 to 1869, when van
der Linde first began his studies of the " Haarlem legend,"
282 from that year to the celebration of the four hun-
dredth anniversary of Gutenberg's birth in 1900, 160
in 1900 (the record for this year cannot be completed
without consulting the extensive collections in the
Gutenberg Museum in Mainz) ; of titles after that year,
200 (no systematic effort has been made as yet to collect
other titles for this period than those that have come to
my personal notice or are recorded in Hortzschansky's
Bibliographie des Bibliotheks- und Buchwesens).

Literature of the Invention of Printing

I. The Fifteenth Century

The principal sources of information used in gathering the titles for the
present instalments have been Dr. Heinrich Heidenheimer's study, "Vom
Ruhme Gutenbergs" in the smaller Mainzer Festschrift of 1900, and the ar-
ticle on "Typography," by Mr. J. H. Hessels, in the eleventh edition of the
Encyclopaedia Britannica. A catalogue issued in 1910 by Joseph Baer & Co.,
in Frankfurt a. M., also yielded some titles. The majority of the quotations
have been made from Mr. Alfred W. Pollard's Essay on Colophons, from his
Catalogue of books mostly from the presses of the first printers . . . collected by
Rush C. Hawkins and deposited in the Annmary Brown Memorial, and from the
British Museum Catalogue of books printed in the fifteenth century; others from
books in the Harvard College Library, the John Carter Brown Library, the
New York Public Library, the Newberry Library, and the library of Mr. J.
Pierpont Morgan: others from rotographs of copies in the British Museum,
furnished through the kind assistance of Mr. H. Thomas. Thanks are due
also to Mr. Charles Martel, of the Library of Congress, especially for an
analysis of the psissages in the various editions of Rolevinck's Fasciculus
temporum.

It is quite likely that notes and references on the invention of printing
may be found in incunabula not mentioned in the following list. Any infor-
mation about such references will be appreciated.

I4S7

Psalteritim. Mainz: Johann Fust & Peter Schoeffer, 14. Aug.

143 leaves. Hain 13479.

Colophon refers to the invention of printing as being brought to
completion by Johann Fust and Peter Schoeffer: "Presens spalmorum
[i.e., psabnorum] codex venustate capitalium decoratus Rubricationi-
busque suflQcienter distinctus, Adinuentione artificiosa imprimendi ac
caracterizandi absque calami vUa exaracione sic effigiatus, Et ad eusebiam
dei Industrie est consummatus, Per Johannem fust ciuem maguntinum,
Et Petrum Schoffer de Gemszheim Aimo dpmini Millesimo. cccc. Ivij In
vigilia Assumpcionis."

This colophon was repeated with slight alterations in the Psalter of
1459, the Durandus of the same year, the Clementine Constitutions
of 1460, and the Bible of 1462, while variations of it occur in several
of Schoefifer's later books, some of which are quoted below.

1460

Balbus, Johannes. Catholicon. Mainz: [Johann Guten-
berg?]. 373 leaves. Hain 2254.

Colophon contains reference to the invention of printing in Germany
using expressions that seem to indicate that its writer was the inventor:

Bibliographical Society of America

"Altissimi presidio cuius nutu infantium lingue fiunt diserte, Quiqae
numerosepe paruulis reuelat quod sapieotibus celat, Hie liber egregius,
catholicon, dominice incamacionis anuis Mcccclx Alma in urbe magun-
tina nacionis inclite germanice, Quam dei clemencia tarn alto ingeoij
lumine, doaoque gratuito, ceteris terrarum nacionibus preferre, illus-
trareque dignatus est, Non calami, stili, aut pemie suffragio, sed mira
patroonarum formarumque concordia proporcione et modulo, impressus
atque confectus est."
1465

Bonifacius VIII. Liber sextus Decretalium. Mainz: Johann

Fust & Peter Schoeffer, 17. Dec. 142 leaves. Haiti *3586.

Colophon combines those of 1457 and 1460 as follows: "Presens hmus
sexti decretalium predarum opus, non atramento. plumali canna
neque aerea. sed artificiosa quadam adinuentione imprimendi. seu
caracterizandi sic effigiatum. et ad eusebiam dei industrie est consiun-
matum per Johannem fust ciuem moguntinum et Petrum schoifier de
gemssheym. Anno domini. M.cccc. sexagesimoquinto. Die vero decima-
septima mensis decembris."

1467

Thomas de Aquino. Summa, secunda secundae. Mainz: Peter

Schoefifer, 6. March. 258 leaves. Hain *i459.

Clemens V. Constitutiones. Mainz: Peter Schoeffer, 8. Oct.

6$ leaves. Hain *54ii.

The colophons of these two books contain identical statements, to wit:
"[Hoc] opus . . . Alma in vrbe moguntina inclite nacionis germanice.
quam dei dementia tam alti ingenij lumine donoque gratuito. ceteris
terrarum nacionibus preferre illustrareque dignatus est. Artificiosa
quadam adinuendone imprimendi seu caracterizandi absque vlla calami
exaratione sic effigiatum. et ad eusebiam dei industrie est consiun-
matum per Petnmi schoiffher de gemssheim."

Vocabularius ex quo. Eltville: Nicolaus Bechtermiintze &
Wiegandt Spyess, 4. Nov. 166 leaves.

Colophon contains phrases or words from those of 1457 and 1460:
"Presens hoc opusculum non stili aut penne suffragio sed noua artifi-
ciosaque invencione quadam ad eusebiam dei industrie per henricum
bechtermuncze pie memorie in altauiUa est inchoatum et demum sub
anno domini M.cccc.l.xvij ipso die leonardi confessoris, qui fuit quarta
die mensis nouembris, per nycolaum bechtermuncze fratrem dicti
henrid et Wygandxmi spyesz de orthenberg est consummatum."

Literature of the Invention of Printing

1468

Justinianus. Institutiones. Mainz: Peter Schoeffer, 24. May.
103 leaves. Hain 948g.

The colophon repeats portions of previous Schoeffer colophons, and the

corrector, Magister Franciscus, speaks in an allegorical poem following it

of two Johannes in Mainz as "librorum insignes prothocaragmaticos,"

but of Petrus as the first to enter the sepulcher: "Presens institutionum

preclarum opus Alma in vrbe maguntina inclite nacionis germanice.

quam dei dementia tam alti ingenij lumine. donoque gratuito. ceteris

terrarum nationibus preferre. illustrareque dignatus est. non atramento

calami, non plumali canna. neque area, sed artificiosa quadam adin-

uencione imprimendi seu caracterizandi sic efl&giatum et ad eusebiam

dei. Industrie est consummatum per Petrus scho)^er de Gemssheim.

Anno dominice incarnationis. Millesimo cccc. Ixviij. vicesimaquarta die

mensis Maij. END .
" Scema tabemaculi moises salamonque tempti

Haut propter ingenuos proficiunt dedalos

Sic deus ecclesie maius maior salomone

Jam renouans. renouat beselehel & hyram

Hos dedit eximios sculpendi in arte magistros

Cui placem eu mactos arte sagie viros

Quous genuit ambos vrbs maguntina iohannes

Librorum insignes prothocaragmaticos

Cum quibus optatum petrus venit ad poliandrum

Cursu posterior introeundo prior

Quippe quibus prostat sculpendi lege sagitus

A solo dante lumen & ingenium

Natio queque suum poteit repetire caragma

Secum. nempe stilo prominet omnigeno," etc.

Hieronymus. Tractatus et epistolae. Rome: [Conrad
Sweynheym & Arnold Pannartz], 13. Dec. 2 vol. 302, 329
leaves. Hain 8551.

The editor, Johannes Andreae, mentions, in the dedication, the invention
of gunjMDwder, and then speaks as follows of printing as having been
invented in Germany: "Eiusmodi est enim impressorum nostrorum
& characteres efl&ngentium artificium: ut uix inter hominum inuenta:
non modo noua: sed ne uetera quidem: quicunque excellentioris
inuenti possit referri. Digne honoranda secuUsque omnibus magni-
facienda profecto germania est: utiUtanim inuentrix maximarum."
Other editions, 1470, and by Peter Schoeffer in Mainz, 1470 and 1476.

Bibliographical Society of America

X47I

Plinius, Caius Caecilius, Secundus. Epistolarum libri novem.
Venice: [ChristophValdarfer], 4. May. 122 leaves. Hainijiio.

Ludovicus Carbo speaks, in his dedication to Duke Borsico of Modena,
of the Germans as having invented printing: " Adeo late pateat Romana
& Grseca facundia ut iam & Galli & Britanni bonos oratores & poetas
habere uideantur: ad quam quidem rem commodissimum adiumentum
praestiterunt nobilissima Germanorum ingenia: quam artificiosissimas
imprimendorum librorum formas excogitarunt ut sapientissimorum
auctorum plurima simul eodem temporis momento uolumina in promptu
ement: omnesque utilissimi codices & in magna copia: & leuiore sumptu
pavari possent:" etc.

Quintilianus, Marcus Fabius. Institutiones oratorise. Venice:
Nicolaus Jenson, 21. May. 211 leaves. Hain 13647.

The editor, Ognibene de Lonigo, refers in the following manner to
Jenson as the inventor of printing: "Accedebant justae preces magistri
Nicolai Jenson Gallici alterius (ut vere dicam) Dsedali: qui librariae
artis mirabilis inventor: non ut scribantur calamo libri: sed veluti
gemma imprimantur: ac prope sigillo primus omnium ingeniose mon-
stravit."

X47a

Fichet, Guillaume. Epistola ad Robertum Gaguinum. [Paris:
Ulrich Gering], n.d. 5 leaves.

Speaks of Gutenberg as the inventor of printing and having resided not
far from Mainz: "De studiorum humanitatis restitutione loquor.
Quibus (quantimi ipse coniectura capio) magnum lumen novorum
librariorum genus attulit. quos nostra memoria (sicut quondam equus
troianus) quoquoversus effudit Germania. Ferunt enim illic, hand
procul a civitate Maguncia loanne quendam fuisse, cui cognomen
bonemontano. qui primus omniimi impressoriam artem excogitauerit.
qua non calamo (ut prisci quidem illi) neque penna (ut nos fingimus)
sed aeris litteris libri finguntur. & quidem expedite, polite, & pulchre."

Barzizza, Gasparino da. Epistolae. Basel: Michael Wenssler,
n.d. 60 leaves. Hain 2675.

The verso of the first leaf contains the following verses referring to the
invention of printing in Mainz:
"Quos l^is vnde tibi si queras forte libelli

Literature of the Invention of Printing

Mittantur. presses dat basilea scias

Hanc facit egregiam Rheni nuaquam moritura

Fauna, simul studij gloria clara sui.

Terra ferax pecorum, cerere et bachoque referta

Est tamen hoc aliquid. associasse sibi

Artem pressurae quanquam moguncia finxit

Elimo traxit hanc basilea tamen

Littera quecunque est hac toto codice pressa," etc.

Gratianus. Decretum cum glossis. Mainz: Peter Schoeffer,
13. Aug. 413 leaves. Hain *788j.

Colophon, by omitting the words "indite nacionis Germanici" (from
the 1460 and following colophons) assigns the blessings of the invention
to Mainz: " .... in nobili iirbe Moguncia que nostros apud maiores
aurea dicta: quam diuina etiam dementia dono gratuito per ceteris
terrarum nationibus arte impressoria dignata est illustrare: hoc presens
Gratiani decretum suis cum rubricis: non atramentali penna cannaue:
sad arte quadam ingeniosa imprimendi: cunctipotente adspiranti deo
Petrus schoiffer de Gemssheym suis consignando scutis: feliciter con-
summavit."

1474

Riccobaldus Ferrariensis. Chronica summorum pontificum

imperatorumque. Rome: Joh. Phil, de Lignamine, 14. July.

130 leaves. Hain *io8sy.

Ascribed by Hain to one Martinus Polonus.

Edited, with additions, by J. P. de Lignamine. Contains under date of

1459 the following reference to the printing of books from type by

Gutenberg, Fust, and Mentelin: "Jacobus cognominato Gutenbergo:

patria Argentinus & quidam alter cui nomen Fustus imprimendarum

litterarum in membranis cum metallicis formis periti trecentas cartas

quisque eorum per diem facere innotescunt apud Maguntiam Germaniae

civitatem. lohannes quoque MenteUnus nuncupatus apud Argentinam

ejusdem provinciae civitatem: ac in eodem artificio peritus totidem

cartas per diem imprimere agnoscitur."

Repeated in the edition printed in Rome in 1476 by Johannes Schurener.

1476

Justinianus. Institutiones. Mainz: Peter Schoeflfer, 23. May.

103 leaves. Hain *g4g8.

The colophon affirms that this edition was printed "in nobile vrbe
Maguncia Rheni, impressoria artis inventrice elimatriceque prima."

8 Bibliographical Society of America

Rolevinck, Werner. Fasciculus temp>orum. Koln: Conrad
de Homburch, 8. Nov. 73 leaves. Hain *6gig.

Contains under the year 1457 the following statement about the inven-
tion of printing in Mainz: "Artifices mira celeritate subtiliores soli to
fiunt. Et impressores librorum multiplicantur in terra ortus sue artis
habentes in Maguntia."

The two editions of 1474, also printed in Koln, one by Arnold ter Hoemer,
the other (second) by Nicolaus Gotz, have the same statement down to
and including the words " multiplicantur in terra," but have no reference
to the invention in Mainz.

In 1481 an edition of this book was printed in Rougemont, by Heinrich
Wirczburg, containing the reference to the invention in a somewhat
different form, thus: "Librorum impressionis scientia subtilissima
omnibus seculis inaudita circa hec tempora reperitur in urbe maguntina.
Hec est ars artium, scientia scientiarum per cuius celeritatis "exerci-
tationem thesaurus desiderabilis sapientie et scientie quern omnes
homines per instinctum nature desiderat. qui de profundis latibu-
larum tenebris persiliens. mundum hunc in maligno positum dictat
pari ter et illuminat."

One of these three references recurs in each of the thirty-eight other
/editions of this book, printed in the fifteenth century. The Dutch
translation, printed in 1480 in Utrecht, by Jan Veldmer, has the following
version: "Die constenaers ghemeenlick in alien constensijn in corten
tijden seer schielike veel subtijlre gheworden dan si pleghen te wesen
En die boeck printers worden seer vermenicht in alien landen."

1478

Gagtiin, Robert. Ars versificatoria. [Paris: Ulrich Gering],
n.d. 28 leaves. Hain 7421.

At least three later editions were printed before 1501, two with title

"De arte metrificanda."

An epigram by the author refers to the invention of printing in Germany:

In laudem artis impressorie Roberti gaguini Epigramma.
Nos quotiens sumes lector venerande libellos

Artificum totiens semper amabis opus.
Quod cita vix poterat prescribere dextra quotamnis

Mense dat ars. nee inest sordida menda libro
Pluris erat nuper calamo ruganda papirus:

Quam modo pregrandis veniat ipse codex.
Hoc tulit inuentum foelix germania terris

Artis & ingenii nobile scema sui.

Jorcbus cognomto Gutenbergoipatria
Arg^^hcinus 6g quidam alter cui n3rrt*;n
Fuftus imprimenday: littera^ m mem/*
branis cum meuilicivformis periti trc'
centas cartas quifg; eo^ p diem face re
innotefcut apud Maguntia Germnntf
ciuitatem. lobannesquocj? Mentelinus
nuncupatus apud Argentinam eiufdem
^umcif ciuitatemiac in eodem artificio
perirus totidem cartas g diem iprimerci
agnofcitur.

From RiccoBALDUS Ferrariensis: Chronica summorum pontificum
IMPERATORUMQUE, 1474 {Copy in Annmary Brotvn Memorial)

I iCOngintu Urtcraru ftudtoft 6ertr.inTl9Dcbcflnt

I I nullofaticDiccdtgciicrtfap;imipona/niq5

g Joanne 6uteiibcrg Zuitmgc cquiii XDag"

rierbeni foleni igeniolib:og 3^mpjin:cdog
ratio « 44o-mcnta;boctcBc loce fare ozbia par

tesj.tpagat:qoiniu0Jrtqutfa^paruoyrgc6paJ .

rata:po,^cnonb^ infinitie voUimimb^legintr.j

From EusEPius: Chronicon, 1483 {Copy in Harvard College Library)

AfrtidhB mta ttlmtatt fublili<»tf folifD fiut* tupitttottg U

From Werner Rolevinck: Fasciculus temporum, 1476 {Copy in The Library of Congress)

-2^ ji 3 2-0 C E 3

Vfc^'r; to 3^ S« 5-2
|r..||j:|'g|t

<3ati':ujisS

♦i: '^ S^ s,3 »73 2

2 n >^ £ E ^ 2.^ S

S 8"2 f5 5 g E g p p.
.E^^^<3^bcp2

^*: r, e 2 «i c.^ g^
-s? C Q. f' E *- ^^.si.3 ♦*

E ^ 2 F H-vr -^ o Si ^
^2-2 ^.co ^— It t;

E ♦^ o o-S^ =^ .S
'r E E .♦ t: *4";s s'^ :;

il!

*- Ci-»WS ^ 3 05 i^

■ Tsia

-T3

>«

»— •

»3

»«

-9

•^

-T3

«.<

• «M

«t

^2.

-4

»-H

«4

•J

s
c

Literature of the Invention of Printing

1479

Tortellius, Johannes. Commentariorum grammaticorum de
orthographia dictionum e graecis tractarum opus. Vicenza:
Stephan Koblinger, 15. Jan. 345 leaves. Hain 15566.
At end:

Hieronymi [Bononi] "Carmen in primi impressoris commenda-
tionem":

Tingere dispositis chartas quicunque metallis.

Coepit: & insignes edidit acre notas:
Mercurio genitore fatus: geni trice Minerva

Praeditus aethereas femine mentis erat
Non ilium ceceris: non ilium c\ira Lyaei

Terrenae tenuit non opis ullus amor.
Copia librorum cupidis modo rara latinis

Cum foret. auspiciis illius ampta venit
Improbus innumeris librarius ante talentis

Quod dabat: exigua nimc stipe vendit opus.
Historiae venere Titi. se Plinius omni.

Gymnasio iactant Tullius atque Maro.
Nullum opus o nostri felicem temporis artem

Cellat in arcano bibliotheca situ.
Quem modo rex. quem vix princeps modo rarus babebat

Quisque sibi librum pauper habere potest
Redditus hac etiam nuper TorteUius arte

Plurimus. escribas qua ratione docet.
Himc eme qui lingua cultus cupis esse latina

Himc eme grammaticus qui cupis esse bonus.
Quae geminanda notis fuerit tibi syllaba. simplex

Quae ve sit. exilis. densa ve. doctus eris.
Postmodo qui fuerit tibi grato si commodus usu.

Has memor assiduis plausibus ede preces
Artifici semper faveant pia numina sancto

Utilis effluxit cuius ab arte liber.

X483

Eusebius, Pamphilus. Chronicon a S. Hieronymo latine
versum et ab eo Prospero Britannico et Mattheo Palmerio con-
tinuatum. Venice: Erhard Ratdolt pro J. L. Santritter, 13. Sept.
182 leaves. Hain *67iy.

Contains under the year 1457 the following reference to Gutenberg as
the inventor of printing in 1440: "Quantum literarum studiosi Germanis

lo Bibliographical Society of America

debeant nuUo satis dicendi genere exprimi posset. Namque a Joanne
Gutenberg Zumiungen equiti Maguntiae rheni solerti ingenio librorum
Imprimendorum ratio 1440. inventa: hoc tempore in omnes fere orbis
partes propagantur: quam omnis antiquitas parvo aerae comparata:
posterioribus infinitis voluminibus legitur."
Repeated in later editions: 151 2, etc.

Foresti, Jacobus Philippus, (Bergomensis). Supplementum
chronicarum. Venice: Bernardinus Benalius, 23. Aug. 306
leaves. Hain 2805.

Mentions under the year 1458 Gutenberg and Fust as reputed inventors
of printing: " Ars imprimendi libros his temporibus in Germania primum
enata est: quam alii repertam asserunt a Joanne Cutembergo argen-
tino : alii a quodam nomine Fusto alij a Nicholao Jensone praedicant :
qua certe nulla in mundo dignior, nulla laudabilior: aut utilior: sive
divinior, et sanctior esse potuit. In cuius quidem laude quidam ex
nostris hos cecinit versus dicens.

O felix nostris memoranda impressio sedis
Inventore nitet utraque lingua tuo:
Desierat quasi totum quod fundis in orbem
Nunc paruo doctus quilibet esse potest
Omnes te summis igitur nunc laudibus oment
Te duce quando ars hec mire reperta fuit."
i486 and later editions omit the name of Nicbolaus Jenson.
1493

Bossius, Donatus. Cronica bossiana. Milan: A. Zarotus,
I. March. 168 leaves, Hain 3676.

Contains under date of 1457 the following mention of Gutenberg as the
inventor of printing: "Hoc anno salutifera doctrinarum omnium
imprimendorum librorum ars auctore Joanne Gutember germano
reperta est."

Chronik der Sachsen. Mainz: Peter SchoeflFer, 1492, 6. March.
284 leaves. Hain* 4990.

Colophon states that the book was printed "In der eddelen stat Mencz.
die eyn angefangk is der prenterey."

1493

Schedel, Hartmann. Liber cronicarum. Niirnberg: Anton

Koberger, 12. July. 320 leaves. Hain 14508.

This edition mentions under date of 1464 thus the invention of
printing in 1440: "Ars imprimendi libros hijs temporibus primum in

Literature of the Invention of Printing ii

germania enata est Quantum igitur litterarum studiosi germanis debeant.
nullo satis dicendi genere exprimi potest, hanc apud maguntiam
rheni vrbem solerti ingenio libronun imprimendorum ratio. 1440.
inventam fuisse aiunt. Hos tempore in omnes fere orbis partes propa-
gatur," etc.

The 1497 edition contains a curious misprint : " urbis pertes porpagatur."
The German edition, printed in December, 1493, has it that "Kunst der
truckerey hat sich erstlich in teutschem lannd in der statt Mainz am
Rhein gelegen im iar Cristi Mccccxl erzeugt. unnd hiervon schier in
alia orter der werlt auszgespreuszt."

1494

Werner von Themar, Adam. Panegyris ad loannem Gens-

fleisch primum librorum impressorem.

According to Heidenheimer, this was first printed in Alteste Buch-
druckergeschichte von Bamberg, von P. Placidus Sprenger. Niim-
berg: Grattauer, 1800. Dr. Haebler, however, writes me that he has
seen it attached to one of the many thousands of incunabula which
have gone through his hands lately, though he could not place it at the
time of writing. The following reprint of the text is taken from an
article about Werner by Hartfelder in Zeitschrijt fur die Geschichte
des Oberrheins, Vol. 33, 1880, to which my attention was called by
Mr. H. Thomas of the British Museum.

"PANEGYRIS AD JOANNEM GENSFLEISCH, PRIMUM
LIBRORUM IMPRESSOREM

Ansicaro, vigili praestantior ansere, Romam

Qui monuit, Gallos limini inesse canens,
Arcem is seruabat, vasto tu consulis orbi.

Qui se felicem non negat arte tua.
Si conferre libet, diuinae inuenta Mineruae

Et tua spectentur, cuncta pudore rubent.
Praeterea auctores operis mirabilis omnes,

Se iactare quibus secula prisca volunt:
Dedalus ingenii laudatus acumine cedat

Et tibi, qui melior Alchimetonte fuit;
Post te vafer eat Sisiphus, tibi clarus Apelles

Judice se palmam Parrasiusque ferat.
Protulit baud simile, quamuis spirantia signa

Solers mirifice fingere quisque fuit.

12 Bibliographical Society of America

Tanti est te littris sculpta excudisse metalla,

Quae effundant fidas tam cito pressa notas.
Hinc tua, si possit, dignas Moguntia grates

Solueret ante alia, quam colis ipse, loca,
Terraque iam multo Germana volumine diues

Te colit inuento facta beata tuo.
Italia, ex nostris quae banc mendicauerat artem

Emula, grata tibi non pudet usque fore.
Ecce tua innumeras intus, laetare, per urbes

Fernet et auctorem te probat esse suum.
Viue, vale, Ansicaro! Latii iactantia spectet

Et doleat talem non genuisse virum.

Ex Heidelbergo III Kal. Decembres 1494.

1405

Wimpfeling, Jacobus. Oratio querulosa contra invasores
sacerdotum. [Koln: Heinrich Quentell], n.d. 8 leaves. Hain
12026.

Mentions on fol. 36 thus the invention of printing in Mainz: "Constat
enim olim bombardas & nostris iam, temporibus Cachographiam [!]
hoc est impressoriam artem in nobilissima germanie Vrbe Maguncia
fiiisse repertam."

1499

Die Cronica van der hilliger Stat van Coellen. Koln: Johann
KoelhoS, 23. Aug. 366 leaves. Hain 4g8g.

Contains on leaves 31 1-3 12 a chapter entitled:
"Van der boychdrucker kunst, Wanne, wae ind durch wen
is vonden dye unuyssprechlich nutze kunst boicher tzo
drucken.* ' See facsimile.

This chapter contains Ulrich Zell's version of the invention:

"Item wie wail die kunst is vonden zo Mentz, als vurss is, up die wise
als dann nu gemeynlich gebruicht wird, so is doch die eyrste vurbyldung
vonden in Holland viss den Donaten, die daselffst vur der tzi jt gedruckt
syn," etc. And farther on it is stated that "der eyrste vynder der
druckerye b gewest eyn Burger tzo Mentz ind was geboren van
Straissburch. ind hiesch joncker Johan Gudenburch."

Literature of the Invention of Printing 13

Vergilius, Polydorus. De rerum inventoribus libri iii. Venice:
Christopher de Pensis, 31. Aug. 88 leaves, Hain * 16008.

Book 2, chap. 7: "Qui primi libros ediderunt, & de prima bibliotheca:
& k quo, aut ubi usus imprimendarum literarum primo inventus,"
speaks of printing as invented in Mainz by a German, Peter by name.
"Quidam itaque Germanus nomine Petrum (ut ab eius conterraneis
accepimus) primus omnium in oppido Germaniae quam hodie Magun-
tiam uocant: banc imprimendarum litterarum artem excogitauit:
primumque ibi ea exerceri ccepit: non minori industria reperto ab
eodem (prout ferunt) auctore nouo atramenti genere: quo nunc impres-
sores tantum utuntur."

Marsilius ab Inghen. Oratio continens dictiones, clausulas
et elegantias orationes. Mainz: Peter von Friedberg n.d., after
10. July. 22 leaves. Hain *ioy8i.

On fol. 22a, epitaph by Adam Gelthus over Gutenberg, hailing him as
inventor of printing:

"In foelicem artis impressorie inventorem
D O M S

Joanni genssfleish artis impressorie repertori deomni natione et lingua
optime merito in nominis sui memoriam immortalem Adam Gelthus
posuit ossa eius in ecclesia diui Francisci Maguntina foeliciter cubant."
On fol. 22h, an epigram by Jacob Wimpfeling, also in honor of
Gutenberg as the first printer.

SUMMARY

Of the twenty-seven books described above, seven are the works
of annalists who tell what has happened in the world year by year,
from the creation of the earth. Three of these mention the inven-
tion of printing under the year 1457, one under 1459, while two
give the year of the invention as 1440. One, the Cologne chronicle,
devotes a whole chapter to the story of the invention. So does
Polydorus Vergilius in his Book of inventions. In the case of three
books of general character the editors speak, in introduction or
dedication, of the benefits derived from the art of printing books
from types. Six books 'contain verses in honor of the inventor and

14 Bibliographical Society of America

his art. One, Fichet's letter to Gaguin of 1472, mentions the
invention in course of writing. Nine books, all but one printed
in Mainz, by Fust and Schoeflfer or by Schoeffer alone, the ninth
in Eltville, close by that city, contain the statement about the
invention in their colophons.

Twelve statements give Mainz as the place where the invention
took place, four do not mention any city, but say that the inven-
tion was made in Germany, while two do not give the place at allj
the Cologne chronicle, while stating that the art was invented in
Mainz, says that it was based on certain work done in Holland.
It is interesting to note that the first book to contain any men-
tion of the invention, the 1457 Psalterium, does not directly mention
Mainz as the place, while implying this to be the place by giving
the two Mainzians who printed that book as the inventors of the
art, and that the second, Balbus' Catholicoon, which in all prob-
ability was printed by Gutenberg, does not connect the invention
with Mainz, merely with Germany; Holland, on the other hand^
is not mentioned at all in connection with the art until 1499^
when the Cologne Chronicle mentions the "Dutch Denatures"; but
it gives Mainz as the place of the invention, and Gutenberg as the
inventor. Eight other books mention him by name as the inventor,
six give Fust, five Schoefifer, as inventor or co-inventor, the majority
of these being productions of their own presses; one ascribes
the invention to Mentelin, and two to Jenson, one of these being
printed by him. Riccobaldus Ferrariensis who says that Mentelin
was one of the inventors, connects Strassburg with the invention
in another way as well, by making Gutenberg a native of that city.

THE LITERATURE OF THE
GREAT WAR-

BY ALBERT HOWE LYBYER
INTRODUCTION

npHE PRESENT war surpasses all previous human
'- armed conflicts in nearly every respect. It is true
that the scenes of its important fighting are hardly as
widely distributed over the earth's surface as in the great
wars of the eighteenth century, nor can its duration, in all
probabihty, be as great as that of several previous wars.
But in the number of inhabitants of the belligerent
nations and in the number of actual combatants, in the
wealth that can be drawn upon and in the actual expendi-
tures upon the war, in the vast hosts of prisoners and of the
sick, wounded, and killed, in the millions who are being
impoverished, widowed, and orphaned, in the infinity of
thrilling experiences and brave deeds, in the multitude of
political, economic, and racial questions involved, and in
the probable determinative influences upon future times,
precedent has already been far transcended by the war
which began in 19 14.

In proportion to the war itself is the task which con-
fronts its historians and librarians. This is a day when

» A paper read by the author before the Illinois Library Association at
Ottawa, Illinois, October ii, 1916.

1 6 Bibliograpkical Society of America

paper and ink are cheap, and printing-presses fabulously
numerous and rapid. The express-train, the ocean liner,
and the telegraph carry unheard-of burdens of words.
Countless educational institutions turn out increasing
multitudes who desire information through ear and eye,
and groups almost as numerous of those who can write
informational and even readable material. A vast
number of the latter are already engaged in heaping up
productions upon the war. Those who claim specifically
to be historians of the war are even now many, and their
tribe will increase. So far as is known, only one man
watched the twenty-seven years' course of the Pelopon-
nesian War with a view to telling its story. Already
the first instalments are published of at least a score of
histories of the present war by contemporary observers,
and it does not appear how many other persons are
quietly gathering materials and beginning work upon the
same vast task. The historical aspect of a great situation
has never before been so consciously realized. The world
has never contained so many trained and active observers
as now. By comparison with the last great general
war, which ended a hundred years ago, there are now
no doubt at least a hundred times as many potential
historians.

The immense subject of the history and literature of
the great war may be approached in a brief survey by
considering a half-dozen topics: the events, the observers,
primary historical material, secondary historical material,
extra-historical material, and critical problems.

The Literature of the Great War 17

THE EVENTS

Events constitute the ultimate basis of history. The
present war, directly and indirectly, is providing them in
unlimited abundance. The main groups of events con-
nected with the war may be passed in review as political,
diplomatic, commercial, military (including naval), and
psychological. Each group may be divided chronologi-
cally into events before the war, during the war, and after
the war; each may be subdivided in other ways according
to its nature.

Political events may be classified first as international
and national. Many political events of both these vari-
eties led up in the case of each belligerent nation to the
decision of going to war. Consider, for instance, such
large matters as the growth of Prussian power, the build-
ing of the British Empire, the expansion of Russia, the
crumbling of the Turkish Empire, the Alsace-Lorraine
question (which runs back at least to 843 a.d.), the
activities under the theory of the "balance of power,"
the expansion of European influence and ownership over
the world, the growth of nationalism: each of these chains
of events leads into the present war; each continues
during it; each will probably outlast it. Every internal
political question in each nation of the world is modified
by the war; as the Ulster question, Prussian electoral
reform, socialistic movements, Russian revolutionary
tendencies, and even in the United States the tariff
question and miUtary preparation. Every department
of every government has been affected. No small number

1 8 Bibliographical Society of America

of international political events accompany the war:
as the temporary organization of conquered provinces,
and the acts of belligerents toward neutrals upon sea
and land.

As for diplomatic events, these led toward the war,
they were very numerous in connection with its outbreak,
and, though interrupted almost entirely as between
enemies, they continue abundantly within each belligerent
group, and between beUigerents and neutrals. The con-
clusion of peace is likely to furnish as important negotia-
tions as any in antecedent human history. Movements
for a revised and respected body of international law,
and for a world-organization which will hinder, if not
prevent, war, are aheady begun, and are being advanced
strongly by the existence and the incidents of the present
conflict.

The commercial events of the world are in all countries
affected by the war. Trade-routes have ceased to pass
across the common frontiers of belligerent nations. Trade
has increased greatly in unaccustomed channels. The
Dardanelles have long been closed, the outlet of the
Baltic Sea hindered, and the Suez Canal threatened.
The ancient way from Belgrade to Constantinople was
blocked and again opened. Commercial ships have been
destroyed, interned, and commandeered for pubUc
service. The railroad systems of great nations are being
operated primarily for war. New lines are being hurried
through, as on the routes from Constantinople to Bagdad
and Egypt, and from Petrograd to Kola on the Arctic

[

The Literature of the Great War 19

Ocean. Prices are changing in all countries, belligerent
and neutral, in most cases having already risen very
materially. The production of many articles and com-
modities has diminished, as of beet sugar in Germany and
books in France; that of others has increased, as of
grain and munitions of war in the United States. Gov-
ernments both belligerent and neutral have assumed
novel powers over trade, as in commandeering supplies,
fixing prices, and controlling the consumption of bread,
meat, butter, rubber, gasoline, and the like. Orders in
council and constructive or actual blockades have led to
an immense amount of interference with trade, by deten-
tion of ships and diversion or confiscation of their cargoes.
The fear of submarine attack and floating mines, and the
scarcity of shipping, have raised the rates of marine insur-
ance and ocean freight everywhere, and cause at times the
congestion of land freight near the seaboard of the United
States. Balances of trade have shifted, and rates of
exchange have fluctuated. Govermnents have gone into
business on a vast scale. They have taxed and borrowed
and spent in quantities beyond all precedent and expecta-
tion. All together they are raising and spending, it is
estimated, some eighty million dollars a day. No part
of the world is so distant and no individual so poor, as
not to lose or gain, and have the conditions of business
life modified, by the great war.

The central events of the war are of course military and
naval. How shall the niunber, the importance, and the
complexity of these even be stated ? Consider the areas

20 Bibliographical Society of America

of fighting: the long lines at the east and west of the
Central Powers; the various fields in the Balkan penin-
sula— Serbia, Montenegro, Greece, Roumania; the four
principal areas where the Turks have fought — the Dar-
danelles, Armenia, Mesopotamia, Suez; the four African
regions — Togoland, the Cameroons, German Southwest
Africa, German East Africa; the Asiatic regions, Tsingtau,
and the Pacific islands; the scenes of naval combat —
off Coronel, the Falkland Islands, Malacca, and the Black,
North, and Baltic seas; and the wide-flung theaters of
submarine and aerial activity. Under all manner of cir-
cumstances, in the desert and the forest, in country and
town, in snow and heat, in rain and drought, on plain and
mountain, men fight and fall. Consider the great phases
of the war, on the land, on the sea, and in the air, with
their subphases: trench-digging and trench-fighting,
marching and encamping, charging and retreating, in-
vading and defending, watching, shooting, mining,
scouting, patrolling, shelling, and bombing. Consider
the different arms of the service: on land the infantry,
cavalry, and commissariat, the medical and intelligence
departments and the high command; on the sea the
officers, sailors, and marines, the stokers, engineers, and
gunners. Consider the great campaigns, movements,
and battles, where an individual man is as nothing, and
where ten thousand fall in making a small dent in the
enemy's lines. In all this, men in millions think and
act, toil and struggle, fall sick, receive wounds, die. The
number of events is infinite.

The Literature of the Great War 21

There is also a vast background of home activity in
support of the military events. It includes the recruit-
ing and the training of literal millions of soldiers, the
manufacture of miraculous quantities of munitions (per-
haps a million shells are now being made in the world
each day), the production of thousands of kinds of
articles of equipment, the preparation of millions of
pounds of food supplies. A vast organization of men and
machinery is necessary to transport men, munitions, and
suppUes to the places where they are wanted, as from
Germany to Bagdad and Beersheba, from England to
Salonika and Suez. The transport to long distances by
land and sea is, however, less wonderful than the contin-
ual ample provision of what is needed for the great lines
in the main theaters of war. There is also the care of the
wives and children of soldiers, of the widows and orphans
of the fallen, and of the hundreds of thousands of wounded.
Each belUgerent country has been and is one vast hospital
with an endless procession of sick and wounded, who arrive
from the front, and, after a period of care, return to the
front, or pass as cripples or invaKds into more or less help-
less private life, or are borne prematurely to the grave.
The very numerous organizations for charitable and
relief work of various kinds perform a multitude of acts.
The work of Americans alone, as in the Belgian and
Armenian rehef , is of immense and increasing extent.

Most numerous of all are the psychological events,
which include the experiences and emotions of those
affected by the war. These inward and hidden events are

22 Bibliographical Society of America

precisely the ones which most concern the historian and
the librarian, for they initiate the transition between all
the other events and written words. Since not only
direct participants in the war, but neariy all other intel-
ligent beings on the face of the earth, encounter an endless
series of psychological reactions from the innumerable
happenings of these crowded years, the possibilities of
producing material are appallingly numerous.

THE OBSERVERS

I have endeavored to bring to your minds the infinite
number, variety, and importance of the events of the
war. Such a survey gives exercise in classification, but
the events themselves do not concern you directly as
librarians. What you will handle is the written or
printed material which describes and discusses the events
of the war. But before this can be understood thor-
oughly, it is necessary to look rapidly at the classes of
persons who are in a position to prepare material; that is
to say, at the various groups of observers.

A primary distinction among the observers in the great
war is that between officials and others. From the latter
may perhaps be separated off an intermediate class of
semi-officials. Officials in pursuance of their prescribed
duties visit and remain in certain places where ordinary
citizens may not come, and many of them are expected
to observe carefully and record events which others are not
permitted even to see. The number of officials of all
grades in the present war from first to last will probably

The Literature of the Great War 23

number in the neighborhood of one hundred millions. In
the field and afloat in the navies are the ojfficers, soldiers,
marines, and sailors; the physicians, stretcher-bearers,
ambulance-drivers, and chaplains. The transport serv-
ice by land and sea, which brings forward in trains, motor
cars, and wagons, and in steam and sailing vessels, to
exactly the places needed in the vast theaters of war, the
soldiers, cannon, shells, food supphes, clothing, repair
material, and the like, and takes back the human and
other wreckage, demands the activity of hundreds of
thousands of men. At home in each belligerent land are
those who direct operations of every kind, and who pre-
pare the enormous quantities of supphes for use at the
front, and those also who recruit and train the troops.
The tendency is to draw in more and more of the popula-
tion to official, or at least to semi-official, service; for
instance, the officers and crews of nearly all the merchant
ships of England, and the manufacturers of munitions
of war in every land, including even great numbers of
women and children.

The unofficial observers in a way include all the rest of
the people of the world, as potential producers of material
for the librarian and historian to handle. But there are
many special groups. There are nurses by the tens
of thousands for the hundreds of thousands of wounded.
One thing we are spared, in that it has not been permitted
since the Spanish-American War that clouds of corre-
spondents should clog the battlefields, with their spy-
glasses, cameras, and notebooks, and great facihty in the

24 Bibliographical Society of America

composition of despatches, whether they have seen any-
thing or not. Nevertheless, a considerable number of war
correspondents, including semi-official "eyewitnesses,"
explorers, travelers, reporters, novehsts, and poets, has
been allowed to come near the scenes of action, and at
times even to visit the front. Prisoners of war by millions
are accumulating experiences; while at home, most keenly
in the belligerent lands, but with great interest in every
neutral land also, all persons of the age of discretion and
of sound mind (and some who seem hardly to be so) have
learned more or less about the war, and are in a position
to produce some written material.

The war is not yet ended, and direct observation has
not ceased. But after it is all over, there will be armies of
observers who will visit the battlefields and ruins, and
talk with participants, and afterward write battalions of
books. The process has begun already in areas which
the war has covered for a time and then abandoned.

THE PRIMARY HISTORICAL MATERIAL

These reflections lead us to consider next the primary
or first-hand historical material that is provided by the
events of the Great War and that may be utilized by
observers who also become writers. I hope that you will
pardon me for handling this subject more or less along
the lines of historical research. Let me explain that we
used the word "trace" to indicate any material and
enduring result of an event or action. It is a relieving
thought that not all events leave discernible traces, and

The Literature of the Great War 25

that only such as do so can add to our historical and
bibliographical burdens. The primary historical ma-
terial furnished by the war may then be divided
into physical traces, psychological traces, and written
material.

Physical traces prolong the time of direct observation.
Consider first the modifications of the land. It is the case,
I beheve, that earthworks built by JuUus Caesar in his
campaigns have been identified after nearly two thousand
years. So for many generations it will be possible to see
in Europe, left by the present war, forts, military roads
and railroads, earthworks and trenches, shell-pits, ruins,
and graves. Some months ago a correspondent reported
that on the French side alone of the western fighting-line
there were, in places behind each mile of front, twenty
miles of trenches for approach, retreat, and refuge.
Where the line has been long in one location, there have
been built continuous underground villages. The process
of advance at present involves preparing the way by the
use of large shells filled with extremely powerful explosives,
and the word "blasting" is used to describe the terrible
artillery preparation for a charge. Such a method
changes the face of the country, filling small valleys,
cutting down hills, and destroying tillable surfaces and
the soil itself. The face of the earth will long show the
marks of this war.

For generations and even centuries families in their
houses, and cities and nations in their museums and
public squares and harbors, will preserve relics of the war,

26 Bibliographical Society of America

such as weapons, bullets, shells, flags, uniforms, cannon,
floating mines, aeroplanes, and even ships, even as in our
own country are preserved swords of Bunker Hill, and
battle flags and cannon balls, muskets and monitors
from the Civil War.

There is also accumulating, in the face of many restric-
tions and difficulties, no small number of photographs and
drawings, and paintings and moving-picture films. We
may reflect further that for some fifty or sixty years
hundreds of thousands of men will carry about with them
personal physical traces of the Great War, in scars; mutila-
tions, and artificial limbs. Of course few of these physical
traces of the war, unless it be photographs and other
pictures, are likely to be stored in Ubraries, but what
is written about them will demand a place upon the
shelves.

Nor can the psychological traces be stored directly in
the bookstack. Nevertheless, they also will for some
sixty years continue to stimulate writing. Reminiscences
of our Civil War have by no means entirely ceased to
appear. The psychological traces of the Great War
may be summed up, as in all such cases, in the word
*' memories." The war may cost the lives of five or even
ten million soldiers, but forty million will probably sur-
vive after taking part in it. What adventures they will
be able to relate to their children, grandchildren, and
even great-grandchildren! What reams of manuscript,
what shelves of books, they will produce! They may
forget some details and add others, they may boast and

The Literature of the Great War 27

they may suppress, but in every belligerent land while
their lives last they will continue to talk and write from
their memories of the Great War.

This brings the discussion to the written primary
material — that which is the work of the eyewitnesses, who
tell what they see and feel. With this we come finally to
what you will have to classify and take care of. As the
observers were divided into official and unofficial, so with
the direct written material. But the line is not drawn at
quite the same place. It is perhaps true with little excep-
tion that the official material is written by officials, but it
is by no means true that all that is written by those
officially connected with the belligerent countries is
official material. Many men in responsible positions
will one day write their informal reminiscences, while
the common soldiers, who perhaps may produce no
official reports whatever, will on the whole write a great
deal of unofficial material.

The official material is being made in enormous quan-
tities. Judicious selections from it have been published
already, but much of it will not be seen for long years.
The various governments have given out an unprecedented
number of despatches of their diplomats, in their blue and
yellow and green and orange and other colored books.
Collections have been printed of new laws and ordinances
called out by the circumstances of the war. Government
departments have issued various pubUcations, as, for
instance, small books by the Prussian Ministry of the
Interior on economizing food. Reports of army officers

28 Bibliographical Society of America

have been published in part, as those of Sir John French
on the western front (written, not by him, but by a mem-
ber of his staff), or of General Hamilton in regard to the
operations at the Dardanelles. Yet only the merest
fraction of the reports and records made has appeared.
Sven Hedin states that even commanders of batteries
are required by the Germans to keep careful records.^
The final tremendous masses of reports will one day
furnish material for the books of many historians, who
will work out from them reasonably accurate stories of the
great battles and campaigns of the war, about which we
have now only incomplete, confused, and contradictory
accounts.

There is a quantity of material already published
that may be called semi-official, as speeches of high
personages such as Asquith and Lloyd George, Briand
and Poincar^, Bethmann-Hollweg and Helfferich, the
collected despatches of the official "eyewitnesses" and
authorized correspondents, the bulletins of the press
bureaus, and the more official communiqties of war offices.
Sir Gilbert Parker sends to a list of persons in the United
States at frequent intervals official and semi-official
material in the shape of books, booklets, pamphlets, and
leaflets. The number of these approaches two hundred
already. The Germans try to present their side of the
case to the English-speaking pubUc in the Continental

'Sven Hedin, With the German Armies in the West (London, 1915),

p. 13.

The Literature of the Great War 29

Times, which, however, has not easily passed the British
blockade during late months.^

Whatever may be true of the quantity of official records
kept, the amount of them published so far is much less
than that of unofficial material produced by eyewitnesses
in many places and positions. The correspondents have
been few, but their per capita average of words is high.
Diaries and letters of soldiers have been appearing.
Sven Hedin is again the authority for the statement that
every German soldier is expected to keep a diary, and that
in consequence a million and a half are being written on
the western front alone." Of course such material, when
pubhshed at this time, is edited carefully. The selection
made from German diaries by Germans for pubUcation
in Germany is very different from that made by French-
men, when they find such material in the pockets of pris-
oners or of the slain, for publication in France and alUed
or neutral lands. Physicians and nurses have produced
many books, with descriptions of their experiences, and
they will produce more.

At home in the belligerent countries many things
happen that are worthy of record. Take, for instance, the

'An interesting comment on the value of such semi-official material is
found in a letter of Sir John Fortescue, librarian to the King of England, to
the London Times (printed in the Times weekly edition, October 6, 1916,
p. 809), in which an appeal is made for printed regimental records.

* Sven Hedin, loc, cit.

In the above-mentioned letter of Sir John Fortescue, he speaks of "the
unborn historian to whom, long after I am dead and forgotten, will fall the
gigantic task of writing, with a nakedness of truth that is necessarily forbidden
to me, the full story of the present war."

30 Bibliographical Society of America

story of the production of munitions in the different
lands, of the manufacture of aeroplanes and motor
vehicles, or of the negotiations with neutral countries, as
between the United States and Germany over the "Lusi-
tania," or between Sweden and England over the parcel
post. The story is also to be told of the efforts of both
belligerent groups to win the good opinion and the finan-
cial support of the United States and other neutral coun-
tries, and to procure ammunition or hinder the sale of
supplies to the other side.

The possibilities are limitless, and the material al-
ready produced is large. This primary historical mate-
rial comes in the form of manuscripts, diaries, letters,
reports, broadsides, and newspapers (the field newspapers
are in themselves an interesting and instructive phe-
nomenon), in general and special periodicals, and in
pamphlets and books. Some books are collections of
material previously published in less permanent form, as
in editorials and newspaper and periodical articles.
Others are from the outset written as books.

SECONDARY HISTORICAL MATERIAL

The secondary material is that produced by writers
who are not eyewitnesses. The line is not always easily
to be drawn. All the writers so far are, of course, con-
temporaries of the events they describe, and they usually
introduce some contribution of their own, even if it
is nothing more than the results of their prejudice
and bias.

The Literature of the Great War 31

There is much daily editorial comment, and many
weekly or monthly observations of military experts.
There are essays and lectures designed either to convey
information, or to urge an argument, or to determine
a state of mind. Limited histories have appeared, as
the History of Twelve Days by one writer, or of Thirteen
Days by another, these being the days of the outbreak of
the war. Accounts have been written of phases of the
fighting, as of the Battle of the Mame, or of Von Hinden-
burg's victories in East Prussia.

General histories have also begun to appear. The
library of the University of Illinois has several in each
of the languages: EngUsh, French, German, and ItaHan.
Some are collections of material from different countries,
as the Current History of the New York Times. Some
are written by various authors, and appear in numbered
instalments, each of which deals with a special phase of
the war, as the London Times^ History of the War, or
Baer's Weltkrieg. Some are by a single author, as
Buchan's Nelson's History of the War, or Hanotaux's
French account, or Mantegazza's, in Italian — the latter
has a collaborator for the mihtary events. Some are
planned to appear in a series of substantial volumes, as
the Diplomatic History edited by Professor Allen.

Bibliographical lists are not lacking. Of course the
periodical guides contain as a part of their regular plan
the articles on the war. It has been necessary to classify
these more or less elaborately on account of their great
number. The usual book catalogues may be consulted.

32 Bibliographical Society of America

The lists of new books in the literary supplements of the
London Times and the New York Times, in the Boston
Saturday Transcript and in the New York Nation are
helpful. Lange and Berry, in England, began a special
bibliography of books on the Great War. They carried
it through the first year of the war in three volumes with
about 2,000 entries, but have as yet gone no farther.
The Cercle de la Librairie of Paris has prepared a Cata-
logue: Publications de la Guerre, iQi4-igi^, which lists
French books that have appeared before the present year.
Hinrichs has prepared a series of special pamphlets on
German war literature. The first three parts of this,
covering only ten months of the war, contain between
5,000 and 6,000 titles. These are by no means aU books,
however, since many pamphlets are included. The
Committee on Bibliography of the American Historical
Association has thought of initiating a complete bibliog-
raphy, but they hesitate before the enormous magnitude
of the task. Good notes on the historical literature of the
Great War, by Professor Dutcher, are to be found in each
issue of the American Historical Review . A brief selected
list of books can be found in the Statesman's Year Book.
A number of libraries are making special efforts to
collect material on the war, as in France, at Lyons and
Paris; in England, at London; and in our own country,
at Yale University, the New York Public Library, the
Library of Congress, and the universities of Chicago and
of Illinois. The last has already several hundred books
and pamphlets dealing with the war, including numerous

The Literature of the Great War 33

items in English, French, German, and Italian, and a few
in other languages.

EXTRA-HISTORICAL MATERIAL

The war literature that is not strictly historical has
attained dimensions of considerable size. In fact, in the
belhgerent lands the minds of the whole population are
centered on the war, and all literature shows its influ-
ence. This situation has been only less prominent in
neutral lands, though of late the prolongation of the war
has caused interest in it to begin to subside. A brief
study of some of our standard newspapers and
periodicals will exhibit the ebb and flow of attention
to the war.

Most of the bibliographical lists already mentioned
contain sonie of this non-historical literature. There
are poems in great quantity, many short stories, and not
a few complete novels. Books of cartoons and carica-
tures, and humorous writings are many. A fairly long
list of plays could be made up. Several books whose main
value is artistic have appeared, including some prepared
to be sold for charitable purposes connected with the war.
As for medical and legal, financial and economic studies,
and military treatises, a considerable Ubrary of them could
be gathered already. Then there are sermons and reli-
gious meditations, sociological and philosophical works,
and plans for the reconstruction of separate nations and of
Europe and the world as a whole after the war. A great
deal of material has been prepared especially for soldiers:

34 Bibliographical Society of America

prayerbooks and religious sentiments, broadsides with
inspiring and encouraging selections, and booklets with
the purposes of entertainment and education.

Finally, not a few prophecies may be mentioned,
from old-fashioned ones deducing the war from Scripture,
and foretelling its dm-ation and results, to much more en-
lightened but perhaps no more inspired attempts to reason
out the decision of the war and the rearrangements that
will follow.

CRITICAL PROBLEMS

When the historian considers any written or printed
material, he habitually raises the question at once whether
it is trustworthy. The same question is equally important
for the librarian, since he does not wish to fill his shelves
with books which will presently be deprived of value on
account of the errors or untruths which they contain.
Now the war literature yields a surprisingly large num-
ber of critical problems. The fact is that the war is
not fought only on the field of battle. It is fought in
the business affairs of neutral lands, and it is fought in the
literature of all the world. Each side declares that the
news given out by the other side is not trustworthy, and
both sides are more or less right. It is easy to suppress
a part of the truth, or to change the emphasis so as to
give a distorted impression. It is easy to add doubt-
ful opinions which the hasty reader takes in along with the
assured facts. Nor is it impossible to invent false news.
For example, despatches from Rome and Athens have
been often very unreliable. Much of this false news is

The Literature of the Great War 35

fabricated hundreds of miles from the supposed scene
of action. Sometimes we may think we are fortunate in
having so much literature of the war while it is still in
progress. But so much of the material is tainted and un-
trustworthy, and, at the best, biased by partisanship
and hatred, that we are by no means as fortunate as
we seem.

The censors are the regularly appointed agents who
bring about the most of the suppression of the truth.
There are large groups of these in all the belligerent lands,
who pass upon despatches, articles, private letters, and
even books. Their direct business is to cut out what they
think may help the enemy or discourage friends. Often
they are stupid — an English censor canceled a quotation
from Kipling, and a German censor one from Goethe.
Sometimes they are lazy, and cut out or throw away
freely in order to avoid the labor of judging.

But the actual censorship does not destroy as much
as the potential censorship. Every writer whose words
will go before the censor learns by experience what is
not wanted, and so becomes a censor himself. An
inestimable amount of information that we should like
to have thus fails to be written. John Morse, in his clear
and interesting book. An Englishman in the Russian
Ranks, confesses this when he says:

There has been some suppression of the names of places and
localities in this book, and a few other precautions have been taken
in its construction. It must be remembered that the war is far
from over yet, and that there is an obligation on all writers to be

36 Bibliographical Society of America

careful not to deal too freely with facts and incidents of some
kinds.*

It is to be feared that no small amount of deliberate
modification of material is perpetrated. The Germans
asserted early, and continue to claim, that there is a
campaign of lies against them in the British press. The
same accusation has been stated much more mildly by a
distinguished American military authority when he said
that "fifty years hence, I venture to predict, historians
will speak of the British press campaign as the greatest
arm of the entente powers in this war, and will place
the French army second."' On the other side, the
Germans have tried also to influence opinion, and the
Overseas News Agency has sometimes transmitted
despatches of a very suspicious nature.

Miss Jane Addams, after her trip to Europe in the
interest of peace, mentions two conclusions:

First, that the people of the different countries could not
secure the material upon which they might form a sound judgment
of the situation, because the press with the opportunity of deter-
mining opinion by selecting data, had assumed the power once
exercised by the church when it gave to the people only such
knowledge as it deemed best for them to have. Second, that in
each country the leading minds were not bent upon a solution nor
to the great task that would bring international order out of the
present anarchy, because they were absorbed in preconceived

* John Morse, An Englishman in the Russian Ranks (London: Duckworth,
1915). From the Preface.

* Captain A. L. Conger, Miss. Valley Hist. Rev., September, 1916, p. 166.

The Literature of the Great War 37

judgments, and had become confused through the limitations
imposed upon their sources of information.'

Thus we are bound to look keenly at all printed
material from the belligerent lands, and question whether
it bears signs of suppression, addition, or falsification.
Examples may be taken even from the most solemn
oflScial documents, such as the white, green, and yellow,
etc., books of the governments. In the first place, we
cannot now know what despatches and documents may
have been omitted from these. Nor can we know where
despatches have been edited with a purpose, unless the
editing has been done carelessly. An instance, not in
itself of great importance, may be found in the British
White Paper, containing despatches sent shortly before
the outbreak of the war, but I will not take your time
to explain its somewhat technical details.'

The campaign of falsification is not confined to the
press of the warring nations, but it extends even to our
own. Perhaps most of the difficulty with American-made
literature about the war results, however, from prejudice
and bias. I have read newspapers which habitually put
in their headlines quotation marks when referring to

'Jane Addams, and others, Women at The Hague (New York: Mac-
millan, 1915), p. 92.

* The despatch referred to is Enclosure 3 in No. 105, which may be com-
pared with the version in later editions of the White Paper, and with No, 106
of the French Yellow Book. It is discussed in E. C. Stowell, The Diplomacy
of the War of 191 4: The Beginnings of the War (Boston: Houghton Mifflin
Co., iQis), P- 285, note i, and in E. von Mach, Official Diplomatic Documents
Relating to the Outbreak of the European War (New York: Macmillan, 1916),
p. 324. note 3.

38 Bibliographical Society of America

a despatch from one of the sides in the war, announcing
its successes, but which use no such practice for the other
side. Other newspapers contain biased editorials, while
even the so-called "military experts" are often so partisan
that they cannot explain a military movement as it is,
but must overpraise their friends and vituperate their
enemies, and explain away the defeats of their friends and
the victories of their enemies. There is too much effort to
print, rather than the truth, statements that are calcu-
lated to please readers. Of course prejudice and partiality
operate very strongly in the beUigerent lands as well as
in America. It should be said, however, that many
EngUshmen and many Germans are more truthful and
well-balanced in discussing the war than are some of
their supporters on this side of the Atlantic. But they
are apt to be influenced habitually by expediency. To
quote Miss Jane Addams again: "A good patriot of
differing opinion finds it almost impossible to reach his
fellow-countrymen with that opinion, because he would
not for the world print anything that might confuse the
popular mind, for war belongs to that state of society in
which right or wrong must be absolute."*

Histories of the war written now must suffer from the
defects in the material that have been described, and
especially from the absence of much that will later come
to hand. This may be illustrated by a quotation from
Stanley Washburn's Russian Campaign, as written from
Rovna, Russian Poland, in June of 1915:

* Addams, op. cU., p. 88.

The Literature of the Great War 39

It is utterly impossible at this time to give anything like an
accurate story of the past two months in Galicia. It will be
years before the information necessary for definite history can be
accumulated from the various units engaged. Even then there
will be gaps and inaccuracies because hundreds of the men engaged
have been killed ; and so few even of the generals know more than
their own side of the case, that the difficulties of the historian will
be enormous.^

The histories of the future will in all probability suffer
even more from an opposite cause, since the quantity of
material will be so immense that its utilization will be a
matter of great difficulty. It is already almost dis-
hearteningly abundant. In future years only organized
groups of scholars can deal with it adequately, and in
time they are Ukely to produce so much in many lands
and many tongues that only an organized group of
librarians can classify, catalogue, and find in their Hbraries
the innumerable pamphlets, monographs, and larger
works which will treat of the Great War.

In all probability none of us will live to see the best
and most satisfactory history of the war, which can be
prepared only after archives have been opened freely,
after patient research has sifted, tested, and organized the
facts, and after the passions of the time have subsided
so as no longer to obscure clearness of vision. But if
we live a normal number of years, we shall see many
histories of the war, of which some will be good. This
discussion will have served its purpose if it suggests the
means of recognizing and testing those writings on the
war that are really worth while.

' Stanley Washburn, The Russian Campaign (London, 1915), p. 209.

RECENT GIFTS TO THE UBRARY OF THE
SOCIETY

From AcADEMiA Nacional de Artes y Letras, Habana, Cuba

Ancles, Tomo I, Num. i. Enero-Marzo, 1916 .

Castellanos, Jesus. Los Argonautas. La Manigua senti-
mental. Cuentos. — Cronicas y apuntes. Tomo II. Ha-
bana, 1916.

Herndndez Miyares, Enrique. Obras completas. II. Prosas.
Habana, 1916.
From Bureau or Railway Economics, Washington, D.C.

Railway economics. A collective catalogue of books in four-
teen American libraries. Prepared by the Bureau. Chi-
cago, 191 2.

List of references on valuation of steam railways. Prepared
by the Bureau. (Bulletin of the American Railway Engi-
neering Association. Vol. XVIII, No. 196.) Chicago, 1916.

List of references on valuation of railways. Prepared by the
Bureau. August i, 1916. Multigraphed.

List of references on railroad terminals (in the Library of the
Bureau). April i, 1916. Multigraphed.

Trial bibliography on the New York, New Haven & Hart-
ford Railway. November 30, 191 5. Multigraphed.
From The Club of Odd Volumes, Boston

Year Book for IQ15. Boston, 1915.
From Cornell University Library

Islandica. Vols. VIII and IX. Ithaca, 1915-1916.
From The Grolier Club, New York

First editions of the works of Robert Louis Stevenson, exhi-
bited at the Club. New York, 1914.

A Catalogue of books illustrated by Thomas Rowlandson,
exhibited at the Club. New York, 1916.
From the authors

Figarola-Caneda, D. Bibliografia de Luz y Cavallero.
Habana, 1916.

Laval, R. A. Bibliograha de bibliograhas chilenas. San-
tiago de Chile, 191 5.
40

The Papers of the

Bibliographical Society
of America

VOLUME ELEVEN. NUMBER 2
APRIL. 1917

AKSEL G. S. JOSEPHSON
Editor

CARL B. RODEN

ANDREW KEOGH

GEORGE PARKER WINSHIP

Publication Committee

The Society does not hold itself responsible for opinions
expreaaed by contributors of papers

COPYUGBT igi7 Bt
Tbk UNivERSiTy or Chicago

400 copies printed

Composed and Printed By

The University ol Chicago Pres*

Chicago, Illinoit, U.S.A.

NOTES ON A FACSIMILE REPRODUCTION

OF JOSEPH HUNTER*S CHORUS

VATUM ANGLICANORUM^

BY W. N. C. CARLTON

The name and work of Rev. Joseph Hunter, the emi-
nent English antiquary who flourished during the first
half of the nineteenth century, are well known to most
members of this Society, hence the briefest of biographi-
cal notes will suffice. He was bom in Shefiield, February
6, 1783. In 1809 he became minister of a Presbyterian
congregation at Bath and resided there for some twenty-
four years. During this period he devoted all his spare
time to the study of local history and antiquities, gath-
ering large stores of varied materials, and publishing
several volumes recording the results of his researches.
Among the latter was his Who Wrote Cavendishes Life of
Wolsey? (181 4) in which he successfully estabHshed the
fact that George Cavendish, and not his younger brother.
Sir William Cavendish, was the real author. In 1833
Hunter was appointed a subcommissioner of the public
records and removed to London. On the reconstruction
of the record service in 1838 he was appointed an assist-
ant keeper of the first class, and to his care were com-
mitted the Queen's Remembrancer records, with the
special duty of compiling a calendar of them.

The range and extent of his interests were extraor-
dinary, and a long series of writings emanated from his

' Read at the meeting of the Society in Chicago, December 28, 1916.
43

44 Bibliographical Society of America

pen, despite the fact that it was a principle with him to
print nothing of any new discovery while any hope
remained of finding further illustrations of it. Two of
his published works have a very special American inter-
est, viz.: (i) Collections concerning the Early History of
the Founders of New Plymouth, the First Colonists of New
England (1849); (2) Collections concerning the Church
and Congregation of Protestant Separatists Formed at
Scrooby in North Nottinghamshire in the Time of James I:
the Founders of New Plymouth, the Parent Colony of New
England (1854). These valuable studies on the earliest
colonists of New England attracted marked attention
among American historians and antiquarians of the day.
The works listed under Hunter's name in the Dictionary
of National Biography represent forty-two volumes of
historical, antiquarian, archaeological, literary, and genea-
logical collections compiled, edited, or written by him,
and this list does not include many papers and notes pub-
lished in journals and proceedings of learned societies.
His ceaseless industry in gathering materials, and his
constitutional unwillingness to publish until he could
work up his subject to the degree of accuracy and per-
fection at which he aimed, resulted in his leaving at his
death in 1861 a vast mass of manuscripts relating to all
the subjects which had engrossed his attention. In 1862
the entire collection was purchased by the British Museum
and listed as Additional MSS 24436-630, 24864-85,
25459-81, 25676, 25677, 3 102 1. For a half -century it
has been a rich quarry in which numerous literary and

Hunter's ^'Chorus Vatum Anglicanorum" 45

historical investigators have found much to reward them
and much information not to be found in any other place
or form.

Chief among these collections is that which is com-
monly cited as "Hunter's Chorus Vatum.^' It consists
of six bound quarto volumes, each with a title-page and
date, bearing the title: Chorus Vatum Anglicanorum.
Collections concerning the Poets and Verse Writers of the
English Nation. By Joseph Hunter, F.S.A.

The dates and extent of the several volumes are as
follows: Vol. I, 304 leaves, 1838; Vol. II, 287 leaves,
1843; Vol. Ill, 338 leaves, 1845; Vol. IV, 331 leaves,
1848; Vol. V, 301 leaves, 1851; Vol. VI, 199 leaves, 1854;
a total of 1,760 leaves including brief indexes at the end
of each volume. Each leaf measures ca. 9J by 7J inches.

In a brief preface to the first volume Hunter gives the
following information regarding the collection:

I began to collect expressly for this book in the year 1820.
At first Poets only were the class of Persons whom I meant to treat
of, but by degrees Historians, Heralds, Travellers, Antiquaries,
Miscellaneous Writers were included. It will be found, however,
that they are in a low ratio to the Poets, and still lower are the
divisions, Physicians, Lawyers & other persons belonging to the
Learned Professions.

Under the name of Poet I include all persons who have verse
in print: no matter how small or however worthless.

In point of time the persons I treat of Uved from the beginning
of Letters as it is considered in England to the close of the 17 th
century. There are exceedingly few who have lived within the
last century and a half.

46 Bibliographical Society of America

My plan has been to go when I could to the Original Authori-
ties. Catalogues have yielded much, both those of Eminent
Libraries & those published by Booksellers. Much I owe to the
Visitation Books — much to other Manuscripts in the British
Museum.

I have used the ordinary writers but sparingly — Wood has
done the most for me, but it has been rather in the way of refer-
ence than by copying from him

There is scarcely an Article through the whole work in which
there is not something that is additional to what is to be found in
the printed Literature of England. The obscurity of some of the
names is no real blemish of the work. Celebrated names every-
one knows about. It is the less [word illegible] men who are
most wanted.

There is generally only one entry to the page, and in
almost all cases both sides of the leaf are written on, thus
making a total of about 3,500 pages in the six volumes.
In the opinion of one expert the handwriting is very
small and crabbed and in numerous cases illegible.
Close and continuous reading of it, however, soon famil-
iarizes one with its peculiarities and many words which
at a first reading are very baffling gradually become clear
and certain.

As a literary source the manuscript has been perhaps
most used by students of EngHsh literature. For them
its bio-bibUographical data have proved invaluable. In
recent years the authors of the articles in the Dictionary
of National Biography and the Cambridge History of English
Literature have made large and profitable use of it.

Early in 1914 Mr. Frederic Ives Carpenter, a mem-
ber of the Board of Trustees of the Newberry Library,

Hunter's "Chorus Vatum Anglicanorum'* 47

suggested to the Book Committee of the Board that appli-
cation be made to the Trustees of the British Museum
for permission to make a facsimile reproduction of the
Chorus Vatum Anglicanorum, and, if granted, that the
Committee authorize a reproduction to be made for
the Newberry Library. The Museum authorities very
graciously and promptly gave their sanction, and steps
were at once taken to decide upon what form of repro-
duction would be satisfactory for working purposes and
yet not prohibitive in price.

The first process considered was that known as "the
collotype process," but the estimated cost was obviously
beyond the available means of the Library.

In deference to the strongly expressed views of cer-
tain persons who were consulted in the matter, experi-
ments were made in making manuscript transcripts of
portions of the text. Although the tests were made by
one of the most expert transcribers in London, two facts
were soon estabhshed: (i) that the process would be
inordinately slow on account of the character of the hand-
writing, and (2) that the percentage of errors in the
transcription would be unavoidably high.

Final decision was in favor of a full-sized reproduction
by means of the "rotary bromide process," and work
was begun in December, 191 5, under the direction of
Messrs. B. F. Stevens and Brown.

The plan for binding the 3,500 leaves was drawn up
and is being carried out by Robert Riviere & Son. The
reproduction will be in twelve quarto volumes; all leaves,

48 Bibliographical Society of America

both recto and verso, are arranged to face up. Each leaf
is guarded and also squared separately at top and back,
as the reproductions are not always in the center of the
leaf, and in many cases it was not possible to remove all
the margins. The binding is one-half dark-red levant,
gilt edge, plain finish.

At this date seven of the twelve volumes have been
received, carrying the reproduction to the middle of Vol.
IV of the original text.

There will, then, soon be available here in Chicago a
complete facsimile reproduction of a manuscript collection
of prime importance to all scholars whose studies are in
any way concerned with the history of English Literature
in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. There is not
the slightest prospect that the original text will ever be
printed, either as a commercial undertaking or as the
publication of a printing club or learned society, even
though its value as a source is recognized fully by Eng-
lish scholars throughout the world. For these and other
reasons easily understandable, the Trustees of the New-
berry Library felt justified in having the reproduction
made and adding by so much to the growing strength of
the Library in original sources for the study and investi-
gation of English literature prior to 1800. They hope
that its presence may be of lasting service to English
scholarship throughout the region of which Chicago is
the geographical center.

THE LIST OF INCUNABULA IN AMERICAN
LIBRARIES AND ITS RELATION TO THE
INTERNATIONAL CATALOGUE OF THE
PRUSSIAN COMMISSION^

BY AKSEL G. S. JOSEPHSON

In the report which the Publication Committee pre-
sented at the last annual meeting (printed in the July
number of the Papers), the recommendation was made
that the list of incunabula in American libraries should
not be printed until the international catalogue of incu-
nabula which is being prepared by a Commission appointed
by the Prussian government has been issued, the American
union list to be merely a check list, referring for all details
to the international catalogue. It was also recommended
that a brief list of undescribed incunabula in the American
list be prepared and sent to the Conmiission, the titles
of books for which the Commission does not have any
descriptions to be returned to the Society, so that descrip-
tions may be prepared from the copies in this country.
In this way we would co-operate with the International
Commission in securing descriptions of all hitherto
undescribed incunabula represented in American libraries.

These recommendations caused Dr. Konrad Haebler,
the chairman of the Commission, to express his regrets in
a letter to your Editor, inasmuch as the international
catalogue in this way would be necessarily incomplete,

' Read at the meeting of the Society in Chicago, December 28, 1916.

50 Bibliographical Society of America

because it would not contain the holdings of American
libraries. The recommendation that information about
undescribed incunabula be sent to Berlin is, however,
commented on with satisfaction; Dr. Haebler states that
this assistance would be of the greatest value to the
Commission, and thanks the Society for the proffered
help in this respect. "It is well known," he says, "that
during the last fifty years not a few typographical unica
have been acquired by American collectors and libraries";
and he continues:

I hope, furthermore, that such an exchange of information
might be of some small advantage to the owners of these books,
as the Commission probably would be able to give additional
information about many of them and assist in the determination
of their t3rpographical origin. Only recently I have, through photo-
graphs furnished by the Hispanic Society of America, been able to
determine that that Society possesses a document printed by a
Spanish printer of whom hitherto very little has been known,
namely Johann Gherlinc, probably in Orense, a place that has
not been known as the possessor of an early printing-press. The
results of such investigations will certainly contribute to bring out
the importance of the treasures owned in America, to the great
satisfaction of their owners.

Now, what shall we do with the American union list ?
I am not so sure that I was right in adopting the sug-
gestion that we wait. It does not seem quite fair to the
spirit of international co-operation, which in these days
needs to be fostered rather than hampered and which, it
seems to me, we in this country should do aU we can to
foster and promote.

List of Incunabula in American Libraries 51

However, the time for printing the list is as yet quite
far oflf. The important thing for us now is to see whether
we can obtain the means to revise and edit the hst, and
to complete it. Many libraries have added consider-
ably to their stock of these books, some important private
collections have been dispersed, and new collectors have
appeared on the scene. Then, the individual entries sent
in by the Ubraries and private collectors are very uneven
with regard to the information they give, and later
researches have altered the views as to the origin of some
anonymous imprints. We must, then, make up our minds
as to what information we wish to give. Here is an
interesting point: It happens often that these books con-
tain other works besides the one given first in the book,
under which, therefore, it is usually entered. These
additions are most often commentaries to the work in
question, but sometimes they are other works by the
same author as the first, and in other cases the book is a
collection of works on the same subject by a number of
authors, some of which may, and others may not, be
found as independent pubhcations. Information about
these works would be of great importance in a union
catalogue which is intended to tell the inquirer whether
and where a certain work may be consulted in this coun-
try. There are other data as well that we want to obtain
from the union list without having recourse to such works
of reference as the various detailed catalogues of incu-
nabula, or even to the comprehensive general catalogue,
when once this important work is ready and published.

52 Bibliographical Society of America

It might be well to consider the items that should be
given.

First, there is the author. We want to know his
name, both the name which is given in the book and
the name by which he is known in literature, and the
latter should be the one under which to enter his works,
so that all of them may come together in the same place.
Then there is what we are accustomed to call his
"real name"; that is, the form in which his name was or
would be recorded in national official documents. This
name we do not always know. When we do know it,- if it
does not agree with the form selected for entry, it should
be recorded. Then we want to know the dates of his
birth and death, or at least the century when he flourished,
and something about the man and his occupation. Next
comes the title of the book. Often the title by which an
ancient or mediaeval work has become known to us is not
the same as the one by which it is published in these early
books; sometimes the same work is called by different
names in different editions. A standard form, therefore,
should be used as entry, but the other title or titles should
be mentioned, so that they may be referred from, as often
these titles are of a kind that are remembered even better
than the name of the author. In addition, the entry
should contain the titles of such other works as may be
contained in the book, either in connection with the title
itself, or, if the number of these works is large, in a note.

Then comes the imprint: place, printer, pubhsher
when different from the printer, and date, not only the

List of Incunabula in American Libraries 53

year but the day and month; this is important, because
occasionally two editions of the same book were printed
by the same printer in the same year, and also because it
wiQ serve in arranging the different works in their proper
order in the list of the works of the same printer; for a
list of printers should be included as one division of the
published catalogue.

Next comes the information about the number of
volumes, the format, and whether the book is illustrated
or not.

Further, there should be references to the biblio-
graphical catalogues that contain detailed description of
the book or of the type used in it. This list of references
should in all cases include Hain, if recorded there, even
when he has not seen the book; but if the star, indicating
that he has seen it, is found, it should never be omitted.
The Proctor ntmaber should come next, as it is a guide to
his description of the type, and to Haebler's analysis.
Then other works where descriptions are to be found.
It would be worth while to underline, for printing in
itahcs, the reference to the work that contains the fullest
and most accurate description.

Finally, notes about the individual copies might be
given, especially as to variations in completeness, and
manuscript notes.

Now, as to the procedure in getting all this informa-
tion. Much of it may be found in available reference books
and bibliographies. Other items cannot be found except
by a personal examination of the books themselves. The

54 Bibliographical Society of America

first thing to be done, therefore, would be to make new
entries of the books, on larger cards, from the titles
now on hand and from other sources. This record should
be made in several copies, one to remain in the hands
of the editor, the others to be sent, after the whole of
the preUminary work has been done, to the libraries
possessing copies, with the request for information about
such items as must be taken from the books themselves,
and similar full information should be asked about
incunabula received since the library in question re-
ported to the Free Library of Philadelphia. After- these
data have been received the various items not on the
original cards should be entered there and on one of the
dupUcate shps, the latter to be sent to the Berlin Com-
mission. Not until all this work has been done does the
question of printing need to come up. But the problem
of ways and means of paying the cost of editorial and
revisional work must be solved; it is not probable that a
competent editor will be found willing and able to give his
time to this work. One way would be if a library would
care to detail one of its staff to this work while being kept
on the pay-roll of that library. But this is not very likely
to happen. A sufficient salary, therefore, must be found,
and preferably for two persons — one bibliographer and one
clerical assistant. Would it be possible to secure the
necessary sum through the co-operation of libraries pos-
sessing incunabula ? They would naturally expect copies
of the completed catalogue in return; but would they be
willing to pay for both the editorial work and the manu-

List of Incunabula in American Libraries 55

facture of the book? Perhaps a number of learned
societies might be willing to join in sharing the expenses
with the libraries, thereby reducing the amount to be
paid by each. It is impossible, without a very careful
examination of the material in hand, to say how much
money would be needed for the editorial work. I am
inclined to think that the sum would be somewhere be-
tween $3,000 and $5,000.

Dr. Haebler accompanied his above-mentioned letter
with a statement of the present status of the work of
the Prussian Commission, translated as follows :

The work on the General Catalogue of Incunabula has con-
tinued nearly uninterrupted during the war. The Commission
has, of course, lost some of its younger collaborators who have
been called to arms, and these have not yet been replaced. The
secretarial force of the central office has also been reduced, in
order not to overburden the older members of the Commission with
work of revision. In spite of this the past two years' of the war
have shown an output only 20-25 P^^" cent smaller than that of the
most successful years in time of peace. Altogether more than
20,000 single descriptions of incunabula have been prepared at the
central office, and it may be presumed that much more than half,
if not two-thirds of the descriptions to be made have actually
been prepared. The international connections of the Commission
have, naturally, suffered much more. That the British Museum
has discontinued the work on its incunabula catalogue was of minor
importance, as the inventory of the incunabula in English libraries
had been taken by a member of the Commission before the war
broke out. More regrettable and of greater influence on the

' This was received in the summer of 1916.

56 Bibliographical Society of America

international work is that the French general catalogue of M. Polain
seems to have been discontinued entirely. It looks therefore,
unfortunately, as if this important undertaking will share the
fate of the "Histoire generale de I'imprimerie" by M. A. Claudin,
and remain a torso. Most painful for the Commission, on
account of the importance of Italy for early printing, is the cir-
cumstance that the partaking of Italy in the international work,
which was arranged for immediately previous to the outbreak of
the war, now seems very doubtful. Urgings from German quar-
ters even after the close of the war will probably be without
results. Here is an excellent opportunity for American institutions,
societies, and bibliophiles, interested in international endeavors.
In Belgium the connections of the Commission with Professor de
Vreese have been temporarily interrupted. In Holland, on the
other hand, the listing of the individual incunabula collections is
still going on; Switzerland will, with the aid of the German Com-
mission, take up the work of inventory, and in Austria the work of
inventorying the incunabula in the libraries in the various crown
lands and provinces has kept on uninterruptedly in spite of the war.
If a definite time for the beginning of the work of printing the
catalogue cannot be given at present, the reason lies chiefly in the
international situation. The material which the Commission has
collected in Germany will be ready for printing in three or four
years. But so far the Commission stands by the original plan to
build up the catalogue on an international basis. At all events
no new decisions as to the ultimate fate of the catalogue should
be made until after the return of peaceful conditions and the
reorganization of political relations.

HORTUS SANITATIS

BY J. CHRISTIAN BAY

In 1484 Peter Schoffer, in Mainz, published a book
on popular medicine entitled Herbarius. This was the
first of the large class of books called "herbals," which
contained illustrations of animals and plants by means
of woodcuts. Previously woodcuts had been used
mainly to multiply pictures of landscapes and designs on
maps and playing cards. The new departure speedily
was exploited farther by Schoffer in a larger and more
pretentious work, pubUshed in 1485 under the felicitous
title Ortus [Hortus] SanUatis, or Garten der Gesundheit.

The main text of this German book is divided into
435 chapters, each containing an account of some plant
or animal useful in medicine, to which are added a number
of indexes.

In 1 49 1 Jacob Meydenbach, another printer in Mainz ^
issued an Ortus Sanitatis in Latin, the text divided into
1,066 chapters, followed by indexes.

The publication of these two works is proved by
copies still in existence, so it is possible to describe and
compare them. But the moment we go beyond this
domain of easily authenticated facts, the two books —
together with their bibUographical progeny — ^present
one of the most puzzling problems in the history of
book-making.

The problem may be explained thus: While both
books confess themselves compilations, no name of a
57

58 Bibliographical Society of America

compiler has been definitely transmitted. Some bib-
liographers regard the German, others the Latin edition,
as the original. Some maintain that both books have
been compiled on the basis of manuscript herbals older
then either of them. Others, again, have afl^ed the name
of Johannes Cuba, a medical man who flourished in
Frankfurt at the end of the fifteenth century and is
known to have translated the Latin Hortus into German,
as the originator of both compilations. Another compli-
cation arises from the fact that between 1485 and 1547
no less than thirty-eight editions of the German as- well
as the Latin book appeared, including translations into
various foreign languages. Some copies seem to have
been originally issued with hand-illumined woodcuts.

The German Hortus contains large illustrations, far
superior in workmanship and detail to those of larger
and later Latin works. Of the German work, thirteen
editions were published between 1485 and 1499. Of the
Latin work, twenty-one editions were published in Latin,
eight in German, eight in Low German and Flemish, and
two in French, between 1491 and 1547.

It will be understood that the reissuing of the German
work and the translation into German of the Latin work
give rise to new difficulties not discounted by the fact
that many of the editions were extended by the insertion
of new matter from the herbals published by other authors
as time went by.

Choulant, Ernst Meyer, and Pritzel are the critics who
have expended the most painstaking labor on the question

Hortus Sanitatis 59

of the origin and authorship of the Hortus Sanitatis.
Each of these three masters holds his own opinion. Each
conducted his researches in Germany where copies of all
editions are inspected with comparative ease.

All three agree that the Hortus is a compilation — the
inheritance of animal and vegetable materia medica of the
Middle Ages with all the superstition and the hermetic
scholasticism in full force.

Choulant regards the German work as the original.

Meyer considers the Latin work the original, although
it was published seven years later than the German, and
surmises that the manuscript compilation from which
both works were derived dates about fifty years before
the publication.

Choulant and Meyer both are aware that a Frankfurt
physician, Johannes Cuba, was commonly considered
the compiler of both works, although his name does not
occur in print in any edition until 15 14, and his connection
with the work cannot be definitely estabhshed.

Such is the problem confronting us today, letting
alone the learned bibliographical apparatus constructed
around the silent books.

The solution of this problem must come from the
books themselves. They no longer must be allowed to
remain silent if the study of the Hortus Sanitatis shall
continue with any promise of success.

The first thing to be undertaken must be a tabulation
of the contents of all important editions. This tabulation
must be extended to the other herbals of the same period.

6o Bibliographical Society of America

In other words, the Hortus Sanitatis must be read and
its contents historically defined.

The contents must be viewed both in the light and
without the light of the famous preface which introduces
the medium of an oriental traveler and collector of
medical curiosities, together with an equally fabulous
artist, as the originator of the facts recorded. This
oriental atmosphere certainly does surround the book,
and even a sporadic reading will fail to confirm the
impression of the Hortus as a monument to a typical
Germanic form of culture. Meyer regards the unknown
original compilation as a work in Latin and considers
Johannes Cuba the original translater. But he also
indicates a possible original.

The Royal Library in Berlin preserves a manuscript
which contains a large number of observations on materia
medicae derived from an unnamed source, but containing
a large number of good drawings of animals and plants.
At the end of the text the manuscript bears this inscrip-
tion: "And to avoid prolixity here is the end of this book,
which contains the remedies ('Secrets') of Salemum."

Meyer does not appear to have compared the manu-
script with either the first German or the first Latin
edition of the Hortus. When this is done, we may know
whether the Hortus is a German recasting of the Salemitan
wisdom. Here as in other cases of bibliographical
riddles the solution may be less troublesome than it
seems, after the silence of the books has been broken.

FIFTEENTH-CENTURY EDITIONS OF FASCL

CUIUS TEMPORUM IN AMERICAN

LIBRARIES

WITH AN INTRODUCTORY NOTE BY
AKSEL G. S. JOSEPHSON

Werner Rolevinck, the author of the Fasciculus tem-
porum, was bom in 1425, in Laer, Westphalia, the son
of a well-to-do farmer. In 1447, after he had finished
his school and university studies, he entered the Car-
thusian Monastery of S:ta. Barbara, in Koln, and here
he died in 1502. Of his life little is known, but he seems
to have been an influential member of his order and took
an active part in its synods and conferences. Among
his friends was the learned abbot Trithemius, and he
was evidently acquainted with many of the leading
men of his time.

Rolevinck was a diligent author of theological and
historical works; the former still remain for the most part
in manuscript. The most authoritative of his historical
works is his description of manners and customs in his
native land which he published under the title De laude
veteris SaxonicB nunc WestphalicE dictcB, but the work by
which he is best known is the universal history which
he compiled and which is the subject of this note. The
Fasciculus temporum is not the result of original research;
it is a mere compilation from various sources, but it
61

62 Bibliographical Society of America

acquired soon an unusual popularity; nearly forty
editions of it were printed during the author's lifetime,
and it continued to be printed over and over again during
the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, the last edition
being of as recent date as 1726. This popularity was
due, not only to the craving among the general public
for popular historical reading, but also to the numerous
illustrations with which it was adorned. Dr. Leo Baer,
of Frankfurt a. M., has given an interesting analysis and
classification of the various editions, based on the illus-
trations, in his work Die illustrierten Historienbilcher des
fUnfzehnten Jahrhunderts. He finds that a study of the
woodcuts of the various editions of the book offers a
consecutive view of the art of woodcutting during the
latter part of the fifteenth century. He points out
that because the general t5^e remains the same through
all of them, it is possible to trace what is individual in
the work of each artist.

For students of the history of printing the Fasciadus
has a special interest because its author is one of the
contemporary chroniclers who mention the invention
of the new art. The reference to printing occurs under
the date 1457, and in three different forms* in the various
editions, which therefore might be classified by these
various types of the statement. The first form of it,
the one that occurs in the two editions of 1474, runs as
follows: "Artificies mira celeritate subtiUores solito

' I am indebted to Mr. Charles Martel for calling my attention to the
three forms of this statement.

Editions of "Fasciculus Temporum'^ 63

fiunt. Et impressores libromm multiplicantur in terra.^ "
Already the 1476 edition, however, adds to this the words
"ortum sue artis habentes in Moguntia."^ The third
Kohl edition, of 1478, varies the statement and elaborates
on the importance of the invention in the following
manner: "Librorum impressionis scientia subtUissima
omnibus saeculis in audita circa hec tempora reperitur
in urbe maguntina. Hec est ars artium, scientia sci-
entiarum, per cuius celeritatis exercitionem thesaurus
deSiderabilis sapientie et scientie quem omnes homines
per instinctum nature desiderat. Qui de profundis
latibularum tenebris persiliens. Mundum hunc in mal-
igno positum dictat pariter ac illuminat."^ One or the
other of these types occurs in every edition of the book,
and a classification of the editions might be attempted
on this basis. As far as the form of the reference has
been ascertained, the following list contains notes on
the three types.

The list itself gives all the editions recorded in bib-
liographical literature, including one or two of which
no copy is known and which may be spurious. The ref-
erences to American libraries and collectors owning copies
are from the List of incunabula in American libraries.

1474. Koln: Nicolaus Gotz, Hain 6917. Type a.
J. P. Morgan's Library.

* Type A, with reference in index under Artifices librorum impressores.
'Type B, with reference in index under Artifices librorum impressores.

* Type C, with reference in index under Librorum impressores.

64 Bibliographical Society of America

1474. Koln: Arnold ter Hoernen. Hain *69i8. Type a.

Annmary Brown Memorial; Library of Congress
(Thatcher collection).
1476. Koln: Conradus Winters. Hain *69i9. Type b.

L, C. (Thatcher) ; Newberry Library ; John Crerar Library.

1476. Louvain: Jan Veldener. Hain *692o. Type a.

1477. Koln: Arnold ter Hoernen, Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 204.

1477. Speyer: Petrus Drach. Hain *692i. Type a.

AMBMem.

1478. Koln: NicolausGotz. Hain*6922. Typeb.

AMBMem.; L.C. (Thatcher).

1479. Koln: Heinrich Quentell. Hain *6923.

1479. Venezia: Georg Walch. Hain *6924. Type a. '

AMBMem.; J.P.M.; L.C; L.C. (Thatcher).

1480. Koln: Heinrich Quentell. 71 p. Hain *692S. Typeb.

AMBMem.; H. Walters, Baltimore.
1480. Koln: ? 74 p.

1480. Utrecht: Jan Veldener. Hain 6946. Dutch translation.
Type a.
AMBMem.; L.C. (Thatcher); J.P.M.
1480. Venezia: Erhard Ratdolt. Hain *6926. Type a.

AMBMem.; J. C. Williams, Morristown, N.J.; J. H.
Scheide, Titusville, Pa.

1480. Valencia: Barth. Segura & Alph. de Portu. Hain 6927.

AMBMem.

1481. Koln: Heinrich Quentell. Hain *6929. Type b.

AMBMem. ; New York PubUc Library.

1481. Basel: Bemhard Richel. Hain *6939. German trans-
lation.

148 1. Rougemont: Heinrich Wirzburg. Hain 6930. Type c.
AMBMem.; L.C.

1481. Venezia: Erhard Ratdolt. Hain *6928. Type a.

AMBMem.; L.C. (Thatcher); J.P.M. ; Walters; New-
berry Library.

Editions of "Fasciculus Temporum" 65

1482. Memmingen: Albert Kunne. Hain *693i. Type a.
AMBMem.; L.C. (Thatcher).

1482. Basel: Bernhard Richel. Hain *6932.

AMBMem.

1483. Lyon: ? Hain *694i. French translation.

1483. Venezia: Erhard Ratdolt. Hain 6933. Spurious? Red-

grave 39.

1484. Venezia: Erhard Ratdolt. Hain *6934. Type a.

AMBMem.; L.C. (Thatcher); J.P.M.

1485. Venezia: Erhard Ratdolt. Hain *6935. Type a.

AMBMem.; L.C.
i486. Aquileia: Adam de Rotvil ? Alemanus.
AMBMem.

1487. Strassburg: Joh. Priiss. Hain *6936. Type c.

AMBMem.; Boston Athenaeum; Princeton Univ.
Library.

1488. Strassburg: Joh. Priiss. Hain *6937. Type c.

AMBMem.; L.C; L.C. (Thatcher); Princeton.
1490? Strassburg: Joh. Priiss. Hain 6916. Typec.

AMBMem.; L.C; J.C.L.
1490? Koln: Ludovicus de Renchen? Hain *69i4.

AMBMem.
1490? Strassburg: Joh. Priiss. Not before 1490. Hain *69i5.
Type c.

AMBMem.; N.Y.P.L.
1490. Lyon: ? Hain 6942. French translation.
1492 ? Strassburg: Joh. Priiss. After 26 October 1492.

AMBMem.
1492? ? Hain 6938. Panzer VI: 56, *469.
1495? Lyon: Mathias Hus. Cop. 2437.

AMBMem.
1495. Geneve: LoysM. Cruse. Hain 6944. French translation.
1495. Geneve: Jean Bellot? Hain 6943.
1498. Lyon: Mathias Hus. Hain 6945.
? ? Versailles (Pellechet) 168.

MINUTES OF THE TWENTY-FOURTH SEMI-
ANNUAL MEETING OF THE BIBLIOGRAPH-
ICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA, HELD AT
THE LA SALLE HOTEL, IN CHICAGO, ON
DECEMBER 28, 1916.

The meeting was called to order by the President, Mr. George
Watson Cole. In the absence of the Secretary, Mr. Josephson
acted in that capacity.

The following papers were read by the authors: "Notes on a
Photographic Reproduction of Joseph Hunter's Chorus- Vatum
Anglicanorwnj" by W. N. C. Carlton, and "The List of Incunabula
in American Libraries and Its Relation to the International
Catalogue of the Prussian Commission," by Aksel G. S. Josephson,
accompanied by a statement about the present status of the work
on the international catalogue, by Dr. Konrad Haebler, chairman
of the Prussian Commission, and with two appendixes: "Hortus
sanitatis," by J. Christian Bay, and "The Fasciculus temporum
and Its Author," by A. G. S. Josephson.

Mr. Carlton exhibited several volumes of the photographic
reproduction of the Chorus vatum. They were examined with great
interest by those present, and Mr. Carlton was asked whether it
would be possible for other libraries to have the volumes further
reproduced. Mr. Carlton answered that this probably could be
arranged. The following resolution was then introduced by
Dr. E. C. Richardson, and adopted: ^'Resolved, That the Bib-
liographical Society of America express to the Trustees of the
Newberry Library its appreciation of their enterprise in securing
for American use a copy of Joseph Hunter's Chorus Vatum Angli-
carwrum, and venture to express the hope that they may be able to
extend the usefulness of the copy still further through some
method of reproduction."

Chicago Meeting of the Bibliographical Society 67

Mr. C. W. Andrews reported briefly on the catalogue of the
John Crerar Library's collection of Orientalia which is being pre-
pared by Dr. Berthold Laufer.

A discussion followed as to what should be done about pre-
paring for publication the list of incunabula in American libraries.
Mr. Carlton said that in his opinion the American list should not
be printed until the last words on the subject were available in the
catalogues of the British Museum and of the Prussian Commission.
He was also of the opinion that it would hardly be worth while to
try to get funds for the necessary editorial work, so long as there
was no available editor in sight. In this view other members
present concurred.

The President then stated that there were several matters of
importance that ought to have been discussed by the Council; but
as there was no quorum of the Council, he would entertain a
motion that these matters be taken up by the Society. Such a
motion being made and carried, the President said that the most
important matter to be taken up was the question of Professor C. S.
Northup's Bibliography of English Philology, which had been under-
taken at the suggestion of the Society,' and which had been sub-
mitted to the Society for publication. It had been found, however,
that it would be very difficult for the Society to handle the under-
taking, seeing that only some sixty subscriptions had been received
as the result of the Society's publicity campaign. Mr. C. B.
Roden, chairman of the Publication Committee, reported for the
Treasurer that, after having spent $82 . 78 on publicity work for
Professor Northup's bibliography, the publication fund of the
Society had been reduced to $167 .22. The cost of printing Pro-
fessor Northrup's bibliography had been estimated at between
$1,200 and $1,300. Mr. Andrew Keogh said that he thought it

' It might be stated that the Society had suggested a critical, selected
bibliography of standard bibliographies of the subject, omitting the superseded
and ephemeral, but the work, as presented by Mr. Northup, was a very com-
prehensive list, with little or no critical apparatus. — ^Editor's Note.

68 Bibliographical Society of America

probable that either the Yale University Press or the American
Academy would be willing to publish Professor Northrup's bibliog-
raphy. On motion of Mr, Carlton and after some further discus-
sion it was voted that the Society decline to publish the work, that
the Secretary notify the author of this, and that the subscriptions
received by the Society, or still to be received, be turned over to the
author or to such publishing agency as he might designate.

At the request of the Editor it was voted that the President
appoint a Finance Committee, whose function shall be to prepare
a budget for each ensuing year, the chairman to approve all bills
before they are paid. The President appointed Messrs. W. C.
Lane, W. N. C. Carlton, and Carl B. Roden.

The President then said that two efforts had been made to
have the Papers of the Society given second-class mail privileges,
but had failed. It was voted that the President appoint a com-
mittee to look into the matter and make a new effort. The Presi-
dent appointed Messrs. Herbert Putnam and George F. Bowerman.

The acting Secretary then read a letter from the librarian of
the University of Missouri, offering, under certain conditions, to
house the library of the Society. The offer was, however, declined
for the present. In this connection the Editor had suggested
that a number of copies of the publications of the Society be set
aside to be used for exchanges; no action, however, was taken in
this matter.

It was voted that the membership list of the Society be kept
in type and reprinted every two years.

The President appointed the following Nominating Conunittee:
Messrs. W. N. C. Carlton, Andrew Keogh, and Herbert Putnam.

NOTES

The census of copies of books printed in the fifteenth century
owned in the United States and Canada, which was begun under
the direction of Mr. John Thomson, of Philadelphia, some twenty
years ago, and has latterly been in the charge of the BibUographical
Society of America, will be printed by the New York PubKc
Library during the present year, if the material is made ready for
the printers.

The expenses connected with the editorial work will be met
through subscriptions, to a fund of $3000.00, of $300.00 each,
which subscriptions will carry with them Ufe memberships and
receipts of complete back sets of the publications of the Society.
Four such subscriptions have been received, from Mr. George
Watson Cole, Dr. Charles L. Nichols, Mr. Henry E. Huntington,
and Mr. Archer M. Huntington.

The committee of the Bibliographical Society which has
undertaken to edit this material consists of George Watson Cole,
Charles L. Nichols, Victor H. Paltsits, and George P. Winship.
Under their direction the information on the cards, Usting some
10,000 titles, is being typewritten on sheets in uniform entries.
There are, it is estimated, one thousand fifteenth-century books
hidden in American bookcases, either in the hands of private
owners or in the smaller pubHc and institutional Ubraries. It is
the earnest desire of the committee to learn the whereabouts of as
many as possible of these hidden books and they will appreciate
exceedingly any assistance which our members can give. Will any
member of the Society who possesses or knows the whereabouts of
any piece of incunabula be so good as to communicate that fact to
Mr. George P. Winship, Widener Library, Harvard University ?

«9

70 Bibliographical Society of America

At a recent meeting of the American Society of Agricultural
Engineers Dr. H. E. Horton, agricultural commissioner for the
American Steel and Wire Company, presented a paper on "Agri-
cultural Engineering Bibliography." He divides the field into
three branches: cultural (which he says is best covered by the
German expression Kulturgeschichte), statistical, and economic.
The economic includes the engineering side. In attempting to
show the field covered by agricultural engineering he gives the
classifications of the subject used by the Office of Experiment
Stations, that given by Vogler in his Grundlehren der Kulturtechnik,
and that of the Library of Congress. He laments the fact that
the Dewey classification has not been adapted to the subject. As
a result of this meeting I believe a request was sent to the A.L.A.
Conunittee on the Decimal Classification to consider the matter.

Dr. Horton lists the sources of material under ten divisions,
among which are periodicals, publications of societies and testing
laboratories, catalogues of machinery and implement manufac-
turers, patent specifications, and court records of lawsuits involving
the patenting of implements and machines.

He lists twelve American periodicals on the manufacture of
farm implements. As early as 1867 a testing laboratory was insti-
tuted by the Landwirtschaf tliches Institut of the University of Halle.
The idea of testing laboratories spread until there were thirteen
laboratories testing machines and implements of all kinds and nine
laboratories testing machines and implements used in dairying.

In 1906 was founded Der Verband landwirtschaf tlicher
Maschinenpriifungsanstalten, which issues Mitteilungen.

The publications of the Deutsche Landwirtschafts-Gesellschaft
are a fruitful source of material for the agricultural engineer.

The publications of the U.S. Department of Agriculture,
including the Experiment Station Record, are discussed.

In order to show the amount of material available Dr. Horton
presented a bibliography on cards of about 1,000 entries, practically
all being available in the John Crerar Library. The bibUography
will be printed by the Society. E. D. T.

Wanted, to complete sets of the publications of the
Society:

Y ear-Book oj the Bibliographical Society of Chicago^

I 899-1900.
Bulletin of the Bibliographical Society of America,

Vol. I, No. 2, October, 1907.

Members who have these or other odd numbers
that they are wiUing to turn over to the Society are
asked to communicate with the Editor, care of The
John Crerar Library, Chicago.

The Papers of the 73

Bibliographical Society
of America

volume eleven. numbers 3-4
july-<x:tober, 1917

AKSEL G. S. JOSEPHSON
Editor

CARL B. RODEN

ANDREW KEOGH

ERNEST C. RICHARDSON

Publication Committee

The Society does not hold itself responsible for opinions
expressed by contributors of papers

THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS
CHICAGO. ILUNOIS

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS, London and Edinburgh

THE MARUZEN-KABUSHUCI-KAISHA. Tokyo. Osaka. Kyoto. Fukuoka. Sendai

THE MISSION BOOK COMPANY, Shanghai

COPYKIGHT 1917 Bt

The University of CmcAOO

400 copies printed

Composed and Printed By

The University of Chlcagro Press

Cbicaco. IlUnoU, U.S.A.

INCUNABULA LISTS
I. HERBAL5

BY ARNOLD C. KLEBS, M.D.

CO MANY incunabula have found their way across the
Atlantic into our libraries that the European bibliog-
rapher has begun to come to us for missing links in his
collections. Every book-lover therefore welcomes the
wise decision for the general stock-taking of our incunab-
ula in a Union List, and no doubt this will be equally
valued by the student of hterature. Everyone interested
and in contact with incunabula should try to help in the
imdertaking in whatever special line he may be working,
but mainly by calling attention to copies, many of which
may still be hidden away, unsuspected and unrecognized.
I propose to do my share by submitting lists of certain
incunabula editions which have engaged my attention,
selecting particularly those for which the concordance of
bibUographic references has not yet been established, as
in Peddie's handy Conspectus, or only inadequately for
present needs, as in Burger's Concordanz. This deference
to practical bibliographic needs may atone for the some-
what arbitrary choice of a certain class of books, the
subjects of which I believe to be well worth a closer study.
Some books inspire awe, others a familiarity which
not infrequently breeds contempt. The former seem to
hold forever an inmiaculate integrity, while the latter,

76 Bibliographical Society of America

bethumbed, besmeared, and torn, soon become unsightly
relics. Books with these signs of hard usage form a
profitable subject for study. They reveal, perhaps not
dominant currents of mind, but valuable undercurrents.
Size of edition alone does not tell the whole story, as its
increase or decrease often is caused by passing book-
fashions of the day. It does not form a true index of
what Uterature is becoming, so to say, flesh and bone of
a generation, stimulating the few to a deeper study, the
many to a point of view, to action and possible achieve-
ment.

We are apt to forget that some of the precious incunab-
ula upon which we bestow infinite and reverent care are
but the rare survivals from a perilous career in the days
of their prime. Tossed about by the eternally destructive
schoolboy, facing rain or shine strapped to the surveyor's
kit, consulted on the battlefield by the surgeon, in woods
and hills by the herbalist, or in the smoky laboratory of
the apothecary or alchemist, they were part and parcel
of active humanity and suffered accordingly. What of
them has come to us is often in a sad condition, most
trying to the conscientious bibliographer or librarian
who wishes to indentify the issues. From this type of
book I propose to make my lists and I shall begin with
the herbals, which under various names have been a
constant source of confusion and bewilderment.*

* The difficult task of comparing and identifying copies in libraries some-
times more than a thousand miles apart would have been impossible without
the courteous help of those in charge of the books. My warm thanks for such

Incunabula Lists 77

MACER FLORIDUS

An enumeration of herbs and their healing powers
in Latin hexameters. Whether its authorship can be
traced to AemiUus Macer, whose herb-lore is mentioned
by Ovid {Tristia iv. 10), or whether it is the product of
Salernitan enterprise, its immense popularity from at
least the tenth century on almost to our own times is
attested by numerous reproductions in manuscript and
print. While we know that manuscripts, both in Latin
and in translations, reached practically every European
country, the extant editions, all Latin, originated in Italy
and France.

1. Non-illustrated editions. — Only two very rare ones
exist, from Italian presses, both dated and signed, neither
one of which appears to be represented in our libraries.
They are: Napoli: Arnold of Brussels, 9 May, 1477.
Fol. HC* 10420; Milano: Antonius Zarotus, 19 Nov.,
1482. 4°. Reichl. V. ijg: H. 10421.

2. Illustrated editions. — All undated and unsigned, but
evidently from French presses at the close of the fifteenth
century. Eight different editions or variants can so far
be distinguished. Those described here have a family

valuable assistance are due particularly to Mr. Charles Perry Fisher of the
College of Physicians in Philadelphia, to Mr. George Parker Winship, to Dr.
George T. Moore of the Missouri Botanical Garden in St. Louis, to Misses
Greene and Thurston of the Morgan Library in New York, to our ever-
obliging editor, Mr. Josephson, and to all those who with great liberality have
allowed me access to incunabula collections, especially to Colonel McCuUoch of
the Surgeon General's Library and to Dr. Putnam of the Library of Congress
in Washington. •

78 Bibliographical Society of America

resemblance, being all small quartos with leaves (often
missing) printed with the characteristic Burgundian
Gothic type (dart-like s and /), early in vogue also in
England and the Netherlands. Two sets of woodcuts
are used in each, a larger one of a monk writing in his
cell, repeated up to three times, and a series of from 59
to 66 cuts of the 77 (numbered) plants discussed in the
poem. Only lengthy and elaborate description would
allow the identification of the various issues from frag-
mentary copies. These are here avoided in the belief
that by taking into account certain typical features of
the work (not usually appearing in reference books)
a sufficient characterization may be possible.^

Macer floridus de viribus herbanim carmen

a) [Lyon or Paris, n.b. 1491] Quarto.

JPM. 541 (Paris: Le Petit Laurens c. 1500)
52 leaves. Sign: a-f*g*. 33 lines. Tyj>es: G. 2 sizes (worn); text:
G. 82 (A open above. M 37). No woodcut initials, spaces with guide
letters. Woodcuts (new) : 2 of monk, 66 of plants.

la: Macer floridus De viribus herba? || Famosissimus
medicus 7 medico? || Speculum, Below woodcut of monk,
repeated on ih. 526. blank.

St. Louis: Missouri Botanical Garden. (Complete copy.) New
York: Morgan Library. (Lacks leaf i. Pollard's entry supplies the only
description. Its misprints on 520 'tutus' for 'doctus' in copy.) Wash-
ington: Surgeon General's Library. (Lacks 17 leaves, including first.)

' For method of entry see these Papers, X (1916), 153. The abbreviations
for references cited are the familiar ones of Peddie's Conspectus. For the
designation of typ>es I follow the example of BMC. IV. Gothic, Semi-Gothic,
Roman, are noted by G, SG, and R, the nimiber indicating millimeter-
measurement of 20 lines.

Incunabula Lists 79

h) [Lyon or Paris, b. 1500.] Quarto.

No reference.

Same collation as a)

la: Mace[r] floridus / De viribus herbai? || Famosissimus
medicus et medicoi? || Speculum. Woodcut of monk same as in a.)

Boston: Arnold Arboretum (complete copy).

c) [Paris?] Quarto.

Reichl. 608: Paris c. 1500. (A doubtful and improbable
edition. Reichling's copy may have lacked 2 leaves of quire a.)

50 leaves. Sign: a'b-Pg*- 33 lines. Types: G. Otherwise identical
with a.

d) [Lyon or Paris, b. 1500] Quarto.

HC. *io4i7 (Coin). [Pr. 8490 must be error here, prob-
ably g, because of interlaced M.]

52 leaves. Sign: a-f*g<. 33 lines. Types: G. 2 sizes (new), text:
G. 82 (A closed above. M37). Lombard initials over 2 lines and few
smaller ones (i line) in marginalia. Woodcuts (worn): 3 of monk, 64
of plants.

la: Macer floridus 1 1 Woodcut of monk, repeated on ib. and
52a. Below: De viribus herba?. || 52b: blank.

Washington: Surgeon General's library. (Complete copy.)

e) [Paris?] Quarto.

Reichl. 972 (Paris c. 1500)
Collation same as c, of which it is a variant.
la: Macer floridus || de viribus || herbaru. || Woodcut
of monk repeated on ib. and 52a.

f) [Paris?] Quarto.

H(?)C.io4i8 (Paris 1490); Pr. 8489 (after 1500? earlier
than c).

Collation same as a, of which it is a variant.

la: [M] Acer floridus De |1 viribus herba?. || Famosissimus
medicus 7 medico? || speculiun. || Woodcut of monk repeated
on lb.

8o Bibliographical Society of America

g) [Lyon or Paris b. 1500] Quarto.

No reference.

44 leaves. Sign: a-e*K 38 lines. Types: G. 2 sizes (worn); text:
G. 82 (A closed above. M 37). Lombard initials over 2 lines. Woodcuts
(worn): 3 (?) of monk, 59 of plants.

[la: Woodcut of monk, repeated on ib ?] 2a: Incipit libellus
Macri de viribus || herbarum. Et primo de arthemisia.
Below first woodcut of plant. [Same block turned.] 44b. line 2:
Macer adest disce: quo duce doctus eris. Below woodcut of
monk {repeated?).

Philadelphia: College of Physicians. (Lacks leaf i.)

h) [Genhe: Loys M. Cruse, b. ijoo] Quarto.

No reference.

52 leaves, last blank (?). Sign: a-f*g<. 31 lines. Types: G.
3 sizes. Largest for title, smallest for marginalia; text: G. 98 (A closed
above. M39 feathered on straight front stroke. Proctor: 'interlaced')-
Lombard initials over 3 lines and few smaller ones (i line) in marginalia.
Rubr. marks. Woodcuts (worn) : 2 (?) of monk, 62 of plants.

la: MAcer floridus De 1 1 viribus herbai? 1 1 Below: Woodcut
of monk repeated on ib. 51b: Text ends. 52: blank {?).
Washington: Surgeon General's Library. (Lacks last leaf.)

Note. — It did not seem advisable in the present state of
our knowledge about French incunabula to assign these editions
to definite presses. Proctor, who gives two of the issues to Paris
without convincing reasons, has not helped to solve the further
question as to the printers. Pollard assigns a to Paris, Le Petit
Laurens, which is possibly correct, although it may as well go
to any of the other printers who were exploited by Jean Petit or
Antoine Verard. Personally I feel inclined to suspect the origin
of the books in Lyons, but it cannot be profitable to enter into the
reasons at present. A closer study of the illustrations will undoubt-
edly add to our information. I shall discuss this subject in con-

Incunabula Lists

nection with my other Hsts, which will also help to fix the date of
printing. Contrary to Proctor's doubt about the date, a compari-
son with other similar works forces one to the conclusion that all
the editions enumerated were printed before 1500, but not before
1491.

APULEIUS BARBARUS

Unknown author of an important herbal of which
many manuscripts were in circulation from the sixth or
seventh century on (Anglo-Saxon version already in
the eleventh century). Probably the earliest extant
work with illustrations of plants, next to the famous
codex of Dioscorides (early sixth century). The author
seems to have been neither Roman nor Greek, hence his
epithet, and there is not the slightest evidence that he
had anything in common with Lucius Apuleius of Ma-
daura in Numidia (born about 125 a.d.), flourishing in
Carthage and Athens, author of the Golden Ass, whom
some appreciate as the "evening star of the Platonic
and the morning star of the neo-Pla tonic philosophy,"
while Melanchthon accused him of "braying like his
own ass." The herbarium has an important place in
the history of botany and medicine, because of its age,
its wide distribution, and also because in the course
of its career it served as the gathering-point for the inter-
polation of additional knowledge. For this reason the
extant edition is given here, although only one copy of this
rare book seems to exist in this country. Its illustrations,
crude formalized pictures of plants, are, with possibly
one exception, the earhest ones in a printed book.

82 Bibliographical Society of America

Weigel's contention that they were engraved in metal
(bent borders), not in wood, has a great deal of force and
adds to the interest of the book. Two variants seem
to exist:

Apuleius Barbarus: Herbarium and Marcum Agrippam.

Roma: Joannes Philippus de Lignamine [n. b. 1483]. Quarto.

108 leaves, first and last blank [a*; b-n*o*) 27 lines. Type R: 114 R:
131 cuts of plants. Woodcut wreath on 7a.

Arrangement: (i) Dedicatory epistle, 1-36 or 4a. (2) Table, 4b-6b
(3) Text of 132 chapters, 7a-io7a. (4) Quire register in 2 cols., 107b.

a) H*i322. BMC. IV. 131.

Dedicatory episUe (i) to: F. DE GONZAGA CARDINA.
II MANTVANVM . . .

b) C.II. 532. H*i322 (note). Weigel (1866) I. p. iii.

Dedicatory epistle (i) to: D. IVLIANO DE RV || VERE
RO. SE. EPISCOPO CARDINALI || SABINENSI . . .

Boston: Mrs. J. Montgomery Sears. Lacks (i), a few leaves of (3)
and (4).

Note. — ^Lignamine had a press in his house, but probably
never printed himself. He was courtier and physician to
Sixtus IV. In his somewhat loquacious dedicatory epistles he
usually gives interesting information. Since Cardinal Gonzaga
died in October, 1483, it is very likely that the dedication to the
nephew of the pope, Cardinal Giulio della Rovere, was sub-
stituted during the printing. Therefore variant b is the later,
and the date of printing 1483 or 1484 can be fixed with fair
accuracy. Mrs. Sears's copy, which seems to be the only one
in America, must be variant b, because Lignamine's epistle
ends on 4a, blank in both Hain's and the British Museum
copies.

Incunabula Lists 83

The Hortus Sanitatis family:

HERBARTOS, GART DER GESUNDHEIT,
HORTUS SANITATIS'

Despite the prolific varieties of entries indulged in by
bibliographers and authors, it will help our understanding
of this most important group of fifteenth-century herbals
if we adhere strictly to the tripartition as indicated in the
title. We have to reckon with about forty issues of books
belonging to this family. Each one bears the distinctive
individuahty which marks it as belonging to one of the
three groups. Minor variations of the text, additions of
tables and indexes, and the modifications of the woodcut
illustrations are apt to confuse one who for the first time
approaches these books, especially as the rarity of the
volumes precludes their ready comparison. The lists
below will show that we have in American libraries some
excellent specimens of these herbals but not nearly all.
It ought to be our ambition to secure every one and, if not
obtainable in the original, at least to get photographic
reproductions.

In order to make clear the significance of these books
let us remember that a herbal in the sense of the fifteenth

' Variously cited and entered, mostly without distinction, under the follow-
ing headings: Herbarius latinus (Maguntinus, Passavinus, Patavinus), Herba-
rius latinus cum figuris, Herbarius in dietsche, Herbolario, Arbolayre, Grand
Herbier en francoys, Gart der Gesundheit, Aggregator practicus de medicinis
simplicibus, Kruidboek, Hortus or Ortus sanitatis, the smaller and the larger
Hortus, Herbarius zu teutsch, the German Herbarius or Hortus, Jardin de sant6,
etc. Also assigned to definite authors as: Amoldus de Villanova, de virtutibus
herbanmi or Johannes de Cube (Cuba, Kaub on the Rhine).

84 Bibliographical Society of America

century is not a botanical treatise, as its name might
imply, but a medical book intended for both people and
physician. In a way it marks a reaction against the
expensive apothecary shop, calling attention to the valu-
able herbs free to all, in fields and woods, and similarly
also to remedies derived from animals and minerals. A
popular medicine book it might be called, but by no means
in the sense we attach nowadays to this sort of literature,
for it served undoubtedly also in the technical education
of the time. We are apt to forget that almost the entire
structure of our modem science rests on such humble
beginnings and in our intensely specialistic preoccupation
we tend to overlook the powerful influence of the popular
element. It appears as something new, immensely fresh
and vigorous, this assertion of a popular desire for enlight-
enment, for greater freedom from mere erudite tradition,
from privileged classes, gilds, etc. Increasing in intensity
from the thirteenth century on it is directly responsible
for the invention of printing, which was to fulfil the de-
mand for a more rapid mode of multiplication and a wider
distribution.

Thus these books gathered what the monastic stu-
dent had "milked," often uncritically, as in the Macer
floridus and the Aptdeius, from the brains of the ancients,
and added to it what a wider experience with and a closer
observation of the surrounding nature had brought to
light. But not only the collection of facts but also their
systematic arrangement is the new characteristic of these
books, significantly marking the onset of inductive science.

Incunabula Lists 85

Only a painstaking study of the sources can allow us to
apportion the share which classic erudition, mediaeval
symbohsm, and folk intuition contributed to these books.
This is another important task which, however, does not
concern us here. The bibliographer must primarily
distinguish the differences, the origins, and the distribu-
tion of the various editions of these books. Light on the
cultural interrelations of the times and an apportionment
of the share of racial and national contribution at the
onset of modem scientific endeavor should result from
such research.

The common characteristics of the three members of
the Hortus family are that they contain at least one
illustrated part and several non-illustrated parts, mainly
tables and indexes. All of them have woodcuts of plants,
some have other pictures. The Herbarius is the proto-
type; the Gart der Gesundheit, though based on the Her-
barius, is a new creation in the vernacular, distinguished
by original concepts, both textually and artistically,
while the Hortus proper, combining both the virtues and
vices of the former, is more ambitious in scope, more
complex because of added material — an elaboration of the
Herbarius, but less lucid and original than the Gart der
Gesundheit. The finer distinctions will be brought out
in the lists below. Some of the issues are cited from reli-
able authorities, which are always indicated, so that ad-
justments of the entries can be made upon inspection of
the volumes. Assignments to different headings will, I
trust, not be necessary in these cases.

86 Bibliographical Society of America

Herbarius Latinus

Arrangement of text and woodcuts: (i) Title page,

(2) Preface beginning: Rogatum plurimorum etc.,

(3) Medicinal weights; Illustrated part, (4) Alphabetical
table of herbs, (5) Particula I de virtutibus herbarum,
150 illustrated plants; Non-illustrated part: (6) Index
of 96 drugs, discussed in (7) Particula II to VI under
headings indicating their action or derivation.

In the following two lists the undated and dated
editions are given separately. Woodcuts of plants up to
the number of 150 prevail, only the dated issues b". and f.
have a few other historiated woodcuts in addition.

Undated Editions

a) Herbarius latinus. [Middle Rhine, Palatinate]
[Speier: J.b'C.Hist.] Quarto.

Choul. Inc. 2. p. 14; H.*8448=HC. 8443 (Typis Reyseri-
anis), C (Veldener); JPM. 190 (Aggregator); VB 2056;
GL 1890 (Schoeffer).

172 leaves. Quires: [a* | b-u* ] x-y*]. 32-34 lines. Type G. Wood-
cuts: 150 numbered plants (new) with Latin and German names. Title
on la.

2a: [R]Ogatu plurimorum inopum num || . . .

Note. — Hain described an imperfect copy under one heading, from
secondary sources under another. The concordance of both is evident.
Another edition indicated by Choulant (5 p. 15) is probably identical with
this. Certain misprints suggest that alterations were made during the
impression, not a new edition set up.

New York: J. P. Morgan Library. In this copy the last two quires
are bound behind the first quire, simulating a different arrangement of the
contents. This was overlooked by the cataloguer.

Incunabula Lists 87

b) Herbarius latinus. [Danube, Bavaria]
[Passau: Joh. Petri]. Quarto.

H*8447 (imp.); VB 1940; Col. Upps. 692; Pell. 13 10
(Arnaldus de Villa Nova, Passau: Joh. Alacraw & Mair, copy
seems to lack two tables).

74 leaves. 22 lines. T3^es: 0.92(150). Woodcuts: 150 numbered
plants (new) with Latin and German names.

2a: rOgatu plurimo? || inopum nume? egentium appote
11...

c) Herbarius latinus. [Lower Rhine, Brabant, Burgundy]
[Louvain]: Joh. Veldener [about 1484]. Quarto.

Choul. Inc. 4. p. 15; CA. *9i6 (Kuilenburg) ; Pell. 1309
(Arnaldus, Kuilenburg); Pr. 9299 (Herbarius & Aggregator,
Louvain); HMT. 116(35) 2b; Conway, woodcutters Netherl.
XV. C. p. 213.

174 leaves. 27-30 lines. Tj^e G. Woodcuts: 150 plants (worn)
with Latin and Netherlandish names. Pr. D. 2 shields in floral border on la.

2a: [R]Ogatu plurimoru iopu numoru egetiu ap Ij . . .

Note. — ^Veldener printed this edition after having issued at Kuilenburg
the translated version of the same book with the date 1484 (see below Her-
barius in dietsche). He returned during this year from the latter place
to Louvain and there can be little doubt that the Latin issues were intended
for the academic market in this town, if not actually printed here.

d) Herbarius latinus. [Lower Rhine, Brabant, Burgundy]

[Louvain]: Joh. Veldener [about 1485-1486]. Quarto.

Choul. Inc. 3. p. 14 (Antwerpen, van der Goes); CA. 917
(Kuilenburg); Pr. 9298 (Louvain) ; Col. Stockh. 517 (Louvain);
Conway (ab. i486).

174 leaves etc. same as the previous issue, but la. blank( ?).

2a: rOgatu plurimoru iopu numoru ege 1| tiu appotecas . . .

Note. — The first leaf of this edition seems to be lacking in most copies.
It is quite possible therefore that copies of this reprint were issued with
Veldener's device and border on the title page.

88 Bibliographical Society of America

e) Herbarius latinus. [France or Burgundy]
[Paris: Jean Bonhomme, about 1485]. Quarto.

From CI. I p. 195; Pr. 8050 (Aggregator practicus de
simplicibus).

? leaves. 28 lines. Signatures. Type G. Woodcuts: iso(?) plants
with Latin and French names.

2a: [R]Ogatu plurloi? lopu nflmo? egetiii ap |I . . .

Note. — Claudin gives facsimile pages but no full description. Pel-
lechet omitted the edition entirely although there is a copy in Paris (Ecole
sup. de pharmacie). Whether the book is signed by Jean Bonhonmie or
not is not clear from Claudin's and Proctor's entries.

/) Herbarius latinus. [Italy, Venetia]

[Venezia: Simon BevUaqua] for Luc. Ant. de Giunta. Quarto.
Reichl. II, 404 (Arnoldus de Villanova).

172 leaves. Type R. Woodcuts: 150 nimibered plants (worn) with
Latin names. P.D. with "L.A." and red printing on la.

2a: ARNOLDI de noua uilla Auicenna. ] ROGATV . . .

Note. — Seems to be a variant of the dated Venezia edition of 1499.
May have a colophon on last leaf which was missing in Reichling's copy.
Probably xvi. Century, apt to be mistaken for one of the incunabula
editions.

g) Herbarius latinus. [Italy, Venetia]

[Venezia: Alessandro de Bindoni], Quarto.
Kristeller Pr.D. 194.

154 leaves. Type R. Woodcuts: 150 numbered plants (worn) with
Latin names. Pr.D.: Justice with 2 shields and 2 lions, with "A.B."

2a: ARNOLDI DE NOVA VILLA Auicenna. || ROGATV
plurimorum inopu nu || . . .

Note. — Allessandro printed between 1507 and 1522. This edition,
the same as the previous one, closely resembles the incunabula editions.
In all of them the original Vicenza woodblocks were used. Of the text part
II is missing in this last issue, also weights and table are placed at the end.

Washington: Surgeon General's Library.

Incunabula Lists 89

h) Herbarius in dietsche. [Translation. Netherlands]
Antwerpen: Willem Vosterman. Quarto.

From Choul. Inp. 14 p. 17; HMT. 233 p, 90.

174 leaves. 30 l{nes. Type G. Woodcuts: 150 plants with Latin
and Netherlandish names. Pr.D.

2a: Dye prologhe des ouersetters. || wt den latijn in
dyetsche |1 . . .

Note. — Evidently a reprint from Veldener's Kuilenburg edition of

1484, issued after 1500.

Dated Editions

a) Herbarius latinus. [Middle Rhine, Palatinate]
Mainz: Peter Schoefer, [14184. Quarto.

Choul. Inc. I p. 13; HC. 8444; Pr. i2i(Bodl); BMC. I.
39 (1490?, H 8443?); Pell. 131 1 (Arnaldus); Sudh. 83a.

174 leaves. Woodcuts: Q 150 numbered plants (new) with Latin and
German names. Pr.D. : 2 shields on branch (sometimes red printing) on la.

2a: [RjOgatu plurimoi? inopu numoi? |1 . . .

Note. — ^The first leaf with the title, printed either in black or red, or
in both colors: Herbarius. Ma- || gun tie impressus. || Anno 7C. Ixxxiii. || is
lacking in most copies. The printer is identified only by the device printed
below the title. The British Museum Catalogue describes (2 copies) evi-
dently this edition, although it is identified with the imdated Middle Rhine
issue. The description contains several mistakes in the collation and no
reason is given for the improbable date of 1490.

St. Louis: Missouri Botanical Garden. (Lacks leaf i.)

b) Herbarius in dietsche. [Lower Rhine, Lek, Burgundy]

Anonymous translation into Netherlandish idiom [old Dutch,
Flemish ?]

[Kuilenburg: Joh. Veldener] 1484. Quarto.

Choul. Inc. 13 p. 17; H 8449; CA. ♦918; Pr. 9158; Poll.
Hawkins 479 (Aggregator, Kruidboek, in index Herbarius);
see also HMT. 34(1 15) 2b and Conway p. 203.

90 Bibliographical Society of America

208 leaves. Quires: [x* | a-t*u< | A-E'F<]. 25 lines. Types: G. 113
(120?). Woodcuts: 150 numbered plants (new, mostly reversed). 'Tree
of Jesse,' 'Fall of man,' large 'G' and Pr.D. 2 shields of which one blank.

2a: Dye prologhe de [!] ouersetters vyt || den Latyn in
dyetsche. The translator's prologue ends and the work begins
on jb: [M]Ant veellyen mids der armoeden de apote || ken . . .

Note. — ^The contents of this work are the same as those of the proto-
type (Middle Rhine) , with the addition of a preface by the translator. The
additional woodcuts were previously used by Veldener in his quarto edi-
tion of the ' Spiegel onser behoudenisse ' of 1483 (they are half blocks from the
earlier folio edition). They as well as the printers' device identify printer
and place.

Providence: Hawkins Collection, Annmary Brown Memorial.

c) Herbarius latinus. [Danube, Bavaria]

Fassau: [Joh. Petri], [i4]8j. Quarto.

H.*844s; Pell. 1312 (Arnaldus); Pr. 2829; BMC. II. 616
Choul. Inc. 6 p. 14.

174 leaves. 32 lines. Types: G. 92(150), Woodcuts: 150 numbered
plants with Latin and German names.

2a: [R]Ogatu plurimo? || iopu numo? egetiu appotecas
re= II . . .

Chicago: John Crerar Library. (Imp.)

d) Herbarius latinus. [Danube, Bavaria]
Fassau: [Joh. Fetri], [i^j\86. Quarto.

11*8446; Pell. 1313 (Arnaldus); Choul. Inc. 7 p. 14.
[BMC. II. 616 see next entry].

174 leaves. 32 lines. Types: G. 92(150). Woodcuts: Same as
previous edition (worn).

2a: rOgatu plurimo? || inopum numo? egencium appote|l

• • ~*

e) Herbarius latinus. [Danube, Bavaria]

Fassau: [Joh. Fetri], [i4]86. Quarto.

From BMC. II 616 (incorrectly equated with 11*8446).
174 leaves etc. same as previous issue.

Incunabula Lists 91

2a: [R]Ogatu plurimoi? |1 inopum numo? egentium appote

II...

Note. — ^This is probably only a variant of the previous issue.

f) Herbarius latinus. [Italy, Venetia]

Vicenza: Leonardus Achates de Basilea b" Gulielmus de Pavia
socii, 27 October 14QI. Quarto.

HC. 8451 (Herbolarivm) ; C. Ill p. 264 (33 lines) = C 649a
P- 315 (35 l^^cs and other slight differences); [Pell. 1314 see
next entry].

172 leaves. 34 lines. Type R. Woodcuts: 150 numbered plants
(new) with Latin names, two men sitting, facing each other, holding
flowers, one with cap at desk (Arnoldus), the other with crown and staff
(Avicenna). Floral border with laurel wreath and blank shield, s-line
initial.

2a: Below woodcut and inside of border: ARNOLDI
DE NOVA VILLA AVICENNA. |I CiNcipit Tractatus de
uirtutibus herbarum. IJR OGATV PLVRIMORVM INOPVM
II numorum egentium appotecas refu tan tium II . . .

Note. — In later editions the title woodcut with the two men was
omitted but the names were kept. This gave rise to the confusion about
the authorship. The woodcut does not seem to have been made for this
work because the printer used it more than a year earlier in the Italian
version of the Petrus de Crescentiis, Opus ruralium commodorum (Vicenza:
17 February 1490), with certain changes.

Boston: Boston Medical Library.

g) Herbarius latinus.

Same place and printer as above.

From Pell. 1314 (Arnaldus).

156 leaves. 33 lines, otherwise same as above.

2a: Same woodcut. Below : ARNOLDI DE NOVA 1 1 VILLA
AVICENNA. II INcipit tractatus . . .

Note. — May be error, but possibly also a different edition in which the
second part is omitted.

92 Bibliographical Society of America

h) Herbarius latinus. [Italy, Venetia]

Venezia: Simon Bevilaqua, 14 December i4Qg. Quarto.

HC.*i8o7 (Arnoldus de Villa Nova: De virtutibus her-
banun sive [!] Avicenna); Pell. 1315 (Arnaldus); Pr. 5415.

17a leaves. 28-37 lines. Types: R (few G). Woodcuts: 150 num-
bered plants (old blocks) with Latin names.

I a. Title: Incipit Tractatus de || virtutibus herbarum
2a: ARNOLDI de noua uilla Auicenna. ROGATV plurimorQ
inopQ II numorum egentium appote- || • . .

Note. — Both Hain and Pellechet have some different spellings in their
descriptions (variants?).

Washington: Surgeon General's Library (a copies, one with tinted
pictures).

(To be continued)

THE CHICAGO LITERARY CLUB

BY EDWARD OSGOOD BROWN
WITH A BIBLIOGRAPHY BY AKSEL G. S. JOSEPHSON

TV /f ARCH 13, 1874, seven well-known citizens of Chi-
^^^ cago interested in literature and literary pursuits
met at the Sherman House in Chicago to consider the
formation of a club to be composed of persons congenial
and acceptable to each other and distinguished to some
degree by a love of letters.

Robert Collyer, the well-known Unitarian clergyman,
acted as chairman, and Mr. Edward G. Mason, an
eminent lawyer and historical scholar, as secretary, of the
meeting, the records of which have been preserved. The
condition of Chicago made such a club greatly to be de-
sired in the opinion of the gentlemen who had assembled.

The fire which has passed into local history as "The
Great Fire" had swept away a large part of Chicago a
little more than two years before. It had destroyed all
the public, and a disproportionately large part of the
private, libraries of Chicago, for these last were mostly
in that part of the city through which the fire had made
its fearful havoc. Old associations had been disorganized
and broken up by the great changes in residence which
the destruction and the rebuilding had brought about.
The old residents had been deprived of their books and
their literary associates, and young men who were coming
in large numbers to the arising city were vainly seeking
for both.
93

94 Bibliographical Society of America

The Chicago spirit was high. Everywhere there was
mental as well as physical energy and activity in evidence.
But there seemed to be danger that in the race for its
renewed "place in the sun," expected to be higher than
ever before in material achievement, Chicago might
neglect this necessity for the re-estabHshment of the
"things of the Spirit." The fact that it did not, and
that its Hbraries and art galleries and its civic, artistic,
and hterary activities count for what they do in the city's
life today, the older members of the Chicago Literary
Club are glad to beUeve that they may without self-
glorification assume is not altogether without its con-
nection with the tone and impulse given by the Chicago
Literary Club to its most influential citizenship through-
out the earlier years of its rebuilding.

The meeting of March 13 adjourned to meet again on
March 17, a committee having been appointed to invite
to this second meeting as many as possible out of a list of
the "chosen." There were in this list statesmen, like
Senators Trumbull and DooHttle; distinguished clergy-
men, like Bishop Whitehouse and David Swing; eminent
lawyers, like Melville Fuller, Thomas Hoyne, and Wirt
Dexter; judges, like Jameson and Booth; and authors,
like Horace White, M. J. Savage, Joseph Kirkland,
Francis Browne, and WilHam Mathews. Almost all of
the persons named in the Ust — all that I have mentioned
among them — eventually became members of the Club.
But the time was too short for very effective recruiting
between March 13 and March 17, and upon the latter

The Chicago Literary Club 95

day there were but thirteen present at the adjourned
meeting, the present writer being the least important
and the youngest. He is today the only survivor.

At this meeting the resolution to limit the membership
to fifty, which had been adopted the week before, was
rescinded, and an indefinite increase resolved on so long
as eligible members could be secured and until the Club
was fully organized. The limit for the resident member-
ship of the Club was finally fixed at two hundred and fifty.
Its actual present resident membership is about one
hundred and fifty. Meetings of the gentlemen originally
called together, with accessions at each meeting from
among the selected Hst, were held each week until May 4,
1874, when there occurred the "First Regular Meeting"
under a constitution and by-laws which had been pre-
pared, presented, and adopted at these preliminary
gatherings.

Robert Collyer had been made president and Edward
G. Mason, secretary, their term of office to be for one year.
It has been the unvaried practice and tradition of the
Club to allow to the president no second term of office.
The distinction has been the more highly prized on that
account, and from 1874 to 19 16 the list of our forty-four
presidents contains the names of most forceful per-
sonalities and the leaders of Chicago's best citizenship.
The secretaryship, on the other hand, has changed its
incumbent but twice since the organization of the Club.
From 1874 to 1876 Mr. Mason held the office, from 1876
to 1880 the secretary and treasurer was WilHam Eliot

96 Bibliographical Society of America

Fumess. But in 1880 Frederick W. Gookin was elected
to this combined office, and there has been no change
since, nor is there likely to be so long as the present incum-
bent lives and is willing to accept the annual election sure
to come. It is, in the opinion of the writer, to Mr. Gookin
and to his indefatigable efforts in the interests of the Club
that it owes in great part its prosperity and the unflagging
interest of its members through these forty-four years
and the fourteen hundred and eighteen regular meetings
which have taken place.

At that first meeting rules were adopted which have
since but occasionally been departed from. The meetings
were to be weekly, on Monday evenings, during the year,
except in midsunmier. The first haK-hour after the meet-
ing time appointed for the Club and the hour or more
after the literary diversions of the evening were to be
devoted to social conversation or to some informal social
recreation. In late years the post-literary exercises have
always included a collation, light enough to fit the mid-
night hour to which the meetings sometimes stretch.
The usual literary exercise was, by the rule adopted, to
last but an hour. Generally it was to be an essay by
some predetermined member, but scope for less formal
papers was provided by the arrangement that, once in
every two months at least, a collection of short contri-
butions to a Club paper, edited by some assigned member,
should be read. During the half-century, almost, that
has passed, the essay has preserved its relative importance
in the scheme of the Club's exercises, although there

The Chicago Literary Club

have been introduced sparingly variations in the way of
"Conversations," formal and informal, musical pro-
grammes, and "Book Nights," the last being in reaUty
nothing but "Conversations" about books recently pub-
lished.

With varying temporary relaxations permitting the
introduction of resident visitors, the privileges of the
Club have been confined to its members, but it has fre-
quently given itseK the pleasure and honor of marking
by formal receptions the visits of distinguished men of
letters to Chicago. This is not a history of the Club,
and I shall not, therefore, in this sketch, describe these
events noted in its annals, or the various discussions
which resulted in two or three "Ladies' Nights" a year,
sparsely scattered through it. Nor is it necessary to note
the changes of location for the Club meetings. Up to
October, 1875, the Club met at the Sherman House in one
of its pubUc clubrooms. In October, 1875, it took pos-
session of rooms which it had leased for its exclusive use
in the building of the American Express Company. It
has since made several changes in its location, but has
always either exclusively or in conjunction with some
other organization maintained its own club home. At
present it occupies in connection with the Caxton Club
a suite of rooms in the Fine Arts Building. The Club was
incorporated under the laws of lUinois in 1886.

The nature of its literary activities and the pubHcations
under its immediate auspices and direction are the chief
matters involved in this sketch, and I leave all else in its

98 Bibliographical Society of America

history and records in order to pass to a description of
them.

At the meeting of May 4, 1874, it was determined
that the essayist elected or agreeing to read a paper
should choose his own subject and should be free to express
any views, doctrines, or opinions that he might wish to
express, and that no paper should be subjected to criticism
on the evening when read, but that it might be contro-
verted in a subsequent paper by any essayist desiring
to do so.

It was ordered also that the Club as a club should not
express nor be sponsor for any opinion "in religion,
politics, social science, political economy, or any other
subject," nor by vote indorse or condemn any such
opinion.

A committee on "Order of Exercises" was, before the
first meeting of the Club in the autumn in each year, to
prepare and print a scheme of exercises with the dates
and names of the readers, essayists, and editors for the
season to come. The subject of each essay was to be
announced at the meeting next preceding its reading and
when possible also in the " Scheme of Exercises." During
the entire history of the Club these rules have been
universally observed.

The first paper was read May 18, 1874, at the
second regular meeting of the Club, by Reverend L. T.
Chamberlain on "Physical Pain, Its Nature and the
Law of Its Distribution " ; and at this writing, the last,
at the Fourteen Hundred and Eighteenth Regular

The Chicago Literary Club 99

Meeting, by Mr. William Ludlow Chenery on "The
Woman Movement." Between these two papers, more
than forty-four years apart, there have been a great
number of articles read which were not published by the
Club, but were worthy of preservation in printed and
permanent form. Some of them have been so preserved
by reproduction in published collections of the authors'
papers (such as William Mathews' and David Swing's)
and a considerable number by publication in magazines
or other periodicals or by printing by the author for private
distribution. Their general nature during all that time
may be well inferred from a partial list of those read in
the season of 1874-75 and of those read and to be read
in the season of 19 16-17. In the earlier year these were
the subjects: "Thomas DeQuincey," "Artistic Decora-
tion and Improvement of Our Streets," "Genius and
Characteristics of Walter Scott," "The Newspaper,"
"American Antiquities," "Arthur Hugh Clough," "Cul-
ture and Professional Life," "Travel and Travellers,"
" Oregon and the Secret History of the Ordinance of 1787,"
"Method in Political Economy," "Evidences of the
Resurrection Examined." In 1916-17 the list contains
among others these titles : " The Influence of Nietzsche on
Germany," "Democracy and Education," "Progress, the
Idea and the Reality," "An October Sunday in Massa-
chusetts," "Impressions of Siberia and Russia," "The
Woman Movement," "Jefferson as a Pacifist," "Some
Well-known Roman Women," "Political Life in Wash-
ington, 1888-1894," "Butler's Erewhon and Erewhon

loo Bibliographical Society of America

Revisited," "The Theater in Japan." The range of sub-
jects is possibly as well exemplified by these titles taken
at random from the two extremes of the Club's history as
it could be by greater detail.

The first publication under the direction of the Club
seems to have been a small pamphlet printed as a memo-
rial of an anniversary dinner, November 3, 1874, on
William Cullen Bryant's eightieth birthday. Mr. Bryant
was then the dean of American letters, and it was
thought fitting for the Club to notice his birthday.
He was not able to be present, but his brother, a
resident of Illinois for many years, represented him
and bore his gracious words of thanks for the recog-
nition given to him.

The principal interest of the bibliography of the
Club must rest in the twenty-six separate Club papers
which it has published. Before 1894 the only action
of the Club looking toward the preservation of any of
the papers read at its meetings had been an attempt
(which had practically universally failed) to secure manu-
script copies for preservation in its archives, and the
transcription into the records of some of the inaugural
addresses of the successive presidents. At the Six Hun-
dred and Sixtieth Meeting of the Club, however, the
secretary laid before it a plan for the publication of such
papers as the Club might deem especially worthy of
preservation and which the authors might not wish to
reserve for future, more professional, literary use. The
plan was approved and the rules then adopted are sub-

The Chicago Literary Club loi

stantially those now in force, the changes that have been
made from time to time being relatively immaterial :

All papers printed by the Club shall be issued separately in
small volumes, or booklets, uniform in size and in the very best
style so far as paper, presswork, and the general make-up are
concerned. In other words, the books in their outward appear-
ance, as well as their subject-matter, must be creditable to the
Club and such as to please book-lovers.

One copy of every paper printed shall be sent to each member
whose dues to the Club are fully paid; and an opportunity shall
be given in advance of publication to subscribe for additional
copies at the cost of manufacture and delivery.

The author of any paper printed by the Club shall be entitled
to ten copies without charge.

The selection of papers to be printed shall be made by a Com-
mittee on Publications, to consist of three members, who shall be
appointed each year by the President of the Club.

Recognizing the fact that many of the papers read before the
Club are on themes of transient interest, or such as to interest
but few of the members; and that others are prepared in such
haste that their authors would not care to have them printed;
and that it is desirable to make the standard of papers printed by
the Club as high as possible, the Committee shall not authorize
the printing of more than three in any one year, unless the con-
spicuous merit of a larger number and the abundant subscriptions
received shall make it appear unquestionably wise to do so. They
shall be under no obligation to authorize the printing of any greater
number than they see fit.

In making their selections the Committee shall be guided by
the expressed wishes of the members present when the papers are
read before the Club, but shall be free to disregard such expressions
concerning any paper they may deem unworthy of the imprint of
the Club. Slips shall be provided upon which the members

I02 Bibliographical Society of America

present at any meeting of the Club may vote in favor of printing
the paper to which they have just listened; but they must sign
their ballots and indicate the number of copies they will subscribe
for in case the Committee decides favorably. A locked box or
boxes shall be provided in the Club rooms in which these ballots
may be deposited; or they may be sent to the chairman of the
Conmiittee after the meeting. The result of the ballot shall in all
cases be kept secret by the Committee.

In form the ballots shall be substantially as follows:

CHICAGO LITERARY CLUB

To THE Committee on Publications:

In my opinion the paper by

which was read at the meeting on

at which I was present, should be printed by the Club.

If it should be decided to print it, I hereby subscribe for

cop , it being understood that the price will not exceed

fifty cents per copy.

CracAGO 191

At such intervals as may be convenient, say every two or three
months, if the Committee has selected any paper or papers to be
printed, they shall send a circular to all the members of the Club
inviting subscriptions therefor, in addition to those already
received. They shall not authorize the printing of any paper
except with the approval of the Board of Directors.

The Chicago Literary Club 103

BIBLIOGRAPHY

The Bryant celebration by the Chicago Literary Club,
November 3, 1874. Chicago: Jansen, McClurg & Co., 1875.

33 P- 8°.

Printed at the Press of Elnight & Leonard.

Prepared by the Secretary of the Club, Edward Gay Mason.

Committee on arrangements for Bryant celebration by the Chicago
Literary Club: Robert CoUyer, president, Horatio N. Powers, corresponding
secretary, William Mathews, Edward O. Brown, John Wilkinson.

Conmiittee on Publication: Edward G. Mason, recording secretary, Lean-
der T. Chamberlain, Frank (i.e., Francis) F. Browne.

Address by the President, p. 8-1 1.

Address by Mr. Arthur Bryant, p. 12-14.

Address by Mr. John Bryant, p. 14-16.

Poem, by William CuUen Bryant — the first 25 lines of a poem addressed
to his older brother, A. Bryant.

Address by the Rev. Horatio N. Powers, p. 19-24.

Address by Ex-Senator J. R. Doolittle, p. 24-27.

Address by the Rev. Dr. H. W. Thomas, p. 27-29.

Poem by Mr. F. F. Browne, p. 30-31.

Address by Mr. Thomas S. Chard, p. 31-32.

Club Papers

Privately printed for members of the Club on Van Gelder hand-made paper,
or Old Stratford paper, in i6mo, the new series in 8°, with ornamental covers
designed by Frederick W. Gookin.

I. A true love story. By David Swing. Chicago Literary
Club, 1894.

33, (I] p., I leaf.

With two decorative illustrations, headbands, tailpieces and initials by
F. W. Gookin.

A story about Chateaubriand at the banks of the Mississippi. Ends with
the following note: "N.B. This story is a serial and will be read in sections
imtil the Club may seem satisfied."

Read before the Club, November 13, 1893.

Printed in November, 1894, by T. L. De Vinne & Co., New York.

Edition: 215 copies.

I04 Bibliographical Society of America

2. A deserted village. By Henry Sherman Boutell.
Chicago Literary Club, 1894.

63, III p., I leaf.

Decorative title-page by F. W. Gookin.

The story of the decline of Ashford, Conn.

Read before the Club, December 18, 1893.

Printed in November, 1894, at the De Vinne Press, New York.

Edition: 215 copies.

3. The value of mental impressions in the treatment of disease.
By William Thomas Belfield. Chicago Literary Club, 1896.

36 p., I leaf.

Decorative title-page by F. W. Gookin.

Read before the Club, February 24, 1896.

Printed in February, 1896, at the De Vinne Press, New York.

Edition: 170 papers.

4. A local phase of labor combination. By Samuel Henry
Wright. Chicago Literary Club, 1900.

40 p., I leaf.

A study of the Building Trades Council of Chicago.
Read before the Club, November 27, 1899.
Printed at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.
Edition: 865 copies

5. A king of France unnamed in history. By Charles
Edward Cheney. Chicago Literary Club, 1902.

86 p., I leaf.

Frontispiece: facsimile of Rienzi's charte. Ornaments by F. W. Gookin.

On "the mysterious career of Giannino of Siena, who claimed to be John I.
of France."

Appendices. — I: Letter of Brother Antoine of the Order of the Hermits of
St. Augustine. — II : A letter of Nicolas di Rienzi to Giannino. — III : A letter of
Nicolas di Rienzi to Giannino. — IV: Translation of Rienzi's charte. — V. Doc-
uments relative to Giannino and his pretensions to the crown of France.
P. 49-86.

Read before the Club, March 3, 1902.

Printed in June, 190a, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 705 copies.

The Chicago Literary Club 105

6. Some religious views: four papers read before the Chicago
Literary Club, Monday evening, December 5, 1904. Chicago
Literary Club, 1905.

80 p., I leaf.

Ornaments by F. W. Gookin.

Introductory remarks. President Frederic Woodman Root. P. 7-10.

A Catholic contribution. Edward Osgood Brown. P. 11-31.

Fundamental religious truths applied to life. Loring Wilbur Messer.
P. 33-45-

A non-ecclesiastical confession of religious faith. Louis Freeland Post.
P. 47-64.

The message of Judaism to the twentieth century. Joseph Stolz.
P. 65-80.

Printed in April, 1905, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 430 copies.

7. The second Norman conquest of England. By Charles
Edward Cheney. Chicago Literary Club, 1907.

50 p., I leaf, map.
Ornaments by F. W. Gookin.

The story of John Lackland and the invasion of England by the French
under Prince Louis.

Read before the Club, March 12, 1906.

Printed in February, 1907, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 510 copies.

8. A quarter-century of English literature, 1880-1905. By
William Morton Payne, LL.D. Chicago Literary Club, 1908.

36 p., I leaf.

Read before the Club, November 25, 1907.

Printed in May, 1908, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 360 copies.

9. John Milton: a paper read before the Chicago Literary
Club, Monday evening, December 7, 1908, in celebration of the
tercentenary of the poet's birth. By Charles Joseph Little.
Chicago Literary Club, 1909.

39, [I] P-, I leaf.

Printed in January, 1909, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 430 copies.

io6 Bibliographical Society of America

lo. Our defective American banking system; a diagnosis and

a prescription. By Frederick William Gookin. Chicagd

Literary Club, 1909.

52 p., I leaf.

Ornaments by the author.

Read before the Club, November 2, 1908.

Printed in February, 1909, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 520 copies.

n. The Icelandic sagas, their origin and character. By

WiLUAM Newnham Chattin Carlton. Chicago Literary Club,

1912.

[41 45, III Pv I leaf.

Ornaments by F. W. Gookin.

Appendix I: The death of Gunnar. — II: The burning. P. 40-46.

Read before the Club, December 12, 1910.

Printed in June, 191 2, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 450 copies. •

12. The barefoot maid at the Fountain Inn. By Charles

Edward Cheney. Chicago Literary Club, 1912.

40, [I) p., I leaf.

The story of Charles Henry Frankland, collector of the Port of Boston, and
his wife, Agnes Surriage, of Marblehead, Mass.
Read before the Club, November 13, 1911.
Printed in June, 191 2, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.
Edition: 660 copies.

13. A belated Plantagenet. By Charles Edward Cheney.

Chicago Literary Club, 1914.

53, [II p., I leaf.

The story of Arthur Plantagenet, Viscount Lisle.

Read before the Club, February 3, 1913.

Printed in March, 1914, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 375 copies.

14. Robert J. Walker, imperialist. By Willlam Edward

DoDD. Chicago Literary Club, 1914.

40 p., I leaf.

Read before the Club, October 28, 1912.

Printed in March, 1914, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 285 copies.

The Chicago Literary Club 107

15. William Vaughn Moody. By Edwin Herbert Lewis.
Chicago Literary Club, 1914.

44 p., I leaf.

Read before the Club, November 4, 1912.

Printed in March, 1914, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 275 copies.

16. De senectute. By Edward Osgood Brown. Chicago
Literary Club, 19 14.

68 p., I leaf.

A conversation between "Cato," "Scipio," and "Laelius."

Read before the Club, March 9, 1914.

Printed in March, 19 14, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 421 copies.

17. Inaugural address by President Charles Bert Reed,
M.D., before the Chicago Literary Club at the annual dinner,
October 5, 19 14. Chicago Literary Club, 19 14.

34, [2] p.

Reproduction (?) of a "conversazione" at the Club about its influence
and function.

Printed in October, 1914, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.
Edition: 275 copies.

18. Albrecht von Haller, a physician — not without honor.
By Charles Bert Reed, M.D. Chicago Literary Club, 1915.

$6 p., I leaf.

With portrait of Haller after a bronze relief, a facsimile of one of his ex-
libris, and a picture of his residence in Bern.
Read before the Club, March 15, 1915.
Printed in May, 1915, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.
Edition: 361 copies.

19. The valley and villa of Horace. By Payson Sibley Wild.

Chicago Literary Club, 1915.

49, (ij p., I leaf.

Read before the Club, February 8, 1915.

With a map of the Licenza valley and seven illustrations from photo-
graphs by Professor O. F. Long.

Printed in May, 191 5, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.
Edition: 381 copies.

io8 Bibliographical Society of America

20. Pseudo-humanism. By John Daniel Wild. Chicago
Literary Club, 1915.

40 p., I leaf.

With a review of Bertrand Russell's philosophical writings.

Read before the Club, April 27, 1915.

Printed in December, 19 15, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 265 copies.

21. An early literary club. Inaugural address by President

Payson Sibley Wild, read before the Chicago Literary Club at

the annual dinner, October 4, 1915. Silhouette portraits by Earl

Howell Reed. Chicago Literary Club, 1916.

45, (I] p., I leaf. 19 silhouette portraits.

A facetious sketch of the Chicago Literary Club and some of its members.

Printed in February, 1916, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 349 copies.

22. Pessimism and optimism. Fresh treatment of an old
subject. By Victor Yarros. Chicago Literary Club, 1916.

30 p., I leaf.

Read before the Club, May 22, 1916.

Printed in July, 1916, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 334 copies.

23. The land of lost causes. By Francis Warner Parker.
Chicago Literary Club, 19 16.

32 p., I leaf.

". . . . a land of weird fascinations, strange geography, peculiar eth-
nology, abnormal history, and unusual civilization; .... the continent of
Africa "

Read before the Club, April 24, 1916.

Printed in July, 1916, at the Lakeside Press, Chicago.

Edition: 393 copies.

New Series.

24. Illinois state parks. By Theodore Jessup. A paper read
before the Chicago Literary Club, April 10, 1916. Chicago
Literary Club, 19 16.

ISP- so.

Printed in November, 1916, by the Marion Press, Jamaica, N.Y.

Edition: 1,000 copies, the larger part of which were for distribution among
the members of the l^islature and others to stimulate interest in the subject
of state parks.

The Chicago Literary Club 109

25. The last pagan. By James Westfall Thompson. Presi-
dential address before the Chicago Literary Club, forty- third year,
October 9, 1916. [Motto.] Chicago Literary Club, 1917.

[6], 92 p., I leaf.

An account of the finding of an anonjTnous medieval ms. in the library of
the bishop of Montpellier, containing a Latin poem: "D[e] V[era] R[eligione];
with a poetical translation in the verse-form of Fitzgerald's Omar, and notes.

The translation. P. 41-61.

"Notes." P. 65-92.

Printed in June, 1917, at the Marion Press, Jamaica, N.Y.

Edition: 310 copies.

26. The work of Tagore. By Edwin Herbert Lewis.
Chicago Literary Club, 191 7.

[4], i6 p., I leaf.

Read before the Club, January 15, 1917.

Printed in June, 191 7, at the Marion Press, Jamaica, N.Y.

Edition: 275 copies.

Exhibition Catalogues

Catalogue of expressionist pictures, by members of the Chicago
Literary Club, exposed in the club rooms, Monday evening,
February 28, 1898, and not to be spoken of elsewhere lest the
dignity of the Club be derogated.

39 P- 8°.

Comments by members of the Club, but not by those to whom the various
items are ascribed.

Printed by Rogers & Smith Co., Chicago.

Essays in aesthetic culture. Read before the Chicago Literary
Club during the season of 1 900-1 901. Approximately appreciated
Monday evening, April 29, 1901.

(48] p. 8°.

An illustrated catalogue of an exhibition of burlesque pictures by members
of the Club.

Comments by members of the Club, but not by those to whom the various
items are ascribed.

Printed by Rogers & Smith Co., Chicago.

no Bibliographical Society of America

Memorials of Deceased Members

1. Chicago Literary Club. In memoriam Henry Thornton
Steele, died November lo, 1890.

II, (I) p.

By James L. High, William F. Poole, Edwin Burritt Smith, Committee.

Read before the Club, February 16, 1891.

2. Chicago Literary Club. In memoriam Edwin Holmes
Sheldon, died December 18, 1890.

8 p.

By E. B. McCagg, J. S. Norton, Committee.

Read before the Club, February 16, 1891.

3. Chicago Literary Club. In memoriam Henry Field, died
November 10, 1890.

7 p.

By Clarence A. Burley, Franklin MacVeagh, Walter C. Lamed, Committee.

Read before the Club, February 16, 1891.

4. Chicago Literary Club. In memoriam John Wellborn
Root, died January 15, 1891.

6 p.

By Bryan Lathrop, William L. B. Jenney, Irving K, Pond, Committee.

Read before the Club, February 16, 1891.

5. Chicago Literary Club. In memoriam Samuel Bliss,
died March 18, 1891.

7P-

By George Rowland, Robert J. Hendricks, Franklin MacVeagh, Com-
mittee.

Read before the Club, May 4, 1891.

6. Chicago Literary Club. In memoriam William Emerson
Strong, bom August 10, 1840, died April 10, 1891.

7. [I) P-

By Huntington W. Jackson, George K. Dauchy, James Nevins Hyde,
Committee.

Read before the Club, May 18, 1891.

The Chicago Literary Club iii

7. Chicago Literary Club. In memoriam Hosmer A. John-
son, died February 26, 1891.

8 p.

By David Swing, Ezra B. McCagg, Norman Williams, Committee.

Read before the Club, June 8, 1891.

8. Chicago Literary Club. In memoriam Thomas Foster
WiTHROW, died February 3, 1893.

8. [I) p.

By Joseph B. Leake, Frank Gilbert, William Eliot Furness, Committee.
Read before the Club, February 20, 1893.

9. Chicago Literary Club. In memoriam George Rowland,
died October 24, 1892.

IS, (i| P-

By William F. Poole, Daniel L. Shorey, Edward G. Mason, Committee.

Read before the Club, October 16, 1893.

10. Chicago Literary Club. In memoriam Charles Oilman
Smith, died January 10, 1894.

8, [i] p.

By Daniel L. Shorey, Samuel S. Greeley, Emilius C. Dudley, Clarence A.
Burley, Committee.

Read before the Club, January 22, 1894.

11. In memoriam William Frederick Poole, born Decem-
ber 24, 1821, died March i, 1894. Chicago Literary Club, 1894.

42 p., portrait.

Appendix: " List of works by William Frederick Poole," by F. W. Gookin.
P. 29-42.

By Daniel L. Shorey, Edward G. Mason, James L. High, William Eliot
Furness, John G. Shortall, Committee.

Read before the Club, May 21, 1894.

12. In memoriam Joseph Kirkland, born January 7, 1830,
died April 29, 1894. Chicago Literary Club, 1894.

8 p.

By David Swing, William Eliot Furness, Joseph L. Silsbee, Alexander A.
McCormick, John G. Shortall, Committee.
Read before the Club, May 28, 1894.

112 Bibliographical Society of America

13. In memoriam David Swing, born August 31, 1830, died
October 3, 1894. Chicago Literary Club, 1894.

19, III p.

By Franklin H. Head, Abram M. Pence, John H. Barrows, Committee.

Read before the Club, October 29, 1894.

14. In memoriam Arthur Brooks, bom July 11, 1845, died
July 10, 1895. Chicago Literary Club, 1895.

34 p-

By Daniel Goodwin, Charles F. Bradley, William W. K, Nixon, Com-
mittee.

Read before the Club, December 16, 1895.

15. In memoriam William Adam Montgomery, bom June 21,
1838, died August 21, 1895. Chicago Literary Club, 1896.*

8 p.

By David Fales, Daniel Groodwin, Walter M. Rowland, Committee.

Read before the Club, May 4, 1896.

16. In memoriam Porter Puffer Heywood, bora July 30,
1828, died April 28, 1896. Chicago Literary Club, 1896.

7P-

By William Eliot Furness, George L. Paddock, Benjamin R. Bulkeley,
Committee.

Read before the Club, May 18, 1896.

17. Thomas Hughes of England and his visits to Chicago in
1870 and 1880. By Daniel Goodwin. Chicago Literary Club,
1896.

58 p.

On cover: "Chicago Literary Club. In memoriam — Thomas Hughes."

Read before the Club, June 8, 1896.

Printed at the Press of Rogers & Smith Co., Chicago.

Appendix A: From the Chicago Tribune, July 23, 1873: [A note on the
books sent to Chicago after the fire of 1871, for its Free Library, as "direct
gift of English authors, publishers, colleges, societies, and the government,"
or purchased with the fund raised at the instance of Thomas Hughes.]

Appendix B: List of members and guests present at the dinner given to
Thomas Hughes, October 8, 1880, by the Chicago Literary Club.

The Chicago Literary Club 113

18. In memoriam James Sager Norton. Chicago Literary
Club, 1897.

12 p., portrait.

By Edward G. Mason, Joseph B. Leake, Clarence A. Burley, Committee.
Read before the Club, March 22, 1897.

19. In memoriam Henry Baldwin Stone, bom September 4,
185 1, died July 5, 1897. Chicago Literary Club, 1898.

25 p., portrait.

By William W. Fenn.

Read before the Club, April 4, 1898.

20. In memoriam George Washington Smith, born January
8, 1837, died September 16, 1898. Chicago Literary Club, 1899.

18 p., portrait.

Alexander C. McClurg, Norman Williams, George L. Paddock, William
Eliot Fumess, Murry Nelson, Jr., Committee.
Read before the Club, January 16, 1899.

21. In memoriam Charles Wilder Davis, bom October 11,
1833, died December 15, 1898. Chicago Literary Club, 1899.

13 p., portrait.

By Arba N. Waterman, George K. Dauchy, Mason Bross, Committee.
Read before the Club, March 29, 1899.

22. In memoriam Lewis Henry Boutell, born July 21, 1826,
died January 16, 1899. Chicago Literary Club, 1899.

15 p., portrait.

By Charles F. Bradley, Arba N. Waterman, Ephraim A. Otis, Committee.

Read before the Club, May 15, 1899.

23. In memoriam Daniel Lewis Shorey, born January 31,
1824, died March 4, 1899. Chicago Literary Club, 1899.

24 p., portrait.

By William Morton Payne, William W. Fenn, Henry V. Freeman, Com-
mittee.

Read before the Club, May 29, 1899.

114 Bibliographical Society of America

24. In memoriam James Lambert High, born October 6, 1844,
died October 3, 1898. Chicago Literary Club, 1899.

61 p., portrait.

By Henry S. Boutell, George A. Follansbee, Henry V. Freeman, Hunting-
ton W. Jackson, Edwin Burritt Smith, Committee.
Read before the Club, May 29, 1899.

25. In memoriam Huntington Wolcott Jackson, born
January 28, 1841, died January 3, 1901. Chicago Literary Club,
1901.

23 p., I portrait.

By David B. Lyman, William Eliot Fumess, Arthur D. Wheeler, Com-
mittee.

Read before the Club, May 27, 1901.

26. In memoriam Henry Alonzo Huntington, bom March
23, 1840, died July 29, 1907. Chicago Literary Club, 1908.

lip., F>ortrait.

By Clarence A. Burley and Edward O. Brown, Committee.

Read before the Club, May 4, 1908.

27. In memoriam Robert Collyer, first president of the
Chicago Literary Club, bom December 8, 1823, died December i,
1912. Chicago Literary Club, 1913.

13. 121 P-, portrait.

By Samuel S. Greeley, William Eliot Fumess, Edward O. Brown, Charles
Edward Cheney, Committee.

Read before the Club, January 27, 1913.
Printed by the Publishers' Press, Chicago.

Constitution and By-Laws

1. Constitution of Chicago Literary Club. n.d.
8 p. i6mo.

2. The constitution of the Chicago Literary Club, adopted
March 6, 1876. With a list of the officers, committees, and mem-
bers. PubUshed by the Chicago Literary Club, 1876.

XI p. i6mo.

Printed by Hazlitt & Reed.

The Chicago Literary Club 115

3. Constitution of the Chicago Literary Club, adopted March 6,
1876. With Ust of officers and schemes of exercises from date of
organization, April 21, 1874, and present roll of members. Chi-
cago: Fergus Printing Co., 1879.

29 p. 12°.

4. Constitution of the Chicago Literary Club, revised January
28, 1884. With list of officers, schemes of exercises, from date
of organization, April 21, 1874; and present roll of members,
April I, 1884. Chicago: Fergus Printing Co., 1884.

54 p. i6mo.

5. By-laws of the Chicago Literary Club. Adopted March 28,
1887.

15 p. i6mo.

6. Chicago Literary Club Library. Lists of books and periodi-
cals. December i, 1907.

24 p. 8°.

Annuals

Chicago Literary Club. [List of members and scheme of
exercises.] 1874-1875/1894-1895.

21 leaflets or pamphlets.

1883/1894-1895 with covers, title-pages, and ornaments designed by F. W.
Gookin.

1876 printed by Hazlitt & Reed, Chicago; 1877/1884, by Fergus Printing
Co., Chicago; 1893-1894/1894-1895, at the De Vinne Press, New York.

"The issues for the first three years were merely leaflets giving lists of
ofl&cers, committees, and members, and the schemes of exercises. For 1876-
1877 an eight-page pamphlet was issued. The number of pages increased from
year to year and in 1884 a somewhat larger format was adopted. The first
book of the series in the present format was that for 1892-1893." In 1895 the
publication was given the title Yearbook.

Chicago Literary Club. Yearbook for 1895-1896/1916-1917.

22 issues.

With covers, title-pages, headbands and tailpieces designed by F, W.
Gookin, and printed in colors.

ii6 Bibliographical Society of America

1895-1896/1897-1898 printed at the De Vinne Press, New York; 1898-
1899/1916-1917 at the Marion Press, Jamaica, N.Y.

Each issue contains, in addition to the items in the previous series, the
"Regulations for selecting and printing papers read before the Club." From
1900-1901 on are added "OflScers from the foundation of the Club, March 13,
1874," and "Members deceased."

The issues for 1915-1916 and 1916-1917 contain list of "Publications of
the Chicago Literary Club."

Beginning with the issue for 19 14-19 15, memorial biographies are printed
in the yearbooks, as follows:

1914-1915: In memoriam Eliphalet Wickes Blatchpord — Albert
George Farr — William Merchant Richardson French — William Eliot
FuRNESS — ^John Cowles Grant — Franklin Harvey Head — ^Joseph Bloom-
piELD Leake — David Brainerd Lyman — ^John Williams MacGeagh — ^Josiah
Little Pickard.

1915-1916: In memoriam Walter Cranston Larned — Arthur Little —
Hartwell Osborn — Albert Arnold Spragtje.

1916-1917: In memoriam Henry Varnum Freeman — Samuel Sewali,
Greeley — ^John Jacob Herrick — Bryan Lathrop — Raymond St. James
Persin — ^Horatio Loomis Wait.

BIBUOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA
LOUISVILLE MEETING

PRESIDENT'S ADDRESS

OW that the Bibliographical Society of America has
arrived at the dignity of holding its twenty-fifth
meeting, it would hardly seem appropriate to let it occur
without noting the past of American bibliography and
looking somewhat into its future. Few of us to whom the
pubUcations of our Society come regularly reaHze more
than those upon whom has fallen the responsibility of
their preparation the great debt we all owe to our editor,
Mr. Aksel G. S. Josephson, whose zeal and untiring labors
are exemplified in them. No one, I am sure, who has had
to do work of a similar nature will fail to be generous in
his criticisms. An examination of our Papers, as issued
in quarterly numbers, shows that enough matter of
American interest has been produced to justify the name
we bear.

American bibliography has numbered, and still num-
bers, among its devotees many distinguished names. Of
those whose labors have ceased are Harrisse, Sabin,
Hildebum, Winsor, Leypoldt, Littlefield, Livingston, and
Paul Leicester Ford. The mere mention of these at once
calls to mind the works with which their names will ever
be intimately associated. We still have with us, as our
Nestor, Doctor Samuel A. Green, of the Massachusetts
Historical Society, Worthington C. Ford, Wilberforce

ii8 Bibliographical Society of America

Eames, and Charles Evans, to name only a few of those
whose works occupy prominent places on the shelves of
every well-appointed collection of Americana. Not-
withstanding what has already been accomplished, much
still remains to be done to bring the bibHography of the
history, literature, and typographical activities of our
country to a reasonable degree of completion, if, indeed,
the bibliography of any subject can ever be said to reach
that state.

In looking over the publications of the English Biblio-
graphical Society, one cannot fail to observe what appears
to be a pretty well-defined policy of restricting its pub-
lications, in the main, to the output of the Enghsh printing
press, and of English literature down to the close of the
year 1640. From personal experience I have found that
no student of that period can do effective and thorough
work without constant reference to its numerous pub-
lications.

There can be no doubt that our own Society would
greatly increase its usefulness and popularity by encour-
aging, in every way, works of a similar character relating
to the products of the American press and of the Hterature,
history, and writings of our early authors down to, and
including, the year 1800. Such a Hmitation, however,
is not intended to prevent work of a like nature by those
whose interests relate to nineteenth-century subjects.

Sabin (particularly in the later volumes of his great
work edited by Mr. Eames) and Evans have made a
magnificent beginning, but it can readily be seen that their

Louisville Meeting of Bibliographical Society 119

undertakings have been projected on too extensive a
scale, and that the amount of material to be worked over
has been too immense to permit of their being able to
include everything properly f aUing within the scope of their
respective works. Invaluable as such works are, their
very size and the labor and time involved in their prepara-
tion quite naturally tend to discourage others from under-
taking such Herculean labors. Nor is it necessary that
they should, for much desirable work of a more modest
nature stiU remains to be done in compiling detailed
bibliographies of individual authors, localities, local
presses, etc., such, for example, as Livingston's First Edi-
tions of Henry Wadsworth Longfellow, his First Editions
of James Russell Lowell, Hildebum's Issues of the Penn-
sylvania Press, 1685-1784, his Catalogue of the Charle-
magne Tower Collection of Colonial Laws, and the
recently issued work of Mr. Henry F. DePuy on The
English Colonial Treaties with the American Indians.

The undertaking of works like these and of a similar
character should be encouraged by this Society; and
while as an organization, with its limited treasury and
membership, it cannot attempt to pubHsh such works,
it may greatly aid such work by its prestige, by timely
recommendations, and as a matter of poUcy it should
encourage and foster labor in these fields. A restriction
in the programs of our meetings to papers on the subjects
outlined above would, we beKeve, tend more and more to
interest not only our own members, but also outsiders,
and thus aid in the growth and influence of our Society.

I20 Bibliographical Society of America

The success of any society depends, in no small degree,
upon the number and enthusiasm of its officers and
members. What has already been accomplished by this
Society has been done with less than two hundred mem-
bers. With such limitations the wonder is, not that we
have not done more, but that we have done as much and
as well as we have. Were our membership increased two
or three fold, we could not only do more efifective work
because of the enthusiasm resulting from the association
of a greater number interested in a common cause, but we
could give our members much more proportionally;
since, with the added amount in our treasury, we could
greatly increase our output without a corresponding
increase in our expenses. As is well known, the principal
cost in printing arises in getting matter into type. Once
set up and on the press, the additional charge for copies
is comparatively trifling, being only that required for the
extra paper, presswork, and binding.

Every author has, or beheves he has, a message to
impart to mankind. In reality it may be only a call for
the drop of dollars into his own pockets. It is the
province of bibliography to investigate his claims to
consideration. Every book has in it a kernel of truth,
some thought that actuated its author in its production.
It is for bibhography to discover how much value shall
be attached to it. Every book is a unit in a series, longer
or shorter, pertaining to its particular subject. It is for
bibhography to determine whether a book contains new or
original matter of value, or whether it is a mere compila-

Louisville Meeting of Bibliographical Society 121

tion of information or knowledge already in existence, and,
perhaps expressed in better form in other and earlier
works; whether it is the work of an earnest student of
the subject, or merely a gleaning from the works of others
— ^in other words "hack work." Every book is one of a
series upon the subject of which it treats, for there is
nothing new under the sun, and it is for bibKography to
determine whether it is an essential link in the evolution
and history of the subject to which it belongs.

Viewed in this Hght, bibliography, combining in har-
monious proportions accurate and detailed bibliographical
descriptions, with judicious literary criticisms and perti-
nent bibHographical matter, is equally the handmaid of
the Kbrarian and of the Uterary student. The custodian
of books, the librarian, above all, should be so well in-
formed that, with such aids, he can at once recommend to
any appUcant the best book on his particular subject.
Every student should be able to find in such authoritative
bibUographies the best sources to be employed in the pur-
suit of his studies. Bibliography in this sense is truly
the golden master-key that unlocks the varied chambers
of the great storehouse of universal knowledge.

It is to be feared that neither Ubrarians nor scholars are
yet sufiiciently awake to the value of such bibUographies
as aids in successfully carrying out their cherished aims.
To infuse this idea is alike the privilege and duty of this
and kindred societies, and we should stand like heralds on
the summits and proclaim, in season and out of season, the
importance of bibUography as an essential aid to all inter-

122 Bibliographical Society of America

ested in the study or perusal of books. Nor should this
appeal be restricted alone to individuals. It should be
extended to every organization having for its object the
aid and advancement of scholars in the pursuit of knowl-
edge. The American Library Institute and the American
Library Association, with the one or other of which nearly
all of the members of this Society are closely aUied, should
be made to realize the importance of this appeal. It is
not enough that the names of the institutions to which
they severally belong are on our list of members. Their
presence there is, indeed, highly desirable, and we could
ill afford to spare them. But we need more and more
the aid, interest, and support of every person connected
with them. Every university hbrarian, every reference
librarian, everyone, in fact, whose duties bring him in
contact with the pubHc in our Ubraries should not only be
conversant with existing bibUographies and know how
to use them most effectively, but should have a lively
and helpful interest in the aims of this Society to improve
the standard and increase the output of bibhographical
works, especially of those relating to this country. To
all such we would emphatically say you have not fulfilled
your duty to yourself nor to your constituencies until you
have joined the Bibliographical Society, of America.

THE SHAKESPEARE TERCENTENARY

BY TUCKER BROOKE

A CYNIC with the gift of paradox might expatiate
^'^ entertainingly on the folly of centenary observations
of poets' deaths. Let us thus observe, he might say, the
anniversaries of great battles, discoveries, or revolutions —
material and specific landmarks of human progress —
but why devote particular days or years to the praise of
those who truly are not of an age but for all time ? and why
memoriahze that which is least memorable about them — -
the accident of mortal dissolution ?

The Shakespeare celebrations of 1916 have furnished
two good answers to such doubts. In the first place,
though the poet is for all time, it is not to be expected that
he will at all times equally reach the minds of all the
people. The rather silly jubilee at Stratford, devised
by Garrick in 1769, produced real results in the way of
increased appreciation of Shakespeare; and the wide-
spread celebrations of 19 16 must likewise have left per-
manent traces. Not in every year or every decade could
such an exhibition of Shakespeareana have been got
together as that displayed last summer in the New York
Public Library, or such a stream of visitors drawn to see
it. If the tangible result upon the majority of these
thousands was no more than what has been modestly
claimed for the universal study of Latin and Greek at
123

124 Bibliographical Society of America

Eton — a fervent personal conviction of the existence of
the matter in question — the exhibition would be well
worth all the pains it cost.

And if a very large proportion of the educated public
can at any time be awakened to active interest in a poet
only by some adventitious reminder, there are also times
when even his most devoted followers are likely to grow
forgetful. Such was the year 1916. The editors of the
splendid Oxford volumes on Shakespeare^ s England explain
that the appearance of the book in the middle of the great
war was an accident. Anglo-Saxons must have thought
it a most happy accident that the claims of the great
reconciler and of permanent life values should be so monu-
mentally vindicated in a time otherwise given over to
drmn and cymbal's din. So, again, for those who can
echo Tom Campbell and

.... love contemplating — apart
From all her homicidal glory,
The traits that soften to our heart

Germania's story,

the last Jahrhuch of the German Shakespeare Society,
containing Gerhart Hauptmann's address, "Deutsch-
land und Shakespeare," has offered much needed comfort.
The large amount of valuable published matter inspired
by the Shakespeare Tercentenary can be most readily
reviewed by distinguishing between those works which
are mainly bibliographical in their interest and those of a
predominantly literary or historical importance. In the
first group belong, of course, the printed catalogues of

The Shakespeare Tercentenary 125

the excellent Shakespearean exhibitions held in various
libraries. England is thus represented by the illustrated
catalogues published by the Bodleian and by the John
Rylands Library of Manchester, the former a model for
beauty of form. For the exhibition of Mr. Marsden J.
Perry's collection at Newport, Rhode Island, in June and
July, 19 16, Mr. George Parker Winship wrote a charming
descriptive commentary : The Redwood Library Guide to an
Appreciation of Wm. Shakespeare His Works and Fame.
The particular gems of the Perry collection are one of the
two known copies of the earliest edition of the second part
of Henry VI {The First Part of the Contention, etc., 1594)
and the famous Edward Gwynn copy of the nine Shake-
spearean and pseudo-Shakespearean plays issued by
Pavier and Jaggard in 16 19 — the only copy in which these
plays are still bound together.

The exhibition at the New York Public Library,
April 2-July 15, 19 16, was naturally on a larger scale
and drew from various sources. Miss Henrietta C.
Bartlett prepared an excellent catalogue' in which the
various items are arranged in five classes: " Shakespeare's
Works," "Spurious Plays," "Adaptations of Shake-
speare's Plays," "Source Books," and "Allusions to
Shakespeare in Contemporary Literature." The bibho-
graphical description of each book is supplemented by
anecdotal and critical comment, which makes the work

» Catalogue of the Exhibition of S hakes peareana held at the New York Public
Library, April 2 to July 15, 191 6, in Commemoration of the Tercentenary of
Shakespeare's Death, 1917.

126 Bibliographical Society of America

hardly less entertaining than informative. The only
defect of which the future user of this catalogue is at all
likely to complain is the failure to give any hint regarding
the present ownership of the works catalogued. Un-
doubtedly the silence on this point is intentional, and it is
easy to imagine a number of good reasons against dis-
criminating between the different owners. The largest
contributors appear to have been the Lenox collection of
the New York Public Library, Mr. H. E. Huntington,
and Mr. W. A. White. The Library officials, of course,
must have full information on record, and it is to be hoped
that no student will find serious difficulty in tracing any
of the volumes catalogued now that they have been
restored to their owners.

In her Litroduction Miss Bartlett calls attention to
the difference now prevailing in conditions of ownership
and accessibiUty between the rare Shakespeareana in
England and in America. In number they are at present
very nicely balanced between the two countries; but,
whereas in England most of them have at last found
permanent resting-places in great pubHc libraries, such
as the British Museum, the Bodleian, and Trinity
College, Cambridge, in the United States a large pro-
portion still belong to private citizens. From the point
of view of the humble person who may desire to use such
treasures, there are advantages each way. The public
institution is undoubtedly the safest conservator and
usually the most easily accessible. It is generally better
catalogued, and its catalogues have more permanence and

The Shakespeare Tercentenary 127

broader distribution. On the other hand, the tradition of
generosity estabHshed by the great English private
libraries — now, with the notable exception of the Earl of
Ellesmere's, largely dispersed^ — has been so nobly con-
tinued by American owners like Mr. Huntington, Mr.
Morgan, and Mr. White, that the serious scholar often
finds actually greater opportunity and more helpful
assistance as their guest than he can find in the average
pubHc institution. There is also, of course, a special
charm about the private library, particularly when, like
that at Bridgewater House, it has behind it a tradition
of centuries ; and it might even be questioned whether the
great public libraries have done much more for the ad-
vancement of scholarship in the department of EHza-
bethan literature than have the houses of Devonshire
and EUesmere, Huth and Christie-Miller.

Miss Bartlett points out that the rule prohibiting the
loan of rare books from one pubHc library to another
would make it impossible to assemble in England at present
a composite collection equal to that exhibited at New York
last summer. The point might be illustrated by the
fact that the arrangers of the John Rylands exhibition
were unable to set a single early Shakespearean quarto
play by the side of their valuable collection of Folios and
their rare editions of the Poems. It is true that the
British Museum might have produced from its own
unrivaled store an array of Shakespeareana only sHghtly

'Since this was written Lord Ellesmere's library at Bridgewater House
has been sold to Mr. Huntington and removed to New York.

128 Bibliographical Society of America

less complete than that which Miss Bartlett describes, but
it would hardly have had the special attractiveness that
the New York exhibition gained from the fact that it was
a co-operative community affair.

Two very important contributions to Shakespearean
bibliography must be regarded as by-products of the
American interest in the Tercentenary. In both Miss
Bartlett had an honorable part. Her careful work with
Mr. White's books disclosed the existence of a hitherto
unknown (third) edition of Richard II (1598). With
characteristic zeal and generosity Mr. White at once
produced a reprint of this rare find/ to which Mr. A. W.
Pollard added an important introduction, arguing that
the text of the play was based in the first instance directly
upon Shakespeare's manuscript.

The most ambitious of all the bibliographical publica-
tions of the year is the Census of Shakespeare's Plays in
Quarto, 1 594-1 709, prepared under the auspices of the
Elizabethan Club of Yale University by Miss Bartlett
and Mr. Pollard.' Supplementing the Census of Folios
and Poems by Sir Sidney Lee, the editors give a detailed
list of the known copies (886 in all) of Shakespearean
quartos pubhshed prior to Rowe's Shakespeare of 1709.
The work has been done with the utmost care and on the
basis of quite unexcelled bibliographical knowledge. It
is hardly reckless to doubt whether the list will ever be
very materially increased, unless by the discovery of
now inaccessible treasures on the continent of Europe.

' Qxiaritch, 1916. * Yale University Press, 1916.

The Shakespeare Tercentenary 129

It is interesting to observe that all the copies identified
by the editors are now either in British or in American
libraries.

Each copy listed in the Census is in general elabo-
rately described as regards condition and ownership,
past and present. The only important deficiencies occur
in the case of books belonging to the late Lord Ninian
Crichton Stuart and to Mr. H. C. Folger. Particular
descriptions were unobtainable in the first instance owing
to the owner's death in battle, October, 191 5. The
difficulty of access to Mr. Folger's books is well known
to be quite insuperable. However, he has been good
enough to furnish the editors with certain details regard-
ing the invisible volumes, which, if not sufficiently com-
plete to accord with the general plan of the book, yet
very materially add to what was previously known of his
extraordinary collection.

The Introduction to the Census is essentially the work
of the British collaborator, Mr. Pollard, than whom, it
is needless to say, no more competent authority lives.
It is a monograph of over thirty close-filled pages, supple-
mentary to the author's well-known work on Shakespeare
Folios and Quartos (1909), and adding a large amount of
most important material. No serious student, however
scornful of bibliography — and the number of scomers
is healthily waning — can safely overlook Mr. Pollard's
discussion of the formation of the various great col-
lections of quartos, the relation between the number of
extant copies of early editions and the contemporary

130 Bibliographical Society of America

popularity of the various plays, and the number of copies
originally printed {ca. 1000-1200). Most important of
all is the vindication of the intrinsic textual value of the
eighteen "first" quartos (inclusive of the 1599 Romeo
and Juliet and the 1604 Hamlet) as compared with later
quartos and even with the Folio. All readers may not
be disposed to accept Mr. Pollard's charitable assumption
that Hemings and Condell, in sneering at the "stolen and
surreptitious copies" which antedated their Folio, had
in mind only the two (or possibly five) worst quartos, to
which their words might fairly apply; but few will
probably refuse to acknowledge that the words are quite
unjust in reference to the generality of the quartos.
Most persons who have collated early editions of Shake-
speare will doubtless agree also with Mr. Pollard's
daring conclusion that: "The modem editor has nothing
to consider save the original readings of the First Quarto
and the original readings, right or wrong, introduced by
the Folio." This, coupled with our present knowledge —
so largely due also to Mr. Pollard — which were the first
quartos of The Merchant of Venice, A Midsummer-Night^ s
Dream, King Lear, and Henry V, greatly clarifies the
whole textual problem.

The more literary study of Shakespeare has been no
less advanced by publications of the tercentenary year.
First mention is due to Shakespeare's England, in two
gorgeous volumes from the Oxford Press. This is fol-
lowed at a distance by A Book of Homage to Shakespeare
from the same press. The latter is a "scrapbook," com-

The Shakespeare Tercentenary 131

prising a great number of brief Shakespearean notes by
scholars of many lands. Shakespeare's England consists
of thirty extended essays, all of British authorship,
designed to cover the whole range of sixteenth-century
EngHsh life. Dr. McKerrow's paper on "Booksellers,
Printers, and the Stationers' Trade" may be particularly
noted as doubtless the best general introduction to the
problems of EHzabethan bibhography yet produced.
Another of the essays, that on "Handwriting" by Sir E.
Maunde Thompson of the British Museum, has already
borne further fruit in a separate monograph by the same
distinguished authority on Shakespeare's Handwriting
(Oxford, 1 9 16). The arguments here marshaled to prove
that three inserted folios in the manuscript play of Sir
Thomas More are written in Shakespeare's hand go near
to making a certainty of what has hitherto been only an
interesting possibility. Additional evidence in the same
direction has still more recently been offered by Mr.
Percy Simpson in The Library (January, 1917).

A useful volume, which, like Shakespeare* s England,
owed to accident its appearance in the tercentenary year,
is the translation of a portion of Creizenach's Geschichte
des neueren Dramas, Band IV, published in London and
Philadelphia under the title. The English Drama in the
Age of Shakespeare. This was almost ready in August,
19 14, when the war interrupted its progress. It now
appears with a graceful dedication by the English pub-
lishers "To the Memory of their Friend and Fellow-
Worker, Alfred Schuster, Lieutenant, 4th Hussars (Killed

132 Bibliographical Society of America

in Flanders, Nov. 20, 1914)." The translation is well
done and should be of considerable use, though the omis-
sion of Creizenach's long ninth book, containing most of
his formal criticism of the plays treated, will make it
impossible to employ it as a full substitute for the original.

A number of important American books on Shakespeare
appeared in 1916. Two of the most valuable are Shake-
speare^s Theater by Professor A. H. Thomdike of Colum-
bia (Macmillan) and Professor R. M. Alden's variorum
edition of the Sonnets (Houghton MiiSlin). The former
gives in some five hundred pages a very compendious
summary of what is known concerning theatrical affairs
during the reigns of Elizabeth and James, with special
reference to two thorny subjects — the history of the
various companies of players and the principles of stage
presentation. Professor Alden provides students of
Shakespeare's Sonnets with what has long been a positive
necessity — a complete and reliable compilation of all the
important criticism called forth by the most doubt-
provoking and bitterly argued of Shakespearean problems.

Two American universities, Columbia and Wisconsin,
pubHshed important tercentenary volumes of Shakespear-
ean criticism. The latter is the handsomer in appearence,
the former the larger book by a ratio of eighteen to
twelve essays. They are further distinguished in that the
Columbia contributors have restricted themselves to dis-
cussion of aspects of Shakespeare's work, while the Wis-
consin critics in some instances go farther afield and
treat questions of general Elizabethan interest. Each

The Shakespeare Tercentenary 133

book ofifers a distinct addition to knowledge; both
naturally contain also matter of an appreciative rather
than scientific value. The latter type of article is cer-
tainly not less necessary or less suited to the tercentenary
occasion. An excellent example is the essay on "The
Restoration of Shakspere's Personality" by Professor
Brewster, of Columbia. It is quite possible that it would
not have occurred to the writer to undertake this acute
and judicial review of the constantly changing estimates
of the man Shakespeare from the days of the earliest
romanticists to the present decade had not his colleagues'
desire to commemorate the tercentenary turned his
thoughts in that direction. The result is a work of
exceptional value to all real students of the poet. Of
similar nature are Professor Cunliffe's discussion of the
character of Henry V as interpreted by many varying
critics, that of Professor Brander Matthews on "Shak-
sperian Stage Traditions," and, in the Wisconsin volume,
the papers on "Some Principles of Shakespeare Staging"
(T. H. Dickinson), "Joseph Ritson and Some Eighteenth-
Century Editors of Shakespeare" (H. A. Burd), and
"Charles Lamb and Shakespeare" (F. W. Roe).

Other American universities have offered such various
homage to the occasion that particular mention may
appear invidious. If it be permissible for this writer to
specify some from which he has profited, he would name
Professor Kittredge's Harvard lecture (Harvard Univer-
sity Press); Professor Neilson's paper on "Shakespeare
and ReHgion," delivered at Yale; the particularly

134 Bibliographical Society of America

charming jubilee at Brown University, enhanced by a
series of lectures by Professor Potter, by an exhibition of
Mr. Perry's books, attended with much gracious hospi-
tahty to stranger guests, and, finally, by an admirable
address of Dr. Woodberry, given in Sayles Hall, April 26,
and published by the Woodberry Society; and the unique
celebration at the University of Chicago (February 25,
1916), "illustrating the chief types of drama before
Shakspere," the handsome program of which contains
important material relating to the four pieces performed.
The University of North Carolina devoted the April, 19 16,
issue of its Studies in Philology to Shakespearean subjects
and has repeated the tribute even more ambitiously in the
corresponding number of the 191 7 volume. Yale Univer-
sity found inspiration in the Tercentenary for a new
teaching edition of the poet {The Yale Shakespeare, Yale
University Press), of which the completion will require
several years.

The pleasing but parlous ambition to render dramatic
tribute to the dramatist flourished most beyond academic
walls. The best of several playlets of the year is doubt-
less Master Will of Stratford (Macmillan) by Mrs. Louise
Ayres Gamett, a Shakespearean night's entertainment,
offering an agreeable view of the boy and his mother and
a black picture of Sir Thomas Lucy in the year of grace,

1575-

Upon one point the Tercentenary has not brought
agreement — the spelling of the poet's name. It is still
Shakspere at Chicago and Columbia, Shakespeare at

The Shakespeare Tercentenary 135

Wisconsin and elsewhere. Many a more important
problem, however, has been driven far toward solution;
and it will be only the staunchest and mossiest of pro-
fessors whose Shakespeare lectures of yesteryear will
not suffer considerable alteration in 191 7.

DEBRY AND THE Index Expurgatorius

BY CHESTER M. GATE

nPHERE are few books which make a more varied appeal
* to our interest than De Bry's " Voyages." The work,
which probably owed its inception to the influence of
Hakluyt, was begun by the Dutch engraver Theodore
DeBry {b. 1528, d. 1598). It seems to have been his
intention to form a collection of voyages and to accompany
each volume with plates illustrating the character of the
countries described in the text and the manners and
customs of their inhabitants. The first volume to be so
produced was Hariot's Virginia, in 1590, and the long
series of works similarly issued by DeBry and after his
death continued by his widow and sons Johann Theodore
and Johann Israel is too well known to need comment here.

The first interest of these books lies without question
in the illustrations. The curious nature of these plates
and the skill with which they were executed combine
to give them the reputation which they have acquired.

Of rather unequal interest are the texts which these
engravings illustrate. Many of the voyages published
by the De Bry's had appeared previously in printed form
and in several instances where there were already extant
several editions of a given book the De Bry's selected an
inferior one for their purpose. In other instances they
altered or abridged the works which they reprinted, so
that their versions are quite distorted from the originals.

136

De Bry and the Index Expurgatorius 137

Bibliographically considered, DeBry's "Voyages," in
the state in which they have come down to us, are most
perplexing. During the long period in which they
appeared (i 590-1 634) many volumes were reissued,
some even a second time; old sheets and plates were
mixed with new; new editions appeared with old plates;
plates were worn out and recut, sometimes with altera-
tions; and new dedications appeared in the progress of
time. In short, the process of determining at this day
just what constitutes in a given volume a given edition,
issue, or reissue is well calculated to try the patience of
even a bibHographical Job. Several bibliographers have
produced monographs on this subject, but their works are
mainly useful in checking variants and in giving us a
knowledge of the "make-up" of various copies.

Among the books purchased by the Huntington Library
during the current year was the set of DeBry's "Voy-
ages," formerly a part of the library at Britwell belonging
to Mr. Christie-Miller. In the collation of the Britwell-
Huntington set of DeBry a discovery was made which
adds something to the interest of the work as a whole and
much to the prestige of the copy in hand. The discovery
was that the first eight volumes of the Oriental India were
condemned in part by the Church and placed on the Index
Expurgatorius. On the back of the title-page of volume
one appears a manuscript statement in a contemporary
hand, stating that the first ten of these volumes have been
corrected to conform to the Index Expurgatorius of 161 2,
and this statement is followed by another in a later hand,

138 Bibliographical Society of America

stating that the volumes also conform to the Index of
1632. An examination of the indexes of these dates
shows under the heading of "India Orien talis" entries
covering several pages and locating over forty offensive
passages in which excisions are indicated. From the
nature of the manuscript notes in the Huntington copy
and from the thoroughness with which the passages men-
tioned in the Index have been obliterated, it may well be
that these were the "official" copies used by the Spanish
censor at Seville.

To attempt here any history of the development of the
Index Expurgatorius would be absurd and unpardonable,
yet a hurried summary may not be altogether out of
place. The censorship of books, broadly speaking, goes
far back of the time of the invention of the press. In the
early centuries of the Christian era the works of heretics
were many times condemned by the Councils and publicly
burned. The earliest-known instance of an index of pro-
scribed books pubHshed by the authority of Rome is that
issued by Pope Gelasius in the year 494. This list was
subsequently added to and reissued, and from time to time
various decrees were given out and other measures adopted
by the church to suppress the circulation of suspected
books. The invention of printing and the consequent
increase in the production of books greatly increased the
difficulties of censorship, but it was not until 1547 that the
first Roman index, in the common acceptance of the term,
made its appearance. This index, prepared by the
University of Louvain and pubHshed by direction of the

De Bry and the Index Expurgatorius 139

Spanish Inquisition, was completed in 1551 and several
later editions were published. By the beginning of the
seventeenth century the printed index was a perfected
institution. The early indexes divided their subject-
matter into three classes — ^namely, authors condemned,
with all their writings; authors some of whose books only
were forbidden; and books which might be read after
certain passages had been deleted. It is in this last
class that we find in the Index of 161 2 listed the Oriental
India of DeBry.

The reason why these particular volumes were sus-
pected more than others in the DeBry collections is not
difficult to find. With the exception of Volume I, which
is uncensored, all of these works have a Dutch, and
consequently a Protestant, origin. The passages excised
are, in common with most of the excisions in the early
indexes, often of a theological nature, but the character
of the works as a whole is such that many of the passages
objected to involve more interesting questions than those
of mere abstract doctrine. The hardy Dutch adventurers,
as strong in faith as they were courageous in daring, were
never loth to appeal to God for deHverance from danger
and hardship, to ask his blessing on their undertakings,
or to give thanks for victories and successes, in whose
consummation they invariably saw the hand of God.
Wherever in these narratives divine intervention is given
as the cause of Dutch victories or of reverses to the
Spaniards or Portuguese, the passage is invariably made
quite illegible. The most frequent strictures are those

I40 Bibliographical Society of America

made on passages which treat of the activities of the
Jesuits in India and elsewhere. In more than one in-
stance stories are told in which the Jesuits are repre-
sented as mercenary, underhanded in their dealings, and
consistently furthering their own ends rather than the
advancement of Christianity. Other passages which have
been deleted tell of conversions made by the Dutch
among the native inhabitants of the Spice Islands, others
of religious services commemorative of some special
exploit, and yet others of atrocities perpetrated by the
Portuguese in their efforts to maintain a commercial
supremacy. So varied and so diversified are these
censored passages that the subject has seemed to the
writer of sufficient interest to warrant a short article in
which each section deleted could be given separately,
accompanied by a translation and a brief comment. He
hopes to be able to prepare such a paper in the near
future.

MINUTES OF THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA.
AT LOUISVILLE. KENTUCKY. JUNE 22, 1917

The meeting was called to order by the President, George
Watson Cole, after which he gave his annual presidential address.
Following this, a paper on "Some Bibliographically Important
Lutherana," by Rev. L. Franklin Gruber, was read by title.

The " Shakespeare Tercentenary," by Professor Tucker Brooke,
was read by George Parker Winship in the absence of Professor
Brooke.

"DeBry and the Index Expurgatorius," by Chester M. Cate,
was read by H. M. Lydenberg in the absence of Mr. Cate.

Then followed the usual reports:

1. Treasurer's Report by Frederick W. Faxon, which is ap-
pended to this report.

2. The Report of the Trustee of the Fund for the Census of
Incunabula by Mr. Cole, which is also appended.

3. Mr. Winship reported on the progress of the Census of
Incunabula, showing that the work had been finished to the
letter K.

4. Dr. Putnam for the Committee on Postal Rates for the
Papers reported that in view of the changes which would have
to be made in the form of the Papers and the method of publishing
them, and in view of the fact that so little, less than $20 . 00, would
be saved by the change, it is not worth while to make the changes
in order to receive the second-class postal rates.

5. The Committee on Nominations through Dr. Putnam
reported as follows:

President: George Watson Cole.
First Vice-President: H. H. B. Meyer.
141

142 Bibliographical Society of America

Secretary: Henry O. Severance.

Treasurer: Frederick W. Faxon.

Editor: Aksel G. S. Josephson.

CouficUor (term expires 1921): Ernest C. Richardson.

The Secretary was instructed to cast the ballot for these officers
for the Society, which he did, and they were elected.

Mr. Faxon stated that the paid membership has reached 190.
Thirty-six new members have been added during the year. The
Secretary during the year circularized all libraries in the United
States, the collections in which numbered 40,000 volumes or more.
The librarians of the large libraries were asked to enrol their
libraries as members.

Adjourned.

George Watson Cole, President
Henry O. Severance, Secretary

TREASURER'S REPORT, JANUARY 1916 TO JUNE 191 7

Receipts

Balance on hand December 31, 191 5 $ 127.05

1916 and 191 7 (incomplete) membership dues 1,027.44

Dues collected for 1915 and back years 42.00

Sales of publications by University of Chicago Press, 1916 and 191 7

(incomplete) 44-29

Sales by Society direct "3 -95

Interest on bank balance S . 10

Withdrawn from Life Membership Fund 127.46

From Henry E. Huntington for Incunabula Catalogue .... 250.00

Total $1,737-29

ExPENDmrtiES

Sundries — postage, express, stationery, programs, etc $ 13 7-5©

Preprints, reprints, etc 67.49

Pa/ierj, Vol. X, Nos. 1-4, and mailing 672.72

/'a/>cr5. Vol. XI, Nos. 1-2 316.45

To G. W. Cole, treasurer special fund, Henry E. Huntington con-
tribution for Incunabula Catalogue 250.00

Northup's book advertising 82.78

Balance in bank 210.35

•1,737-29

Minutes of the Annual Meeting 143

MINUTES OF THE MEETING OF THE COUNCIL

The Council met immediately after the adjournment of the
Society.

The question of closing the fiscal year in June instead of
December was discussed, but no change was made as the same
difficulties would be encountered as now. The Treasurer stated
that he would bring his report up to the date of the annual meeting
every year.

It was decided to publish a memorial number of the Papers
on Willard Fiske. The occasion for such a symposium was sug-
gested by the appearance of Vol. X of Icelandica.

The subject of the disposition of the library of the Society was
discussed. An offer to care for the collection, which is now in
boxes in the Newberry Library, was made by Mr. Azariah S.
Root, librarian of Oberlin College. This, however, was declined,
as the Council concluded that the collection would be more useful
if deposited in a library which is at the service of a library school.

The New York State Library was suggested, and Mr. J. I.
Wyer, Jr., was consulted as to the desirability of this collection
for the use of the New York Library School.

The motion was made by Mr. Winship and carried that the
present library of the Society be transferred to the New York State
Library School and that the New York State Library School be
made a depository of the Society's collection on the following
conditions:

1. That the collection become the permanent property of
said library school, not to be kept separate, but to be catalogued
and shelved as said library may determine.

2. That the books and pamphlets so deposited be made avail-
able to any member of the Society on loan, the borrowing member
paying transportation both ways, and that single copies of any
library or bibliographical publications of the New York State
Library be available at any time without cost to the members
of the Bibliographical Society.

144 Bibliographical Society of America

3. That the New York State Library print annually a list
of the material received through the Society, which may be sent
to any or all members who request it — the binding and care of
books and pamphlets to be left to the discretion of the Director
of the State Library.

The following committees were appointed by the President:

Finance: William C. Lane, chairman; Frederick W. Faxon,
and Carl B. Roden.

Membership: Frederick W. Faxon, chairman; Aksel G. S.
Josephson, and Henry 0. Severance.

Program: George Watson Cole, chairman; Clarence S. Brig-
ham, and Henry O. Severance.

Publication: Carl B. Roden, chairman; Andrew Keogh, and
Ernest C. Richardson.

NOTES

The library of the Society has been deposited with the New
York State Library School at Albany. Mr. Wyer, on behalf of the
School, promises that the books now belonging to the Society and
all received from it in the future shall be given the same care, in
cataloguing, binding, shelving, and use, as the other books of
similar character in the New York State Library. Members of
the Society who wish to use these books can borrow them at any
time for a reasonable period, paying the cost of transportation.

This arrangement seemed to the Council, at the Louisville
meeting, to be the best of the various proposals which have been
made from time to time in regard to the library. The books,
which for a long time were stored in boxes, through the courtesy
of the Newberry Library, are such as have been presented to the
Society by authors, editors, and publishers. They include the
books formerly belonging to the Bibliographical Society of Chicago.
They have had no regular care, and no attention has hitherto been
given to the accumulation of a bibliographical collection. There
appears to be no reason to anticipate that the Society will have a
settled headquarters where the collection could be maintained and
made useful. Such a collection, in any of the larger centers, would
inevitably duplicate, and probably not be as good as the biblio-
graphical departments already established in the larger local
libraries.

The books were offered to the school at Albany because that
was recognized by those consulted to be the library school which,
both by its longer career and the consistently high standard
of work accomplished, was likely to retain the leading position
among library training schools. Its students are required to do
a considerable amount of bibliographical work, both in the way of
acquainting themselves with the available resources for reference
145

146 Bibliographical Society of America

work of a general character and by the compilation of bibliographies
on special subjects. There is probably no place in this country
where the Society's books are likely to be used more frequently
or to serve more usefully the purposes for which the Society exists.
From the graduates of the school at Albany the Society should
expect to draw a large number of its future members.

Now that the library has an established home, it is hoped that
members will contribute their own publications regularly and assist
in securing the works of others which are pertinent to the collection.
These should be addressed to Library of the Bibliographical
Society of America, care New York State Library School,
Albany, N.Y.

Fasciculus temporum in American libraries. — My attention has
been called to an omission in the list published in the April number
of the Papers, in that credit was not given to the Annmary Brown
Memorial for possessing a copy of the 1476 Conrad Winters edition,
although this edition was listed in Mr. Pollard's catalogue of the
collection. And the 1487 edition is, I am now told, in the Ports-
mouth Atheneum, not in the Boston Atheneum. As a matter of
fact, the list is not as complete as would have been the case had
requested information regarding the matter been supplied in time.
It was supplied after the article had been printed. This informa-
tion, however, did not add any edition not already recorded as
being in this country, nor did it add clue to any note on the
invention of printing not already in my possession. A complete list
of editions of the book in American libraries will be printed in the
Census of incunabula. — A. G. S. Josephson.

The Papers of the

Bibliographical Society
of America

VOLUME TWELVE
1918

CARL B. RODEN

ANDREW KEOGH

ERNEST C. RICHARDSON

Publication Committee

The Society does not hold itself responsible for opinions
expressed by contributors of papers

THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS
CHICAGO, ILUNOIS

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. London and Edinburgh

THE MARUZEN-KABUSHIKI-KAISHA. Tokyo, Osaka, Kyoto. Fukuoka. Sendai

THE MISSION BOOK COMPANY. Shanghai

Published April, igiS, and March, 1919

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XII

PAGES

Oflficers of the Society iii

Members Added since January i, 1917 iv

The Wittenberg Originals of the Luther Bible (with 10

facsimiles). L. Franklin Gruber i

Bibliography of J. K. Paulding, 1779-1860. Oscar Wegelin 34

Incunabula Lists

I Herbals {continued). Arnold C. Klebs .... 41

Note on the "Hortus Problem" 54

The Bibliography of Gray. Ronald S. Crane 58

Francis Asbury Sampson. Henry O. Severance .... 63

The Literature of the Invention of Printing ; Additional Titles.

Aksel G. S. Josephson 66

Willard Fiske Memorial

A Sketch of His Life and Labors (with portrait) . Horatio

S. White 69

Willard Fiske as a Bibliographer (with view of Library).

Mary Fowler 89

Willard Fiske and Icelandic Bibliography (with view of

Library). Hallddr Hermannsson 97

Willard Fiske in Iceland. William H. Carpenter . 107

Willard Fiske 's Writings on Iceland. Elisa Jebsen . . 116

Catalogues of the Fiske Collections at Cornell . 128

Minutes of the Annual Meeting, Saratoga Springs, July 5,

1918 130

Treasurer's Report 135

Report on Census of Fifteenth Century Books 137

ill

Title-Page of First Edition of Complete Bible (No. X)
Size of original, 92 X 6 in.

The Papers of the

Bibliographical Society
of America

VOLUME TWELVE. NUMBERS 1-2
JANUARY-APRIL. 1918

AKSEL G. S. JOSEPHSON
Editor

CARL B. RODEN

ANDREW KEOGH

ERNEST C. RICHARDSON

Publication Committee

The Society does not hold itself responsible for opinions
expressed by contributors of papers

THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS
CHICAGO, ILUNOIS

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. London and Edinburgh

THE MARUZEN-KABUSHIKI-KAISHA. Tokyo. Osaka. Kyoto. Fukuoka. Sendai

THE MISSION BOOK COMPANY. Shanghai

COPYSIGBT I918 Bt

The UmvEKSiTY of Chicago

400 copies prioted

Composed and Printed By

The Univetsity oi Chica^ Press

Chicaco. lUioois. U.S.A.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA

OFFICERS

1917-18
President: George Watson Cole
First Vice-President: H. H. B. Meyer
Second Vice-President: Clarences Brigham
Secretary: Henry O. Severance
Treasurer: Frederick W. Faxon
Editor: Aksel G. S. Josephson
Ex-President: Carl B. Roden

Councilors Term expires

George Parker Winship 1918

Charles Martel 1919

Henry Morse Stephens 1920

Ernest C. Richardson 1921

COMMITTEES

Finance: William C. Lane, Chairman

Frederick W. Faxon

Carl B. Roden
Membership: Frederick W. Faxon, Chairman

Aksel G. S. Josephson

Henry O. Severance
Program: George Watson Cole, Chairman

Clarence S. Brigham

Henry O. Severance
Publication: Carl B. Roden, Chairman

Andrew Keogh

Ernest C. Richardson
Census of Incunabula: George Watson Cole, Chairman

Charles L. Nichols

Victor H. Paltsits

George P. Winship

/^|V^

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA

List of Members Added Since January 1 , 1917

Baugh, Albert C, Philadelphia, Pa.

Carnegie Library of Allegheny, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Carr, John Foster, New York, N.Y.

De Puy, Henry F., New York, N.Y.

Feiss, Paul L., Cleveland, Ohio.

Grosvenor Library, Buffalo, N.Y.

HiU, Walter M., Chicago, lU.

Hills, Elijah C, Hispanic Society of America, New York, N.Y.

Hitchler, Miss Theresa, Brooklyn Public Library, Brookljm, N.Y.

Hubbard, Lucius L., Houghton, Mich.

Huntington, Archer M., New York, N.Y., Life Member.

Huntington, Henry E., New York, N.Y., Life Member.

Ibbotson, Joseph D., Hamilton College Library, Clinton, N.Y.

Iowa State College Library, Ames, Iowa.

Jersey City Free Public Library, Jersey City, N.J.

Marx, Alexander, Jewish Theological Seminary Library, New York, N.Y.

New York Historical Society Library, New York, N.Y.

Nichols, Charles L., Worcester, Mass., Life Member.

Ohio State Library, Columbus, Ohio.

Peabody Institute Library, Baltimore, Md.

Pennsylvania State College, State College, Pa.

Power, Ralph L., Boston University, Boston, Mass.

St. Paul Public Library, St. Paul, Minn.

Schulte, Theodore E., New York, N.Y.

Smith, David Eugene, Teachers' College, New York, N.Y.

Steiner, B. C, Enoch Pratt Free Library, Baltimore, Md.

Stillwell, Margaret B., New York, N.Y.

Thompson, Lewis M., New York, N.Y.

Todd, Albert M., Kalamazoo, Mich.

University of Kansas Library, Lawrence, Kan.

Virginia State Library, Richmond, Va.

THE WITTENBERG ORIGINALS OF THE
LUTHER BIBLE

BY L. FRANKLIN GRUBER

r\URING this period which marks the quadricen-
*-^ tennial of the beginning of the Protestant Reforma-
tion, special interest attaches to the documents of that
great movement. And this is perhaps naturally more
true from the Protestant, than from the Roman Catholic,
point of view. However, although the items here noted
must to some extent be considered in their historic setting,
it is the aim of this paper to treat the subject in as purely
objective a manner as possible.

It was during the months of Luther's voluntary exile
at the Wartburg, after his appearance before the Diet of
Worms (April 17 and 18, 1521), that he finally decided
upon his great work of translating the Bible, although he
had already translated select passages of various lengths,
some as early as 1517. Fourteen editions (not different
versions) of the Bible in High German, not to speak of
several in Low German, had indeed already appeared,
the first in 1466 and the fourteenth in 15 18, But that
old version had been made from the Latin Vulgate, while
all these editions differed from one another, according
to the fancies of editors and printers, and were full of
errors. Accordingly, in December, 1521, Luther set to
work upon his projected version from the original lan-
guages. Within three months the translation of the New

Bibliographical Society oj America

Testament was completed. And on March 6, 1522, he
returned to Wittenberg to revise it and to make prepara-
tions for its publication. The completed volume issued
from the press probably on September 21, the very day
which he had set for its appearance about two weeks
before. Hence this edition has often been spoken of as
the "September Bible," although the term "Bible" is
hardly proper for the New Testament alone. It is more
appropriately called the "September Testament."

While the New Testament was passing through the
press, work was begun on the Old Testament. In this
Luther was to some extent assisted by other Wittenberg
scholars. The Pentateuch appeared early in 1523; the
second part (Joshua-Esther), in 1524 (not 1523, as is
sometimes said); the third part (Job-Song of Solomon),
in 1524; the Prophets (Isaiah-Malachi), in 1532; and
the complete Bible (including the Apocrypha), in 1534.
All these original Luther editions were printed in Witten-
berg, appearing in foUos of uniform size. These were
followed by various other Wittenberg editions, while
there were numerous reprints of them in other cities. Not
to speak of select parts of the New Testament, one of these
reprints appeared already in December, 1522, from the
press of Adam Petri of Basel.

In addition to the first Wittenberg editions mentioned
above, there are several others that should be included in
such an account of the Wittenberg parts of the Luther
Bible. These are the second or December (1522) edition
of the New Testament, foho, often spoken of as the

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible

"December Bible"; the revised third edition of 1524,
folio; and the small octavo edition of 1530, very impor-
tant as the one whose text was incorporated into the
first edition (1534) of the complete Bible.

To a somewhat detailed consideration of the above-
noted Wittenberg editions we shall now proceed.

I. Das Newe Testament Deutzsch, Wittenberg. Without
Luther's name. [September, 1522; printer, Melchior Lotther;
publisher, probably Doring and Cranach]

Folio (i2jX8^ inches, or 31.1X21.6 cm.). First edition.
Lines to the full page, 46 to 50 (recto of XLII., first part).

Collation by signatures. — 4 preliminary leaves without
signature-marks, except leaf three, which has the number 3 where
the signature-mark would be due; A-T (no J) in sixes, except that
L and S each have only four leaves and T has only three (indicat-
ing a missing blank leaf); A, six leaves; a-m (no j) in sixes; n,
five (a blank apparently missing) ; aa, bb, in sixes; cc, dd, in fours;
ee, six; total 220 leaves, or, with reported missing blank leaves,
222 leaves. The first three leaves of all signatures are signed;
and of the signatures a-1 the first four leaves are signed. Leaf
B begins "auff deyn bette"; C, "was aber"; D, "Christus";
. . . . T, "Agrippas aber"; b, "Was woUen"; n, "sind"; bb
"Vnndda"; . . . ee ij, "Vnd alle."

Collation by pagination. — 4 preliminary leaves, unnumbered;
I.-CVIL; 6 unnumbered leaves; I-LXXVII; 26 unnumbered
leaves; total 220 leaves, or with reported missing blank leaves,
222 leaves.

[title, engraved, with place of printing printed 3 . 2 cm. below
the lowest engraved flourish], I| Das Newe Testa- 1| ment Deutzsch- \\
Vuittemberg. ||, recto of first unnumbered leaf; — [blank], verso of
same; — 11 Vorrhede. \\, recto of second unnumbered leaf; — [end
of Vorrhede], \\ wyssest. [j, below middle of verso of third un-
numbered leaf; — 1| wilchs die rechten vnd Edlisten \\ bucher des newen

Bibliographical Society of America

testa II ments sind. ||, recto of fourth unnumbered leaf; — 1| Die
Bucherdes \\ newen testa= \\ ments. ||, verso of fourth unnumbered
leaf; — [heading and text of St. Matthew beginning], || Euangelion
Sanct Matthes. \\ Das erst Capitel. || JD] Is ist . . . , folio I. (A)';^—
II Etid des Euangelion \\ S. lohannis. \\, folio LXXXII. [O vi]^;—
II Das ander teyll des Euangelii Sanct || Lucas von der A pastel ge-
schicht. II Das erst Capitel ||, folio LXXXIII. (P)';— [end of Acts],
.... mit aller freydickeyt vnuerpotten, || Finis. ||, folio CVII.
(T iij)^; — Vorrhede aujffdie Epistel || Sanct Paulus zu \\ den Romern.
II, recto of A to recto of [A vi]; — [end of Vorrhede], \\ lose vns von
yhnen / Amen. ||, recto of [A vi]; — [blank], verso of [A vi]; — [text
of Romans, with heading, beginning], || Die Epistel sanct Pauli ||
zu den Romern. \\ Das Erst Capitel. \\ [PJAulus eyn knecht Ihe= ||,
folio 1(a)'; — [end of Jude], || macht nu vnd zu aller ewickeyt /
Amen. |1, folio LXXVII [n v]^; — || Vorrhede auf die offinbarung \\
Sanct lohannis. \\, aa'; — [first cut of Apocalypse], aa'^; — || Die
offinbarung Sancti lohannis || des theologen. \\ Das Erst Capitel. ||,
aa ij'; — [end of Die offinbarung], \\ gnad vnsers herrn Ihesu Christ
sey mit euch alien / Amen. || Ende. \\ Correctur. \\, (followed by
eight errata), [ee vi]'; — [blank], [ee vi]'^.

The catchword on folio VI.' is, " Vnd da Ihesus " instead of " Vn
da Ihesus"; on folio VI.'', "auff dein" instead of "auff deyn"; on
folio rX.', "sihe da" mstead of "Sihe / deyne"; on foUo XIII.',
"liesse" instead of "liesze"; et al. Errors in numbering: first
part, folio LXIIII. is wrongly marked LXIII. (two being marked
LXIII.), LXXI. is LXX. (two being marked LXX.); second
part, LXrX, LXXI, LXXII, and LXXIII are XLIX, XLEX., LII,
and LIII respectively.

» For fuller identification the signatures of the designated folios are given
in parentheses after the folio-niunbers. The little r at the right above is for
ruto and the v similarly placed is for verso.

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible

NOTES ON THE CONTENTS

In the order of books, Hebrews and James are placed
after III John. In the list of books, verso of the fourth
prelimmary leaf, the books are numbered down to 23, the
last four — Hebrews, James, Jude, and Revelation — being
unnumbered and separated a little from the others.
This order and numbering were followed by Tyndale.

Throughout the greater part of the book there are sug-
gestive glosses in the outer margins and parallel references
in the inner margins. Nearly two- thirds of the 92 mar-
ginal notes in Tyndale's Cologne Fragment are trans-
lations of these glosses by Luther, while every one of
its parallel references is traceable to Luther's first three
Wittenberg editions.

There is a woodcut initial, 5.7X6.9 cm. (14, and in
some cases 15, lines deep), at the beginning of each book,
except Philemon and II Peter. These cuts in all cases,
except those before Acts, Hebrews, and Jude, are appar-
ently meant to be representations of the writers. The
same cut, representing St. Paul with a sword in his right
hand and an open book in his left, is used before all his
Epistles. A cut representing St. John sitting with an
open book upon his knees and a pen in his hand is used at
the beginning of his three epistles, while for Revelation the
cut of Matthew is repeated, and for James the cut of
St. John's Gospel is used. The woodcut initial "D'*
before Acts represents the outpouring of the Holy Spirit.
The cut (initial "D") before I Peter represents St. Peter
with the significant key.

Bibliographical Society of America

In Revelation these are 21 unnumbered full-page
illustrations, approximately 16X23 cm., representing
apocalyptic scenes. As Lucas Cranach was apparently
one of the publishers of this edition, these cuts have
generally been attributed to him. Some writers have,
however, held that they were the work largely of some of
Cranach's most gifted pupils, but that they were perhaps
suggested and corrected by Cranach himself. It has,
moreover, been supposed by some that perhaps Luther
himself suggested them and at least properly placed them,
and that their apparent polemical character would indi-
cate this. However, that some earlier similar work by
Diirer formed a sort of model for them has of late come
to be well-nigh estabHshed. But whoever the artist
or their inspiration may have been, it is after all the text,
not these cuts in illustration of it, that is and was meant
to be of paramount importance. These cuts are found
placed as follows: aa"", [aa iiij]*", [aa v]'', [aa vij'', bb"", bb ij"",
bb iij^ [bb iiijT, [bb v]% [bb vi]^, cc^, cc ij^, [cc iiij?, ddS
dd ij', dd iij'", [dd iiij]"", ee', ee ij"", ee iij"", [ee iiij]''.

REMARKS

According to contemporary evidence the book was
printed by three associated presses. This fact is also
apparent from the book itself, although the type is uni-
form throughout. Thus, after four preliminary leaves
(inclusive of title-leaf), there are CVII numbered leaves
(four Gospels and Acts), the Roman numerals, with the

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible

exception of XCIIII and XCV, having the period after
them. Then after the 6 unnumbered leaves of Vorrhede
to Romans, there are LXXVII numbered leaves (Romans
to end of Epistles), the Roman numerals, with the excep-
tion of the erroneously numbered leaf XLIX., not having
the period after them. And, lastly, there are 26 un-
numbered leaves (Revelation). The copy for the 4
preliminary leaves and the 6 leaves of the Vorrhede to
Romans was apparently supplied while the book was
passing through the press, as these were not counted into
the numbering above indicated, while the other shorter
Vorrhede were thus included. Similarly, there are also
three sets of signatures (not to speak of A of Vorrhede
to Romans), and none of these goes to the end of the
alphabet.

Of this edition about forty copies (some of them incom-
plete), distributed among the various European libraries,
have been registered. Of these, one is in the British
Museum. There is also a copy in the John Rylands
Library of Manchester, England. Another, incomplete,
copy has been reported to be in the Library of Union
Theological Seminary, New York (Schaff's Church His-

tory,\l,2>Al)'

This edition is No. 233 of Goetze's Samlung seltener und
merkwilrdiger Bibeln; No. 1254 of Panzer's Annalen der
deutschen Litteratur; II., A., e., i (p. 5), of Bindseil's
Verzeichnisz; *i] N, of the Weimar Deutsche Bibel, Vol. 2.
Darlow 6* Moule, No. 4188.

8 Bibliographical Society of America

n. Das Newe Testament Deutzsch. Wittenberg. Without
Luther's name. Colophon: Wittenberg, Melchior Lotther, 1522
[December]

Folio (31X21. 2 cm.). Second edition. 47, and in some
cases 48, lines to the full page.

Collation by signatures. — 4 preliminary leaves without
signature-marks, except that the second and third have the numbers
2 and 3 respectively where the signature-marks would be due;
A-Q (no J) in sixes; R, four; A, six; a-1 (no j) in sixes; m, four;
n-p in sixes; q, five (a reported blank missing); total 203 leaves,
or, with missing blank leaf, 204 leaves. The first three leaves of
all signatures are signed; and of the following signatures the
first four leaves are signed, O-Q, a, c-i, and 1. Leaf B begins
"allerley"; C, "dyreyne"; . . . R, "kennen kanst"; b, "aUe";
c, "Es geht"; . . . q, "Vnnd damach."

Collation by pagination. — 4 leaves, uimumbered; I-C; 6 un-
numbered leaves; [I]-XCIIII. (no LXXL); blank reported;
total 204 leaves.

[title, as in number I., the place of printing being only i . 1 1 cm.
below the lowest flourish of ornamental scroll, with four clover
leaves below having stems facing each other in the form of a cross],
II Das Newe Testa= \\ ment Deutzsch- 1| Vuittemberg. ||, recto of leaf
[i]; — [blank], verso of same; — || Vorrhede. \\ ES were wol recht vnd
biUich / das dis buch on alle vorrhe- |1, recto of [2]; — [end of Vor-
rhede], II auff dise weyse zu lesen wissest. ||, verso of [3]; — wUchs die
rechten vnd Edlisten \ \ bucher des newen testa = \ \ ments sind. \ \ , recto of
[4]; — II D^ Bucher des \\ newen testa=\\ ments. ||, verso of [4]; —
[heading and text beginning], || Euangelion Sanct Matthes. \\ Das
erste Capitel. i| JD] Is ist das buch von der ||, folio 1(A)''; — || Das ist
das ende des \\ Euangeli Sanct. || Matthes. ||, folio (erroneously
marked XIX.) XXIII. [D iiij]';— [St. Mark beginning, without
general heading], 1 1 Das erst Capitel. 1 1 |d] Is ist der anfang des 1 1 , folio
XXIII. [D uiiY;— II Ende des Euangeli || Sanct Marcus. ||, XXXVI.

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible

[F vi]^; — [St. Luke beginning, without heading first chapter], ||
Sand Lucas. ||, XXXVII. (G)'; — || Das ende des Euangeli \\
Sanct Lucas. ||, LX [K vi]'^; — || Sanct Johannes. \\ Das erste Capitel.
II, LXI. (L)'; — II End des Euangelion \\ Sanct Iohan=\\ nis. ||,
LXXVII. [N v]^; — II Das ander teyll des Euangelii Sanct \\ Lucas
von der Apostel geschicht. \\ Das erst Capitel. ||, LXXVIII. [N vi]'; —
[end of Acts], || Finis. ||, C [R iiij?;— [blank], C [R iiij]^;— || Vor-
rhede auf die Epistel \\ Sanct Paulus zu || den Romern. ||, recto of A
to recto of [A vi]; — [blank], [A vi]''; — || Die Epistel sanct Pauli \\ zu
den Romern. \\ Das Erst Capitel. \\ jPJAuluseyn . . . ||, [I] (a)';—
[end of Jude], || macht nu vnd zu aller ewickeyt / Amen.||, LXX
[m iiij]';— [blank], LXX [m iiij]^;— [no LXXL];— || lohannis. \\
Vorrhede auf die offinbarung \\ Sanct lohannis. ||, LXXIL (n)'; — ||
Die erste figur. \\, foot of LXXIL (n)'; — [first cut of Apocalypse],
LXXIL (n)' ; — || Die offinbarung Sancti \\ lohannis des theologen. \\
Das erst Capitel. || [d] Is ist die offinbarung || Ihesu Christi. . . . ||,
LXXIII (n ij)'; — [end of Die offinbarung, followed by colophon], ||
vnsers hem Ihesu Christ sey mit euch alien / Amen. 1 1 Gedruckt zu
vVittenberg durch Mel=\\ chior Lotther yhm tausentfunf=\\ hundert
zwey vnnd \\ zwentzigsten \\ lar. \\ [four clover leaves, arranged as
on title-page] ||, upper half of folio XCIIII. [q v]^; — [reported
blank leaf].

The catchword on folio I' (first numbering) is "Eliud hat ge-
born " instead of " Eliud hat gepom " ; no catchword on P; on X.'^,
" todtet / " instead of " furcht " (the word " todtet " being omitted) ;
on XII.', "brod / wenn" instead of "brot / wenn"; et al. Errors
in numbering: first numbering (up to end of Acts), folio XX. is
wrongly marked XIX. (two marked XIX.), XXIII. is XIX.,
XXXV. is XXXX.; second numbering (to end of Revelation),
LIII is LIIII (two marked LIIII), LXVIII is LXVII (two marked
LXVII), while there is no LXXL or all after LXX may be con-
sidered as erroneously numbered one ahead. A peculiarity in
numbering is the use of the German V instead of the Latin V in
LVI of second numbering.

lo Bibliographical Society of America

NOTES ON THE CONTENTS

The order of books, and the numbering in the list of
books on the verso of the leaf immediately preceding St,
Matthew, are the same as in the first edition, noted above.

This edition has also the glosses in the outer margins,
as well as the parallel references in the inner margins, with
only very slight changes, additions or omissions.

The type of the whole was apparently reset for this
edition, with shght changes in spelling and an occasional
minute difference in text. The Vorrhede, though also
reset and arranged somewhat differently, is the same as
in the first edition. The same appraisal of the relative
value of the books of the New Testament, found in the
first edition, is found on the recto of preUminary leaf four,
under the heading || wilchs die rechten vnd Edlisten \\
bucher des newen testa =\\ ments sind. ||. It contains
unaltered as it is found in the first edition, the re-
ported supposed "fling at the rechte • stroern Epistel of
St. James." Of this Dr. Philip Schaff incorrectly said
that after the first edition this was "omitted or modi-
fied" {History of the Christian Church, VI, 247). Be-
cause of a current misapprehension as to this statement
about the Epistle of James, and because it is supposed not
to be in this edition, we shall here give it, as found set in
this edition, in its context or connection. After naming
the books that contain the true essence of the Gospel and
enough for the needs of our salvation, namely, St. John,
I John, St. Paul's Epistles to the Romans, Galatians, and
Ephesians, and I Peter, the passage continues as follows:

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible ii

1 1 . . . Darumb ist 1 1 Sanct lacobs 1 1 Epistel eyn re 1 1 chte
stro = 1 1 ern 1 1 Epistel 1 1 gegen sie . . . 1 1 . This is, therefore,
very manifestly only a comparison of books, not a rejec-
tion of James. In his Vorrede to James and Jude, Luther
expresses a high regard for the Epistle of James, although
he regards it there as not written by an Apostle. It
might here also be said that, in addition to the more
lengthy Vorrhede to Romans, there is a short Vorrede
(speUed Vorrhede in some cases) before each of the remain-
ing books of the New Testament, except that there is
one Vorrede for the three epistles of St. John and one for
James and Jude. These Vorrede are also in the first
edition.

This edition has the same initial woodcuts as are
found in the first edition, except the one at the beginning
of James, which in this edition represents a boy with a
bow and arrow shooting at a bird on a pillar, the pillar
representing the initial I of lAcobus. This is the cut used
before Jude in the first edition, as well as again in this one.
It has also the celebrated 21 full-page illustrations in
Revelation, the same being numbered in this edition. Die
erstefigur, Die ander figur, etc., while in the first edition
they are not numbered. They are the same as in the first
edition except figures 11, 16, and 17. In figure 17 the
Babylonian woman upon the dragon has a simple crown,
instead of what in the first edition looks like a triple
crown, the crown being simply cut down in this and
later editions. So in figures 11 and 16 this high orna-
mental crown on the head of the dragon itself is also cut

12 Bibliographical Society of America

down in this and later editions. The crown in figures 1 1
and 17 of the first edition is surmounted by a cross, a fact
which may partly account for its being cut down in later
editions, although there may also have been some contro-
versial reason. It may be stated that, while an attempt
was made in the first edition to put the particular passage
or text which the respective figures illustrate directly
opposite them, this is not strictly adhered to in this
edition. Their places are indicated by their numbers
with the text. These cuts are placed as follows: n^,
[n iiij]^ [n v]^ [n vi]', o', o^ o ij% o iij^ [o iujY, [o v]^
[o v]^ [o vi]\ p ij^ p uj^ [p iiij]', \p iujT, [p vl^ [p vi]^
q ij'> q iiJS [q iiij?-

REMARKS

Of this edition less copies have come down to our time
than of the first edition; and these, with but a few notable
exceptions, are found in the more important Luther col-
lections of continental Europe. In addition to the copy
here noted, which is in the original hog-skin binding and
in excellent condition, there is another unregistered copy
reported to be in the John Rylands Library, Manchester,
England. Of the great rarity of copies of this edition,
Goetze already wrote in 1777, Samlung seUener und merk-
wiirdiger Biheln, saying that neither Baumgarten nor
Lorck had been able to secure a copy. He attributed its
greater rarity than the first edition to a less substantial
binding.

^. >^

I ^^I"^

O Jj

2 ^
W 2

H ^

— i-3 « Ph

"e. w

H g

< -
<l

SB ^

•a

•n
o

o c75

C/2

•Ec

u >

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible 13

This edition is No. 234, of Goetze's Samlung; No. 1255,
of Panzer's Annalen, II.; II., e., 2 (p. 5), of Bindseil's Ver~
zeichnisz; *2] N, of the Weimar Deutsche Bibel.

III. Das Newe Testament Deutzsch, Wittenberg. With-
out Luther's name. Colophon: Wittenberg^ Melchior vnd Michel
Lotther, 1524.

Folio (29^X20! cm.). Third edition. 46 to 48 lines to a full
page.

Collation by signatures. — [A], four; B-X (no J, U and W)
in sixes; a-o (no j) in sixes; p, seven (plus missing blank); total
216 leaves. The first three leaves, except [A], of all signatures
are signed; and of p the first four are signed. Leaf B begins
"nach"; D," von den"; X, " als aus dem " ; a, "yhr."; b,"lippen
reden"; p, "lohannis." {heading, the 17th. apocalyptic figure, the
woman upon a dragon filling the page).

Collation by pagination. — [title, within a woodcut border, con-
sisting of an arch with 8 small angels above it, i on each side holding
himself by a ring fastened to the round supporting pillar, and 9
below grouped around the crucified Lord] , | ] Das \ \ Newe \ \ Testa = 1 1
ment DetUzsch. \\ vVittemberg. ||, folio [I., or sig. A]'; — [blank], v. of
same; — || Vorrhede. \\, 11. (A ij)'; — [end of Vorrhede], || lesen
wissest. II, III. (A iij)^; — 1 1 wilchs die rechten vnd Edlisten \ \ bucher des
newen testa = \ \ ments sind. \ \ , IIII. [A iiij]' ; — 1 1 Die Bucher des nevwen
II testaments. ||, IIII. [A iiij]^; — || Euangelion Sand Matthes. \\
Das erste Capitel. ] | |d] Is ist das buch von der 1 1 gepurt . . . , V.
(B)'; — II Ende des Euangelion Sanct \\ lohannis. ||, LXXXIII. (P)^;
— 1 1 Geschichte, \ \ Das ander teyll des Euangelii Sanct \ \ Lucas von
der Apostel geschicht. \\ Das erst Capitel. || |dJ le erste rede hab ich ||
zwar than . . . , LXXXIIII. (P ij)';— [end of Revelation, fol-
lowed by colophon], .... Die gnad vn = || sers Herrn Ihesu Christ
sey miteuch alien / Amen. |1 Gedruckt zu wittemberg Mel= \\ chior
vnd Michel Lot= \\ ther gebruder || M. D. || XXIIII. || ^ ||,
CCXV. [p vij]';— [blank], CCXV. [p vijT;— [a reported blank leaf].

14 Bibliographical Society of America

The catchword on folio VII.' is "mell" instead of "mel";
on XII.^ "Vnd der" instead of "Vnd er"; on XIII.', "erkend."
instead of "kendt"; et al. St. Mark has no general heading at
the beginning, folio XXVIII.'; *' Geschichte." is the heading of
folio CVIII.', where "Vorrhede" (of second page of Romans) is
due. Errors in numbering: folio LVII. is erroneously marked
LXII.; LXIX is LXIII.; CCVIII. is CCVII. (two marked
CCVII.). The letter S in the word Sanct (heading), top of V.', is
inverted.

NOTES ON THE CONTENTS

The order, and the number in the list, of books is the
same as in the first two editions ahready noted. This
edition has also the glosses and the parallel references,
with but slight changes. The text is slightly revised.
It has the same unaltered appraisal of the relative value
of the books of the New Testament, as is found in the other
two editions, as well as all the Vorrede to the different
books.

This edition has the initial woodcuts found in the first
edition, and thus differs from the second edition in its
woodcut before James. It has also the twenty-one full-
page apocalyptic illustrations, with the three modifications
of the second edition. These are, however, imnumbered
and placed opposite the particular passages which they
are to illustrate, as in the first edition.

REMARKS

Although the older bibhographers noted a folio and an
octavo Wittenberg edition of the year 1523, no actual copy
of that year can be found, even as is the case with the

o-c-5 3 -g .. i:

£i?'^n.l.i^ . .. -.^

r. E

•■< .1 s .^ ..

.. c '■< C s -^ ",' •»

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible 15

reported genuine Tyndale editions of the New Testament
between 1526 and 1534. This foKo edition of 1524 is
therefore without a doubt the third Wittenberg edition.

This edition is very important as being the one of
Luther's New Testament chiefly used by Tyndale in his
translation, pubHshed near the close of 1525, as the writer
has established from the notes, parallel references, etc.,
of the Cologne Fragment of 1525 {The Truth about Tyn-
dale^ s New Testament, 19 17). And although there are
no printed notes with the general Vorrhede of these edi-
tions of Luther's New Testament, the copy here noted
has in the outer margins of this Vorrhede contemporary
manuscript notes (probably by Luther) which are found
in translation in the outer margins of Tyndale's Cologne
Fragment, even as it has Luther's printed notes in the
margins of the text of Matthew. Thus near the foot
of recto of A ij of the Vorrhede of this copy is the manu-
script note, Euangelion wird testamet genendt., while with
the corresponding paragraph of the prologge of the Cologne
Fragment (verso of A ij) is the printed note, whiche euan-
gelion ys called a testamet. Thus this would indicate that
this is probably the very copy of Luther's third edition
that Tyndale used.

Copies of this edition are even much rarer than copies
of the two editions described above. A few are found
among the celebrated Luther collections of Europe.

This edition is not noted in Goetze's Samlung. Al-
though Palm had described it in his Historie der deutschen
Bibel-Uebersetzung D. Martini Lutheri, 1772 (pp. 88-89),

1 6 Bibliographical Society of America

Goetze supposed it to be the same as his octavo copy of
the same year (Samlung, No. 243) and therefore denied
the existence of a folio edition of 1524.

Bindseil's Verzeichnisz, II., A., e., 5 (p. 5); Weimar
Deutsche Bibd, Vol. 2, *7] N.

We shall now continue our account by considering the
different parts of the Bible issued in anticipation of their
republication as a completed whole.

rv. Das Allte Testament deutsch. M. Luther. Wittenberg.
[Melchior Lotther, early 1523].

Folio (205X29^ cm.). First edition. 45 to 47 lines to the
full page.

Collation by signatures. — [A], six; A-X (no J, U and W) in
sixes; a and b in sixes; c, four (the last blank); without signa-
tures, II insets (full-page cut on one side and blank on the other);
total 159 leaves. The first three leaves, except [A], of all signa-
tures are signed. Leaf B begins ''Regu war"; C, "Da stund";
X, [barmher] "tzigkeyt"; a, "die ostem opffem"; c, "die ewr."

Collation by pagination. — [title, within same woodcut border as
in III.], II Das All \\ te Testa \\ ment \\ deutsch. \\ M. LtUher. \\
Vvittemberg. \\, recto of first unnumbered leaf [A]; — || Die hucher
des alten testa=\\ ments XXIIII. ||, verso of same; — || Vorrede
Martini Luther. 1 1 [d] As alte testament . . . . , recto of second
unnumbered leaf (A ij); — [end of Vorrede.], .... Gott wolt
seyn werck || volfuren das er angefangen hat. A M E N. || [printer's
device] ||, verso of sixth unnumbered leaf [A vi]; — [beginning of
text, with heading], |1 Das erst buck Mose. \\ Das Erst Capitel. \\
[AJM anfang schuff Gott || . . . , Folio I. (A)';— || Ende des Ersten
hu= II chs Mose. ||, XXXVI. [F vi]';— [Blank], verso of same;— ||
Das Ander buch Mose. || . . . , XXXVII. (G)'; || Das Dritte buch \\

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible 17

Das Erst Capitel. || . . . , LXV. [L v]''; — |1 Das vierdebuchMosi. \\
. . . , LXXXVI. (P ij)^— [blank], CXIIII. [T vi]^;— 1| Das
Funfte buck Mose. || . . . , CXV. (V)'; — |1 Das ende der bticher
Mose. II, CXXXX. (c ij)^; — [errata], recto and verso of c iij (un-
numbered);— [blank], recto and verso of [c iiij]; — [eleven unnum-
bered and unsigned leaves, insets, inserted at various places in
different copies, blank on one side and a full-page colored illustra-
tion on the other].

The catchword on folio VI.' is "Sem aber zeuget" instead of
"Sem aber Japhets grosser bruder zeuget"; on VII.*^, "Also er
welet" instead of "Da erwelet yhm." Errors in numbering:
LX. is marked XL.; XCVII. is XCXII.; CX. is CIX. (two being
marked CIX.).

NOTES ON THE CONTENTS

In the margins are some suggestive glosses.

There are woodcut initials (colored) of about the same
size as those of the New Testament, at the beginning of the
Vorrede and of each of the five books of IMoses. There
are 11 full-page illustrations. These have been ascribed
to Cranach; but they are not likely by Cranach but by
some as yet undetermined artist. They are not uni-
formly placed in all extant copies. This copy is splen-
didly bound in vellum-covered boards.

REMARKS

Copies are found in the principal Luther collections
of Europe. There is a copy also in the Library of the
Lutheran Theological Seminary, IVIt. Airy, Philadelphia,
and one in that of Union Seminary, New York City.

Bibliographical Society of America

Goetze's Samlung, 235, first part; Panzer's Annalen
II., 1601; Bindseil's Verzeichnisz, II., A., a., i; Weimar
Deutsche Bibel, Vol. 2, *4] A'. Darlow &• Motile^ No.
4189 (vol. i).

V. Das Ander teyl des alten testaments. Colophon: Witten-
berg. [Doring and Cranach, 1524. Without Luther's name,
except the initials M. and L. at the end).

Folio (practically same size as IV.). First edition. 41 to
44 lines.

Collation by signatures. — [A]-C in sixes; D, three; E-G in
sixes; H, four; I-Q (no J) in sixes; R, four; S-Z (no U and W) in
sixes; Aa-Ee in sixes; Ff, four; Gg-Kk (no Jj) insixes; LI, four;
Mm-Pp in sixes; total 217 leaves. The first four leaves of all
signatures are signed, except [A] and those of D, G, H, R, Ff, LI,
of which the first three are signed. Leaf C begins "Dem stam";
leaf pp, "than hatte."

Collation by pagination. — [title, with cut of Joshua in armor
below], II Das Ander \\ teyl des alten \\ testaments. ||, recto of un-
numbered leaf [A] ; — 1 1 Das register vher die biicher di=\\ szes teylls. \ \ ,
verso of same; — [Beginning of text, with heading], || Das Buck
losua. II Das erst Capitel. ]\ [NJAch dem todt . . . , folio I
(A ii)'; — II Hie endetsich das Buch losua. ||, XX (D iij)'; — [Blank],
XX (D iij)';— || Das Buch der Richter. ||, XXI (E)';— [blanks],
XLV. (I iij)^, XCIIII [R iiij]', CXC (LI iij)^, CXCVIII (Nn)^
and CCXVI (Pp vi]^; — || [paschal lamb and Luther's coat-of-arms,
with the initials M and L over the latter] 1 1 Dis zeichen sey zeuge /
das solche bucher durch || meine hand gangen sind / den des
falsche druckes || vnd bucher verderbens / vleyssigen sich ytzt
viel II Gedruckt zu Vuittemberg. ||, CCXVI [Pp vi]'.

Folio HIP has no catchword. The catchword on folio. V is " so
auff" instead of "szo auff"; on X"", "(denn Hazor" instead of
"Denn Hazor"; etc. Folio XXXV is without the numeral.
There are two with CLXXI, from which up to CC all may be con-

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible 19

sidered numbered one too low; while there is no CCI, or after
CC all may be regarded as being numbered correctly again. Thus,
with the unnumbered title-leaf, there are 217 leaves. CLXIII is
incorrectly numbered CLXIIII, two being marked CLXIIII.

NOTES ON THE CONTENTS

Like the other parts, this part has some marginal
glosses in explanation of the text. There are no woodcut
initials in the form of illustrations, such as are found in
the other parts; but there are large initials in the form
of ornamental scrolls, one of which appears on the title
as the initial of the first word Das. In addition to the
illustration of the armored Joshua on the title-page, there
are 23 others, five of which are devoted to Samson.
These cuts are ascribed to Cranach's pupils rather than
to Cranach himself, while their places in the text were
indicated by Luther himself. The first is on III"^ (upper
half); the twenty-third is on CVIF (upper two-thirds);
three occupy full pages, XXVIF, [XXXV]^ C^

REMARKS

It used to be held that this part followed the foregoing
during the same year 1523, this conclusion being appar-
ently based largely upon a previously expressed hope on
the part of Luther that it might be finished by Christmas
(1523). But it has now been practically established that
it did not appear till early in 1524.

There are several very slight differences in extant
copies, changes probably made while passing through

20 Bibliographical Society of America

the press. Among these is the difference in the spelling of
the word Wittenberg at the end, some having Vuittenbergk,
like the Helmstedt copy, while others have Vuittemberg,
like the copy here noted and the Berlin copy, while still
others have Wittemberg, like the Jena copy and a copy at
Mt. Airy, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The copy here
noted has some contemporary manuscript notes, one giv-
ing a brief statement of the translator's death, found
on the sides of the coat-of-arms at the end. Other copies
are found in the Luther collections of Europe.

Goetze, Sandung, 235 (second part); Panzer, Afinalen,
II., 2101; Bindseil, Verzeichnisz, II., A., b., i; Weimar
Deutsche Bibel, Vol. 2, *ii] A'. Darlow 6* Moule, No.
4189 (vol. 2).

VI. Das Dritte teyl des allten Testaments. Wittenberg.
1524. [Melchior Lotther] Without Luther's name.

Folio (same size as IV.). First edition. 45-47 lines. Psalms
and chapters 10-31 of Proverbs, in double columns.

Collation by signatures. — [A]-Q (no J) in sixes; R, four; total
100 leaves. The first four leaves of all signatures are signed,
except [A] and those of C and R, only three of the last two being
signed. Leaf B begins "ich will"; Leaf R, "Fluch."

Collation by pagination. — [title, within woodcut border having
twelve persons at the top, with an open book before them, Moses
with the table of stone being at the right and David with his harp
being at the left, both pointing with the right hand down to the
crucifying of Christ at the foot], |I Das Dritte || teyl des allten \\
Testaments. \\ ^i || Wittenberg. M.D.xxiiij. ||, recto of unnum-
bered leaf [A]; — || Das Register vber die bucher dises teyls. ||, verso
of same; — || Vorrhede Martini Luther. ||, folio [I] (A ij)'; — [full-
page cut of afflicted Job and his supposed comforters], verso of

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible 21

same; — [beginning of text], || Das Buck Hiob \\ Das erst Capitel. \\

(eJ S war eyn man , II(Aiij)'; — \\ Ende des bucks Hiob. \\,

XX (D iij)^— [blank], XX (D iij)';— |1 Der psalter. \\ [w|01 dem ||
der . . , XXI (D iiij)'; — |I Ende des psallters. || Correctur. [fol-
lowed by three corrections], LXXI [M vi]'; — || Vorrhede auff
den psalter. || ES ist . . . , LXXI [M vi]''; — || Vorrhede auff die
spruche Salomo. || |WjEyl dis buch . . . . , below middle of
LXXII (N)'; — II Die spruch Salomo. \\ Das erst Capitel. || [d] Is
sind . . . , LXXIII (N ij)'; — || Vorrhede auff den prediger
Salomo. II |d]Is buch . . . , near middle of XC (Q)';— || Der
prediger || Das Erst Capitel. || |d| Is sind . . . , XCI (Q ij)';— || Das
Hohe Lied Salomo. \ \ Das erste Capitel. \\ , middle of XCVI (R)^; — j |
Ende des Hohen liedes Salomo. jj, foot of IC [R iiij]'; — [blank].,
IC [R iiij]'.

The catchword on folio VP is "Will denn" instead of "Wil
denn"; that on LIIII (K)' is "loi"; on LVII (K mj)^ "107."
Folio LXXXIII is marked LXXIII; LXXXIX is marked
LXXIX.

NOTES ON THE CONTENTS

Counting the title-border as one, there are two full-
page illustrations, the second being the one of the afflicted
Job, noted above, on the verso of [I]. Their artist is
uncertain, but they undoubtedly belong to the Cranach
school. There are five woodcut initials, of which three
(about 5.7X5.7 cm.) are of the nature of pictures. This
part has marginal glosses. Where there are two columns
these glosses are in both margins.

REMARKS

Some copies have the number of folio LXXXIX
correct. Copies of this part are somewhat rarer than

22 Bibliographical Society of America

copies of the other parts. Found m the more important
European collections of Lutherana. The copy here noted
bears the name of F. Grimm, and is in splendid condition.
Goetze, Samlung, 236 (fourth part) ; Panzer, Annalen,
II, 2103; Bindseil, Verzeichnisz, II., A., c, i; Weimar
Deutsche Bibel, Vol. 2, *i7,] A^. Darlow 6* Moule, No.
4189 (vol. 3).

VII. Die Propheten alle Deudsch. Martin Luther. Witten-
berg. 1532. Colophon: Wittenberg, 1532, Hans Luft.

Folio (same size as the above). First edition. 43 to as high as
48 (recto of CXXII., first part) Unes to the full page.

Collation by signatures. — [i], 2, 3, 4, [5], [6]; A-V (no J and U)
in sixes; X, four; a-k (no j) in sixes; 1, four; total 194 leaves.
D iiij is marked E iiij. The first three leaves of signatures X, c and
h are signed; of 1, two leaves are signed; of all the rest, four leaves
are signed. Leaf B begins "vbrigen"; X, "Darnach"; b, "Wie
er"; 1, " Iglsist."

Collation by pagination. — 6 unnumbered leaves; I.-CXXIIIL;
L-LXIIL; I blank leaf; total 194 leaves.

[title, within woodcut border having an arch with two openings
above, two small angels at each side and four below], || Die Pro-
pheten II alle Deudsch. \\ D. Mart. Luth. \\ Wittemberg. || M. D.
XXXII. II, recto of first unnumbered leaf; — [blank], verso of same;

— \\Vorredeauff die Propheten. \\ | Ej S scheinet f ur . . . , recto of
second unnumbered leaf to foot of verso of fourth unnumbered
leaf; — 1| Vorrede auff den Propheten \\ lesaia. \\ [WJErden . . . . ,
recto of fifth unnumbered leaf to foot of verso of sixth unnumbered
leaf; — jj v^ Der Prophet lesaia. \\ [woodcut below], folio I.
(A)'; — [text, with same heading, beginning], folio I. (A)^; — || Ende
des Propheten Hesekiel. ||, CXXIIU. [X iiij]^;— || Vorrede vber
den Prophet \\ ten Daniel. \\ |a| Vfif das . . . , I. (a)' to VIII. (b ij)^;

— II Der Prophet Daniel. ||, DC. (b iij)'; — || Gednickt zu Wittemberg

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible 23

durch II Hans Lufft / Imjar. || M. D. XXXII. ||,LXIII. [liij?;—
[blank], verso of same and last leaf.

Errors in numbering: first numbering, folio LXXXVI. is
marked LXXLVI., LXXXIX. is XCIX., XCI. is XCIXI., XCII.
is XCIXII. ; second numbering, XLI. is LXI. The erroneous L
in LXXLVI. is of German type. XVI. (second part) is not
marked.

NOTES ON CONTENTS

SmaU woodcut initials before the different Vorrede
and before the different books. Nearly full-page illus-
trations occupy I', of first part, and X.^ and [XVI]'" of
second part. There is a Vorrede (in some cases spelled
(Vorrhede) before each book, except that before Jeremia
and Lamentations there is a common Vorrede. This part
has the usual marginal glosses.

REMARKS

The translation of this part was delayed on account of
an accumulation of duties during the constructive period
from 1524 to 1530.

About twenty copies have been registered as being
found in European libraries. Except for several worm-
holes the copy here noted is in perfect condition, although
lacking the original binding.

Goetze, Samlung, 241 (second part); Bindseil, Ver-
zeichnisz, II., A., d., i; Weimar Deutsche Bibel, Vol. 2,
*38]. Darlow &• Moule, No. 4197 (vol. 4).

VIII. Apocrypha. Martin Luther. Wittenberg [Hans Lufft].
1534. Folio (30.5X20.3 cm.). First edition. 48-50, and even as
high as 5 1 , lines to full page.

24 Bibliographical Society of America

Collation by signatures. — IA]-S (no J) in sixes (last, blank, of S
missing); total io8 leaves. The first three leaves of signatures
O-S are signed; and after [A], the first four leaves of all the rest,
except [B iij], are signed. Leaf B begins "DArnach"; S, **ES
war."

Collation by pagination. — [title, without border], || Apocrypha.
1 1 Das sind Biicher: so nicht der \ \ heiligen Schrifft gleich \ \ gehalten:
vnd doch \ \ niiizlich vnd gi*i\\zu lesen sind. \ \ I ludith. \ \ [other books],
II D. Mart. Luther. \\ WUtemberg. jj M. D. XXXIIII. jj, folio [Ih—
[blank], verso of same; — || Vorrhede auffs buch \\ ludith. \\ |w|0
man . . . , II. (A ij)';— || Das Buch ludUh. \\ I. || |A]Rphaxad
der . . . , III. (A iij)'; — \\Endederbucher desalten Testaments. \\,
CVI. [S v]';— [blank], CVP;— [reported blank leaf].

The catchword on verso of folio IV. is "kriegs" instead of
"volck." VI.^ has no catchword. Folio XXXIX. is marked L.;
XLVI. is XLIIII. ; XL VII. is XL VI., or all after XLVI. are marked
one too low. Thus, with blank at end, there are io8 leaves.

NOTES ON CONTENTS

There are woodcut initials, most of them quite small,
at the begimiing of the chief parts, as well as small ones
at the beginning of the chapters. Illustrations are found
on VIII.^ XXIIII.S LXVI.^ XCII.^ CII.' It has
Vorrhede before the books, and the usual marginal glosses.

REMARKS

This part was translated probably mostly during 1533,
and thus completed the Old Testament. Hence prepara-
tions could then be made for the pubUcation of the Bible
as a whole, as all the parts had now appeared, some of
them in various editions. The Apocrypha was, however,
supposedly not issued separately, except as a part of the

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible 25

completed Bible. This copy is, however, in separate
binding, and might thus be considered as a separate part
of the set of all the Wittenberg parts of the Luther Bible.
Other points will be mentioned under our last head.

We shall now retrace our steps to consider the very-
important revised New Testament whose text was incor-
porated into the complete Bible.

IX. Das Newe Testament. Martin Luther. Wittenberg.
1530. Colophon: Hans Lufft, Wittenberg.

Small octavo (15. 25X10.8 cm.). 32-33 lines to full page.

Collation by signatures. — [A]-Z (no J, U and W) in eights;
a-z (no j, V and w, but a u) in eights; Aa-Ee in eights; Ff, four;
total 412 leaves. The first five leaves of all signatures up to Ee
are signed, except the leaves whose signatures would be A, A iij,
K iiij, b iiij, e iiij, g v, k iiij, 1 v, o ij, o iij, p, Cc iiij, Cc v, Dd ij,
Ee ij, Ee iij, Ee iiij, and also Ff iiij. Moreover, v stands for r v
(the r missing), while Ee iiij is on verso of [Ee iij]. Otherwise the
leaves are unnumbered.

[title, surrounded by a woodcut border, having an arch with
three openings above, and three crosses with their victims (Christ
in middle) below]; — || Das Newe \\ Testament \\ Mar Luters ||
Wittemberg. |1 M. D. XXX. ||, recto of [A];— 1| Martinus Luter. \\
[l]Ch bitte / alle mei || ne freunde vnd feinde . . , verso of same; —
II Vorrede. \\ [e|S were . . . , A ij' to A iiij^;— || Vorrede. \\ Welches
die rechten \\ vnd Edlisten biicher \\ des newen Testa = \\ ments sind. ||,
A v' ""*"'; — II Die bucher des newen \\ Testaments. \\, near foot of
A V"', followed on next page by the names of the books; — [cut of
Matthew in the act of writing], [A vi]^; — I| Euangelion Sanct \\
Matthes. || I. || |p]ls ist das || buch . . . , [A vii]';— |I Dasander
teil des \\ Euangelij Sanct Lucas \\ von der Apostel Geschichte. ||,
[V viij]^; — [end of Revelation], || sey mit euch alien. ||

26 Bibliographical Society of America

A M E N. II Register [catchword] ||, [Ee vi]'';— || Register der Epis-
teln II vnd Euangelien . . . , [Ee vii]' to [F£ iiij]'; — || Gedruckt zu
Wittem= II berg durch Hans Lufft. ||, foot of [Ff iiij]';— [blank],
verso of same.

The catchword on D iiij'^ is "euch fur" instead of "fur," al-
though this should be correct, for it is the beginning of the next
page that is incorrect, the "euch" being omitted.

Leaf B begins "lin vnd"; Z,"daser"; a,"ERkam"; z/'Vor-
rede auff"; Aa, "aU em"; Ee, '* Vnd ich."

NOTES ON CONTENTS

In this edition, verso of title-page [A] appears Luther's
warning against plagiarizing and reprinting his New
Testament. It has the various Vorrede that appeared
in the editions aheady noted. It also contains the sup-
posed "fling" (verso of A v) at the Epistle of James,
already mentioned. It has also the marginal notes, and
the marginal references in the inner margin. The books
are arranged and numbered as in the early foUo editions.

A full-page cut, representing its author, precedes
Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John, the cut of Luke appear-
ing again before Acts. A cut of St. Paul precedes Romans
and a dififerent one in each case before Corinthians, Gala-
tians, Colossians, and Thessalonians, while before Timothy
the cut before Galatians is used again. Peter, with a
large key, appears before his first epistle, and John again
before his first epistle. Revelation has 26 very striking
full-page illustrations, 21 of them being imitations of,
or based upon those in the early foho editions. These
figures are numbered, Die Erste Figur., etc., as in the

a
•Eh

•c

■♦N

CL, ^

«-

H 5

MtM

t-»

!^ •-

4ii»

J^^^

•-*

t5«

•o

cs.

tst

*•

£ -^

P' •;« « fy

J?;

— '

•c

•5

•c

«*-■

c«

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible 27

second edition. The twenty-fifth has the word Wien in
the foreground to the left, upon the wall of the city, and
the word Magog under the word Gog in the background to
the right.

REMARKS

This edition (or perhaps better, issue) is a very slight
variant from one with the following title: || Das Newe \\
Testament \\ M. Luthers \\ Wittemberg || M. D. XXX. ||.
This has a different title-border. Of both these variants
there are only several copies extant. Of the one above
described there is another (registered) copy, incomplete,
in Gotha. And we have also located one in Munich,
also imperfect. The copy here noted is apparently the
wanderer that belonged to Professor Schwarz, and may
be the one that later was in the possession of Mr. Liebisch.
It is complete and otherwise in perfect condition. This
edition is textually of great importance.

Weimar Deutsche Bibel, Vol. 2, *33*] N. Not in
Goetze's Samlung, nor in Bindseil's Verzeichnisz.

All the parts of the Old Testament, except the Apoc-
rypha, had now appeared. And if the copy of that part
noted above was a separate issue, it is barely possible
that even that part appeared before the complete Bible.
And now, with a revised text of the Old Testament and
the text of the New Testament last above mentioned, the
whole Bible was soon to issue from the well-known press
of Hans Lufft. To a description of this we shall now
proceed.

28 Bibliographical Society of America

X. Biblia . . . die gantze Heilige Schrifft Deudsch. Martin
Luther. Wittenberg. Hans Lufft. 1534.

Folio (30.6X21 cm.). First edition. 48-50 lines to full
page.

Preliminary leaves (introductory part), [i], 2, a ij, 4, 5, eight
leaves.

[title, upon a scroll nailed against a balcony and unrolled and
held by five small angels below; at the top a bearded person with
a nimbus around his head writing upon a sheet on whose suspended
part occur the words, || GoUes wort \\ bleibt ewig. ||, with two angels
on each side; at the bottom a group of interested small angels
with one in the center reading from an open book upon his lap], ||
Biblia / das ist / die \\ gantze Heilige Sch= \\ rift DeudscK. \\ Mart.
LtUh. II Witteniberg. \\ Begnadet mit Kur= \\ furstlicher zu Sachsen
II JreiheU. \\ Gedruckt durch Hans Lufft. || M. D. XXXIIU.||, recto
of first (umiumbered) leaf; — [blank], verso of same; — jj Von
Gottes gnaden Iohans= \\ Fridrich Hertzog zu Sachsen / vnd \\ Chur-
furst etc. II, recto of second leaf, marked 2 at foot; — || Bucher des
alten Testaments. ||, verso of 2; — || Vorrhede auff das Alte \\ Testa-
ment. II, recto of leaf three, marked a ij; — [end of Vorrhede], . . .
zu II suchen im alten Testa = || ment. || [a clover leaf] ||, recto of
(unnumbered) leaf seven; — [blank], verso of leaf seven;— [blank],
recto of (unnumbered) leaf eight; — [full-page illustration of
Creator above his creation], verso of eight, but on recto in this
copy.

The Pentateuch

Collation by signatures. — A-Y (no J, U and W) in sixes; Z,
four; total 136 leaves. The first four leaves of all signatures are
signed, except the leaves whose signatures would be S iiij, T iiij,
V iiij, Z iiij. Leaf B begins "Eber war"; Z, "So werden."

Collation by pagination. — jj Das Erst Buch Mose. \\ JAjM

anfang schuff , folio I. (A)'; — .... gesichten / die

Mose thet fur den || augen des gantzen Israel. || Ende der Bucher
Mose. II, CXXXIII. [Z iiij]^.

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible 29

Folio XXXVII. is marked XXXIII.; two are marked LIII.;
two, LXXV.; two, CXXXI.

The Second Part (Joshua-Esther)

Collation by signatures. — two unmarked leaves; A-Z (no J,
U and W) in sixes; a-h in sixes; i, four; total 190 leaves. Of
A-Z and a-g the first four leaves are signed; of h and i, the first
three.

Collation by pagination. — [blank], recto and verso of first un-
numbered folio; — [title, with cut of armored Joshua below], || Das
Ander teil des al=\\ ten Testaments. \ \ Wittemberg. 1 1 M. D. XXXIIII.
II, recto of second unnumbered folio; — [blank], verso of same; — 1|
Das Buck losua. \\ I. || |^Ach dem tod. . . . , I. (A)';— |1 Ge-
druckt zu Wittemberg / \\ Durch Hans Lufft. || M. D. XXXIIII. I| ;—
[blank], recto and verso of [i iiij].

There are many errors in the numbering of the folios. These
run — two unnmnbered leaves, I.-XIII., XXXIIII.-LXV.,
LXVII.-CXLVII., CXLDC.-CC, CCII-CCXII., one unnumbered
blank leaf, total 190 leaves. Moreover, folio LV. is marked XV.;
CVI., CV. (two CV.); CLXIII., CLXIIIL; CLXIIIL, CLXIII;
CLXXI., CLXX (two CLXX); CLXXXVII., CLXXXVIIII.

The Third Part (Job-Song of Solomon)

Collation by signatures. — [A]-C in sixes; Dd-Pp (no Jj )in
sixes; total 90 leaves. Of signatures Ff and Oo only the first three
leaves are signed; of all the rest the first four leaves are signed,
except [A]. B iij is marked Bb iij; C ij is Cc ij; Mm ij. Mm iij,
and Mm iiij are respectively M ij, M iij, and M iiij.

Collation by pagination. — [title, without border], || Das Dritte teil
II des Alien Te= \\ staments. || "^ || Wittemberg. \\ M. D. XXXIIII.
II, recto of unmarked folio [I]; — [blank], verso of same; — || Vor^
rhede vber das buck \ \ Hiob. \\ | DJ As buch Hiob handelt, . . . , II.
(A ij)'; — II Das Buch Hiob. \\ I. || [half-page woodcut of Job with
his comforters] || [e]s war ein man. . . . , II. (A ij)'^; — || Ende
des Hohen lieds Salomo. ||, near middle of second LXXXV [Pp vi]''.

3© Bibliographical Society of America

The folios are numbered, [I]-X., IX.-XXXVII, XXXVII-
LXVL, LXVI.-LXXXV., LXXXV. Hence there are 90 leaves,
instead of LXXXV, as marked.

The Prophets (Isaiah-Malachi)

Collation by signatures. — [i], 2, 3, 4, six leaves; a-t (no j) in
sixes; A-K (no J) in sixes; total 180 leaves. Of signature f the
first three leaves are signed; of the rest the first four leaves are
signed. Leaf n iiij is signed n iiiij; D iiij is signed F iiij.

Collation by pagination. — [title, within same border as general
title, but without words on suspended leaf above, Gottes wort
bleibt ewig.], || Die Propheten \\ alle Deudsck. \\ D. Mar. Luth. \\
Gedriickt zu WUtemherg durch \\ Hans Lufft. |1 M. D. XXXIIII. ||,
recto of first unnumbered leaf; — [blank], verso of same;— ^ || Vor-
rede auff die Propheten. \ \ recto of leaf marked 2 to verso of leaf
marked 4; — |1 Vorrede auff den Propheten. \\ lesaia. ||, recto of
fifth to verso of sixth (unnumbered) leaf; — || Der Prophet lesaia. ||.
I II [woodcut] II [d] Is ist das. . . . , I. (a)'; — [blank], unmarked
folio CXV. [t vij' «'dv._ II Vorrhede vber den \\ Propheten Daniel. ||,
I. (A)' to VII. (B)^ ;— II Der Prophet Daniel. || I. || [woodcut] ||
[Tj M dritten jar. . . . , VIII. (B ij)';— || Ende des Propheten
Maleachj. ||, LIX. [K v]'; — [blank], verso of same, and recto and
verso of last leaf.

There are many errors in the numbering of the folios. These
run as follows: six leaves unnumbered; I.-XLIX.; LII.-XCIL;
XCIL-XCV. (marked CV.); XCV.-XCVIII. ; C.-CXIIIL;
[blank]; I.-LIX.; [blank]; total 180 leaves. Folio XXIIL is
marked XXVIL; LXXXVI. is LXXVUL; LXXXIX. is XCIX.;
XCI. is LXXXIX.; XCV. is CV.; XCVII. is XCVIII. (two
XCVIIL); CVI. is CL; of second numbering, XXVI. is XXI. and
XXXII. is XXXIIII. Of first numbering, LXXVI. is marked
LXXVj.

The Apocrypha. This is hke No VEIL above, apparently in
all respects.

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible 31

The New Testament

Collation by signatures. — [a], a ij, a iij, four leaves; A-M (no J)
in sixes; N, four; 0-Q in sixes; R, four; S-Z (no U and W) in
sixes; Aa-Ll (no Jj) in sixes; total 204 leaves. The first three
leaves of signatures N and R are signed; of the rest the first four
leaves are signed. A ij is signed B ij.

Collation by pagination. — [title, within same border as that of
The Prophets], \\ Das N ewe Te=\\ stament. \\ "g^ \\ D. Mart. Luth. \\
Wittemberg |1 M. D. XXXIIII. \\, recto of first (unnumbered) leaf ;—
[blank], verso of same; — || Vorrhede auff das Newe \\ Testament. \\
.|G| Leichwie . . . . , recto of a ij to recto of a iij ; — \\DieBucher
des Newen Testaments. ||, verso of a iij; — [blank], fourth (un-
numbered) leaf; — || Euangelion Sanct Matthes. \\ [woodcut] || I. ||
|d] Is ist. . . . , I. (A)'; — II Ende des Newen Testaments. ||,
CC.';— [blank], CC.^

Among errors in numbering are, XXII. instead of XXI, LVI.
instead of XL VI., and XXLX. instead of LXIX.

NOTES ON CONTENTS (WHOLE BIBLE)

It has glosses in the outer margins and some parallel
references in the inner margins. It has also the usual
Vorrhede to the various books. Total number of leaves,
84-1364-190+90+180+108+204=916 (not 908, as in
Weimar Deutsche Bibel).

Of the illustrations we cannot speak in detail, except
to say that these are quite numerous, as also are the
woodcut initials, which are of several kinds. Several
of the more important cuts are signed with a monogram.
Thus on the cut of Samson and Delilah, Judges XVII.,
folio L. (second part), is the date 1532, as well as the

32 Bibliographical Society of America

initials M S, which have been attributed to Melchior
Schwarzenberg. Space will not permit further details.

REMARKS

For many years previous to 1734 writers denied that
there was an edition with the date M. D. XXXIIII.
upon its title-page, because no one actually knew of an
existing copy. Copies of other editions reported to have
been issued, seemed to be extant, but none of this first
edition of 1534. However, as contemporary and some
later accounts referred to such an edition, it was concluded
that such earlier writers had reference to one with the
following imprint below the title : 1 1 Gedruckt durch Hans
Lufft. II M. D. XXXV. Ij. This conclusion was based
upon the fact that in such copies the dedication to John
Frederick of Saxony ends with the date 1534. But
Krafft, in his Historische Nachrichtj 1735, proved that
there was an edition bearing the date M.D.XXXIIII.
upon its title-page, and that the dedication to John
Frederick with its date 1534 in the M. D. XXXV. edition
was simply a reprint from the M. D. XXXIIII. edition.
He, moreover, succeeded in locating seven copies of this
first edition. Other copies have, of course, since then
been found. Among extant copies, one is reported to be
in the Library of Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.
For this description several slightly defective copies have
been compared.

Goetze, Samlungy 265; Bindseil, VerzeichnisZf A., I. i.;
Weimar Deutsche Bibel, Vol. 2, *5o] B. Darlow 6* Moule,
No. 4199.

Wittenberg Originals of Luther Bible 33

Luther's version formed the basis largely for versions
in other languages, notably the Dutch, Icelandic, Swedish,
Danish, and to some extent also for the English version
by Tyndale and that by Coverdale.

The above-described first Wittenberg edition of the
complete Bible was followed by other editions, one of which
appeared in 1535. Of this 1535 edition there is a copy in
the Library of Union Theological Seminary, New York.
As these editions succeeded one another the translation was
being subjected to a careful revision. But not only were
there numerous Wittenberg editions of the whole Bible,
but also of the various parts of it. Meanwhile in other
cities there appeared many editions, both of the whole
Bible and of its separate parts. But those later Witten-
berg editions and these various reprints do not come
within the scope of this paper. We shall therefore con-
clude this account of the Luther Bible.

A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SEPARATE PUBLI-
CATIONS OF JAMES KIRKE PAULDING,
POET, NOVELIST, HUMORIST, STATES-
MAN, 1779-1860

BY OSCAR WEGELIN

* Only the first edition of each title is described.

* Originally issued in twenty numbers, with yellow wrappers. No. I. is
dated "Saturday, January 24, 1807." No. 20 bears date of "Monday Jan. 25,
1808." The first published writings in book form by Paulding appear in this
work, which was written "in conjunction with Washington Irving, under whose
name it is generally catalogued.

pp. (3),-4-i35-

* Bound in printed boards, with title as above on front cover, with addi-
tional line at bottom, as follows; "Printed by D. & G. Bruce." On back
cover is a list of new publications by the publishers of the above.

* Several bibliographers and cataloguers list the above under Paulding's
name, but after considerable research I am convinced that it was written by
John Roby, an English writer (i 793-1850). It is not mentioned in the list
of his (Paulding's) writings in the life of him by his son, W. I. Paulding.

Publications of James Kirke Paulding 35

1813. I I2mO. pp. (4),-2-224.

* Contains a preface by the English editor. Although this edition was
printed in London by Whittingham and Rowland, it is still called the "First
American" edition.

Letters from Virginia. Translated from the French. Balti-
more, 1816. i2mo.

* Attributed to Paulding, by Foley. " American Authors." Boston, 1897,
but I am convinced that Paulding was not its author.

36 Bibliographical Society of America

Abraham Paul, printer. | 181 7. | 2 Volumes, i2mo. pp. (5) ,-4-254;
(s),-4-26o.

* A revised edition with alterations and additions was issued. New
York: 1835. 2 volumes, i2mo. It was issued under the nom de plume of,
"A Northern Man."

* Published in fifteen parts. These parts were then bound up in three
volumes of five parts each. Pagination as follows: Vol. I, 216; Vol. II, 321;
and Vol. Ill, 321, and leaf of errata. The volumes were bound in boards with
titles printed on covers. The numbers as originally issued were with yellow
printed covers.

* Although W. I. Paulding in his biography of his father states that the
last munber was issued August 19, 1820, he is in error, as the last number bears
date of Sept. 2, 1820. No. I was dated May 30, 1819.

Publications of James Kirke Paulding 37

John Bull in America; [ or, | The New Munchausen. | New-
York: I Charles Wiley, No. 3 Wall-Street. | G. F. Hopkins, Printer.

1825. I i2mo. pp. (3),-iv-xvii,-(i),-2-226.

1826. I i2mo. pp. (3),-4-324.

Tales I of | The Good Woman. [ By a Doubtful Gentleman.
(9 lines from The New Republic of Letters.) \ New- York: | Pub-
lished by G. & C. & H. Carvill, 108 Broadway. | 1829. i2mo
pp. (5),-i4-367.

Harper's Stereotype Edition. ] The | Dutchman's Fireside.
A tale. I by the author of ] "Letters from the South," "The Back-
woodsman," I "John Bull in America," &c. &c. | " Somewhere about
the time of the old French War." | In two volumes. [ Vol. I. | New-
York: I Published by J. &. J. Harper, No. 82 Cliff-Street. | Sold
by Collins & Hannay, Collins & Co., G. & C. & H. Carvill, White,
Gal- 1 laher, & White, E. Bliss, & C. S. Francis;— Albany, O. Steele

38 Bibliographical Society of America

pp. (s).-6-i92; (3),-4-i79.

The Lion of the West. A comedy.

* This piece was produced on the stage in 1831, James K. Hackett taking
the part of Nimrod Wildfire. The play was very successful, both here and in
England, but I have seen no printed copy. In his Literary Life of James K.
Paulding, New York, 1867, WiUiam I. Paulding, says, "As for the drama, I
I have found no traces of the original."

* Issued as Nos. XXV-XXVI of Harper's Library of Select Novels.
Bound in green cloth with printed title on front covers and lists of Harper's
Publications on back covers. Some copies are in plain brown cloth with paper
labels.

Slavery | in the | United States. 1 by [ J. K. Paulding. [ New-
York: I Published by Harper & Brothers, | No. 82 Cliff-Street. |
1836. I i6mo. pp. (3),-6-3i2, and 10 pp. of adv.

Publications of James Kirke Paulding 39

A I Gift I from | Fairy Land. | New-York: ] D. Appleton &
Co., 200, Broadway. ] i2mo. pp. (2),-i-vi,-(2),-i-i74, and leaf
with illustration on verso, entitled "Good Night."

* Engraved title and numerous illustrations engraved after designs by
J. G. Chapman. The preface is dated April 1, 1838, and is signed Sampson
Fairlamb. The copyright date is 1838 and the date stamped on back cover is
1840. This book is one of the best specimens of book-making in America which

1 have seen.

2 volumes in one, i2mo. pp. (5),-6-i9i; (3),-4-i92, and 5 leaves
of adv.

* The Bucktails is by J. K. Paulding and although written shortly after
the conclusion of the War of 181 2 was never before published. The others in
this volume are by W. I. Paulding.

* The larger part of the edition was issued with the two volumes bound
together, but some copies were issued with each volume bound separately.
The second edition was issued in 1850.

i860 Association.
Tract, No. 2.

40 Bibliographical Society of America

"States." 1 (cut of hand) Read and send to your neighbor, (cut
of hand) ] 8vo. pp. (3),-4-36.

* Imprint at end, "Evans & Cogswell's Steam-Power Presses, 3 Broad
Street, Charleston, S.C."

Paulding's letter is dated "Hyde Park, Duchess county, N.Y. September
6th, 1851 " and is printed on pp. (2s)-29.

* The "Letter" by Paulding is the same as in the preceding title and is
printed on pp. (20) -2 2.

* Contains unpublished letters and also several hitherto unpublished poems
and sketches.

INCUNABULA LISTS
I. HERBALS

Continued from Vol. XI (191 7), p. 92.
BY ARNOLD C. KLEBS. M.D.

/^UTWARDLY the Herbarius is most easily distin-
^^ guished by its quarto size from the other members
of the Hortus family, which are all foHos. The fact that
in some of the editions of the following work, the Gart,
the name "Herbarius" also appears on the title-page has
led to some confusion which EngHsh bibliographers have
tried to obviate by adding to the title "Herbarius" the
subtitle "Aggregator," also to be found in the Preface. I
believe this will not clear but rather obscure the matter
because this name "Aggregator" rightly belongs to
another book (H*6395), which, although it has nothing
in conunon with our Herbarius, has already been confused
with it. A good nomenclature must avoid such con-
flicting ambiguity, even in subtitles. The plain title
"Herbarius" is the best designation for the books listed
above. We need an equally distinct and clear title for
the next member of the family, the more important work
in the vernacular. "Gart der Gesundheit," for refer-
ence purposes plain "Gart," I beheve, serves this purpose
best. At least one bibhographer (Sudhoff) has adopted
it and at any rate the Preface calls it plainly by that
name, so that we may well afford to ignore another title
on the first page. If Choulant had consistently used this

42 Bibliographical Society of America

title instead of the misleading names "smaller" or
"German Hortus" (suggesting that it is a translation of
the Latin work which it is not), probably the confusion
about the Hortus family would never have arisen. For
reasons which I shall give at the end of this series I am
not in favor of appending the name of a supposed author,
Johann of Caub, to this book, although there is no objec-
tion to his figuring as editor. The reasons are perhaps
not as strong as those which I gave for dropping the name
of Amoldus de Villanova as author of the Herbarius (see
XI, 91), but I beUeve they merit consideration.

While the Herbarius is distinguished from the Gart
by language and size, the most conspicuous feature of
distinction between the Gart and the Hortus is the lan-
guage only. The size, which Choulant adopted as the
criterion, is very nearly the same for some of the editions
of both books, and therefore to speak of "smaller" and
"larger" is very misleading, although the Hortus con-
tains on the whole a greater amount of text and more
illustrations. The nomenclature which I have adopted
ought to remove these books for once and all from the
class of " troublesome entries, " and I hope that the follow-
ing characterization of the different editions will allow
the ready identification of copies without tedious consulta-
tion of reference books.

Gart der Gesundheit (Edited by Johann of Caub)

Usually referred to as the "snuUler" or the "German Hortus"
Contents, arrangement and sequence of text: I. Preface beginning: "Oft
und viel hab ich bei mir selbst, " etc.; II. Main text, illustrated, in 435 numbered
chapters, describing remedial agencies, alphabetically ordered, of vegetal (380),

Incunabula Lists 43

animal (26), or mineral (29) nature; III. First table of contents, grouping
remedies according to their action or derivation; IV. Chapter on urinoscopy
(diagnosis); V. Second table of contents, grouping remedies under names of
diseases or symptoms; VI. Third table of contents, list of the Latin chapter
headings as they appear in the main text. To the above is added in some edi-
tions a fourth table which lists alphabetically the German synonyms.

Illustrations. Full-page cut before the text of the book: A (in 6 varia-
timis), 3 sitting savants, 2 of whom bearded, attended by others in varjdng
numbers, in background 2 trees (i palm) or pharmacy wall with shelves,
heraldic shield above. Smaller cut before the text of IV: B (in 5 variations), a
physician holding flask and a patient (woman or male cripple) with a hamper.
(For exceptions see ed. 11 and 15 below.) Text cuts still smaller (except in
first two editions, where they are larger), picture mostly herbs. Their number
varies from 379 (368 plants, 11 animals) to 392; one edition (11) has 542 (addi-
tion of genre pictures).

Collation and typography: Folios of 224 to 370 leaves, all with signatures,
except ed. i. Text of ed. i and 2 printed in i column, the rest in 2. T3^s:
Gothic 93 to 120 text, larger for headlines, etc.

Editions: 15, of which 4 are undated. These are assigned to definite
places in the chronological order of the dated editions.

i) Gart der Gesundheit. [Middle Rhine, Palatinate]

Mainz: Device of Peter Schoeffer, 28 March 1485. Folio.

358 leaves. No sign, i col. (tables 2). Type: G 93 text. Colophon
and Pr. D. red.

Illustrations. Cut Ai: Savants (3) and attendants (10), p>alm to right
shield blank. Bi: Woman to right, flat bonnet. Text cuts (full to one-third
page): 379, plants 368, animals 11 (Elephant repeated).

2a: [0]£ft vnd vil habe ich by mir selbst betracht die wudersam || werck
des schepfers. . .

H*8948 (Hortus); Sudh. 67; BMC. 35 (Hortus); Choul. Inc. I p. 55;
Schreiber V 4332 (Joh. von Cube).

Variant: As discovered by Mrs. Sears in one of her copies, the text of the .
larger part of one chapter (401 Tapsia) has been reset in order to accommodate
the oblong cut in the correct upright position, it being placed transversely at the
bottom of the page in the other (earlier) ihake-up. Other minor variations
in spelling suggest that the revision was fairly general.

Washington : Surgeon General's Library (imp. ilium. Missing
Chapts. 72, 343-345, 420-435 and the entire III and IV). Boston:

44 Bibliographical Society of America

Mrs. J. Montgomery Sears (2 perfect copies, i ilium., the other
variant not ilium.).

2) Gart der Gestindheit. [Danube, Lech, Bavaria]

Augsburg: [J oh. Schonsperger], Montag nechst vor Bariholomei,

[22 Aug.] 1485. Folio.

370 leaves, last blank. Sign: a-zA-VTVX". i col. (tables 2?). Type
0 120 text.

Illustrations. Cut A2: copied from Ai with addition of Augsburg pine-
cone in shield. B2: reversed copy of Bi: woman with larger bonnet to left.
Text cuts: Copies, some reversed, from ed. i. Initial "O" (39:38 mm.) on 2a.
(Zainer?).

2a: Offt und vil hab ich bey mir selbs betracht dye wQ || dersame wergk
des schepfers. . .

H*8949 (Sorg); Sudh. 68 (no tract, urin.); BMC 365; ChouL Inc. 2 p. 56
(Sorg); Schreib. V 4333.

New York: T. B. DeVinne (ilium., imp.).

3) Gart der Gesundheit. [Danube, Bavaria]

Augsburg: J oh. Schimsperger, Set. Bonifacius tag [5 June]
i486. Folio.

258 leaves, last blank. Sign. 2 cols. Tjrpe G.

Illustrations: Cut A5: group in pharmacy, savants (3, bareface to right)
and attendants (2), apprentice with mortar in rear. No shield, jars on shelves
with town arms. B2: woman with bonnet to left. Text cuts; 394 reduced
and reversed copies from preceding eds.

2a: [0]Fftt vnd vil hab || ich bey mu: selbs || betracht die wQ || dersamen
werk 11 . . .

From H*89Si; Sudh. 69; Choul. Inc. 6 p. 58; Schreib. V 4335 (some
smaller cuts copied from ed. 6).

4) Gart der Gesundheit. [Danube, Bavaria]

Augsburg: J oh. Schonsperger, Mittwochen nach dem weyssen
suntag [7 March] 1487. Folio.

2s8(?) leaves, last blank. Sign. 2 cols. Type G.
Illustrations. Cuts same as i486 (ed. 3) ?: A5 and B2.
2a(?): Offt vnd vil |1 habe ich bey |1 mir selbs be H trachtet die || wQder-
samS. . .

From Schreib. V4337; Choul. Inc. 7 p. 58; Sudh. 70; H 8950 (i486).

Incunabula Lists 45

5) Gart der Gesundheit. [Danube, Bavaria]

Ulm: Conrad Dinckmut, Samstag vor Judica [51 March] 1487.

Folio.

248 leaves, last blank. Sign: a-zA-D«E« |1 F-G«H">. 2 cols. Type G
109 text.

Illustrations. Cut A3: savants (3) and attendants (9), palm to left,
shield with Ulm arms. B3: woman bareheaded to left. Text cuts: 392.

2a: [0]Fft vn vil hab || ich bey mir se || lbs betrachtet || die wundersam-
men || . . .

FromH*89S2; Sudh. 71; BMC 535; Choul. Inc. 8 p. 58; Schreib. V 4338
(derives cuts from ed. 6 and 3). Muther I 46 (cuts different from ed. 3).

6) Gart der Gesundheit. [Upper Rhine, Alsace]

Undated [Strassburg: Joh. Griininger, c. 1488.] Folio.

224 leaves, last blank. Sign: a-zA-C*[D-E*]. 2 cols. Type G 93 text.
Headlines with chapt. nos. Spaces for initials.

Illustrations. Cut A4: savants (3) and attendants (9), palm to left,
blank shield. B3: woman bareheaded to left. Text cuts: 384, some with
chapt. nos. cut on block. Lower ends of plants curled (spirals).

2a: [0]Fft vnd 1| vil habe 1| ich by mir selbst || betracht dy wQ || dersam
werck || . . .

From BMC 103 (Cube: Hortus. Griininger c. 1485, 2 imp. copies);
Sudh. 80; Choul. Inc. 3 p. 57 (same blocks as ed. 10); C. II 3178 (Mainz);
Schreib. V 4334 (Griininger i486, some of the cuts of this ed. considered as
models for ed. 3 and s).

7) Gart der Gesundheit. [Danube, Bavaria]

Undated. [Augsburg: Joh. Schonsperger, 1488.] Folio.

258 leaves, last blank. Sign. 2 cols. Type G.

Illustrations. Cuts: As and B2, same as ed. 3 and 4.

2a: [J]Ch hab oft || vnd vil bey || mir selbs be |1 trachtet die || wunder-
samS II . . .

From H*894S (Augsburg); Choul. Inc. 9 p. 59; Sudh. 77; Schreib. V 4339
(cuts from ed. 4, "enlumin6s k I'aide de patrons").

8) Gart der Gesundheit. [Danube, Bavaria]

Augsburg: Joh. Schonsperger, Montag vor St. Thomas [75 Dec.]
1488. Folio.

262 leaves, last blank. Sign: [»<]; a-vw-zA-D'E*PG-H*J». 2 cols.
TypeG.

46 Bibliographical Society of America

Illustrations. Cuts A5 and 62 from ed. 3, as also the Text cuts.

la. Title. 2a-4b: Alphabetical table by German names. 56. Cut A.
6a. sign, a': [J]Ch hab oft || vndvil bey || mir selbsbe || trachtet die || wund-
samC II wercke des || . . . ^a. Text begins.

From H*89S3; Choul. Inc. 10 p. 59; BMC. 366 (woodcuts copied from
Ulm ed. 5); Sudh. 72; Scbreib. V 4340 (cuts from ed. 7).

9) Gart der Gesundheit. [Upper Rhine, Alsace]

Undated. [Strassburg: Joh. Griininger, c. 148^.] Folio.

224 leaves, last blank. Sign. 2 cols. Type G.

Illustrations. Cuts: same as ed. 6 (copies ?).

2a: [0]Fft vnd || vil habe || ich bey mir sel || best || betracht ||
dye wunder= || . . .

From 11*8946; Choul. Inc. 5 p. 57 (Strassburg or Mainz); Sudh. 78
(Mainz); Schreib. V 4336 (Strassburg: Thom. Anshehn? c. 1487. "Contrc-
fa^on presque exacte" of ed. 6. Cutting cruder).

10) Gart der Gesundheit. [Upper Rhine. Switzerland]

Undated. [Basel: Michael Furter, c. 1490.] Folio.

224 leaves, last blank. Sign: a-zA-Ci-2*. 2 (tables 3) cols. Type
G 93 text.

Illustrations. Same cuts as ed. 6: A4 savants (3) and attendants (9),
palm to left, blank shield. B3: woman bareheaded to left. Text cuts: also
the same with chapt. nos. cut on the blocks of all except those for chapt. 387 and
415 to 435. Initial floreated letters, white on black ground, square, at begin-
ning of most chapts.

la: blank, ih. Cut A. 20: OFt vnd vil || habe ich bey mir sel / || bst
betracht die wun / |1 . . .

H*8947; Choul. Inc. 4 p. 57 (same blocks as ed. 6 but worn. Strassburg
or Mainz); Schreib. V4341 (Basel, c. 1491, "rdimpression presque exacte" of
ed. 6).

Amana, Iowa: Dr. C. H. Herrmann (ilium., blank leaf and
last of text missing).

11) Gart der Suntheit. [Baltic, Hansa]

Liibeck: Stefan Arndes, 1492. Folio. [Low German version

with additions.]

354 leaves. Sign, i (and 2) cols. Type G.

Incunabula Lists 47

Illustrations. Cuts: no A. Bs male cripple on right with hamper.
Sun above. Text cuts: larger copies from 370 cuts of ed. i or 2, in addition
nearly 150 smaller cuts (several genre pictures) from Hortus sanitatis ed. i (see
below); also some original cuts. In all 542 cuts.

Contents: Same division into V Parts. Addition to II. 253 new chapts.
(107 vegetal and animal, 146 mineral, precious stones), making a total of 688
chapts. Some rearrangement of the order. Colophon at end of Pt. IV.

la: Hiir heuet an de lustighe vnde 1 1 nochlige gaerde der suntheit. [Trans-
lation of preface beginning: Aken unde vele hebbe ik by mysuluen overdacht
• • • ] 338b. sign C<: Colophon. 339<i-354a: Part V ends: . . . ghelauet sy
nu II vnde ewichliken Amen. 354b. blank.

From Sudh. 81; Schreib. V 4345; Choul. Inc. 29 p. 70; H. 8957.

Note. — The additions, textual as well as illustrative, are derived largely
from Hortus sanitatis (i).

12) Gart der Gesundheit. [Danube, Bavaria]

Augsburg: J oh. Schonsperger, Afftermoniag nach Tiburtius
[13 Aug.] 1493. Folio.

262 leaves, last blank. Sign: same as ed. 8. 2 cols. Type G.

Illustrations. Cut A5: same as ed. 3; B4: woman to right with larger
bonnet. Text cuts: the smaller, several additions, also genre pictures.
Initials.

I a. Title: Herbarius zu teutsch || vnnd von allerhandt || . . • 2a-4b:
Alphabetical table by German names. 56: Cut A. 6a. sign, a*: OFft vnd
vil II habe ich bey || mir selbs be || trachtet die wundersam6 || weercke[!] des
\\. . . 8a: Text begins.

From Sudh. 74; H*89S4 note; Choul. Inc. 13 p. 61; not in Schreiber,

Note. — Parts of the make-up of this ed. were used in the following ed. 13
and 14 (see notes there).

13) Gart der Gestindheit. [Danube, Bavaria]

Augsburg: J oh. Schonsperger, Afternumtag nach Tiburtius
[13 Aug.] 1493. Folio.

362 leaves, sth and last blank. 2 cols. Sign, same as ed. 8 and 12.
Illustrations. Cuts same as ed. 12. Initials.

la. Title: Herbarius zu tei || sche vnd von aller || handt. . . 2a-4b:
Alph. table same as ed. 8 and 12. 5; blank. 6a. sign, a': UJl vnd offt || habe

48 Bibliographical Society of America

ich bey || mir selbs be || trachtet die || wOdersamC || wercke des ||. . . 76: Cut
A. 8b: Text begins.

H*89S4; Sudh. 73; Choul. Inc. 11 p. 59 (April 1493); Schreib. V4342.

Note. — This ed., although bearing the same date as ed. 12, represents a
new issue. It contains unchanged the make-up of sign: d, h, k, p-J from
ed. 12. (Sudh.)

Philadelphia: College of Physicians (ilium., blank leaves
missing).

14) Gart der Gesundheit. [Danube, etc.]

Augsburg: J oh. Schonsperger, AftermofUag vor aujffart [10 May]
J4g6. Folio.

262 leaves, last blank. Sign, same as ed. 8, 12, and 13. 2 cols. Illus-
trations. Cuts same as ed. 12. Initials.

la. Title: Herbarius zu teutsch || vnnd . . . same as ed. 12. 2a-4b.
Alph. tab. same as ed. 12. 5; blank. 6a. sign, a,': VJl vnd offt || habe ich bey
|| mir selbs be II trachtet dye II wiideram€ II . . . 7b: Cut A. 8a: Text begins.

From H*8955; Sudh. 75; Choul. Inc. 12 p. 60 (April- June 1496); Schreib.
V 4343-

Note. — This ed. contains unchanged the make-up of sign: e, f, g, k'-*
k*-' from ed. 12 (Sudh.).

15) Gart der Gesundheit. [Danube, etc.]

Augsburg: Joh. Schonsperger^ Montag nach Himmelfart [ij
May] i4gg. Folio.

Collation not given. Illustrations. Cut C: magister (black shoes),
and 4 students on la. (copy from cut used in undated Hortus Sanitatis ed. 2
and 3, described below). This copy was also used in Augsburg reprint of
Brunschwig, Cirurgia, Dec. 1497 (H*40i9).

Preface: UJl vnd offt || habe ich bei= || mir selbs be= || trachtete
die II wundersa= || men. . .

From Schreiber V4344; (Panzer D. A. 1. 240, 473; Sudh. "76; Choul.
Inc. 13 p. 60).

Hortus or Ortus Sanitatis

Referred to as the "larger Hortus"
Contents, arrangement, and sequence of text : Preface beginning : " Omnipo-
tentis etemique dei," etc.; main text in six tractatus (traicties) which separate
the subject matter of the "Gart" into natural kingdoms, subdivided into chap-

Incunabula Lists 49

ters, each of which discusses under the heading "Operationes " the therapeutic
effects. Thus I. Deherbis, 56ochapt.; II. Deanimalibus, i64chapt.; III. De
avibus, 122 chapters; IV. Depiscibus, io6chapt.; V. Delapidibus, i44chapt.;
VI. De urinis.

Two tables of contents in 5 divisions, corresponding to the first 5 tractates:
First table, grouping remedies under names of diseases or symptoms, second
table (tabula generalis), listing the chapter headings. In both tables the
arrangement is alphabetical inside of the divisions. Modification of this
arrangement only in ed. 5.

Illustrations. Full-page cuts (from 3 to 7) serving as frontispiece and
pictorial prefaces to divisions of the book. Text cuts, throughout smaller to
fit into the columns, reach and sometimes exceed 1000.

Collation and typography: Folios of 360 to 476 leaves, all with signatures
and printed in 2 columns. Types: Gothic of several sizes.

Editions: 5, of which 4 are undated. All in Latin except one in French.
Chronologically the undated editions follow the dated one in a now definitely
established order.

i) Hortus sanitatis. [Middle Rhine, Palatinate]

Mainz: Jacob Meydenbach, 23 June 1491. Folio.

454 leaves, last blank. Quires: 8s and 6s alternating irregularly. Sign:
A-Za-m [1-248] I n-z z; aa-11 [249-408]; i-v [409-422] | A-E [423-454]-
Type G 92 text.

Illustrations, (i) Cut A6: Savants (3) and attendants (6), pahn to left,
2 shields blank (see "Gart"). 6 other full-page cuts, different from other
editions: (2) 3 men and earth animals, (j) 2 men and air animals, {4) 2 men
and water creatures, (5) jewellers shop 12 persons, (<J) apothecary shop 9 per-
sons, (7) physicians and patients 8 persons. Text cuts: 1066 (530 plants,
164 animals, 122 birds, 106 water animals, 144 precious stones, etc.).

la. Title: Ortus sanitatis. ib: Cut A.

HC*8944; Choul. Inc. 14 p. 61; JPM. 32; BMC. 44; Schreib. V4247;
Muther pi. 150 facs.

Washington: Surgeon General's Library (ilium.). Chicago:
John Crerar Library. Boston: Arnold Arboretum. Mrs. J.
Montgomery Sears. New York: J. P. Morgan.

Undated Editions

Most readily distinguished, in case the first leaf is missing, by examination
of the signatures or the full-page woodcuts, which are the following: C: magister

so Bibliographical Society of America

(white shoes) sitting and 4 students; D: human skeleton; E: apothecary
sitting and physician, 2 shelves, 2 stars; F: patient in bed, 3 physicians;
G: 4 text cuts; H: author presenting book to king and 7 attendants. In the
following descriptions these cuts are indicated in the order in which they appear
in the editions.

2) Hortus sanitatis. [Upper Rhine]

[Strassburg: Joh. Priiss, c. 14Q6.] Folio.

360 leaves. 2 cols. Quires alternate regularly 8s and 63, (sign, dd is 4).
Sign: a-zAa-Ii [1-202] | A-0 PqrsT U-Z z [203-332] j aa-ee [333-360]-

Illustrations. Cuts: C, D, E.

xa. Title in 9 lines: Ortus Sanitatis || De herbis s plantis || . . . 5th line
ends: . . . bus ||

H*8942; Choul. Inc. 16 p. 63 (note of purchase: 2 fl. rhen. 1500, 31 jam.);
Schreib. V 4249; Muther I, 541 (Griininger).

Washington: Library of Congress (imp., some leaves mis-
bound). Boston: Arnold Arboretum (not ilium.).

3) Hortus sanitatis. [Upper Rhine]

[Strassburg: Joh. Priiss, c. 1497.] Folio.

360 leaves. 2 cols. Sign: a-z Aa-Ii [1-202] | A-U [203-332] | aa-ee
[333-360]-

Illustrations: Cuts: Same as ed. 2.

la. Title in 9 lines: Ortus Sanitatis || De herbis et plantis . . . 5th line
ends: . . . (tibus ||

H*894i; Choul. Inc. 15 p. 62; JPM 63; BMC 124; Pr. 1447 (Coin:
H. Quentell); Muther I 541 (Griininger); Schreib. V 4248.

Washington: Surgeon General's Library (First leaf defective
and pasted over. Ms note signed "IMajor, British Museum" to
the effect that edition is to be considered as of Venetian origin).
Boston: Arnold Arboretum (Con temp. Ms note of purchase.
12 Kal. Nov. [21 Oct.] 1497. 2 guld. Probably Dr. J. F. Payne's
copy referred to by Pollard in JPM cat. Acquired Sept. 1902).
New York: Dr. G. F. Kunz.

4) Hortus sanitatis. [Upper Rhine]

[Strassburg: Joh. Priiss, c. 1499.] Folio.

360 leaves. 2 cols. Sign: a-z A-I [1-202] | K-Z Aa-Ff [203-332J j
G^Ll [333-360].

Incunabula Lists 51

Illustrations. Cuts: E (reduced), G, D, E.

la. Title in 9 lines: ORtus SAnitatis || De herbis et plantis. . . sth line
ends: . . . (tibus ||

HC 8943; Choul. Inc. 17 p. 64; JPM 113; Pr. 1448 (Coin); Mather
542; Schreib. 4250; cf. BMC I. p. xxvi.

Philadelphia: College of Physicians (imp.); St. Louis: Mis-
souri Botanical Garden. New York: Dr. Abraham Jacobi, J. P.
Morgan.

Undated French Translation

5) HoTtus sanitatis translate en francois. [Isle de France]

Paris: Antoine Verard [publisher, c. 1500.] Folio. Some-
times in 2 vols. Copies on vellum.

476 leaves. 2 cols. Quires: 8s, 6s and one 4. Sign: a-z z aa-30', numb:
i-cclxxvi; a-c [1-292] | A-X AA-GG, numb: i-clxx; aaa-bbb [293-462] |
A-B [463-476].

Illustrations. Cuts: H, D, E. Caligraphic initial "L" (Macfarlane 9)
on 293. Verard's device at end. Cut H had appeared already in Crescentius:
prouflBts ruraulx. Paris: Jean Bonhomme, 15 Oct. i486. D and E are copies
of the original Griininger cuts, as also the text cuts.

la. Title: ORTVS SANITATIS |1 TRANSLATE DE LATIN || EN
FRANCOIS II ih. line 3: Le prohesme de || lecteur . . . zydiyy*) blank.
292 (c) : Finist la table 1 1 des herbes. 2p3c(A') : LE TRAICTIE DES BESTES.
OYSEAVLX It . . . 293b: Cut D. 2p^a(A^): Le prologue || [P] Our ce que
es choses devSt |1 dictes layde divine. . . 4(52(bbb*): blank. 47da(B*) Colo-
phon: Paris II en la rue saint Jaques pres petit pont a lenseigne saint iehan
leu&geliste |1 . Ou au palais au premier pillier devant la chapelle ou len chante
la messe 1 1 de messeigneurs les presidens. 1 1 476b: Verard's device.

From HC. 8958 and Macfarlane 140, which differ somewhat, suggesting
the existence of variants. Cf. Claudin I. p. 191, also J. F. Payne in Tr. Bibl.
Soc. Lond. 1903. vi. 120. Dr. Payne considers all the woodcuts derived from
the German cuts, with i or 2 exceptions.

Grant herbier en francoys (Arbolayre)

More than 20 editions of this book, probably all without date, issued from
several allied presses in Paris (folios and quartos). All resemble each other,
but only two can be assigned with certainty to the fifteenth century, surely
after 1485. They complete the series of illustrated herbals and have to be
considered as imitations of the earlier books. Their prototype is the "Gart,"

52 Bibliographical Society of America

and in the first edition, which appeared as " Arbolayre," very likely the identical
blocks which had served for one of the Upper Rhine editions were again used.
Some Hortus cuts were also copied. In style the pictures resemble those of the
Macer floridus, which were probably derived from them. The text differs
entirely from the other editions. It is a copy from one of the many fifteenth-
century French Mss of Platearius: Circa instans (Secrets de Saleme).

Arbolajrre. [Sadne or Rhdne, Burgundy]

Undated, [Besarifon or Lyon.] Folio.

212 leaves, last blank. 2 cob. Sign: A-X y z Aa-Ff. Type G. Illus-
trations: There seems to be at least one full-page cut on ib. The number of
text cuts is uncertain. The first plant picture (Aloe on 25b) has the Roman
numeral 36, corresponding to the serial number of the "Gart" editions (see ed. 6,
9, 10). Initials.

Contents in following order: Title, Table of remedies in groups of diseases,
Preface, Text of plants in alphabetical order. Epilogue.

From Pell, iioi [Lyon, Jac. Maillet 1490]. Claudin (iv. proofs) assigns
book to P. Metlinger, Besangon before 1490. Cf. Choul. Inc. p. 74, also
Dorveaux: Liv. des simples medecines. Par. 1913, p. xviii.

Grant Herbier. [Isle de France]

Undated. Paris: Pierre Le Caron. Folio.

170 leaves: 22 with sign, a e i 6, 148 with sign: A-Z s, numb: i-cxlvii
[cxlviiil.

Illustrations: Probably no full-page cuts. Text cuts: 297 of plants,
several repeated. Initials. Pr. D. below colophon (facs. CI.).

Contents seem to be the same as Arbolayre, arranged in the same order.

From Pell. 1102 (copy without title-page, hence placed under Arbolayre);
CI. II. p. 83 facs. Cf. Dorveaux (op. c.) calls attention to complete copy at
Bibl. Ste-Genevidve, Paris, not seen by Pell. Has in title "Le Grant Herbier,"
substituted for "Arbolayre" in earlier edition.

Note. — The Surgeon General's Library, Washington, possesses 2 copies
of this book, both imperfect and without place or date. They difiFer from above
edition by having Pr.D. below the title (and not at end). They are those of
Jean Petit and Michel Le Noir of a time well inside of the sixteenth century.
In these editions the tables are placed at the end, an arrangement which
probably distinguishes all the later eds. from the incunabula.

Incunabula Lists 53

CONCORDANCE OF NAMES AND INDEX TO THE

FIFTEENTH-CENTURY ILLUSTRATED

HERBALS DESCRIBED

(KLEBS: INCUNABULA LISTS. PAPERS. 191 7-18, XI-XII)

Figures in parentheses indicate pages in preceding volume (XI), others to
current volume pCII). Blackface names are the standard entries adopted.

Aggregator practicus de medicinis simplicibus = Herbarius lat (86-89)

Apuleius Barbanis: Herbariam (81)

Arbolayre= earliest ed. of Grant Herbier (Gart.) 52

Amoldus de Villanova: De virtu tibusherbarum=Herbarius lat., printed in
Italy.

Cube (Cuba, Kaub): Hortus=Gart

Gart der Gesundheit 42

German Hortus=Gart

Grant Herbier = successor to Arbolayre (Gart) 52

Herbarius in dietsche=Herbarius lat. in Netherland. translation (89 h, b)

Herbarius latinus (undated 86, dated 89)

Herbarius lat. cum figuris= printed in Netherlands (87 c, d)

Herbarius Maguntinus= Herbarius lat (89 a)

Herbarius Passavinus or Patavinus= Herbarius lat (90)

Herbarius zu teutsch = Gart

Herbolarium = Herbarius lat. printed in Italy (91 f)

Hortus family = Herbarius lat., Gart and Hortus san 83

'Hortus problem,' Note on 54

Hortus Sanitatis 48

Hortus san., the smaller = Gart

Hortus san., the larger = Hortus san.

Hortus san. translate en francois = Hortus san. French 51

Johann of Cube: Hortus = Gart

Kruidboek = Herbarius lat. Netherland. translation (89)

Macer floridus: De viribus herbaram (77)

Ortus sanitatis = Hortus san.

54 Bibliographical Society of America

NOTE ON THE "HORTUS PROBLEM"

In a brief essay on the "Hortus Sanitatis" which
appeared recently in these Papers (XI, 57) Mr. Bay
stated that this work, beyond easily ascertainable biblio-
graphic data, "presents one of the most puzzling problems
in the history of book-making." The problem according
to him consists in four uncertainties: (i) about the person
of the compiler, (2) about the primacy of the Latin or
the German version, (3) about the origin, literary as well
as geographical, of the work, and (4) about the connection
of Johannes Cuba with it. He comes to the conclusion
that the " solution of this problem must come from the
books themselves.^' An excellent hint from a bibliographer
to bibliographers. To take his last imcertainty first, or
rather (i) and (4) together, I must point out that he is
in error when he states that Johannes Cuba's name does
not occur in print in any edition previous to that of 15 14.
It does occur in every edition of the Gart at the end of
chapter 76, and it is exactly this fact that has brought
the name into the discussion about the authorship. No
other evidence of his connection with the book from
fifteenth-century sources has been brought to light. In
the sixteenth century, however, his name is frequently
appended to reprints of one or the other of these books,
and the tradition, then formed, has been transmitted to
us. That the work cannot have an author, but at best
only an editor, is clear when we recognize its encyclopaedic
character. That it is such, and not merely an uncritical

Incunabula Lists 55

and purely commercial compilation, I believe can be
shown without difficulty, although space is wanting for
it here. It would of course be interesting to know the
man who incited and supervised an undertaking which
inspired directly a great amount of original work. But
mediaeval enterprises of this kind were not apt to be
labeled as one-man jobs as they are now; they were,
like the cathedrals of the day, the result of an intimate
co-operation between craftsman and scholar, to whom the
glory of self-advertisement had not yet made an appeal.
Whether or not it is sound pohcy to project our own
standards in these matters onto the products of the fif-
teenth century may be a debatable point, but the most
we can concede to Johan Wonnecke of Caub as a possible
share in the completion of the Gart is that he may have
read proof and annotated a passage. He may have done
more, he may have done less, and little does it matter as
long as his name does not interfere with the nomenclature
of the books as now established.

Point (2) regarding the primacy of the Latin or Ger-
man Hortus offers really no uncertainty when we keep in
mind that the German, i.e., the Gart, was first pubhshed
in 1485 and the Latin Hortus six years later, in 1491.
There was a time when it was thought that the undated
Hortus editions might have served as the basis of an
abbreviated German version, but we know now definitely
that all of these editions appeared after 1491. A further
supposition was, and this leads us directly to point (3)
regarding origins, that both Gart and Hortus were based

56 Bibliographical Society of America

on a manuscript original in Latin which, as in the case of
the French herbals and in that of both Apuleius and
Macer floridus, was simply reproduced by the press of
some enterprising printer. This supposition can be
proved only by the discovery of the actual manuscript;
until then it remains pure speculation on analogy. It is
indeed astonishing that no such manuscript has been
found during the great sifting process which has taken
place in almost all manuscript collections while the proto-
types of the other printed herbals were readily discovered.
En passant I may say that the manuscript which Mr. Bay
mentions belongs to this latter class and has no similarity
with the text of the Hortus. It would seem therefore
quite possible that no Hortus manuscript exists and that
the printed Hortus books are of purely autochthonous
origin, i.e., the text collected, the pictures drawn and cut
right there and then, in or near the printing-office, simi-
larily as we know it was done in the case of the famous
herbals of the next century. It is difficult to imderstand
why this obvious explanation has not been proposed before,
and I believe all the internal evidence is in favor of it.

This is really the only remaining "puzzle" in the
"problem," and it will undoubtedly disappear when his-
torical research throws full light on the cultural and intel-
lectual activities which surrounded and influenced the
work of the early printing presses. Carefully planned,
not merely exhaustive, bibliographic analyses can further
this important research. Applied to definite series of
incunabula they provide the indispensable basis of uni-

Incunabula Lists 57

form and therefore comparable data. A great deal of the
confusion m the Hortus series has been due to the lack
of such a basis and the consequent uncertainty of nomen-
clature. I hope that my lists will prove to be a start in
the right direction and that the same principle might be
applied to other series of incunabula, practically all of
which contain puzzling elements.

THE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF GRAY

BY RONALD S. CRANE

Professor C. S. Northup has long been known to students of
eighteenth-century English literature for his interest in Gray.
His edition of Gray's essays and criticisms, and numerous articles
and notes dealing with special questions have added on many
important points to our knowledge of the poet of the Elegy. He
has now placed us under still greater obligation by providing us
with an invaluable tool for future research — a bibliography of all
of Gray's work.'

It is a bibliography conceived in the most liberal sense. Its
aim, in the words of the Preface, "is to present a complete record
of the editions of Thomas Gray's works, together with a list of all
the reviews, critical notices, and studies relating to him that have
thus far appeared." "I have made it as full as possible," adds
Professor Northup, "in order to indicate the extent of Gray's
popularity and influence." The result is that, although Gray was
the very antithesis of a prolific writer, his "bibliography" as thus
defined occupies a volume of 296 pages, and includes considerably
upward of two thousand entries. This material is distributed
through nine sections, the headings of which are as follows : " Bibli-
ographies and Bibliographical Articles," "Complete Works, and
Selections from both the Prose and the Poetry," "Poetical Works,"
"Selection from the Poetical Works," "Selections from the Prose
Works," "Translations of Select Works," "Individual Works and
Translations," "General Criticism," "Note on the Manuscripts."

' A Bibliography of Thomas Gray. By Clark Sutherland Northup. New
Haven: Yale University Press; London: Humphrey Milford, Oxford Uni-
versity Press, MDCCCCXVII. Pp. xiii-l-296. (Cornell Studies in English.
Edited by Joseph Quincy Adams, Lane Cooper, Clark Sutherland Northup.)

The Bibliography of Gray 59

Within each section the order of entries is chronological. Cross-
references, references to reviews, and indications as to the where-
abouts of copies of rare works are provided in generous abundance.
Although the bibliography as a whole makes no pretenses to being
critical, in at least one section — sec. 8 — a system of asterisks and
notes enables one to discriminate roughly between the few studies
of value that have appeared on Gray and the large amount of
worthless or mediocre material which the compiler's ideal of com-
pleteness has forced him, quite justifiably of course, to include.
The volume ends with an appendix of undated editions, a list of
addenda, and an index of thirty-seven pages.

To the serious student of Gray and of Gray's period, two of
the most suggestive sections of the volume will be those devoted to
the imitations and criticisms of individual poems and to the criti-
cisms of Gray's work as a whole (sees. 7, 8). From the texts listed
here it will be possible to form a more correct and precise notion
of Gray's reception by the public of the later eighteenth century,
and consequently of his contribution to the taste and poetical
practice of the next generation. Everyone knows Wordsworth's
strictures on Gray's style in the Preface to the Lyrical Ballads.
We shall now be able to discuss, with some degree of assurance,
the question of the historical significance of this attack. To what
extent was Wordsworth's view already common property in 1800 ?
To what extent was it shared by the other poets of the early nine-
teenth century ? Many such detailed studies will be possible as
a result of the aid furnished by Professor Northup's Bibliography.

In the interest of these and similar investigations, it is desir-
able that the omissions inevitable in a work of this sort should be
reduced to the minimum. The works which follow include few
if any really important additions to Professor Northup's list.
Most of them, however, have something to say to the student of
Gray's "popularity and influence":*

' In this list I have made use of Professor Northup's notation and method
of indicating titles and references.

6o Bibliographical Society of America

438aa. 1782. John Scott [of Amwell.] The Mexican
Prophecy. An Ode. In The Poetical Works of John Scott, Esq.,
The Second Edition, London, Printed for J. Buckland, MDCCL-
XXXVI, pp. 247-258.

The first edition appeared in 1782. Cf. Chalmers' English
Poets, XVII (1810), 487-488.

747. F. Baldensperger, Etudes d'histoire litteraire, i* s6rie,
Paris, Hachette et Cie, 1907, p. 93.

873c. William Julius Mickle. Pollio; an Elegy. Written
in the wood near Roslin Castle, 1762.

Mickle's ode was published in 1765. There is a reprint in
Chalmers' English Poets, XVII (1810), 516-517.

zo3oa. Anon. An Essay on Elegies. In The Annual Reg-
ister .... for the year 1767, pp. 220-222.

xioza. 1898. Henri Potez. In his L'Elegie en France
avant le Romantisme (de Parny k Lamartine), 1 778-1820, Paris,
Calmann Levy, 1898, pp. 307-310, 335, 350-351.

1250C. 1783. To Thomas Warton, April 15, 1770. In The
Gentleman's Magazine, February, 1783, liii, loo-ioi.

1344a. 1782. John Scott [of Amwell.] To Childhood.
In the Poetical Works of John Scott, Esq., The Second Edition,
London, Printed for J. Buckland, MDCCLXXXVI, pp. 176-177.

The first edition api)eared in 1782. Cf. Chalmers' English
Poets, XVII (1810), 478.

1535a. 1761. The Library: or, Moral and Critical
Magazine. For remarks on Gray see I, 158, 238.

1560a. Richard Cumberland. Ode I. To the Sun. In his
Odes, London, J. Robson, 1776, pp. 17-18.

Cf. also the Dedication, p. 4.

1566a. [Sir Herbert Croft.] Love and Madness. A Story
Too True. In a Series of Letters between Parties, whose Names
would perhaps be mentioned, were they less known, or less lamented.
London, for G. Kearsly, 1780, pp. 222-223, 229.

The Bibliography of Gray 6i

1575a. Hugh Blair. In his Lectures on Rhetoric and Belles
Lettres, London, 1783, Lecture XXXIX.

1575b. The European Magazine. Account of the Life and
Writings of William Mason, M. A. December, 1783, iii, 410-413.

1599b. W. Belsham. In Essays, Philosophical and Moral,
Historical and Literary, London, Printed for G. G. and J. Robin-
son, 1799, i, 43, ii, 504, 505.

1609a. John Aikin. In his Letters to a Young Lady on a
Course of English Poetry, London, 1803, Letter XIV.

Repr. New York, 1806; see pp. 184-193.

i6i8b. [Anne Macvicar Grant.] Letters from the Moun-
tains; being the real Correspondence of a Lady, between the Years
1773 and 1807, London, Longman, Hurst, Rees, and Orme, 1807,
Third edition, i, 73, 91, iii, 56.

1625a. Elizabeth Carter. In a Series of Letters between
Mrs. Elizabeth Carter and Miss Catherine Talbot, from the Years
1 741 to 1770, to which are added. Letters from Mrs. Elizabeth
Carter to Mrs. Vesey, between the Years 1763 and 1787, The Third
Edition, London, Rivington, 1819, i, 314, 353, iii, 34, 126-127, 327.

The first edition appeared in 1809.

1632a. The Philosophy of Nature; or, the Influence of Scenery
on the Mind and Heart, London, John Murray, 1813, i, 68, 252,
ii, 68-69, i59> i95> 198, 206, 265.

1694a. Robert Southey. In The Poetical Works of Robert
Southey, collected by himself, London, Longman, Orme, Brown,
Green, & Longmans, 1838, Preface.

1864a. Samuel Taylor Coleridge. In Anima Poetae.
From the unpublished Note-Books .... Edited by Ernest
Hartley Coleridge, London, William Heinemann, MDCCCXCV,
pp. 5, 270.

1934a. Charles Cestre. In his La Revolution franjaise et
les pontes anglais (i 789-1 809), Paris, Hachette et Cie, 1906.

See the index.

62 Bibliographical Society of America

X980C. Oliver Elton. In his A Survey of English Litera-
ture, 1 780-1830, London, Edward Arnold, 191 2.

See the index.

1983a. Daniel Mornet. In his Le Romantisme en France
au XVIII* si^cle, Paris, Hachette et Cie, 1912, pp. 115, 120, 272.

19936. GusTAVE Lanson. In his edition of Lamartine's
Meditations Poetiques, Paris, Hachette et Cie, 1915, I, xv, Ixviii,
12, 52, 196.

In the present state of English literary history, the most press-
ing need of students is surely for bibUographies. It is true that
some progress has recently been made toward filling this gap in
the indispensable preliminary tools of research: witness such excel-
lent bibUographies of genres as Mr. Arundell Esdaile's List of Eng-
lish Tales and Prose Romances Printed before 1740 and Professor
Carleton Brown's Register of Middle English Religious Verse, and
such useful guides to particular authors as Miss Hammond's
Chaucer: a Bibliographical Manual and the present work of Pro-
fessor Northup. But bibUographies comparable to these in com-
pleteness and accuracy are stiU far from numerous. To multiply
them in aU the principal fields of literary investigation should be
recognized as one of the main tasks devolving upon the present
generation of scholars.

FRANCIS ASBURY SAMPSON

Mr. Sampson came from Ohio and settled in Sedalia, Missouri,
in 1868 and practiced law. He was a graduate of the College of
the City of New York and of the Law School of the University of
New York. He soon began collecting books and other documents
on Missouri and Missourians. There was no book or pamphlet
or broadside too trivial for his collection. He had accumulated
in 1901 a valuable private library of 1,886 volumes and 14,280
pamphlets. This was the most complete collection "deahng with
Missouri in existence and contained many valuable state documents
which were missing from the collection at the state capitol."

Mr. Sampson gave this private collection to the State Historical
Society of Missouri in 1901, soon after the organization of the
Society; he was then elected secretary of the Society. With this
collection as a nucleus he accumulated a library of 60,000 titles for
the Society. He was an expert collector and persistent in his
search for material. He compiled for his own use bibUographies
of the ofl&cial publications of the state, of the publications of the
institutions of the state, of the fraternal and religious organizations,
and raihoads whose lines traverse the state. These check-lists
were kept in small books which he carried with him on his collectii^
trips, and in which he indicated the items secured. Bibliography
and collecting were therefore mutually helpful and mutually
dependent. His bibliographies were a means to an end — a list of
material is necessary before collecting can be done intelligently
and successfully.

I have never seen him happier than when he had secured a rare
railroad report which was not in the possession of any other library,
or when he was able to pick up an old report of a Missouri religious
or a fraternal organization which would complete a file for binding,
or some newspaper published in Missouri at an early date which
was not in the files of any other library.

64 Bibliographical Society of America

Mr. Sampson retained his interest in natural history, especially
in the collection of crinoids. The Sampson Collection of crinoids
in the museum of the University of Chicago was made by him.
He was most active in writing and collecting shells from 1882 to
1901, when he became secretary of the Society. Various types of
shells have received his name in recognition of his discoveries.

He was one of the founders of the SedaUa Natural History
Society and of the Public Library of Sedalia. He was associate
editor of the Sedalia Times from 1870 to 1872 and editor of the
Missouri Historical Review from its beginning in 1906 to 1915, and
a frequent contributor to its pages. His published writings since
his connection with the State Historical Society have been largely
bibliographical compilations. He left incomplete a bibliography
of pubUcations printed in Missouri before 1850, which he was
compiling in conjunction with W. C. Breckenridge, of St. Louis.
He was engaged also in revising his Bibliography of Slavery and the
Civil War in Missouri. Following is a list of them:

History and Publications of the Missouri State Horticultural Society.

The Thirty-third Annual Report of the State Horticultural Society of
Missouri, 1890, pp. 437-449. Jefferson City, Mo., 1891.
Bibliography of the Geology of Missouri.

Geological Survey of Missouri, Bulletin No. 2, December, 1890, pp. 1-176.
Jefferson City, Mo.
Bibliography of Missouri.

Eticyclopaedia of the History of Missouri, Vol. I, 1901, pp. 215-270.
A Catalogue of Publications by Missouri Authors and Periodicals of Missouri
of 1903 in World's Fair Exhibit in Missouri Building. Columbia, Mo.,
1904, 47 p. (Press of E. W. Stephens.)
Official Publications of Missouri Bibliography. Columbia, Mo., 1905, pp. 313-

356. (Reprinted from Bowker's State Publications.)
Bibliography of Missouri State Official Publications of 1905.

Missouri Historical Review, Vol. I, No. i, October, 1906, pp. 85-100.
Bibliography of Missouri State Official Publications of 1906 and 1907.
Reprinted from the Missouri Historical Review, Vol. II, No. 4, July, 1908,
PP- 303-318.
Bibliography of Missouri State Official Publications of 1908 and 1909.
Reprinted from the Missouri Historical Review, Vol. IV, No. 3, April, 1910,
pp. 182-200.

Francis Asbury Sampson 65

Bibliography of Missouri Biography. Reprinted from the Missouri Historical

Review, Vol. II, No. 2, January, 1908, pp. 131-157.
Bibliography of Slavery and the Civil War in Missouri, by F. A. Sampson and
W. C. Breckenridge. Reprinted from Missouri Historical Review, Vol. II,
No. 3, April, 1908, pp. 233-248.
Sessions of the Missouri Legislature. (First to forty-fifth.)

Missouri Historical Review, Vol. IV, No. i, pp. 42-43.
Bibliography of Books of Travel in Missouri. Reprinted from the Missouri

Historical Review, Vol. VI, No. 2, January, 191 2, pp. 64-81.
The New Madrid and Other Earthquakes in Missouri.

Proceedings of the Mississippi Valley Historical Association, Vol. VI,
pp. 218-238. Cedar Rapids, 1913. Reprint.
The New Madrid and Other Earthquakes of Missouri.

Bulletin Seismological Society of America. Vol. Ill, No. 2, June, 1913,
PP- 57~7i- Reprint.
Same.

Missouri Historical Review, Vol. VII, No. 4, July, 1913, pp. 179-199.
Bibliography of the Missouri Press Association. Reprinted from the Missouri
Historical Review, Vol. IX, No. 3, April, 1915, pp. 155-176.

Henry O. Severance

NOTES

The Literature of the Invention of Printing. I. The Fifteenth Cen-
tury, by Aksel G. S. Josephson. Additional Titles.

1471

Mesue: De medicinis universalibus. Venezia: Clemens sacer-
dos, 18 May 147 1. Folio. 204 leaves. Hain-Copinger 11118.

In letter of Nicolaus Gupalatinus to Peregrinus Cavalcabovi, at the
end of the work, the inventor of printing is spoken of as being a
German: "... tibi uir litteratissime . . . magnas gratias habebimus:
quod codicem mine rarum prius: ... & tua emendatione castigatum:
& hoc nouo excribendi genere prope diuino: nostris inuento temporibus
impressum. Qua arte habet haec aetas profecto inauditum cunctis
saeculis celebrandumque miraculum: ut quingenta uolumina unius auc-
toris nunc fieri facile possint: quanto tempore uelox scribentis manus
difficile unum tantum excriberret. Ita. N. cartha litterae inscribuntur
aeneis formulis eisdem ut lubet dispositis: & quoddam alueolo coUoca-
tis ueluti quis diuersarum imaginum gemmis multis pro uoto positis ac
coarctatis in cerea tabella super compressa caracteres imprimat. O
bonum germanum ilium huius admirabilis artis primum inuentorem:
laudibusque omnino diuinis celebrandum. Quippe qui tali ratione
omnia litterarum studia facillime percipi haberiue possint: inues-
tigauerit . . . impressor Clemens Patauinus sacerdos. ... in daedaleo
praesertim: & manuali opere ingeniosissimus . . . italorum primus
libros hac arte formauit. . "

1491

Hortus sanitatis. Mainz: Jacob Meydenbach. 23junei49i.
454 leaves. Hain 8944.

Colophon states that the art of printing had been invented in Mainz:
"Impressum est autem hoc ipsum in inclita ciuitate Moguntina. que ab
antiquis aurea Moguntia dicta, ac a magis id est sapientibus vt fertur
primitus fundata. in qua nobilissima ciuitate et ars et scientia hec sub-
tilissima caracterisandi seu imprimendi fuit primum inuenta."

1497

Apuleius, Lucius. Epitoma de mundo. Wien: Johann
Winterburg [after 1497]. 52 leaves. Hain 1321.

Colophon says that the art of printing had been invented in Mainz:
"Impressum per loannem de hibemo arce, haud procul a ripis Rhe-
nanis et urbe inuentrice & parente impressorie artis Mogunciaco
feliciter."

The Papers of the

Bibliographical Society
of America

VOLUME TWELVE. NUMBERS 3-4
JULY-OCTOBER. 1918

WILLARD FISKE MEMORIAL

CARL B. RODEN

ANDREW KEOGH

ERNEST C. RICHARDSON

Publication Committee

The Society does not hold itself responable for opinions
expressed by contributors of papers

THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS
CHICAGO. ILUNOIS

THE CAMBRIOGE UNIVERSITY PRESS, London and Edinburgh

THE MARUZEN.KABUSHIKl-KAISHA, Tokyo. Osaka. Kyoto. Fukuoka. Sendai

THE MISSION BOOK COMPANY. Shanghai

COFYKIGBT IQI9 Bt

The University or Cbicaoo

800 copies printed

Composed and Printed By

The University of Chicago Pren

Oiirago. lUinoit. U.S.A.

(><•

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA

OFFICERS

1918-19
President: George Watson Cole
First Vice-President: H. H. B. Meyer
Second Vice-President: J. C. M. Hanson
Secretary: Henry O. Severance
Treasurer: Frederick W. Faxon
Ex-President: Carl B. Roden

Councilors Term expires

Charles Martel 1919

Henry Morse Stephens 1920

Ernest C. Richardson 1921

Aksel G. S. Josephson 1922

Finance:

Membership:

Program:

Publication:

Census of IncunabiUa:

COMMITTEES

William C. Lane, Chairman

Frederick W. Faxon

Carl B. Roden

Frederick W. Faxon, Chairman

Aksel G. S. Josephson

Henry O. Severance

George Watson Cole, Chairman

Clarence S. Brigham

Henry O. Severance

Carl B. Roden, Chairman

Andrew Keogh

Ernest C. Richardson

George P. Winship

George Watson Cole, Chairman

Charles L. Nichols

Victor H. Paltsits

WILLARD FISKE MEMORIAL

PAPERS READ AT THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE SOCIETY.
SARATOGA SPRINGS, NEW YORK. JULY 5. 1918

PORTRAIT OF WILLARD FISKE

A SKETCH OF THE LIFE AND LABORS OF
PROFESSOR WILLARD FISKE

BY PROFESSOR HORATIO S. WHITE

The principal facts in the Hfe of Daniel Willard Fiske
are these:

He was bom in Ellisburg, New York, November
II, 1 83 1, and died at Frankfort-on-the-Main, Septem-
ber 17, 1904. His father was a member of that widely
ramifying English and American clan of Fiskes whose
versatile stock embraced representatives as variously
distinguished as the Rev. Thaddeus Fiske, a member
of the Board of Overseers of Harvard University, the
celebrated financier Colonel James Fisk, Senator Stephen
A. Douglas, General Clinton B. Fisk, for whom Fisk
University was named, and the well-known historian
Mr. John Fiske, of Cambridge. Lord Kitchener was a
member of the EngHsh branch.

Fiske's mother, Caroline WiUard, was a kinswoman
of Samuel Willard, who presided over Harvard College
between 1700 and 1707, and of Joseph Willard, who was
president of the same institution from 1781 to 1804.
Among other members of the same family who were
graduates of Harvard College, Josiah Willard was libra-
rian in 1 702-1 703, and Sidney Willard a century later
was not only librarian but afterward Hancock professor
of Hebrew and other Oriental languages. The English
ancestor of the family, Major Simon Willard, 1604-1676,
69

70 Bibliographical Society of America

according to a tablet to his memory in the crypt of
Canterbury Cathedral, was "Commander-in-chief of
British Forces against the hostile Indian Tribes. He
was distinguished in the military, legislative and judicial
service of the American Commonwealth. One of his
ancestors was Provost of Canterbury 1218, and another
was Baron of Cinque Ports 1377."

According to the family tradition the boy Fiske was
able to read at the age of three. During the presidential
campaign of 1840 the eight-year old lad used to read the
political news to the village crowd in the days of "Tip-
pecanoe and Tyler too." An eye-witness has said that
as many as thirty people had been noticed in this rural
audience. Another family tradition is that the boy wrote
a play based on WiUiam Tell which was acted in a barn.

Fiske's early education was gained at Cazenovia Sem-
inary, New York, and at Hamilton College, but he left
the latter institution before graduation to go abroad
and study the Scandinavian languages. At the Uni-
versity of Upsala, Sweden, he passed two years, traveling
meanwhile on the Continent, and acting as correspondent
for various American journals. Among his mates at
Upsala was Prince Oscar, who afterward became King
of Sweden and Norway. Returning to New York in
1852, he took a place in the Astor Library, where he
remained until 1859.

Of Fiske's service in the Astor Library an associate
on the library staff at that time, Mr. Frank H. Norton,
wrote in 191 2 as follows:

Life and Labors of Professor Willard Fiske 71

Fiske was first assistant librarian. I found him a most agree-
able companion. He was kind and considerate in posting me
on duties which were entirely new to me. He had occupied his
position in the library about three years, and was thoroughly
informed as to its contents; a familiarity which it took me a good
while to acquire. He was most active in mind and body. His
perceptions were sharp and accurate, and he could divine at once
what an ignorant reader needed to help him out of a difficulty;
and, with his comprehensive familiarity with the Ubrary, could
supply at once the works needed. This was, in fact, our chief
duty: to understand what the reader wanted to learn; and then,
from the library shelves, give him the necessary books to answer
his purpose. Very few among average readers (I do not refer
to readers for amusement) know just what they want; and few
ever know the "sources of information." Fiske could handle such
a situation with perfect ease, and was therefore a most valuable
aid to seekers after knowledge. He was also kind and courteous
to everybody; and his knowledge of languages of course was of
great assistance in the case of the many foreigners who used the
library. He was always particularly kind and helpful to school
boys and college students, and was consequently very much liked
by them.

Mr. Norton's letter illustrates Fiske's inveterate habit
of making himself useful to others. What his views at
that time were regarding the functions of libraries in
general and the method of administering them may be
gleaned from passages in two articles which he contrib-
uted in 1853 to a Syracuse paper. Fiske had only just
become associated with Mr. Joseph G. Cogswell, the
intelligent superintendent of the Astor Library. What
influence this association may have had upon his ideas
of library administration does not clearly appear. The

72 Bibliographical Society of America

articles in question referred to the library of an organiza-
tion in Syracuse styled the "Franklin Institute," and
assume the form of an appeal to the directors. One
must remember that it was then the day of small things.
The youthful critic, aged 22, begins:

In addressing to you the following remarks concerning the
library whose capacities for good you direct and guide, you will see
in my words only an honest desire to enlarge those capacities, and to
multiply the benefits which your institution is aheady conferring
upon the community. With the exception of the Library of the
Court of Appeals, which does not belong to the City, but to the
State, and whose benefits are conferred upon, and confined to, a par-
ticular class, yours is the largest collection of books of which this
town of thirty thousand inhabitants can boast. It combines at
once, and that, too, of necessity, the character of a Ubrary of
reference and of circulation. It is the only one to which the
numerous students in our oflSces, the large number of our edu-
cated citizens, who now and tlien see fit to write a newspaper
article, an essay, or a lecture, and the few persons in our midst
who have leisure or inclination for Uterary research, can refer.
For the settlement of a point in discussion, for the explanation
and further understanding of a lecture, for the full comprehension
of a book, this is the sole source of inteUigence to which the inquisi-
tive man can have access. On the other hand, in its character
of a loaning library, though materially aided by our dozen or
more school hbraries, it is still superior to most of these, not only
in the number, but in the quality, of its volumes.

As it seems to me, this double character of yoiu- collection
should always be kept in view — that is, as a Ubrary of consulta-
tion, research, and study, and as a Ubrary of reading, Ught instruc-
tion, and intelUgent amusement; or in other words, as a reference
and circulating Ubrary. In the older parts of the world, where
the needs of Uterature are better known, and a taste for letters is

Life and Labors of Professor Willard Fiske 73

more felt, these two distinctions form separate classes of libraries;
but this cannot become the general case here, until our young
nation has grown up to a sense of Uterary wants and a willingness
to supply them. Let us look a Uttle into the two divisions of
your library, regarding them in the broad, liberal, and enlightened
light which should belong to the investigations of men professing
to the title (there is no nobler one) of scholars.

As a Library of Reference. — In regard to the capabilities,
necessities, and requisites of a collection of this kind, I shall do
little more than iterate the opinions of men who have made books
and book collections their study and pursuit. As guardians of
such a collection, you ought not to reject, but carefully preserve,
every issue of the great Gutenberg's invention, from the most
magnificent and voluminous of encyclopedias, down to the appar-
ently most insignificant of concert bills. You labor not only
for your own day and sphere, but for a never-ending after-world.
Unlike preceding ages, our times are daily producing materials
for their own history. Newspapers, magazines, reviews, and a
myriad other combinations of paper and ink, forming the so-
called transient literature, are exceeding, in a vast measure, all
other productions of the press. The historian of our age will
have to consult no mouldy manuscripts, to pore over no partial
and erroneous compilations of prejudiced predecessors, to decipher
no crumbling inscriptions; but he will fijid the ideas of aU parties
and sects, the annals of all events, the lives of all pubUc men, spread
out before him — a reflex of the age and embodiment of its spirit —
in our periodical literature. His only task will be to discriminate,
criticise, and elaborate. But in order to make this the case, we
must take good care to preserve the material. I have often
endeavored, in vain, to procure files of county newspapers only
a decade back, and that, too, in the very town of their pubUcation.
How would it be possible to write the history of our own City,
embracing Httle more than a quarter of a century, without its
newspapers? And yet I have no doubt that some difficulty

74 Bibliographical Society of America

would be experienced in obtaining complete files of all these chron-
iclers and exponents of our progress. Nor is it the historian
alone for whom such as these should be carefully preserved.
Almost daily instances arise in a large City like this, when it
becomes necessary to refer for the elucidation of some fact or cir-
cumstance to files of old newspapers. As to magazines and
reviews, they generally contain matter of suflacient interest to
warrant their careful preservation, aside from such reasons as
are given above.

The minor productions of the press are also of great value.
How much would we not give for a p)erfect set of theatre bills,
public and private advertisements, placards and the like, extend-
ing through some years of the sixteenth, seventeenth, or eighteenth
centuries? What light they would throw upon the mode of life,
manners, and customs of those days, of which we are now either
entirely ignorant or grossly misinformed? What doubts now
clouding many important events of those ages would be dispelled!
The third chapter of Macaulay's brilliant History, is in a great
manner, derived from such seemingly imimportant sources. The
most valuable and useful private library of this country is that
of Peter Force, Esq., of Washington City, consisting of Ameri-
can newspapers, printed bills, etc.; and for its size, the most
important public collection is that of the New York Historical
Society, made up of the same matter.

Never reject a work on accoimt of its sectarian or partisan
tendency; nor on any ground, except that of bare-faced immor-
ality. You need not purchase such works, but never refuse
them when gratuitously offered. In this country of free thought
and unchained opinion, no such effort can stay the progress of a
sect, or prevent the advance of a party. The most distinguished
bibliographer and bibliothecal genius of America says: "A public
library needs every book which it does not possess."

It is extremely necessary to have good catalogues, well arranged,
plainly written, easily used, and always accessible. One should

Life and Labors of Professor Willard Fiske 75

be alphabetical, another analytical. These are the more neces-
sary, because volumes on your shelves are so covered that the
titles are not visible.

Most important of all is the selection of a good hbrarian —
one possessing at least some knowledge of his profession. What
would be thought of a board of railroad directors who should
appoint a superintendent that could hardly distinguish a passenger
car from a baggage wagon ? With as much propriety could you
choose a Librarian to manage this part of your Institution at
this, the most important stage of its existence — its infancy — who
was entirely ignorant of all bibUographical rules, of all professional
skill or bibliothecal experience, and of all Ubrary history. A
zealous, well-educated Librarian, versed in the things and duties
appertaining to his calling, could easily add scores of volumes to
the Library annually, at little or no cost to himself or the Insti-
tution. There are great numbers of public bodies, learned societies,
governments, etc., both in this country and Europe, which pub-
lish hundreds of interesting and valuable books, which could be
had almost for the asking. There are also many other ways
known to proficients in the bibliothecal profession of procuring
books, engravings, etc., at an insignificant expense. He could
also easily add to the reputation of the Library, and in a propor-
tionate manner increase the diffusion of its benefits. So that
it would ultimately be a matter of economy for you to appro-
priate a Httle more for the hire of an intelligent and qualified
Librarian, and a little less to the purchase of books. Not only
the present prosperity and usefulness, but the future benefit
and permanent continuance of the collection, depend upon your
action in this respect.

As a Loaning Library. — ^Looking at your collection on the
side of its usefulness, several things are necessary of close and
continual notice — care in the purchase and arrangement of
books; care in the accounts of the Library with the borrowers;
care in the preservation of your volumes, and of the reviews,

76 Bibliographical Society of America

magazines, etc. ; care in the order and neartness of the reading and
library rooms.

With the small fund at your disposal, too much discrimination
and calculation in the purchase of additions cannot be recom-
mended. Works of history, biography, travels, and science are
the main wants. Books of lighter tone are generally in this
country issued in such large editions, and at so little cost, that
most persons desiring them can buy or borrow them without
inconvenience. By a careful consideration of the class of books
most loaned, an experienced librarian could readily understand
the necessities and tastes of the borrowers and public. A portion
of your funds, as they from time to time come into your hands
from the proceeds of lectures, etc., ought to be expended in com-
pleting such valuable works as are already on your shelves in an
imperfect and defective state; a part, too, of your available receipts
should go to the binding or preservation of the various reviews,
magazines, periodicals, newspapers, pamphlets, etc., to which
you have subscribed, or which have been received in gift. Such
things lying unavailable for loaning or use are like money invested
in stock that pays no interest.

As soon as a collection attains to the nimiber of fifteen hun-
dred or so volumes, the alphabetical arrangement should always
yield to the scientific. The former is admirably adapted to small
libraries, but is extremely inconvenient in one of any size. But
what shall be thought of yours where no method prevails but a
systematic want of all systems — where a light novel is followed
by a heavy history, and a book of travels succeeds to a govern-
ment report? Let a library and its catalogues be properly
systematized, and more than one-half of the wear and injury
of the books, more than one-half of the care and exertion attend-
ant upon their proper preservation and use, could be easily
avoided.

The very existence of a circulating library depends upon the
accuracy of the accounts kept with the borrowers of books. It

Life and Labors of Professor Willard Fiske 77

is the only manner of securing the collection from exterior injury
and diminution, and the only way by which the utihty and requi-
sites of the library can be judged. No librarian, no system, can
be too rigid or exact in this respect. Look at your account-books
and tell me of the man who would not rather attempt the solution
of the unsolved riddle of the sphinx than try to draw up a report
or extract statistics from such hieroglyphically imsystematized
documents.

Recollecting the number of hands through which your books,
and especially your periodicals, must pass, too many safeguards
against injury and loss can hardly be employed. Strong bind-
ings, airy shelves, clean tables, and a watchful eye are among
the things absolutely indispensable in a loaning library. Not
only should filing-rods be employed for newspapers, but also (of
a different shape) for magazines, reviews, etc. If you examine
a copy of a periodical which has lain less than a month upon your
tables, you will fully recognize the necessity of this.

Continual quiet and the strictest cleanliness and order in
the room I must take the liberty of urgently pressing upon your
notice. The noise of boys and dogs, the conversation of men,
the accumulation of dust, the disarrangement, though but tem-
porary, of the books, etc., should all be prevented. As to the
transaction of other business besides the legitimate aims and
ends of the Institution in your rooms — this must continue to be
the case so long as you are unable to pay a sustaining salary to a
librarian. But this business should always be something apper-
taining to books — some Uterary agency or the like — and ought
to be carried on, not in the Ubrary or reading room, but in some
adjoining apartment.

A hundred other suggestions, readily apparent to every one
in any way bibUothecally informed, might be given. But space
and time forbid.

Amator Librorum

78 Bibliographical Society of America

From 1859 to i860 Fiske was General Secretary of
the American Geographical Society. In 1857 the Am-
erican Chess Monthly was founded, which he edited in
conjunction with Paul Morphy from 1857 to i860; and
he compiled the Book of the First American Chess Congress.
The Congress was held in New York in 1857. Mr.
Fiske's library of rare chess works was described in 1857
as "second to but one in the country."

He had been connected with the United States Lega-
tion, Copenhagen, 18 50-1851; and became attach^ to the
United States Legation at Vienna in 1861 and 1862,
under Motley, who was specially attracted, as the report
ran, by Fiske's admirable calligraphy.

Between 1859 and 1863 he was a contributor to
Appleton's New American Cyclopaedia. Among the
articles from his pen were those on the language and
literature of Iceland, the Netherlands, Denmark, Nor-
way, and Sweden. The one on Sweden and another
on the periodical literature of the world were specially
noteworthy for their range and thoroughness.

Later he was connected with the Syracuse Daily
Journal. His contributions to this paper covered many
subjects and were characterized by the same excellent
qualities of style and composition which have uniformly
distinguished his literary work. Of much local interest
were his investigations into the pre-revolutionary history
of a region which had been explored by Jesuit fathers.
His editorial on the death of Lincoln, struck off at white
heat, had a wide vogue in the American newspaper press

Life and Labors of Professor Willard Fiske 79

and was reprinted at intervals by periodicals and by
associations such as the "Grand Army of the Repubhc."

In 1867 he was invited to join the staff of the Hartford
Courant, connected with which were also his old friends
Senator Joseph R. Hawley and Charles Dudley Warner.
In 1868 he again traveled abroad, visiting Egypt and
Palestine, when he received a call to be Professor of
North-European Languages, and Librarian, in the newly
founded Cornell University.

During his early years at Cornell Professor Fiske
gave instruction not only in German but also in Swedish,
Danish, and Icelandic; and Mr. Harris, the late lamented
librarian of the university, has said that he attended
Professor Fiske's classes in Persian, a language which
the latter was already investigating while in the Astor
Library. A special course was also dehvered on jour-
nalism, which contained material of much practical value.

His knowledge of Dutch was a somewhat late acqui-
sition; but the study of Italian, French, German, and
Russian he pursued during the first sojourn in Denmark,
at the time when he was mastering the Scandinavian
tongues, the study of which he had begun during his
first year in college.

Professor Fiske held decided views about the pro-
priety of associating professors in the full administra-
tion of university affairs. In an earUer will, executed
July 5, 1883, one condition of his large bequests to Cor-
nell University was that "at least one professor of Cornell
University (besides the President) should be elected a

8o Bibliographical Society of America

trustee of said University within one year after his
decease." Unless such should be the case, "the legacies
were to be offered on the same conditions to Harvard
College, Yale College, Columbia College, and Union
College in turn and in the order here given." It is
interesting to note in this connection that recently, on
the independent initiative of President Schurman, Cor-
nell has voluntarily adopted this pohcy in a much more
liberal measure.

Professor Fiske was an ardent member of the Psi
Upsilon fraternity, for which he became an admirable
volunteer historiographer and poet, and he remembered
it Uberally in his will. He was also joint editor of one
of the fraternity's comprehensive catalogues.

Of civil service reform he was long a persistent advo-
cate with voice and pen, in the days of (jeorge William
Curtis and his fellow-workers.

Iceland he visited in 1879. At the time of the millen-
ial celebration in 1874 of the colonization of Iceland,
Fiske was specially energetic in arousing in this country
general interest in the event by frequent articles in
the press, and by making a collection of books to be
donated to the national library at Reykjavik. His own
later visit to the distant island, where he was Hterally
made the people's guest, was the signal for a reception
almost overwhelming in its grateful friendliness. But
his interest in this isolated island had an older orij
His early collection of Icelandic books, after his first
European tour, was then rated the most considerable
in the United States; and his first love in languages,

Life and Labors of Professor Willard Fiske 8i

despite many wanderings far afield, remained his latest.
Evidence of this early attachment is shown in a letter
to the Icelandic scholar and politician Sigurgsson, dated
Copenhagen, August 25, 1852. A copy of the original,
which is preserved in the National Library at Reykjavik,
was secured for the writer by Mr. Halldor Hermannsson.

" I am deeply and truly interested in Iceland," writes
the lad of twenty. " I see in the small but noble people
which inhabit it the same flesh, blood, and spirit as my
own nation is made of, and the same elements which
compose the EngHsh and American character. I wish
that the future of your wonderful island may be as truly
glorious as its past, and it shall be one of the chief aims
of my life and action to conduce to the advancement in
every way of its literature and political importance."

Mr. Fiske was a member of various organizations,
including the University and Players clubs of New York,
and the National Institute of Arts and Letters. He
was one of only three or four American members of the
Reform Club of London; and it was intimated to him
by English friends that, if desired, an election to the
Athenaeum Club would be assured. After his with-
drawal from Cornell, overtures were made to him regard-
ing an honorary professorship at Harvard.

In 1892 the King of Italy, Humbert I, bestowed upon
him the title of "Cav2iUere dell' ordine (equestre) della
Corona d'ltaHa"; and in 1902 he received from Christian
IX of Denmark the title of "Ridder af Dannebrogor-
denen." The significance of these two orders lies chiefly
in the recognition of the wide extent of his literary

82 Bibliographical Society of America

sympathies. Not less sincere a tribute than these was the
accolade of the old dahabiyeh owner on the Nile: "After
Mohammed — Mr. Fiske!"

It was the Italian Prime Minister Crispi who caused
the intimation to reach Professor Fiske that a count-
ship would await him in return for the assurance that
his great book collections would remain permanently
in Italy; but Cornell was a more powerful magnet.

In 1880 occurred his marriage to Miss Jennie McGraw,
who died in 188 1. In 1883, on account of the suit against
the university involving his wife's bequest, he resigned
his offices at Cornell and took up his permanent residence
in Florence, Italy. There, for two decades, in the
attractive and historic villas which he successively occu-
pied, he dispensed a hospitality which was as lavish
and thoughtful as it was unassuming; while unremitting
imtil the very day of his death was his devotion to intellec-
tual pursuits.

Among these pursuits, a passing mention must be
made of one engrossing occupation of his later years —
the effort to popularize and estabUsh in Egypt a Roman-
ized alphabet of the Arabic language. The circular
issued by the Cornell University Library runs as follows:

To this end he began by issuing, in 1893, a vocabulary of some
seven thousand words in modern Arabic in the new transcription,
with many grammatical examples. This he freely distributed
and followed it up with other pamphlets, notably one in 1897,
entitled An Egyptian Alphabet for the Egyptian People, explaining
the alphabet and giving illustrative readings. Shortly before his
death, he issued, in 1904, a second and enlarged edition of An

Life and Labors of Professor Willard Fiske 83

Egyptian Alphabet for the Egyptian People, it being his intention
to distribute this, together with numerous cards, sheets, and
leaflets, containing the alphabet, speUing exercises, and short
stories suitable for use in the schools, as widely as possible in
Egypt, in order to familiarize the people with the Roman trans-
literation of their own speech. It was the opinion of competent
scholars that the adoption of this alphabet would do much to
hasten the extension of knowledge and universal education in
Egypt. But the difficulties in the way were great and with Mr.
Fiske's death the enterprise came to a standstill.

Cornell University, as the residuary legatee, came into posses-
sion of these undistributed pubUcations, and, though it has been
found impracticable to continue the propaganda begim by Mr.
Fiske, it is thought that some Ubraries may be glad to obtain
sets of these publications, not only as a record of an altruistic
and generous attempt to educate and benefit the common people
of Egj^t, but also as illustrating an interesting and instructive
experiment in the transcription of a spoken language.

About four hundred of these sets have already been
distributed among the libraries of the worid.

Mr. Fiske's miscellaneous writings were numerous and
varied. An enumeration of them would here be imne-
cessary. Many have already appeared, and of these some
are to be reprinted; while others are to be printed for
the j&rst time.

Noteworthy in their variety and extent were the
expressions of sorrow and esteem at the time of his de-
cease. Obituary notices appeared in many languages,
including Italian, German, Arabic, and the Scandina-
vian tongues. "The munificent bibliographer," so Guido
Biagi, Librarian of the Laurentian, describes him.

84 Bibliographical Society of America

Another from the far north writes:

The memory of the deceased will be dear to those who knew
him best, and by the Icelandic nation it ought never to be for-
gotten, because so sincere was his affection for Iceland that it is
doubtful whether ever a foreign heart beat more warmly for its
welfare.

His old friend Wendell Phillips Garrison wrote in
The Nation:

Mr. Fiske's nature was essentially modest, simple and trust-
ful, ardent, persistent, generous — in his day of small things as
in his prosperity; and his attachments were deep and lasting.

In private letters written soon after Mr. Fiske's
death, Alfred Austin, the Poet Laureate, who had "often
enjoyed the kind hospitality of the learned owner of
the Villa Landor," thus records his own candid estimate
of his host:

I held him in no little affection and regard, as must every
one have done who knew him intimately. His goodness and
superior intelligence and interest in all the higher intellectual

pursuits added enormously to intercourse with him I will

gladly add my testimony to that of others concerning the sincerity
of his nature, and the noble simpUcity of his life.

In the Library Journal of October, 1904, his long-
time associate and successor, Mr. George W. Harris,
characterizes Mr. Fiske as "librarian, bibliographer, and
bibliophile." Mr. Harris wrote:

At the time of his appointment as librarian in the newly
founded Cornell University the college libraries were looked upon
as mere storehouses, from which books might be taken for home
reading, and as a rule were open for only one or two hours on

Life and Labors of Professor Willard Fiske 85

certain days in the week. Mr. Fiske's ideal of a university li-
brary was a reference library, like the Bodleian or the Astor,
which should be the literary workshop of the university and
afford the greatest possible facilities to earnest students in their
researches. Accordingly, the university library was made pri-
marily a reference library; from the first it was open nine hours
daily, and he used to take pride in saying that it was kept open
longer hours than any other university in the land. Under his
wise guidance the policy of building up a great reference library
was steadily pursued, though often under trying conditions. By
gift or purchase the valuable hbraries of such scholars as Goldwin
Smith, Franz Bopp, Charles Anthon, and Jared Sparks were
secured for the university, and vigorous efforts were made to ob-
tain larger and more regular appropriations for the increase of

the library Generous and warm-hearted, modest and

imassuming, gifted with a winning manner, Willard Fiske easily
found his way to men's hearts and made many firm and constant
friends, whom he loved to gather around his board, and by whom
his death is deeply lamented. In his bibUographical work he
was insistent upon the minutest accuracy and indefatigable in
following up every possible clue to the knowledge he sought. As
a Ubrarian he had little sympathy with what has been aptly called
the "frying-pan ideal" of the hbrary, or with those who look
upon books as so many brickbats to be scattered broadcast as
rapidly as possible. He had the greatest sympathy for the needs
of earnest students, and took pleasure in encouraging beginners
in the work of research. He loved books with a scholar's love,
and his greatest desire was to have his collection used by scholars.

His valuable book collections, which were presented
to the Cornell University Library, related to Dante, to
Petrarch, to Icelandic History and Literature, and to
the Rhaeto-Romanic language. Besides the great col-
lections which have enriched Cornell University, that

86 Bibliographical Society of America

institution has also received from his estate a fund for
the uses and purposes of the library of more than half
a miUion dollars.

Two books stand upon my own shelves which are
among my earliest and most valued possessions. One,
a copy in German of Hans Christian Andersen's Tales,
has the inscription "From D. W. F. 1863." The other,
a Postage Stamp Album, bestowed a year later for some
slight scholastic performance, contains, after the writer's
name, the inscription: "On his 300th Birthday, from
D. W. F." The interpretation of this pleasantry was that
on the same day, namely in 1564, Shakespeare happened
to arrive.

The personal significance of these two volumes, if
the personal note may be permitted and pardoned in
this tribute to an old friend and counselor, lies in the
coincidence that the first was a gift from the man who
taught the writer German orally and peripatetically
years before Cornell University was opened, and whose
successor in his chair of German there the writer after-
ward became; while the second volume was an illustra-
tion, not only of the donor's perennial interest in the
education of youth, but also of his own inveterate pro-
pensity to coUect, and to encourage collectors.

What a keen scent had he for hidden book treasures,
or lost manuscripts, or for any latent or remote possi-
bilities in either direction! What consideration even
for trifling publications or unimportant references, if
only they might serve to complete the dot above the i.

Life and Labors of Professor Willard Fiske 87

Fortunate was his companion upon one of those still
hunts which would lead him into remote and foreign
comers. Delightful the avidity with which he would
pursue some faint and elusive clue. Witness his per-
tinacity in the search for the missing manuscript of
Lewis Rou. How amusing the shamefaced glee with
which he would announce some preposterous bargain!
Disarming envious criticism was the almost boyish
naivete of his pride and joy of attainment and posses-
sion. What true collector will not comprehend and
sympathize, and condone ?

Concluding this somewhat discursive resume of Mr.
Fiske's various activities, may we not fairly maintain
that his tastes and training destined him to become a
lover of books, and a patient and conscientious bib-
liographer, as well as a most charming bibliomaniac?
He had the collector's instincts and desires, and fol-
lowed and indulged them from the days of his straitened
youth to the period of his opulent old age. He had the
linguistic equipment and range which allowed him to
pursue his quarry intelligently into diverse fields, and
to negotiate independently in the book marts from Ice-
land to Egypt. His hterary sense was developed from
the first days of his European travels; excursions which
were illustrated by attractive communications to the
American press that were not mere echoes of Bayard
Taylor's "Views Afoot" of the preceding decade. Sec-
retarial and editorial work gave opportunity for the per-
fecting of a facile and fluent style which was as finished

88 Bibliographical Society of America

and graceful in his published productions as it was sportive
and fascinating in his private correspondence. Rarely,
if ever, did any slovenly phraseology, even upon a postal
card, sUp from his pen. He had the feeling for form;
and this is pecuUarly perceptible in the many verses of
his composition which were more often printed than
they were published.

That accuracy in line and precept which is eminently
essential in the work of the librarian and bibliographer,
he had acquired through his apprenticeship in the Astor
Library, in various newspaper offices, and in the con-
struction of his contributions to Appleton's Cyclopaedia.
He had a passion for accurate and exhaustive detail.
The incomplete manuscripts of his dictionary of Ice-
landic and his Arabic grammar illustrate the same qual-
ities; while his German reader, in the judicious range of
its selection and the carefulness of its compilation has
not been surpassed by any of its successors. This is
not the place to estimate the value or the importance
of his miscellaneous writings. My effort has merely
been to outline somewhat cursorily the nature of his
qualifications as a subject worthy of the attention of
this society of experts. This gratifying tribute, indeed,
of your recognition, he would perhaps himself have
hastened to disclaim, for he was as modest in respect
of his own merits as he was generous as a patron and a
friend.

rf^

WILLARD FISKE AS A BIBLIOGRAPHER

BY MARY FOWLER
Curator of the Dante and Petrarch Collections, Cornell University Library

The preceding paper presented by Professor White
describes Willard Fiske as student, foreign attach^,
librarian, teacher, editor, book-collector. Friends of his
later years were perhaps wont to think of him as a gentle-
man of leisure, adding to the pleasure of sojourners in
Florence by the exercise of an unstinted hospitality;
this seemed to be his occupation, one of his chief recrea-
tions being the search for and purchase of rare books
in fields of his especial interest. We of the present
gathering accord him a juster recognition as an inde-
fatigable book-man, not only, as a matter of course, during
the years of his pubhc library service, but even more
emphatically and more significantly in his contribution
to the development of letters during the years of his
emancipation from ofiice. It is not the man of unoccupied
leisure who writes:

"I have a perfect ocean of work to do this coming
week, and have begun to get up at six o'clock. My room
is fairly running over with packages of books which have
arrived while absent at Venice, Padua, etc., some to be
returned, many to be catalogued and prepared for the
binder." And again : " I am still hammering away pretty
busily at bibliography. I find that the collector of even
two such small libraries as mine has little time for
89

90 Bibliographical Society of America

anything else. The reading of catalogues, correspond-
ence with booksellers, cataloguing, and binding occupy
all of his hours."

The Usting of books, indispensable accompaniment of
book-collecting, was then not always delegated to others
by this wealthy scholar, who was too much in earnest to
bother about hunting out a scribe; and the list was
pretty sure to be packed with notes of matters unknown
to scribes. Such a list is preserved in the second of the
Bibliographical Notices: Handlist of Petrarch editions in
the Florentine Public Libraries (1886), with fine print
notes "indicating the extent of the deficiencies of Floren-
tine libraries," as he explains in the prefatory note, taking
up a good third of the space. The notes brim with lore
of editions in and out of Florentine libraries, most of them
in his own studio in the Villa Forini. For example, of
the much noticed Carmina incognita published by G. M.
Thomas in 1859 he says:

The 114 sonnets and the canzone attributed by the editor of
this volume to Petrarch were reprinted the same year as an appen-
dix to an edition of the Rime issued at Turin. That they were not
productions of Petrarch was demonstrated by B. Veratti in the
Modenese Opuscoli religiosi, letter arj e morali, ser. ii, tomo x.,
pp. 71-94 (1867).'

The notes of the Handlist exhibit the collector's
true joy in the accumulation of bibliographical knowledge
in his chosen field, through personal handling of the
volumes acquired.

* p. 10, col. 2.

Willard Fiske as a Bibliographer 91

Mr. Fiske had already printed his Catalogue of
Petrarch Books (1882)^ which he mentions as "hurriedly
prepared and printed privately solely with the view of
facilitating the increase of the collection." With the
Icelandic and Petrarch collections approximating com-
pleteness, as such things go, and manuscript author
catalogues prepared, he continued his bibUographical
activities unhampered by economies of time or expense.
It was in the artist's spirit, yet with no disregard of the
exactness demanded by scientific description, that he
undertook the preparation of the other Bibliographical
Notices — the supplements to the British Museum Cata-
logue of Books Printed in Iceland Down to 1844 (i 886-1 890)
and (No. Ill) the "Essay, to be regarded," he says in the
preliminary note, "as a chapter of the still unprinted
second catalogue of my Petrarch collection": Francis
Petrarch's Treatise De remediis utriusque fortunae (1888).
This "Essay" of 48 two-column pages of practically solid
matter, with unparagraphed notes fiUing often two,
sometimes three and a half columns under a single title
(themselves meriting the title "Essays"), not to mention
the collation, giving fold, folios, signatures, quires, type,
columns, lines, size of the type-page, size of the leaf, size
of the title-page and the title-page vignette (e.g., " . . . .
the vignette represents the wheel of fortune with four
attached figures, of which the uppermost is a king — a

' Professor Fiske contributed a list of "Petrarch Bibliographies," describ-
ing four in manuscript (1835-1874) and twelve in printed works (1722-1877), to
the first number of the Bulletin of the Cornell University Library, January
1882, pp. 42-43-

92 Bibliographical Society of America

design not uncommon in early modem art, but which was
first executed with consummate skill by Hans Burgkmaier
in his De remediis title-pages" or " .... the numera-
tion of folios is very defective, running: 4 unnumbered,
1-15, iSi i7-23» 23-41, 41, 43» 43» 45-62, 64, 64, 64, 66-
88,92,92,91,92-113" .... and so on, through the 276
leaves), with list of contents, with certain introductory
poems in full, and specimen selections from the text —
this "Essay" was, for one thing, the despair of the
prospective compiler of the other chapters of the "un-
printed second catalogue of the Petrarch collection."
Her deliverance, it may be added, was finally effected
by beneficent economic considerations, under whose oper-
ation the matter elaborated in Bibliographical Notices,
No. Ill was reduced from 88 to 27 columns.

The bibliographer's absorption in the volume in hand
as he aims to set forth completely and bring to the intel-
ligence of the student its style and quality, his pains-
taking representation letter by letter, point by point, of
title and colophon, his unwearied inquiry into the fame
and fortunes of its various makers, whether author, trans-
lator, patron, or printer, have an element of religious
ardor; one thinks of the celebrant of an elaborate ritual.
Curious instances result from Mr. Fiske's invariable
practice of reproducing every word on the title-page, as
in the following (p. 26, no. 52):

Petrarch's view / of / human life. /By Mrs. Dobson . /-/ GOy
little book! to the friends of humanity, and to / the lovers of Petrarch,
and let their honourable/ and united suffrage spread the fame of his

Willard Fiske as a Bibliographer 93

ex-/alied knowledge, and impress the virtues of his benevolent heart.
I London:/ printed for John Stockdale, Piccadilly./ M.DCCXC I .

The title of a later edition follows, and the little book
is again exhorted to go. A camera would reproduce the
title-page more perfectly, but the photographic copy loses
a certain element of interest in eliminating the human
touch marking the earher products of bibliography.
Mr. Madan says:^ "The object of bibliography is to bring
a book or set of. books, in their absence, as much as pos-
sible before the student." This standard, never absent
from the purpose and method of Mr. Fiske, does not fully
indicate the character of his work. For one must in
describing it take account of personality. The book in
hand was to him a vital, throbbing thing into which had
entered the qualities of its makers, and each one of these,
coming into the bibliographer's acquaintance, must be
properly introduced to readers of his work. Reading
from title to title is like passing from room to room, each
with its group of interesting individuals.

In the final note on his copy, which is thought to be
unique, of the only known Dutch translation of Petrarch's
De remediis he says:

The volume contains no indication of the name or residence
of the translator; that he was not a scholar of the highest note or
ability may be inferred from such a form as Petrarchus, and from

his treatment of certain Latin words Equally notable is

the fact that the name of Jan Willemszoon [the publisher] occurs
in none of the lists of Amsterdam publishers. The expression

* Transactions of the Bibliographical Society, 1, 91.

94 Bibliographical Society of America

Ghedruckt voor on the title-page seems to imply that he was not
the printer, but the bookseller or pubhsher.

Thus the vanishing figures of anonymous translator
and unknown publisher do not escape a recorded estimate.

The manner in which Mr. Fiske's imagination was
brought into exercise over the solution of knotty questions
is illustrated in the explanation given to the date at the
end of the Bttcolicum carmen in Simon Bevilaqua's edition
of the Collected Works of Petrarch/ where the words:
per me Marcum horigono de Venet. Annis. d. nostri lesu
christi: currentibus. M.CCCCXVI. Die. vii. Itdii afford a
real bibliographical puzzle. This is the note, with some
abridgment :

Simon de Gabis called Bevilaqua of Pa via .... went from
Pavia, probably his native place, to Venice, where he issued his

' Catalogue of Petrarch Books, p. 20. The following letter accompanied a
copy of A Catalogue of Petrarch Books (Ithaca, 1882), sent to Professor Charles
Eliot Norton, and now in the Harvard Library:

Cornell University Library
Ithaca, June ist, 1883
My dear Sir:

A thousand thanks for your kind and considerate offer of the Bevilaqua
(1503) edition of Petrarch's collected works, but I already possess an excellent
copy. By this post I venture to send you a very hastily made catalogue of
my collection, as it was last November, since which time I have added to it
nearly 800 volimies. On page 20 you will find an attempted explanation of
the puzzling date 1416, affixed to the Bucolicum carmen at the end of the 1503
edition.

I shall enclose Count Galletti's letter to Mr. Macaulay.

The Villa Forini will at least not lose its Scandinavian attractions as I
also take with me my Icelandic collection, the gathering of which, instead of
being, as is the Petrarch collection, a whimsy of my old age, has been the work
of many years. I hope to do some work with both these collections, but the
danger is that I may fall between two very attractive stools. With great
regard

Most truly yours,

WiLLARD FiSKE

Mr. Norxon

Willard Fiske as a Bibliographer 95

first book, an edition of Terence, in 1485 The same year

he transferred his press to Vicenza Two years later he is

again at Venice, and from 1492 prints several books a year (except
in 1495-6) until after the century's end. In 1502 .... appeared
the earliest of the colophons reading In officina Simonis Beoilaqua
.... leavmg little doubt that Bevilaqua was no longer superin-
tending his own press. In fact, it seems certain that his death
took place about this time, for the only work after this date which
bears his imprint is the present 1503 edition of Petrarch's Works.
This bulky volume had doubtless been for several months in the
press, and the demise or disability of the press's proprietor before
its completion would naturally afifect its fate. But its printing
evidently went on, and by the middle of the year (July 15) the
great Petrarch was apparently finished and Bevilaqua's usual
colophon appended to what is surely the most important work of
his press. How long, in the process of settling the printer's estate,
the sheets may have lain before actual publication it is impossible
to know. The rival edition of Simon de Luere had appeared in
the middle (June 17) of the year 1501, and this may have influenced
in some way the destiny of the Bevilaqua edition. When, at last,
it was determined by somebody — possibly the guardians of the
estate or its creditors — that the book must be published and sold,
it was discovered that one important portion of Petrarch's writ-
ings, the BucoUcum carmen, had not been included. A manuscript
of the omitted poems, with a commentary by Petrarch's cor-
respondent, Benvenuto, was perhaps hastily procured and as
hastily prepared for the press under no especially skilled super-
vising eye. It was given to the compositors, who set it up, and
with it the name of the commentator, and of the old copyist —
Origono, or Horigono — ^who, nearly a hundred years before, had
attached to the manuscript his name and the date [14 16] at which
he had finished the transcript, which was not an uncommon thing
for a scribe of those days to do.

96 Bibliographical Society of America

Thus the "noble art of guessing," commended to his
students by the late Professor Corson as a useful aid in
translation, is of service to the bibliographer as well.

Enjoyment of the book, pleasure in tracing the for-
tunes of the persons concerned in its production, interest
in communicating these dehghts to his congenial reader —
these are characteristic traits seldom missing from any
page. It is perhaps well for the development of bib-
liography in general that its makers are tethered by the
economic considerations mentioned above, as well as by
the requirements of a rational standardization, so much
emphasized as time goes on. But there is refreshment
of spirit in conning the well-wrought lines of this book-
lover unhampered in the exercise of the art by which he
gave to others out of his store of knowledge, gathered by
labor which was, from first to last, con amore.

ijli

WILLARD FISKE AND ICELANDIC
BIBLIOGRAPHY

BY HALLDOR HERMANNSSON

About 1840 some interest was awakened in this country
in the Old Icelandic literature in connection with Profes-
sor Rafn's pubhcation of the sources on the discovery of
the American Continent by the Norsemen; this will be
seen from several articles and reviews which at that time
appeared in various American periodicals. With most
people the curiosity stopped at that. But there was at
least one man who carried farther his interest in the lan-
guages and the literatures of the North. This was
George Perkins Marsh, who made quite a notable collec-
tion of books in that field and from whose active pen there
came in 1838 a translation of Rask's Icelandic grammar,
a most useful work at that time, and one which had con-
siderable influence upon the career of a young student in
Hamilton College, Daniel WiUard Fiske.

Through the study of Rask's grammar Fiske acquired
some insight into the Icelandic language, and through a
few other English works his interest in the literature and
traditions of Iceland was aroused. Among these books
were the Percy-Blackwell rendering of Mallet's Northern
Antiquities (3d edition, 1847), Carlyle's essays on Odin in
On Heroes and Hero Worship, and perhaps also Sir Walter
Scott's paraphrase of the Eyrhyggja saga.

98 Bibliographical Society of America

In 1849, in his eighteenth year, Fiske left college
and went to Copenhagen, a great undertaking for an
impecunious youth in those early days. In Copenhagen
he soon became acquainted with Carl Christian Raf n, who
still directed the activities of the Royal Society of Northern
Antiquaries. Fiske, I believe, did some translating for
the Society. There also he made his first Icelandic
acquaintances, among whom were Jon SigurSsson, the
political leader and scholar, for whom he always expressed
the greatest admiration, and Gisli Brynjulfsson, who was
his first teacher in Icelandic. Most of his time was, how-
ever, spent at the University of Upsala until he returned
to America in 1 85 2 . He planned to make a trip to Iceland
at that time, but it had to be abandoned. He had
acquired a good knowledge of the languages and litera-
tures of the Scandinavian nations, but he always was
most interested in Iceland.

Soon after Fiske's return his collection of books on Ice-
land and Icelandic literature became known as the best
of its kind in the United States. Journalism and academic
duties occupied most of Fiske's time during the following
years, and it was not until about 1874, the year of Ice-
land's millennial celebration, that we find him again in
active communication with Icelanders. His interest in
this jubilee and the articles he wrote about it made his
name known to the general public in Iceland, so that when
he visited that country five years later, for the first and
the only time, he was given a warm welcome by the people,
and on his travels there found hospitality everywhere.

Willard Fiske and Icelandic Bibliography 99

Before his leaving Iceland even the farmers of the neigh-
borhood of Reykjavik invited him to a banquet, because,
as they said, they wished to pay their respects to him like
the other classes. At that time Fiske knew Icelandic well,
and spoke it with comparative ease. Seldom before had
there been a foreign visitor in Iceland who met with such
a welcome and who became so acquainted with the people
in general as did Fiske. I recall one exception which must
be mentioned here, that of Konrad Maurer, of Munich,
who traveled there in the summer of 1858, and who of all
foreigners remained the most profound student of Ice-
landic matters, ancient and modem. He and Fiske later
became close friends through their common interest in
Iceland.

A few years after Fiske's visit to Iceland he resigned
his academic positions in Cornell University and went to
Europe to live. He could thenceforth devote himself
exclusively to his books and studies. Although he never
revisited Iceland, he made several trips to the other Scan-
dinavian countries and on them he met many Icelanders.
His visits to the Scandinavian capitals generally had the
purpose of collecting books and making studies in the
libraries there. He invariably carried with him to Flor-
ence from such trips many additions to his Icelandic col-
lection, which he kept there until the day of his death,
when by his bequest it became the property of Cornell
University.

There was nothing novel in the idea of bringing
together an Icelandic library. We know how in the

loo Bibliographical Society of America

seventeenth century the Danish and Swedish governments
vied with one another in securing Icelandic manuscripts,
the Danes by governmental letters urging prominent men
in Iceland to send manuscripts to Copenhagen for the use
of Danish scholars, the Swedes sending their agents to
Iceland to purchase these treasures. Ami Magnusson
was the greatest of these collectors; he had a real genius
for collecting, and his official position as a royal commis-
sioner gave him an excellent opportunity during his
travels throughout the country to secure things which
otherwise might never have been found. He also brought
together a rich harvest of Icelandic printed books, prob-
ably a larger collection than anyone had made before him.
Unfortunately these were practically all lost in the great
fire of 1728.

A little later Ludvig Harboe, the Danish divine, who
for a short time held the office of general inspector of the
Icelandic dioceses, may be mentioned as a collector of
Icelandic books. To him we owe the first printed list of
books from the Icelandic press, incomplete to be sure, but
nevertheless of considerable value. His large library was
sold at auction in Copenhagen, and in the catalogue
printed for the occasion there are some items of which
no copy is now known.

The largest private collection of Icelandic books and
works relating to Iceland before Fiske's was that of Jon
SigurSsson, to whom I have referred above. He began
collecting shortly before the middle of the nineteenth cen-.
tury and continued it until his death in 1879. His library

Willard Fiske and Icelandic Bibliography loi

and manuscripts were bought by the Icelandic government
and passed after his death to the National Library in
Reykjavik. This collection was of great value, made as
it was with the owner's critical judgment, care, and
unequaled knowledge of all Icelandic matters. There
were also several smaller Icelandic collectors whose names
it is not necessary to mention here. Outside of Iceland
there have always been scholars who took pains to secure
good libraries of the old literature of Iceland, but who
cared little or nothing for the modern.

Public libraries are of recent origin in Iceland. A
hundred years ago the National Library was founded and
for a long time it has been entitled to two copies of every-
thing which is printed in the country, and some of the
smaller public libraries enjoy now the same privilege.
But in this respect the Danish Ubraries — the Royal
Library and the University Library of Copenhagen — had
an earlier start; the order to deliver copies of all printed
Icelandic books to them dates from the eighteenth cen-
tury. For this and other reasons they possess in many
respects a better collection of Icelandic books, especially
of the earlier ones, than the Icelandic National Library.

These few points on Icelandic book-collecting I think
are not out of place here. I need not dweU upon the col-
lecting of modern Icelandic manuscripts, as it does not
concern us in this connection, because Fiske never sought
to buy or collect them. A few years before his death a
good-sized manuscript collection was offered to him. He
asked me to reply to the offer, saying that he did not want

I02 Bibliographical Society of America

it, as he preferred to see such collections remain in the
country where the manuscripts originated and where they
would be of most use. Shortly before a similar idea was
expressed to me by Professor Konrad Maurer, himself
owner of a good Icelandic library which has found its way
to Harvard University. And on the whole I think it
is a good rule and a wise one.

As mentioned above, Fiske began collecting Icelandic
books about the middle of the nineteenth century. His
purse was slim at that time and he probably was not able
to buy many of the rarer or more expensive books.* After
his visit to Iceland he commenced to buy on a larger scale
and to make efforts to secure the rare and early books he
wished to add to his hbrary. But bibliographical guides
were not always to be trusted.

As to the old Hterature he had good guides in Theodor
Mobius' Catalogus of 1856 and the Verzeichniss of 1880.
In respect to the modern hterature the way was not clear.
To be sure, there existed records of books printed in Ice-
land since the beginning of printing there, but they were
incomplete and inaccurate. The oldest was Harboe's Ust,
to which I have referred above. In his Historia Ecclesi-
astica IslandicB, Bishop Finnur Jonsson has given Hsts of
books issued from the Holar press and of works by Ice-

' He wrote a brief description of his whole library for the New York Eve-
ning Post, April 27, 1857, which was afterward included in James Wynne's
Private Libraries of New York (New York, i860), pp. 187-196. It is evident
from it that the Icelandic portion, which formed the nucleus of the collection
now at Cornell, was at that time of a considerable size, although the number
of volumes is not stated. Old books could then be bought at a much lower
price than a quarter of a century later.

Willard Fiske and Icelandic Bibliography 103

landic authors, whether printed in Iceland or abroad.
Similar bibliographical record is to be found in Halfddn
Einarsson's Sciagraphia historic literaricB Islandicce.
But most of the titles were in both of these works trans-
lated into Latin, and were very brief and often incomplete
and inaccurate; in many cases the information was not
based upon the writer's own examination of the books in
question, but upon the authority of earlier writers or
other witnesses. It is easy to see that this led to inac-
curacies and misstatements both as to titles and dates;
nor did these records contain any description of the books
beyond the brief title and the place and date of printing;
the size was often given, but not the number of pages.

In the Danish dictionaries of authors considerable
space was devoted to Icelandic writers with a list of their
works; those by Worm and by Nyerup and Kraft contain
much useful information, and a very fuU record, covering
the earlier hah of the nineteenth century, is to be found
in T. H. Erslew's Forfatter-Lexicon, which is a model dic-
tionary of authors. When Fiske visited Scandinavia all
these works were his inseparable companions; they guided
him in his book-collecting and he tested their accuracy by
his researches in the hbraries.

In the year 1877 Christian Bruun, the librarian of the
Royal Library in Copenhagen, began the publication of
Bibliotheca Danica, a systematic catalogue which includes
all books printed in Denmark and Iceland before 1830
which are to be found in Danish libraries. Although this
work does not fill all the demands we now make of a

I04 Bibliographical Society of America

bibliographical work, it is nevertheless very important and
indispensable for students of Icelandic bibliography. It
gives the titles, usually in abridged form, but no descrip-
tion of the books.

It was long before Fiske published anything about his
bibHographical studies. In 1885 appeared T. W. Lidder-
dale's Catalogue of the Books Printed in Iceland from 1578
to 1880, in the Library of the British Museum. This was
the best catalogue of Icelandic books so far printed.
When Fiske received it he found that he owned many
books which were not in it, and he decided to publish a
description of them. In 1886 he issued Bibliographical
Notices I: Books Printed in Iceland 1578-1844; a Supple-
ment to the British Museum Catalogue. This was followed
by a second supplement in 1889, a third in 1894, and a
fourth published after the author's death in 1907, largely
from his manuscript.

When the last list was printed the Fiske library had
aU but ten of the one hundred and seventy items described
in the British Museum Catalogue, and in the four lists
five hundred and forty-nine items, printed in Iceland dur-
ing that period, were described. Fiske selected the years
1 578-1844 because the first book in his possession was
printed in 1578, but the latter date he chose because, as
he says himself, "the removal of the then only existing
printing-house in the island of ViSey to the capital, which
was speedily followed by increased activity, by the estab-
lishment of other presses, and by marked changes in
typographical methods, makes the date of that event a
convenient stopping place."

Willard Fiske and Icelandic Bibliography 105

By the publication of Bibliographical Notices a scien-
tific basis was first laid for Icelandic bibliography.
Fiske did not originate any novel bibliographical method,
but for the first time in print he described Icelandic books
in a thorough, scientific way. He gave the titles most
minutely, analyzed the contents and described the make-
up and the history of each book. By this he rendered a
most valuable contribution to the history of printing in
Iceland as well as to the literary history of the coimtry.
This was the only way to ascertain the number of books
printed there and thus to correct, confirm, or refute, as
the case might be, the earlier records.

In the preface to the first Bibliographical Notices he
gave a historical survey of typographical peculiarities of
Icelandic books, such as the use of different characters or
types, abbreviations, signs, ornaments, and other customs
in printing. He intended to write something fuller on the
subject, but he never finished it. He did not pubUsh any
description of the numerous books in Icelandic or by Ice-
landic authors which were printed abroad, but confined
his lists to those printed in the country and those which
he owned.

He had, however, planned to publish a complete bib-
liographical record of all Icelandic books of the sixteenth
century, and in preparation for that he issued a brief ten-
tative list of such books as were known to him at the time.
He collected in various libraries material for that purpose,
but he never worked it out. This bibliography has now
been written by another hand and printed in the annual
volume of the Fiske Icelandic Collection, and I trust it is

io6 Bibliographical Society of America

written according to the principles he followed and as he
would have liked to see it done. It is expected that
similar bibliographical works will be pubUshed later so as
to continue and complete the work which he originated
and in which he took so great an interest.

I need not enter here into any description of th^ce-
landic Collection which Fiske brought together. Its rich-
ness can be seen from the catalogues of it which have
recently been printed. Suffice it to say that it i^ the
best of its kind, not only so far as Icelandic matters are
concerned, but also in certain other lines which are not
exclusively Icelandic. Thus it is very rich in books on
Scandinavian mythology and runology. And its char-
acter and fulness reflects the care and thoroughness of
its founder.

Fiske was a man of wide and accurate knowledge, and
painstaking in everything to which he devoted himself.
He was very quick in understanding things and in discern-
ing the important and essential points when deaUng with
books. He worked hard at times and with enthusiasm
on any subject he took up, but he had a tendency to work
intermittently or to start on something new before he had
completed what he had been working on. This was due
to a certain restlessness, and it explains why, in spite of
his enthusiasm and energy, he published little. But he
was one of the most agreeable men to work with I have
known. And what he has done for Icelandic bibliography
is of permanent value.

WILLARD FISKE IN ICELAND

BY PROVOST WILLIAM H. CARPENTER

Columbia University

Professor Fiske's journey to Iceland in the summer of
1879 was in every sense a sentimental journey. He had
long had it in mind. He had acquired an unusual knowl-
edge of Iceland, its literature, and its history while a
student in Sweden, and those early days had given him a
peculiar interest that lasted through his life in the extraor-
dinary happenings of the historical past — the romantic
settlement of the island by the Norsemen, the socially
and politically interesting rise of the free state, the
prodigious unfolding of an unparalleled literature of prose
and verse, of sagas and songs, that made of it a storehouse
of memory of the ancient days of the whole Germanic
race that otherwise had been lost and forgotten. He was
interested, too, in the actual conditions of the land and
people of the present, when to most of us Iceland is only
a remote island that we know of vaguely as a land of
frost and fire, as Carlyle has called it, and that we appre-
hend mistakenly as inhabited by a fur-clad people — who
never wear furs — as remote from our intellectual sym-
pathy and understanding as their island itself is remote
from our ordinary journeyings.

Professor Fiske was almost, if not quite, the earliest
of Americans to read Icelandic and actually to know at
first hand Icelandic literature, and not only to his interest
107

io8 Bibliographical Society of America

in it, but to his knowledge of it, is due the considerable
collection of Icelandic books that was got together at the
old Astor Library while he was assistant librarian and
which is now a valuable part of the great PubHc Library
of New York. In 1874, when Iceland had a pubHc and
indeed an international celebration of the one-thousandth
year of its settlement, he would have liked to go in person,
as he often said, to participate in so memorable an
event, but it could not be managed, and instead he got
together by personal appeal to pubUshers and others a
considerable collection of English books that were sent as
a gift to the Uttle capital of Reykjavik, and have today
(for a great many Icelanders read English) an interesting
and no doubt a useful and influential place in the pubUc
library of that small metropolis. During my own
winter in Iceland, I used to give thanks, frequent and
fervid, for this Fiske donation, since it helped me through
the long dark days that settle down and stay down through
weeks of forced inaction. Among others, I remember
with gratitude a complete set of Captain Marryat that
I never should have found leisure to read elsewhere, and
whose perusal from beginning to end I now treasure up as
a worth-while Uterary accomplishment.

To justify my own personal interest in things Icelandic
and to explain my ultimate participation in the senti-
mental journey, I would state, in the first place, that I
had become immensely interested in the Icelandic lan-
guage and literature while a student at Cornell Uni-
versity, as did everybody who came at all imder the

Willard Fiske in Iceland 109

influence of Professor Fiske's enthusiastic teaching.
When I went to Germany, as I did in 1878, to study
further the whole historical field of the Germanic lan-
guages, I at once took up again the study of Icelandic,
this time at Leipzig, with Anton Edzardi, early dead,
and became, with a wider knowledge of it, more and more
interested in its whole environment — ^what it had stood
for in the past, and, increasingly, what it was at the pres-
ent time. It was this latter aspect of the matter, in
particular, that led me eagerly to seize the opportunity
to join Professor Fiske and Arthur Reeves, a graduate
of the class of 1878 at Cornell, in the proposed journey to
Iceland, which Professor Fiske had written me from
America they were about to undertake by way of Leith
in Scotland, between which and Iceland there was regular
steamship communication. As it fell out, they preceded
me to Iceland, and instead of landing at Reykjavik they
continued on the ship to Akureyri in the extreme north
of the island and then came across the whole length of
the land on ponyback to Reykjavik, where in the mean-
time I had arrived by the Danish mail ship "Phoenix"
from Copenhagen.

The journey overland from Akureyri had been a
veritable triumphal progress, so far as an Iceland journey
could be with the daily halts at the widely isolated farm-
steads and parsonages, but I only personally knew of its
triumphant ending, for everywhere Professor Fiske was
expected and received, not as the chance traveler who
has come out of idle curiosity to spy out the land, but as

no Bibliographical Society of America

an honored guest who has been known only from afar and
has now come to receive a gladly extended welcome.

The succeeding days in Reykjavik were days of enter-
tainment— of dinners and teas at the governor's, the
bishop's, and the dignitaries' of the administration, which
were much like such social functions elsewhere, only the
setting of the Uttle village, with its beautiful outlook
over the bay to the many-colored slopes of Esja in the
distance and the snow-white cone of Snaefell rising out of
the sea on the remote horizon, was different and distinc-
tive, and our lodging in the one-storied black-tarred house
was more distinctive still.

In August we set out for a journey up into the interior
of the island with a relay of ponies, Gisli, the guide, and
Valur, the sheep-dog, who had been brought from the
north, and who looked with more than canine intelligence
after the long line of loose ponies that made up our caval-
cade. Icelandic ponies are short-legged, and in the cen-
turies-old bridle paths, which are often worn deep into
the ground, the stirrups are frequently knocked from the
feet. Professor Fiske, however, had been provided with
an unusually long-legged animal that the Duke of Hamil-
ton had previously ridden on a tourist's tour to the
Geysir, and I can still readily visualize him mounted high
above us, and can recall how he descanted whimsically,
as was his wont, on the advantage of being taller than
his fellows, which those of you who knew him well will
remember that under the ordinary circumstances of life
he was not.

Willard Fiske in Iceland iii

Traveling in Iceland is not the easy and comfortable
matter that it is in many lands no farther off the beaten
track. It is all on ponyback. There were no roads in
our day, except the short stretch out of Reykjavik, but
there was a network of bridle paths that had been used
for generations. It is up hill and down dale, when it is
not up mountain and down valley, and the snow line is
very low, so that there are not infrequent interruptions of
rain and hail on the heights and it is freezing cold. There
were no bridges over the swift-running rivers, which had to
be forded, or else by the seashore were crossed by ferry
at their mouths, with the horses swimming head and tail
in a long line behind.

It was all picturesque and interesting, but it needed at
times some equanimity to carry it off, and the younger
members of the party sometimes complained at what
they got and what they did not get. Professor Fiske,
however — and that was his inevitable characteristic as a
traveler, for I have traveled with him in many lands — took
it all as a matter of course, with that bright optimism
that belonged to him under all the conditions and cir-
cumstances of life. In Iceland, particularly, he felt, I
am sure, beside this, with his knowledge and his sympa-
thies, that he had come into his own.

It was a memorable journey. We visited first of all
the steaming plain of the Great Geysir, which failed,
however, to erupt, as it frequently does, although the
Strokkur, the next best spouting spring, was made, as
the custom is, admirably to do its duty. The main

112 Bibliographical Society of America

intention in setting out was to see the old open-air
parliament place at Thingvellir, to get a nearby view of
Hekla, and to inspect with our own eyes some of the
principal places of the Njdls Saga, the great prose epic
and epitome of Icelandic life in the classic age of its
history.

This short paper cannot be a detailed itinerary,
although I have been tempted to make it so, so well do I
remember the incidents. We visited the squaUd farm-
stead on the site of HHsarendi, the old home of Gunnar
— the most national and characteristic figure of the Nj41s
Saga, and, in fact, of the whole prose literature of Iceland —
where can still be traced the walls of the hall in which he
met his heroic death. It was the view from HliSarendi
that held him back from flight to safety after he had been
outlawed at the Althing: "Fair," he said, "is the Lithe;
so fair that it has never seemed to me so fair; the com
fields are white to harvest, and the home mead is mown;
and now I will ride back home, and not fare abroad at aU."
The view is stiU there — the distant mountains, the broad
plain, and the winding river, but there are no more fertile
fields here or elsewhere in Iceland, and whether due to
climatic change, as some suppose, or to racial decadence,
Iceland is no longer in this, as in many respects, the
recognizable land of the sagas. At Bergthorshvoll, in
the plain, we stopped at the farmstead where once was the
hall of the patient and magnanimous Njdll, in which he and
many of his household were burned in the long feud that
is the central theme of the saga. Both Hll5arendi —
Lithe End — and Bergthorshvoll stiU bear their old saga

Willard Fiske in Iceland 113

names, the latter having now, as then, the name of Njdll's
wife, Bergthora, who, like Gunnar's wife, HallgerQa, was a
principal actor and, indeed, in the one case the main-
spring of action in the tragedy. For in Old Iceland, as
everywhere else in the world of men, it has been and is
cherchez la Jemme, and so will it doubtless be to the end
of time.

We went on to Hekla and stayed overnight at the
farmstead at its foot. Everywhere we were received as
guests whom it was a delight to entertain with the best
during our sojourn, and at our departure it was a frequent
experience that a book, or sometimes several books, would
be given to Professor Fiske, and no doubt often highly
prized ones in which he had shown an interest, and which
now are a part of the great collection at Cornell Univer-
sity of Icelandic literature, the greatest in America, and
certainly one of the greatest today in the world.

On our journey back we stopped overnight at the
farmstead of Oddi, where was once the old home of
Saemund the Wise and the home in his early days of
Snorri, the most remarkable man that Iceland ever pro-
duced, advocate, statesman, "speaker of the law," his-
torian, and poet, the author of the Heimskringla, the
monumental History of the Kings of Norway, and of the
Snorra Edda, the Avesta of the Germanic people. And
in a way most memorable of all, we spent a long day
at ThingveUir, the place of the old parliament, the
Althing, that for nearly nine hundred years was held
here in the open air and for all this long period was the
active center of the social and political life of Iceland.

114 Bibliographical Society of America

The sites of the foundations of the booths that were occu-
pied during the midsummer sessions of the Althing were
still visible as grass-grown mounds, but the place was as
still as the little graveyard of the nearby church, and
nothing has remained unchanged except the lake, the
eternal rocks, and the river. That night we slept in the
little church, but the increasing cold reminded us that it
was time to think of more comfortable conditions, and
we turned, with the thought that an experience unfor-
gettable had been ended, back toward Reykjavik.

There was again a round of entertainment which had
its culmination in a great public banquet at the hospital,
which the whole male population of the town and the
surrounding country attended. Professor Fiske, as the
guest of honor, was of course expected to make a respon-
sive speech, and, though his Icelandic was reasonably
ample for the ordinary purposes of daily communication,
it was not enough for the effect that was expected of him
on such an important and formal occasion. I remember
him for several days laboring with "Cleasby and Vig-
fusson," the big Icelandic dictionary, to work out the
speech that he subsequently committed to memory and
delivered with great impressiveness, with tremendous
effect, and to an unbounded applause that still rings in
my ears as I write of it. A song had been written for
the occasion, the refrain of which was sung with a growing
warmth of enthusiasm with which the climate had little
to do. I have long since forgotten the verses, but the
refrain was repeated so insistently that it has stayed to

Willard Fiske in Iceland 115

this day, a flotsam of memory, as such things do, and it

goes like this:

Heili Fiske, vor kjaeri.
Me9 fjelogum tveim,
I>eir fegins gestir
Fra Vesturheim!

Hail Fiske, our beloved,
With companions twain.
Those joyful guests
From the Western World!

It was only a short time after that Fiske and Reeves
said farewell, and I know a reluctant one, to Iceland and
to the many friends who saw them rowed away to the
ship in the offing that was to take them back to Scotland
and on their way to America. With the rest I waved them
from the shore until they were aboard my own farewell,
for I had decided to stay until the spring mail ship should
take me back to Denmark, but that is another story that
has Uttle to do with this one and requires another telling.

I saw Professor Fiske many times after the Icelandic
journey and he was never tired of recaUing its adventures.
It is given to few men to have lived the varied and event-
ful life that was Professor Fiske's — a very human life,
fuU of the lights, and at times the shades too, of a wide
experience of hving, and notably full of the satisfactions
of successful accompUshment. The Icelandic journey,
of which I have given you what seems to me now only a
shadow, long looked forward to, was an event that
rounded out for him one more phase of his untiring quest
in search of knowledge and of truth.

WILLARD FISKE'S WRITINGS ON ICELAND

COMPILED BY ELISA JEBSEN
I. ICELANDIC BIBLIOGRAPHIES

Bibliographical notices I. Books printed in Iceland, 1578-1844;
a supplement to the British Museum Catalogue. [Florence,
printed by Le Monnier successors, 1886.] Pp. 29.

Contents: Preliminary note, pp. [3]-4; Principal authorities,
p. 4; Books printed in Iceland between 1578 and 1844, pp. [s]-26;
Index of names and titles, pp. 26-29; Erratum, p. 29.

This includes books published in Iceland, 1578-1844, in Mr. Fbke's col-
lection, not to be found in the library of the British Museum.

The arrangement is chronological. Titles are given in full for books
printed earlier than the nineteenth century, with full collation and contents
and historical notes, as well as a description and history of the copy in Mr.
Fiske's possession, and the names of libraries possessing copies.

BibUographical notices IV. Books printed in Iceland, 1578-
1844; a second supplement to the British Museum Catalogue.
[Florence, printed at the Le Monnier press, 1889.] Pp. 28.

Contents: Preliminary note, p. [2]; Books printed in Iceland
between 1578 and 1844 (second list), pp. [31-25; Index of names
and titles, pp. 25-28; Table of contents, p. 28.

BibUographical notices V. Books printed in Iceland, 1578-
1844; a third supplement to the British Museum Catalogue.
[Florence, printed at the Le Monnier press, 1890.] Pp. 29.

Contents: Preliminary note, pp. [31-4; Books printed in
Iceland |)etween 1578 and 1844 (third hst), pp. [5]-26; Index of
names and titles, pp. 26-29; Table of contents, p. 29,

Bibliographical notices VI. Books printed in Iceland, 1578-
1844; a fourth supplement to the British Museum Catalogue, with

116

Willard Fiske's Writings on Iceland 117

a general index to the four supplements. Ithaca, New York,
1907. Pp. 47, [i]-

Contents: PreUminary note, pp. [3]-4; Books printed in
Iceland between 1578 and 1844 (fourth Ust), pp. [51-36; Index of
names and titles, pp. [37J-47, comp. by H. Hermannsson; Addenda
and corrigenda, p. 47; Table of contents, p. [48] (indicating place
of printing).

Completed by Halld6r Hermannsson, and published after the author's
death.

Icelandic books of the sixteenth century. [Florence, printed
attheLeMonnierpress, cfl. 1886.] Pp.4. Caption title. Signed:
W. Fiske, Florence, Italy.

"The list k preliminary to a full-title catalogue of works in Icelandic
published before the close of the i6th century. Only the first two or three
lines of the title are given, together with an abridgment of the imprint (or
colophon)." This list was based on the collection in the Royal Library,
Copenhagen, and printed for the purpose of obtaining further information about
Icelandic books of that period in other libraries.

n. ARTICLES ON ICELANDIC LITERATURE

Icelandic Language and Literature. In the New American
Cyclopaedia, pubUshed by D. Appleton & Co., New York, 1859-
1863, Vol. IX, pp. 441-444.

Mr. Fiske also contributed articles on Denmark, Vol. VI, pp. 385-389;
Norway, Vol. XII, pp. 414-416; Netherlands, Vol. XII, pp. 202-204; Sweden,
Vol. XV, pp. 221-230.

The Icelandic language. How to study it, and why to study
it, by Professor Willard Fiske, Cornell University. In the College
Courant, New Haven, Connecticut, May 16, 1874.

Icelandic literary estabhshments. [Berlin, printed by A. W.
Schade (L. Schade), 1880.] Pp. [2]. Signed: W. Fiske, Berlm,
January 16, 1880.

ii8 Bibliographical Society of America

Icelandic notes. [On modem Icelandic literature.] [Berlin,
printed by A. W. Schade (L. Schade), 1880.] Pp. 4. Signed
W. F. I, Berlin, February 18, 1880.

Iceland's annals. In the Nation, New York, January 22, 1880.

Reviews of Sturlunga saga, ed. by Gudbrand Vfgfusson, Oxford, 1878, and
an Icelandic prose reader, by Gudbrand Vfgfusson and F. York Powell, Oxford,
1879.

On Recent Icelandic Literature. In the Berkeley Quarterly,
San Francisco, 1881. Vol, II, pp. 72-79.

The Living Authors of Iceland. In [Bulletin of] The Library of
Cornell University, Ithaca, 1882-1883. Vol. I, pp. 78-82, 110-114.

This list was compiled by Mr. Bogi Th. Melsted, but was translated and
edited with additions by Mr. Fiske.

m. WRITINGS ON ICELANDIC CHESS

Chess in Iceland and in Icelandic literature, with historical
notes on other table games. Florence, the Florentine Typo-
graphical Society, 1905. Pp. ix, [2], 400. Port., illustr., diagrs.

Contents: Polar chess, [i]-9; Chess in the sagas, 9-24; The
story of Frithiof, 25-32; Stray notes, 33-363; Index, [3651-398;
Corrigenda, [399]-400.

This volume was not completed when Mr. Fiske died, and it was concluded
by Horatio S. White, George W. Harris, and Halld6r Hermannsson.
There were two important articles reviewing this work:

Fiske's Chess in Iceland. By H. J. R. Murray, in the Nation,
New York, Vol. LXXXI, August 17, 1905, p. 149.

Das Schachspiel in Island. By E. P. Evans, in Beilage zur
Allgemeinen Zeitung, 18 Juni, 1905.

Ein islandisches Schachbuch. In Deutsche Schachzeitung,
Leipzig, 1880. XXXV. Jahrg., pp. 129-134.
Treats of J6sef Grfmsson's SpUabdk.

The origin of chess. In the Nation, New York, Vol. LXXI,
August 16, 1900, p. 132; and October 4, 1900, p. 270.

Willard Fiske's Writings on Iceland 119

Das heutige islandische Schachspiel, von W. Fiske. Son-
derabdruck aus Deutsche Schachzeitung, Band LVI, Nos. 5 and 6,
1901. [Leipzig: Veit & Co., 1901.] Pp. 5. Cover title.

I uppndmi. Islenzkt skakrit. 1901-1902. [Leipzig.] Pp. vi,
187; viii, 86.

Edited by Mr. Fiske and Mr. Hermannsson.

The material collected by Mr. Fiske was issued by Mr. White as:

Chess Tales & Chess Miscellanies. London, Longmans Green
and Co. [1912.] Pp. xiii, 428. 16 plates.

IV. MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS

Iceland. In the Times, London, October i, 1879. Dated
Reykjavik, September 20. Commented on by a leader in the
Times, October 3, 1879.

Icelandic notes. [Description of modern Iceland.] [Berlin,
printed by A. W. Schade, 1880.] Pp. [5]-8. Signed W. F. II,
Berlin, April 5, 1880.

Mimir, Icelandic institutions with addresses, 1913. Copen-
hagen, printed by M. Truelsen, 1903. Pp. viii, 80, 8.

Contents: Institutions and hsts of authors (in Iceland, Den-
mark, and America), pp. 1-24; Foreign Icelandic scholars, pp.
25-46; Current Icelandic serials, pp. 47-49; Notes on Icelandic
matters, pp. 50-80; Supplement: Foreign Icelandic scholars,
pp. 3-8.

In the prefatory note this volume is called "the first tentative issue of
Mfmir"; it is the only part that was published.

Book collections in Iceland. [Copenhagen, M. Truelsen, 1903.]
Pp- 7> [i]- Caption title.

Contents: The two central Ubraries in the capital; Other
libraries.

Constitutional changes in Iceland. From the Times (London),
October 13, 1903. [Florence, the Landi press.] Pp. 9, [i]. Cap-
tion title.

"With slight modifications and some additions by the writer."

I20 Bibliographical Society of America

Fdlkinn. In Isafold. Reykjavik, October 27, 1886. Vol.

XIII, pp. 173-174-

A criticism of the proposed flag for Iceland.

The ancient Vinland. In the Evening Post, New York, March
24, 1874.

On the discovery of America by the Northmen.

The Icelandic Discovery of America. In the Nation. New
York, January 15, 1891. Vol. LII, pp. 54-56.

A review of A. M. Reeves's The Finding of Windand the Good.

V. NEWSPAPER ARTICLES ON ICELANDIC MILLENNIAL, 1 874

Iceland's millennial, 874-1874. In the New York Herald,
Monday, March 2, 1874.

Iceland, its millennial anniversary and its new constitution.
In the Journal, Syracuse, New York, March 9, 1874.

About a new constitution. In the Cornell Times, Ithaca,
March 11, 1874.

A pleasant yacht trip. In Forest and Stream, New York,
March 12, 1874.

A letter to Professor R. B. Anderson. In the State Journal,
Madison, Wisconsin, March 18, 1874.

Urging him to collect books for Icelandic libraries as a gift from America
on the occasion of the millennial anniversary.

A Thousandth Anniversary. In the Evening Post, New York,
March 17, 1874.

Icelandic notes. In the Cornell Era, April 10, 1874.

VI. ARTICLES ON j6n SIGUR2?SS0N

An Icelandic statesman. In the Journal, Syracuse, New York,
March 27, 1874.

[Notice on the occasion of the death of Jon SigurSsson.] In the
Nation, January 15, 1880.

Willard Fiske's Writings on Iceland 121

Jon SigurSsson, a sketch by Professor Willard Fiske. Death
of the Icelandic patriot and scholar. The story of what he
accompUshed for his country. Literary and political labors. His
funeral at Copenhagen. In the New York Tribune, January 4,
1880. Signed and dated Berlin, December 18, 1879.

Iceland's champion. Death of J6n SigurZJsson, statesman,
scholar, and historian. The champion of Iceland's independence.
In the New York Herald, Friday, January 9, 1880. Dated Copen-
hagen, December 15, 1879.

Iceland. In Galignani's Messenger, No. 20, 128. Dated
Paris, January 6, 1880.

Kleine Mittheilungen. In Natumal-Zeitung, Berlin, 24 Dezem-
ber, 1879.

Jon Sigur2fsson. In the Kolnische Zeiiung, 23 Dezember, 1879,
No. 355.

VII. POEMS TRANSLATED FROM THE ICELANDIC

By the sea; from the Icelandic of Steingrimur Thorsteinson.
In the Cornell Era, November 28, 1879, Vol. XII, No. 11. Signed
W. F.

A mystical vision; from the Icelandic of Matthias Jochumsson.
Signed W.F. In the Corw^^^ Era, November 28, 1879. Signed W.F.

CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY PUBLICATIONS ON
ICELANDIC LITERATURE

Islandica; an annual relating to Iceland and the Fiske Icelandic

collection in Cornell University Library. Ithaca, New York, 1908-

1917. Vols. I-X.

Besides maMng provision for the maintenance of the Icelandic collection
which he had bequeathed to the Cornell University Library, Mr. Fiske also
gave the sum of $5,000, the income of which was to be expended "for the pur-
poses of the publication of an annual volume relating to Iceland and the said
Icelandic collection in the library of the said university."

Vol. I. Halldor Hermannsson. BibUography of the Icelandic
sagas and minor tales. 1908. 7 p.l., pp. 126.

122 Bibliographical Society of America

Contents: Introduction, by G. W. Harris; Prefatory note, by
H. Hermannsson; Bibliography; Appendix: a list of poetical
writings and works of prose fiction on subjects from the Icelandic
sagas. Contains only titles found in the Fiske collection or in
Cornell University Library. Pp. 5.

This includes only the Icelandic sagas proper (tslendinga sogur), that is,
the sagas and tales ())aettir), historical and fictitious, the scene of which is
Iceland, or which treat of Icelandic persons at home or abroad, from the
settlement of Iceland in the ninth century, until the end of the Common-
wealth in 1264, and which were written before the end of the fourteenth
century.

The arrangement is alphabetical according to names of sagas, the old
Icelandic form of names being used. Under each title the arrangement is
chronological, giving: (i) editions of the text in the original; (2) translations,
alphabetical according to language, and chronological under each language;
(3) list of books and articles about the saga. Following the main entry are
brief notes about each saga, giving the approximate date of events, date of
composition, the probable author, if any, and the name, location, and date of
MS or MSS. Old or important editions have also full notes, giving contents,
description of the copy in the Cornell Library, and references to periodicals, as
well as to books and bibliographies.

The names of editors and translators are always given when known. There
are full bibliographical data for all editions and translations. Titles not found
in the Fiske collection are marked with a dagger.

Vol. II. Halldor Hermannsson. The Northmen in America
(982-ca. 1500). A contribution to the bibliography of the subject.
1909. 5 p.L, pp. 94.

Contents: List of sagas forming the principal sources for the
history of the Norse voyages to America and Greenland. Bib-
liography.

This contains principally a list of writings commenting upon the accounts
given in the sagas of the voyages to America, and the settlements made there
by the ancient Norwegians and Icelanders. It includes also works com-
menting upon the voyages to and settlements in Greenland. It includes only
a few works not found in the Cornell Library and does not aim at completeness.

The arrangement is alphabetical according to author.

Important works have descriptive notes and bibliographical references,
with a list of books and articles about the work. Full table of contents of
collective works and bibliographical references are given.

Cornell University Publications on Iceland 123

Vol. III. Halldor Hermannsson. Bibliography of the sagas
of the kings of Norway, and related sagas and tales. 1910. 4 p.l.,

PP- 75-

Contents: Preface; BibUography; Appendix, containing edi-
tions of and works about Noregs konungatal, VamarraeSa moti
biskupum, and Annalar islenzkir.

This comprises the sagas of the kings of Norway (Konunga sogur) and all
minor tales (J)a2ttir) connected with them, as well as related, more or less
historical, sagas and tales concerning the Faeroes, the Orkneys, Denmark,
Sweden, and Russia (GartJarfki). The period covered is that from the earlier
half of the ninth century down to the reign of Magnfis Lagaboetir (i 263-1 280).
Three Latin sagas are included: Theodorici Monachi Historia de antiquitate
regum Norwagiensum, Historia de profectione Danorum in Terram Sanctam,
Historia Norwegiae.

The arrangement is the same as in Vol. I. The entry is under the names of
sagas. There is a short biographical note about the person of which each saga
treats. Separate entry is made of the sagas of individual kings, with reference
to the larger works in which they occur. The historical and literary notes
following the main entry of each saga make the work valuable for reference, not
merely from a bibliographical point of view. On account of the many entries
under individual kings the list can also serve as an index to the early kings of
Norway, with references to the sagas which treat of their lives. References are
given to works in which facsimiles of MSS can be found.

Vol. IV. Halldor Hermannsson. The ancient laws of Norway
and Iceland; a bibhography. 191 1. 5 p.l., pp. 83.

Contents: Collections and Diplomataria (pp. 1-6) ; Individual
texts (pp. 7-31); History and criticism (pp. 32-77); Bibliography
and biography.

This contains a full list of the law texts and other legal records of Norway
and Iceland from the earliest times down to the year 1387, as well as the modem
literature dealing with the subject.

Arrangement:

1. Collections and diplomataria. There are only 16 entries and no system-
atic arrangement. Full entries give the contents. Reference is made to books
and articles, chiefly of textual criticism. Entries for less important diplomataria
are printed with smaller type.

2. Individual texts, arranged alphabetically according to names of laws
in the old Icelandic form: (a) Historical notes, including information about

124 Bibliographical Society of America

the MSS in which the text is preserved, with references to works containing
facsimiles. (6) Reprints as well in diplomataria as separately. In many cases
it is stated from which MS the reprint is taken. The arrangement under each
entry is chronological, translations following texts in the original. References
are given to books and articles about a special edition, following the entry of
that edition, and to the laws in general at the end of all the entries, including
translations.

3. History and criticism, alphabetically arranged according to author, and
chronologically under each author. There are references to reviews and
criticisms of the works. All historical and critical works other than those to
which references are made in section i are entered here.

4. Bibliography and biography, in two alphabets. The biographical list
contains the names of jurists with references to works in which information
about them can be found.

5. Subject index.

Vol. V. Halld6r Hermannsson. Bibliography of the mythical-
heroic sagas (Fomaldar sogur). 191 2. 5 p.l., pp. 73.

This comprises the non-historical sagas dealing with the times before the
foundation of the kingdom of Norway and the colonization of Iceland; written
in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, including some which are of non-
Scandinavian origin, l^gi-sogur and stj6pmaeSra sogur. — Of the Volsung- and
Niblung-literature only those titles and articles which are of importance to the
Norwegian-Icelandic version of the legend have been included. Articles on
the heroic poems of the Edda, excepting those dealing with textual criticism,
have been included.

Contents and arrangement:

1. Collections: (a) Texts; 6 entries, (b) Translations, alphabetical
according to language. The contents are fully given both in (a) and (6).
(c) General works about the Fomaldar sogur in general; arranged alphabetically
according to author.

2. Individual sagas. Notes and arrangement as in Vols. I and HI of
Islandica.

Appendix I: Saxo Grammatici Gesta Danonmi, containing a list of
editions of Saxo, chronologically arranged and followed by translations,
and a list of commentaries on the first 9 books on the history and its
author.

Appendix II: Editions of Hvenske kronike.

Appendix III: Spurious sagas, containing editions of and works on the
Hamlet saga (Amb&les saga), Andra saga jarls, and Huldar saga.

Cornell University Publications on Iceland 125

Vol. VI. Halldor Hermannsson. Icelandic authors of today,
with an appendix giving a Ust of works dealing with modern
Icelandic literature. 1913. Pp. xiv, 69.

Contents: Preface, 8 pp., containing a sketch of the history of
Icelandic literature. Icelandic authors of today; biographical Ust.
Includes only living authors of some consequence. Appendix:
list of books and essays relating to modern Icelandic literature
(since 1550), 6 pp. Monographs on individual authors are as a
rule not included. The Ust does not claim to be exhaustive.

The arrangement is alphabetical by author, including biographical notes
and works by the author, and contributions to periodicals, in chronological
order, giving only the title and date. Under each author reference is made to
books and articles about him. The titles of articles in periodicals are given in
English translation. In the Appendix the arrangement is alphabetical by
author without regard to language.

Vol. VII. HaUdor Hermarmsson. The story of Griselda in
Iceland; edited with an introduction. 1914. 3 p.l., pp. xviu, 48.

Contents: Preface: The story of Griselda in Iceland. Histor-
ical review of the different Icelandic versions of the Griselda tale.
Reprints of some of these versions, viz.: KvaeSi um Grisilla eptir
Jjorvald Rognvaldsson, pp. 1-6; ^fintyr af einum hertoga, er
kallast Valtari, pp. 7-12; Her skrifast sagan af Grishildi J)oUn-
moSu, pp. 12-23; Her byrjast sagan af Grishildi goSu, pp. 24-45;
Sagan af Grishildi goSu, pp. 46-48.

All these are edited from the MS copies of the Icelandic versions of the
Griselda story which Mr. Fiske had brought together for his Petrarch collection.
Various readings of different MSS are given in notes.

Vol. VIII. HaUdor Hermannsson. An Icelandic satire (Lof
l^ginnar) written at the beginning of the eighteenth century by
])orleifur Halldorsson; edited with an introduction and appendix.
1915. 3 p.l., pp. xix, 54.

Contents: Introduction, pp. [i]-xix; Lof l^ginnar, pp.
[i]~34; Ne vacent pageUae, Lecturis et Audituris S. D. Author,

126 Bibliographical Society of America

pp. [351-36; Appendix (containing ]?orleifur Halld6rsson's letters
and poems), pp. [37J-S4.

Vol. DC. Halld6r Hermannsson. Icelandic books of the
sixteenth century (1534-1600), 1916. 3 p.L, pp. xii, 72.

Contents: Introduction, pp. [i]-xii: Icelandic books of the
sixteenth century, pp. 68, with reproductions; Index of personal
names and titles, pp. [69]-72.

This bibliography attempts to describe all books printed in Iceland, or
in Icelandic, or by Icelandic authors, during the sixteenth century, of which
copies are known; books or editions which have been recorded, either rightly or
wrongly, in other works dealing with the subject are also mentioned.

The arrangement is chronological, and usually alphabetical under each
year.

The entry includes the year, full title, collation, bibliographical and his-
torical notes, very often facsimiles, reference to articles and books, and names of
libraries which possess copies. Books or editions of which no copy is known to
exist are mentioned along with the others in the list, in smaller type, with
references to books or writers where mention of them can be foimd.

Vol. X. Halldor Hermannsson. Annalium in Islandia Far-
rago and De mirabilibus Islandiae, by Gisli Oddson, bishop of
Skalholt; edited with an introduction and notes. 1917. 3 p.l.,
pp. XV, 84.

Contents: Introduction, pp. [i]-xv; Reprint of Annaliimi in
Islandia Farrago, pp. [i]-27; Notes and variants, pp. 7-30;
Reprint of De mirabilibus Islandiae, pp. [3i]-8i; Illustrations;
Tituli capitum, pp. 81-82; Notes and Corrigenda and Errata,
pp. 83-84.

Halldor Hermannsson. Catalogue of the Icelandic collection
bequeathed by Willard Fiske. Ithaca, New York, 1914. Pp.
viii, [4], 755-

This includes: (i) editions and translations of old Icelandic and old Norse
texts, with histories and commentaries on that literature. Works on the
language, reUgion, history, manners, etc., of the Scandinavian nations in early
times, principally the Norwegians and the Icelanders. (2) Modem Icelandic
literature, beginning with the first book printed in Iceland, in 1540. It includes

Cornell University Publications on Iceland 127

about 10,200 voliunes in the Icelandic collection, besides a few titles in the
University Library outside of the collection.

Runic literature is not included. The arrangement is alphabetical.
Contents and historical and bibliographical notes are frequently given, and
there are many cross-references. Subject index, pp. [67i]-755.

Halldor Hermannsson. Catalogue of runic literature forming
a part of the Icelandic collection bequeathed by Willard Fiske.
Oxford University press, 1918. Pp. viii, [i], 105, [i], Plate.

This forms a supplement to the Catalogue of the Icelandic Collection, 19 14,
and covers the literature about the runes and the runic inscriptions. It includes
all the books, articles, and reviews dealing with the subject that are to be found
in the Fiske Icelandic Collection and in Cornell University Library. A few
titles (marked with a dagger) have been recorded, although not in the library,
because reviews or other writings connected with them are to be found there.

The catalogue does not pretend to be a complete bibliography of runology,
although it is the most comprehensive bibliography on the subject yet published.

Contents and arrangement: Preface, pp. [v]-viii. Catalogue of runic
literature forming a part of the Fiske Icelandic collection, pp. [i]-85, arranged
alphabetically according to author, with frequent cross-references. Contents
of, and frequently notes about, the works are given, as well as references to
reviews. Addenda, pp. 85-86. Appendix I: Runic coins (description of runic
coins in the Fiske collection), pp. [87]-88. Appendix II: Runic calendar.
Appendix III: Runic stones. Index of reviewers and other names in the notes,
pp. [891-90. Subject index, pp. [911-105. Abbreviations, pp. [106].

CATALOGUES OF COLLECTIONS GIVEN BY

WILLARD FISKE TO CORNELL

UNIVERSITY

[Willard Fiske.] A catalogue of Petxarch books. Ithaca,
New York, 1882. Pp. 67, 3.

Issued in November, 1882, in an edition of 160 copies, "privately printed
solely with the view of facilitating the increase of the collection," which then
contained about 1,200 volumes.

Cornell University Library. Catalogue of the Rhaeto-Romanic
collection presented to the Library by Willard Fiske. Ithaca,
New York, 1894. Pp. iv, 32.

It is a noteworthy fact that within six weeks Mr. Fiske succeeded in
gathering a very complete Rhaeto-Romanic collection of about 1,200 volumes.

Additions to the Rhaeto-Romanic collection. The Library
Bulletin of Cornell University, March, 1895, pp. 235-236.

Theodore Wesley Koch. Catalogue of the Dante collection
presented by Willard Fiske. Ithaca, New York, 1898-1899.
2 vols.

Part I. Dante's Works. 1898. Pp. 91.

Part II. Works on Dante (A-G). 1900. Pp. 93-268.

Vol. n, part II. Works on Dante (H-Z). 1898-1900. Pp. 269-soi.

Supplement, pp. 503-520. Index of Subjects, pp. 521-560. Index of
Passages, pp. 561-576. Iconography, pp. 577-606.

Titles and Introduction, signed W. F. Villa Landor, Florence, June, 1899.
Pp. iv, xxii.

The preparation of the Catalogue was carried on in intimate consultation
with Mr. Fiske. The major part of the collection, 7,000 volumes, was gath-
ered in three years.

Mary Fowler. Catalogue of the Petrarch collection bequeathed
by Willard Fiske. Oxford University Press, 1916. Pp. xviii, [4],
547, 2 plates.

138

Catalogues of Fiske Collections at Cornell 1 29

The collection now numbers some 4,000 volumes.

Contents and arrangement of the Catalogue: Preface, pp. [v]-vi. Con-
tents, p. [vii]. List of Dlustrations, p. [viii]. Introduction by Geo. Wm.
Harris, pp. [ix]-xviii. Biographical Explanations, i p. List of works cited,
I p. Abbreviations, i p. Addenda and corrigenda, i p. The Catalogue, in
two parts: Part I, Works of Petrarch, pp. 1-192; Part II, Works on Petrarch,
pp. 193-496. Appendix I, Iconography, pp. 497-509. Appendix II, Notes on
literary controversies, by W. Fiske, pp. 510-514. Subject Index, pp. 515-547.

MINUTES OF THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA

HELD AT SARATOGA SPRINGS, NEW

YORK, JULY 5, 1918

The meeting was called to order by the President, George
Watson Cole, in parlor number i of the Grand Union Hotel.

In his preliminary remarks the President spoke, in substance,
as follows:

It is not my purpose to occupy much of your time with an
extended address. Before taking up the program, however, a
few words should be said regarding our Society, of what has been
done since we last met, and of its present condition.

It gives me great pleasure to say that during the interval
between this meeting and that held at Louisville last year, much
work has been done, and that the results accomplished have
been most gratifying. This will be seen by the reports of the
Secretary and Treasurer, which will be read later. Unfortunately
neither of these oflScers is able to be present and read his report
in person.

Two numbers of the Papers have been issued and the print-
ing of the Census of Incunabula is well under way. The first
instalment of the Census appeared in the April number of the
Bulletin of the New York Public Library, and the second, in the
May number, completed the letter B.

For progress in this work we are imder special obligation to
the voluntary services of Dr. George Parker Winship, as editor,
and to the generosity of the New York PubUc Library which has
undertaken to print the Census without cost to the Society.

In order to carry on the expense of the editorial work, several
friends of the Society have come forward with contributions

130

Minutes of the Annual Meeting 131

aggregating $2050.00. Of this amount there remains enough
still unexpended to complete the work and leave a small surplus
to carry on any supplementary work that may be deemed advis-
able.

As planned, the Census will be completed in the December
Bulletin of the present year. A separate edition of 300 copies
will be printed for the use of the Library and 250 for the Society.
Of the latter, one hundred copies are to be printed on Old Strat-
ford paper, copies of which will be offered to subscribers at $10.00
each. The money so raised, together with whatever balance
there may be in the special fund, will be used for further work
in this field. As now planned, this will consist of full descrip-
tions of works, given in the Census, which have not heretofore
been described.

It is a source of great gratification that the project which
the late John Thomson, librarian of the Philadelphia Pubhc
Library, had so much at heart is on the eve of being accompUshed,
though in a somewhat modified form from that which he had
planned. The Census when completed will add still another
important work of reference for the use of American Hbrarians
and scholars.

The treasury of the Society is in a healthy state, enough
being on hand to meet the probable expenses of the fiscal year,
notwithstanding the increased expenditure for composition, print-
ing, and paper occasioned by the technical character of Mr.
Gruber's bibliographical descriptions of Luther's Bible and the
different fragmentary translations leading up to it.

Several new members have been added to the Society. We
now have 199 members, of whom eight are Hfe-members; an increase
of two over those reported last year.

It is sincerely to be hoped that the future character of the
pubUcations of the Society may become of more and more general
interest and lead to the increased prosperity and usefulness of
the Society.

132 Bibliographical Society of America

It has been thought wise that the program of this session
should take the form of a memorial to Professor Willard Fiske,
a man in whom is seen the best fruits of American culture; one
who as librarian, bibliographer, scholar, linguist, bibliophile, col-
lector, philanthropist, and library benefactor made his influence
felt from the icy north to the tropics — from Iceland to Egypt.
A native of the Empire State, he chose the realm of literature
as his field of activity and mastered it as few of his compatriots
have done. His death was a loss to both hemispheres and called
forth expressions of grief and appreciation on both sides of the
Atlantic. Of his personal charm and scholarship we are to hear
from those who knew him well and were associated with him in
his labors and aided in the accompUshment of his lofty ideals.

We are particularly fortunate in having with us one who,
of all others, was his friend and intimate companion during his
entire career and whom he chose as his literary executor, Professor
Horatio S. White.

Professor White, of Harvard University, then being introduced,
began by explaining some illustrative material which he had
brought with him and placed on exhibition. This consisted in
part of specimens of the characteristic chirography of Professor
Fiske, and of portraits of him from his boyhood to the latter part
of his life, and of his homes, both in Ithaca and Florence. Selec-
tions were included from the elaborate and extensive mass of
printed matter which Professor Fiske had originated and circu-
lated in Egypt during his efforts to reform the Arabic alphabet.
Attention was then called to the printed works of which he was
the author, and to the catalogues of the Dante, Petrarch,
Icelandic, and Runic collections which he bequeathed to Cornell
University. Mention was also made of the different places in
which accoimts of these collections are to be found.

The Professor then read the first paper on the program, "An
Introductory Sketch of the Life and Labors of Professor Fiske."

Minutes of the Annual Meeting 133

This was followed by one on "Willard Fiske as a Bibliographer,"
by Miss Mary Fowler, the compiler of the catalogue of the Petrarch
Collection. Her paper, owing to her absence, was read by Mr.
Willard Austen, librarian of Cornell University.

At this point the program was interrupted in order to give
Mr. Wyer, the Director of the New York State Library (who
had to leave before the close of the meeting), an opportunity to
say a word regarding the library of The Bibliographical Society,
which, in accordance with a vote passed at the meeting in Louis-
ville, is now in the State Library School at Albany. There being
some uncertainty as to whether all of the material belonging to
the Society had been received, he put himself in communication
with Dr. Carlton, of the Newberry Library, and Mr. Josephson,
of the John Crerar Library, in order to find out whether any more
still remained in Chicago. Owing to this fact, the printing of
the Hst of the books in the library has been deferred, but it will
be taken up as soon as Mr. Wyer is satisfied that the entire library
has been received at Albany and a copy sent to each member of
the Society.

The regular program was then resumed, the next number
being a paper by Mr. Halldor Hermannsson on "The Icelandic
Collection Formed by Professor Fiske, Now at Cornell Univer-
sity." Li the absence of Mr. Hermannsson, his paper was read
by Mr. Theodore Wesley Koch, of the Library of Congress, who
made the catalogue of the Dante Collection. The concluding
number of the memorial program, "Recollections of Professor
Fiske and a Trip to Iceland," was read by Professor WiUiam H.
Carpenter, provost of Columbia University, New York. He gave
a graphic account of a winter spent in Iceland and of a journey
to the interior of the island, during which several places of historic
interest were visited.

The President then, on behalf of the Society, extended its
thanks to all who had taken part in the Memorial program.

134 Bibliographical Society of America

The Report of the Secretary, Mr. Henry O. Severance, in his
absence, was then read by Mr. W. W. Bishop, Secretary pro tern.
This was followed by the Report of the Treasurer, Mr. Frederick
W. Faxon, read in abstract by Mr. Bishop, Mr. Faxon having
been called home on business.

A report of the progress made on the Census of Incunabula,
by Dr. George Parker Winship, was then read by the President,
followed by a report of the treasurer of the special fund for that
work.

The Report of the Nominating Committee, consistmg of Mr.
William W. Bishop, Chairman, Dr. W. N. C. Carlton, and Mr.
Clarence G. Brigham, was then read by the Chairman, as fol-
lows:

President: George Watson Cole

First Vice-President: H. H. B. Meyer

Second Vice-President: J. C. M. Hanson

Secretary: Henry O. Severance

Treasurer: Frederick W. Faxon

Member of the Council: Aksel G. S. Josephson

These officers were duly elected. At the suggestion of the
Nominating Committee the selection of an Editor, owing to the
resignation of Mr. A. G. S. Josephson, who has felt obliged to
relinquish the duties of that position, was left to the Coimcil,
with power.

There being no further business the Society then adjourned.

W. W. Bishop, Secretary pro tern.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY

The secretary has little to report for the present year.

The membership numbers 199.

Two of our members, Ralph K. Jones, librarian, University
of Maine, and George W. Harris, Ubrarian of Cornell University,
died during the year.

Minutes of the Annual Meeting 135

The memberships of four were canceled and of five were
suspended. Of these, one member has been restored.

New members added during the year number t^t,, leaving a
total membership of 199, according to my records.

A new contract has been made with the University of Chicago
Press, embodying the conditions and terms already in operation.

There was no midwinter meeting this year. The secretary's
report of the 191 7 meeting at Louisville has been published in the
Papers, where it may be consulted.

Respectfully submitted,
Henry O. Severance, Secretary

REPORT OF THE TREASURER

The Bibliographical Society of America now has 190 active
members in good standing, 8 life members, and i honorary mem-
ber, making 199 in all. During the last year, covered by the
treasurer's report, we have added 6 new annual members and lost
5; we have also 2 new Ufe members, Messrs. George D. Smith
and Charles W. Clark.

Attached is my report for the year July i, 1917, to June 30,
191 8, inclusive.

Frederick W. Faxon, Treasurer

TREASURER'S REPORT, JULY, 191 7, TO JUNE, 1918

Receipts

Balance on hand July i, 1917 $210.35

Membership dues (1917 balance, 1918 incomplete) . . 572 .32
Sales of publications by University of Chicago

Press Quly, 1917, to June, 1918) i47-9o

Sales by Society 104 . 25

Interest on bank balance 6.85

$1,041.67

136

Bibliographical Society of America

Expenditures
Sundries — postage, etc $ 39 . 72

Reprints: 100, Chicago Literary Club 5

25, Article by Professor Brooks 4

Paid to life-membership fund, cash received from

sales of Feipel reprint 49

R. J. Kemer, royalty i

Papers:

Mailing Vol. XI, No. 2 9

Vol. XI, Nos. 3-4, and mailing 273

Vol. XII, Nos. 1-2, and mailing 355

University of Chicago Press:

Postage on publications sent at treasurer's order 3

Holding type of Feipel reprint 3

Exchange on checks

Balance in bank 294

25
49

25
80

32
95
96

92
00

20
81

$1,041.67

Life-Membership Fund

Principal

(For use only on publications, not on regular Papers)

Balance on hand July i, 1917 $230. 22

Received from two life-members 100.00

Received from sales of Feipel reprints, to June 30,

1918 49-25

Expended for royalty to L. N. Feipel io-95

Balance on hand June 30, 1918 (Brookline Savings

Bank) 368.52

Interest
(Applicable to regular expenses of the Society)

On hand July 1, 1917 $ 42.36

Accrued interest to Jvme 30, 1918 10 . 20

1379-47

$379-47

No expenditures
Balance on hand June 30, 1918 (Brookline Savings
Bank)

% 52-56

$ 52.56 % 5256

Minutes of the Annual Meeting

137

REPORT OF THE EDITOR OF THE CENSUS OF FIF-
TEENTH CENTURY BOOKS, JUNE 30, 19 18

The Bulletin of the New York Public Library for the months
of April and May, 191 8, contained the first two instalments of
the Census, giving the titles grouped by Hain under the letters
A and B. C and D will appear in the June issue.

The entries for the letters C, D, E, F are in type and the proof
corrected as far as about the middle of F. The printer has the
manuscript through H.

At the present rate the alphabet will be completed in the issue
of the Bulletin for next December. The Census will then be issued
as a single volume, containing the entries as they have appeared
in the Bulletin, addenda and errata, both of which have begun to
accumulate, an introductory statement explaining the purpose
and scope of the undertaking, and an account of its inception and
progress.

The figures for the letter A will give an idea of the material
which the Census makes available:

Title entries (not coimting cross-references) 909

Hain has, for A, 2231 niunbers, so that we have 40 per cent
as many entries. We enter about 33 per cent of Hain
titles, the others being new to Hain.

Number of titles represented by one copy only 473

(Over one-half. The average b two copies of each title)
Number of copies registered 1824

Memorandum of distribution of 473 books printed in the fifteenth
century of which one copy only is registered in the Census, of titles
coming under the letter A.

New York 120

Washington 60

Boston 60

Baltimore 53

Philadelphia 43

California 25

Providence 24

Ithaca 16

Chicago 12

138

Bibliographical Society of America

Hartford, 7; New Haven, 5; Worcester, 4; Princeton, 3; Buffalo,
3; Four owners, 2 each; Sixteen, i each.

An auction record of 15 titles has not been traced to the present
owner.

This probably represents with substantial fairness the relative
strength of these localities as shown by the Census.

George Parker Winship

The Papers of the

Bibliographical Society
of America

VOLUME THIRTEEN
1919

GEORGE P. WINSraP
CARL B. RODEN
ANDREW KEOGH
Publication Committee

The Society does not hold itself responsible for opinions
expressed by contributors of papers

THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS
CHICACO. ILUNOIS

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS, London and Edinburgh

THE MARUZEN-KABUSHIKI-KAISHA. Tokyo, Osaka. Kyoto. Fukuok.. Sendai

THE MISSION BOOK COMPANY. Shanshai

Published August and December, 1919

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XIII

PAGES

Officersof the Society, 191 8-19 iii

Officersof the Society, 1919-20 Part 11, iii

Committees, 1919-20 Part II, iv

Daniel Webster, from an unpublished daguerreotype.

Portrait isicmg p. 3

The Speeches of Daniel Webster. Clifford B.Clapp. ... 3

Aldus and Hebrew T)rpe. Alexander Marx 64

Notes of Books and Workers

"SoundDoctrine"by J. Dover Wilson 68

"Iconography of Manhattan Island" by I. N. Phelps

Stokes. G.P.Winship 68

"The Works of Elizabeth Barrett Browning" by T. J.

Wise. Flora V. Livingston 71

"Maps of Rhode Island" by H. M. Chapin .... 72

" Books about Cats " by P. L. Babington. H. M. Chapin 73

"Incunabula in the Surgeon General's Library" by

C. C. McCuUoch; "Books by the Old Masters of

Medicine" by L. S. Pilcher; "Incunabula" at

St. Bonaventure's Seminary by M. F. Binisz-

kiewicz. G. P. Winship 75> 76

"Algernon Sidney" by C. N. Greenough 76

" Cambridge American History. " G. P. Winship . 77

"Books Printed by Franklin" by W. J. Campbell . . 79
"American Library Institute, 191 7." G. P. Winship . 80
" Bibliography of Mateo Aleman" by M. Foulche Delbosc 81
iii

iv Contents of Volume XIII

PAGE

"Bibliography of Stevenson" by Prideaux and Livingston 82

"Connecticut Publications, i774-i788"by A. C. Bates.

G. P. Winship 83

"Publications of W. L. Smith, 1792-97" by Albert

Matthews 85

"Judah Monis" by Lee Friedman 85

Josiah Henry Benton Par/ra*< facing p. 87

Bibliographical Ghosts. George Watson Cole 87

"Bussy d'Ambois" by George Chapman; "Of the Cir-
cumference of the Earth" by Dudley Digges;
"The Bloody Banquet" by T. D. ... 89, 94, 98

The Bibliography of the War and the Reconstruction of

Bibliographical Methods. ErnestC. Richardson . 113

Maneant sua Data LibeUis: A Protest and a Plea. William

Mtiss-Arnolt 128

Bodley's Librarian, Emeritus 148

Works of Falconer Madan 149

Minutes of the Annual Meeting of the Society, Asbury Park,

June 25, 1919 151

Report of the Treasurer 153

Notes of Books and Workers 155

Retirement of Falconer Madan and George F. Barwick . 155
"La Gracia triunfante en Catarina Tegacovita" by

F. Colonec and J. Wrtassum. Clara A. Smith . .156
Grolier Club Exhibition of Early Printed Liturgical

Books. RuthS.Grannis 156

The Papers of the ""

Bibliographical Society
of America

VOLUME XIII. 1919
PART ONE

CARL B. RODEN

ANDREW KEOGH

ERNEST C. RICHARDSON

Publication Committee

The Society does not hold itself responsible for opinions
expressed by contributors of papers

THE UNIVEI^ITY OF CHICAGO PRESS
CHICAGO, ILUNOIS

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. London and Edinburgh

THE MARUZEN-KABUSHIKI-KAISHA. Tokyo. O.aka, Kyoto. Fukuok*. Sendai

THE MISSION BOOK COMPANY. Shanghai

400 copies printed

Composed and Printed Br

The UnWersJty of Chicago Pre«

Cbicaco, IlliDols, U.S.A.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA

OFFICERS

1918-19
President: George Watson Cole
First Vice-President: H. H. B. Meyer
Second Vice-President: J. C. M. Hanson
Secretary: Henry O. Severance
Treasurer: Frederick W. Faxon
K^ Ex-President: Carl B. Roden

Councilors Term expires

Charles Martel 1919

Henry Morse Stephens 1920

Ernest C. Richardson 1921

Aksel G. S. Josephson 1922

Finance:

Membership:

Program:

Publication:

Census of Incunabula:

COMMITTEES

William C. Lane, Chairman

Frederick W. Faxon

Carl B. Roden

Frederick W. Faxon, Chairman

Aksel G. S. Josephson

Henry O. Severance

George Watson Cole, Chairman

Clarence S. Brigham

Henry O. Severance

Carl B. Roden, Chairman

Andrew Keogh

Ernest C. Richardson

George Watson Cole, Chairman

Charles L. Nichols

Victor H. Paltsits

George P. Winship

'=»>

WEBSTER'S SPEECHES

A BIBLlCXiRAPHICAL REVIEW
BY CLIFFORD B. CLAPP

Cofoiright by C. B. Ciaff

DANIEL WEBSTER

From a daguerreotype, not heretofore reproduced, taken when he was about
fifty-six years of age.

THE SPEECHES OF DANIEL WEBSTER:
A BIBLIOGRAPHICAL REVIEW

BY CLIFFORD BLAiCE CLAPP

INTEREST in Webster literature begins where interest
■'' in "Americana" often ends, with 1800. Daniel Web-
ster's speeches and writings extend over a little more than
half a century, those of each decade seeming to have —
roughly, it must be admitted — a peculiar characteristic.
Separate editions of those of the first two decades are
nearly all rarities; but, while some editions of the suc-
ceeding periods are seldom found, many of the later items
were issued in large numbers, extensively collected, and
carefully saved. Probably when general interest is aroused
in Webster literature, much of this material will be
brought to light from its many hiding-places. But neither
the scarcity nor the frequent occurrence of any editions
need deter recording or collecting; for the work of few
Americans of the nineteenth century is so well worth
study, and a certain inspiration comes from the knowl-
edge and possession of the literature in its original form.
It is from this point of view, largely, that the present re-
view is written, with the hope of inspiring wider interest
in the subject, and with the aim of drawing forth infor-
mation concerning the printed material nearest the source
and suggestions regarding its relation to Webster's career
and to the national life.

Bibliographical Society of America

The most recent bibliography of Webster is that by
Mark Van Doren, in the second volume of the Cambridge
History of American Literature (1918). The most useful
all-around bibliography of Webster that had previously
been printed between covers was the brief one in Professor
Ogg's Daniel Webster (1914), listing about fifty Webster
titles and many accessory works. The card catalogues
of several libraries embraced long lists of titles, usually
badly arranged even if professedly alphabetical, owing
to the variety of titles assumed by identical speeches and
to various methods of cataloguing; and the printed
indexes to periodicals and general literature contained a
large number of entries. But the longest printed lists
of a general nature were those in the following library
catalogues, the number of separates only being specified
in most cases: the Boston Athenaeum (1882), with over
150 titles, more than a third being titles of Webster's own
works; the Massachusetts State Library (1880) and
supplements in Reports (1881-1909), with 115 titles, 47
being of Webster's works; the Peabody Institute, Balti-
more (1892 and 1905), with about 100 titles, mostly
biographies or collections of speeches; the New Hamp-
shire State Library (1902) and Supplement (1904), with
about 65 titles, nearly all of them titles of Webster's own
works. For a good general bibliography, the Bulletin of
the Salem (Massachusetts) Public Library, VI, 4 (October,
1901), with nearly 50 titles, is very useful.

The chronological index to the Writings and Speeches
(1903), edited by J. W. Mclntyre, together with remarks

The Speeches of Daniel Webster

distributed throughout the i8 volumes, is practically a
bibliography, and this edition and the two volumes of
Curtis' Life of Daniel Webster (1870) contain the greater
part of what is known about the occasions, original
sources, and form of Webster's speeches. In Webster's
correspondence there is comment on the circumstances
attending the publication and reception of some speeches
and collections, and Professor McMaster has drawn
additional information from other contemporary sources,
such as the press of the time.

Yet it is pleasant to record that Mr. Van Doren's
bibliography reaches a new level by listing about 350
Webster titles or sources, perhaps 85 being separate titles
of Webster's own works, and by specifying in some cases
several editions of single titles. This is the best reference
.bibliography of Daniel Webster. A list of this kind is
the beginning of the thorough study of the formal side
of a man's literary output. From this we must go on to
the complete list of Webster material, separate and
analytical, which will comprise double the number of
entries collected up to the present time; and then pro-
ceed to a complete descriptive bibliography.

One hundred years ago, through the prestige attached
to the winning of the Dartmouth College Case, Daniel
Webster became a national character. In the decade
and a half next succeeding, he delivered in rapid succession
those remarkable orations that will always be remem-
bered. The dignity of his character was evident, his
enthusiasm was never more ardent, his imagination was

Bibliographical Society of America

working on a lofty plane, his intellect was very keen. The
celebrity consequent upon his Reply to Hayne led to the
immediate publication of the first considerable collection
of his speeches; and the earliest works of a biographical
nature appeared about the same time.

The Speeches and Forensic Arguments. Boston:
Perkins & Marvin, and Gray & Bowen; New York:
Jonathan Leavitt, 1830 (pp.viii+25-520), was republished
with an additional volume: Boston: Perkins, Marvin, &
Co.; Philadelphia; Henry Perkins, 1835; and a third
volume was added later: Boston: Tappan and Dennet,
1843; the work going through at least eight so-called
editions up to 1848. The Diplomatic and Official Papers
were published in New York by Harper and Brothers in
1848 (392 pp.), edited by his private secretary, Charles
Lanman. The collection of his speeches that is most
generally known and that has given very great service was
edited by Edward Everett and entitled The Works of
Daniel Webster. Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 185 1 (6
vols.; many succeeding editions).

For letters other than official there have appeared
three collections: The Private Correspondence of Daniel
Webster. Edited by Fletcher Webster. Boston: Little,
Brown & Co., 1857 (2 vols.), republished in Vols. 17 and
18 of the "National Edition"; Professor C. H. Van
Tyne's The Letters of Daniel Webster. New York:
McClure, Phillips & Co., 1902 (22+769 pp.); and the
Letters Hitherto Uncollected, published as Vol. 16 of the
"National Edition." This "National Edition," which is

The Speeches of Daniel Webster

the almost complete and wholly admirable collection of
Webster's works edited by J. W. Mclntyre, is The
Writings and Speeches of Daniel Webster. Boston: Little,
Brown & Co.; New York: J. F. Taylor & Co., 1903 (18
vols.). The mass of Webster's writings collected in this
edition, says Dr. Fisher, "give one an impression of intel-
lectual power, which, I think, would be hard to match
anywhere in the history of law and politics."

As a review of the Speeches and Forensic Arguments ^
there appeared in Vol. IX of the American Quarterly
Review, in 1831, an article that was reprinted the same
year under the title Remarks on the Life and Writings
of Daniel Webster. Philadelphia: Carey & Lea (as
reprinted, 48 pp.). We must read a bit from this article
if we are to appreciate the humor attending the conceal-
ment of the authorship. The anonjonous author says,
on page 4 of the book, "We were, therefore, disappointed,
on opening the volume of his works, not to find prefixed
to it a full biographical notice of him. We were, indeed,
so much disappointed and felt so fully persuaded, that
neither the contents of the volume itself, nor the sources
of its author's power, nor his position before the nation,
could be properly comprehended without it, that we
determined at once to prepare such notices of his life, as
we might be able to collect under unfavorable circum-
stances. We only regret that our efforts have not been
more successful, — and that our notices, therefore, are few
and imperfect." The work is credited to George Ticknor
on the evidence of letters by Webster and Ticknor, and

8 Bibliographical Society of America

the amusing thing is that Ticknor had been an intimate
friend of Webster for many years, and that Webster
himself approved the review and advised regarding its
reprint in book form.' Probably the real "unfavorable
circumstances" consisted in Ticknor 's embarrassment by
his nearness to the great subject. The article, while not a
life, is an exceptionally good review. It is mentioned
here, along with a couple of other publications, as the
earliest attempts in public text to portray Webster to his
countrymen.

The year before Ticknor's work there was published a
book called Sketches of Ptiblic Characters, by Ignatius
Loyola Robertson. New- York: E. Bliss, 1830. This
work, in reality by Samuel Lorenzo Knapp, an editor and
author somewhat addicted to whimsical subterfuges,
consists of pretended letters, and Letter I, on pp. [51-29,
beginning "Washington, Jan. 1830," is on Daniel
Webster. The title is mentioned in the Contents, and
the running headlines are "Webster," but there is no
caption title. This sketch was republished with the title
A Memoir of the Life of Daniel Webster. By Samuel L.
Knapp. Boston: Stimpson and Clapp, 183 1 (2+234
pp.); and a second edition, "Revised and brought down
to the present time," appeared in New York: J. S.
Redfield, 1835 (108 pp.).

The other early biographical publication, mentioned
above, is a pamphlet of 16 pages, of unknown date and

' Curtis, Life of Daniel Webster (1870), I, 408-10; Writings and Speeches,
XVI, 208-9.

The Speeches of Daniel Webster

origin, but showing some internal evidence that it was
probably sent out for campaign purposes about the time
Webster was first mentioned for the presidency. It bears
the simple title Daniel Webster and begins, "Publica-
tions have, at different periods, issued from the press,"
ending, "the good Providence which overrules the
destinies of States and of Empires." The only copies
so far noted are in the Dartmouth College and Newberry
libraries.

The best-known biographies of Webster are those by
Everett, Raymond, Lanman, Curtis, Harvey, Lodge,
Hapgood, McMaster, Fisher, and Ogg. It is impossible
here to give credit to the other writers of biographical
works, most of which were eulogies, essays, or sketches,
but some of which deserve the name of "lives." The
flood of eulogies, chiefly in 1852 and 1853, was remarkable.
The Philadelphia Mercantile Library's Bulletin for July,
1883, contained the Bibliographia Websteriana (reprinted
separately), the well-known list of these eulogies compiled
by Charles Henry Hart, recording 72 titles. Of these the
one by Rufus Choate is the most noteworthy. Of
Choate's eulogy, A Discourse Delivered before the Faculty y
Students, and Alumni of Dartmouth College, there were two
editions, both published in Boston and Cambridge by
James Munroe and Company in 1853; the one mentioned
in Hart's list has 100 pages and is the more desirable of
the two, although perhaps the commoner; and the other
is an edition of 88 pages. Anyone who is interested in
Choate's oration ought also to read Rev. Charles

lo Bibliographical Society of America

Cavemo's Reminiscences of the Eulogy of Rufus Choate on
Daniel Webster (1914).

Edward Everett, co-worker and friend of Webster,
with exceptional opportunity for judging his subject,
wrote what Curtis calls " a beautiful and carefully written
biographical memoir." This seems to have been the
result of an introduction furnished by Everett to the
second volume of the Speeches and Forensic Arguments,
Webster asking in letters written March 21, 1847, ^^^
January 8, 185 1, that it be revised and extended to apply
to a new edition of all his speeches.* This new edition,
containing Everett's biographical introduction, was The
Works of Daniel Webster (1851; and other editions), in 6
volumes. The memoir, again extended, appears also in
the " National Edition" (1903). Everett also delivered a
eulogy in Boston in 1859. Raymond's work was a remark-
able example of nimble journalism. It appeared first in
theiVew York Daily Times of October 25, 1852, and then
in two editions in book form. Lanman wrote on The
Private Life of Daniel Webster (1852) from knowledge
gained as his private secretary. George Ticknor Curtis,
one of Webster's literary executors, produced in his Life
of Daniel Webster (1870; several editions) a monument to
the statesman's memory which has been the vade mecum
for all later biographers. It has been somewhat of a
custom to distrust Harvey's Reminiscences and Anecdotes
(1877; and later editions), while making considerable use
of his material; but Dr. Fisher, in explaining this tend-

' Writings and Speeches, XVI, 471-73, and XVin, 411.

The Speeches of Daniel Webster ii

ency, comes to his defense.^ The Daniel Webster of
Senator Henry Cabot Lodge has been considered since
its appearance the standard biography for general use.
Its eminent author for a number of years has stood in
general estimation as the living authority on Webster.
But The True Daniel Webster by Sidney George Fisher
certainly competes well in all respects with Senator
Lodge's work and deserves its title for its pronounced fair-
mindedness. Norman Hapgood's little book (1899) is
remarkable for its success as a biography both because of
and in spite of its brevity. In the life by John Bach
McMaster (1902) there is some new material, gathered
from contemporary sources. Frederick Austin Ogg ( 1 9 1 4)
produced a concise political discussion of Webster's career,
somewhat less personal than the works of Lodge and
Fisher.

In 1829 Webster wrote a brief, entertaining, and
illuminating autobiographical sketch, extending, however,
only to 181 7. This has been used by his biographers for
many details of his early years. In the few pages of this
Autobiography the main points touched on are his parent-
age, his birth on a farm in 1782, his education in the
local schools, at Exeter Academy, and at Dartmouth
College, his teaching at Fryeburg to maintain in college
the brother Ezekiel — afterward an able lawyer — ^who had
done so much for him, his private reading, his first literary
ventures, and his early political work. This account is
to be found with The Private Correspondence, both in the

' Fisher, The True Daniel Webster, pp. vii-xiv.

12 Bibliographical Society of America

original and in the "National" editions. The account
of the private reading is noteworthy. A most interesting
and perhaps significant fact of Webster's Exeter period
was the timidity that kept him from speaking before the
school. "Mr. Buckminster always pressed, and en-
treated, most winningly, that I would venture; but I
could never command sufiicient resolution. When the
occasion was over, I went home and wept bitter tears of
mortification.""^

Daniel Webster's first literary productions were his
contributions to the Dartmouth Gazette from 1799 to 1801,
a list of which will be found in the Writings and Speeches,
XVI, 3. His earliest printed speech was An oration, pro-
nounced at Hanover, New-Hampshire, the 4th Day of July,
1800; being the twenty-fourth anniversary of American
independence. By Daniel Webster, member of the Junior
Class, Dartmouth University. . . . Hanover: Moses Davis,
1800 (15 pp.). This first edition is vary scarce, but there
are copies in the Library of Congress, at Harvard, New-
berry, the New York Public, and elsewhere. The oration
was repubUshed in Raymond and Lyman's Life and Memo-
rials of Daniel Webster (1853), and in Loring's Hundred
Boston Orators (1852 ; 4th ed., 1855). As a separate it was
reprinted in 1884 as a supplement to the Bay State Monthly
and the Granite Monthly, at a time when these two
periodicals were both published by John N. McClintock
and Company. The Granite Monthly published as its
July-August and September-October numbers, respec-

^ Private Correspondence (1857), I, 10.

The Speeches of Daniel Webster 13

tively, the April and May numbers of the Bay State
Monthly J omitting four pages of the latter. With the
April number of the one magazine and the July-August
number of the other was given the type-set facsimile of
the oration; it is mentioned on page 263 of the duplicate
issues. This juvenile federalistic speech, with Webster's
next boyish effort, a eulogy, the reader can safely call
"florid" or "splurgy" without referring to Professor Ogg
or Dr. Fisher or any other authority; and yet it
undoubtedly has praiseworthy points.

The eulogy bears the title A Funeral Oration, Occa-
sioned by the Death of Ephraim Simonds, of Templeton,
Massachusetts, a Member of the Senior Class in Dartmouth
College; who died at Hanover, {N.H.) on the i8th of June
1801, cet. 26. By Daniel Webster, a class-mate of the
deceased. "Et vix sustinuit dicer e lingua Vale!" Han-
over: Moses Davis, 1801 (13 pp.). Curtis tells us that
Webster, in 1820, having learned that Ticknor had a copy
of this eulogy, said, "I thought, till lately, that, as only a
few copies of it were printed, they must all have been
destroyed long ago; but, the other day. Bean, who was in
college with me, told me he had one. It flashed through
my mind that it must have been the last copy in the world,
and that if he had it in his pocket it would be worth while
to kiU him, to destroy it from the face of the earth."''
But the anonymous author of an article in Old and New,
VIII, No. I, July, 1873, writing on "Traces in Print of
Daniel Webster's Work in College," says that four copies

' Curtis, I, 40, note.

14 Bibliographical Society of America

were known to have survived. Some certainly exist
today, there being copies in the Dartmouth College and
the New York Historical Society libraries, and elsewhere,
but it is very scarce. The Simonds eulogy was reprinted
in two editions in 1855. One of these, Hanover: The
Dartmouth Press, April, 1855 (10 PPO? with the misprint
"Tempeton" in the title, is not rare; the other,
Sahsbury: W. H. B. Currier, 1855 (8 pp.), is very
scarce, but there is a copy in the New York Public
Library.

Another address delivered at Dartmouth College in
1 80 1 by Webster is not known to have been issued as a
pamphlet, but there is deposited in the Dartmouth College
Library a volume of speeches by Webster skilfully and
curiously inlaid, in which this speech exists in the simili-
tude of a separately printed work. As arranged, it has
caption title reading in part An Oration on Opinion ....
at the Anniversary of the United Fraternity, with the text
in nine single columns, the first line in black letter. On
the back of this, by holding it to the light, can be seen the
text of some edition, not recognized, of the Fourth of July
oration of 1800. This copy of the United Fraternity
oration is probably, like another work in the same volume,
a well-contrived imitation of a separate.

In 1802, while teaching at Fryeburg, Maine, Webster
delivered an oration that escaped print for eighty years.
The manuscript of this was discovered in a junk shop in
Boston long after Webster's death. It was issued in two
forms, one spoken of as the "plain edition" and entitled

The Speeches of Daniel Webster 15

Newly discovered Fourth of Jtdy oration .... now for
the first time given to the public. Boston: A. Williams &
Co.; Fryeburg, Me.: A. F. & C. W. Lewis, 1882 (16 pp.).
It has a portrait of Webster and views of the old academy-
building and the old church where Webster spoke. The
other edition is The Illustrated Fryeburg Webster Memorial.
Fryeburg, Me.: A. F. & C. W. Lewis, 1882 (39 pp.),
which has the same text as the "plain edition" with the
addition of 23 pages and three plates, much of the addi-
tional matter being biographical.

In the year 1809 Webster delivered at Dartmouth
College a Phi Beta Kappa address on The State of Our
Literature, but this is not known to have been separately
published. During this first decade he was also connected
with the honored little group of literary adventurers who
published The Monthly Anthology, and who were the
forerunners of the Boston Athenaeum and of the North
American Review. Webster's share in the literary efforts
of the group is mentioned on pages 209 and 321-23 of the
Anthology Society's Journal, edited by M. A. DeWolfe
Howe and published by the Boston Athenaeum in 19 10.

It was as a Federalist that Daniel Webster began his
political career, and the earlier writings and speeches are
consonant with the attitude of his party. His first
political publication was An Appeal to the Old Whigs of
New-Hampshire n.p., [1805] (16 pp.). It is signed on
page 15: "An old Whig. February — 1805." Webster,
in his Autobiography, errs in placing this in 1804. Curtis,
Lodge, Fisher, and Ogg have all placed it in this year.

1 6 Bibliographical Society of America

following Webster, but the latter says of it, on January
19, 1806, in a letter to his friend Bingham, "Last year I

wrote a political pamphlet "^ The date is correct

in the "National Edition." The next known pamphlet
is An Anniversary Address, Delivered before the Federal
Gentlemen of Concord and Its Vicinity, July 4th, 1806.
Concord, N.H., George Hough, 1806 (21 pp.). In several
places this has typographical errors, and it will therefore
be well to compare copies for variations. Two years later,
directed against the policy of the Democrats, came
Webster's anonymous Considerations on the Embargo Laws
n.p., n.d. (16 pp.), "the principal thesis of which was the
unconstitutionaUty of an embargo measure not expressly
limited in duration."^

On June 18, 181 2, by act of Congress war was declared
with Great Britain. "July 4th — ^barely more than two
weeks later — Webster delivered a speech which, marking
as it did in a very real sense his entrance of the political
arena, was easily the most important of his career to this
point."^ This speech against "Mr. Madison's war" was
entitled An Address Delivered before the Washington
Benevolent Society, at Portsmouth, July 4, 1812. Ports-
mouth, N.H.: Oracle Press, William Treadwell, n.d.
(27 pp.).

This was soon followed by the bibliographically more
interesting Rockingham Memorial, which, in recent opin-
ion, contained much of the power of argument that

' Private Correspondence, I, 221.

» Ogg, Daniel Webster, p. 76, » Ogg, p. 77.

The Speeches of Daniel Webster 17

characterized his maturer years. "There are passages in
it that almost convince us that the old Federalists may
have been right. "^ "The tone of the memorial was
dignified, courteous, and moderate; but the protest
against the war was firm."^ This Rockingham Memorial,
as it is usually called, masquerades under the title Speech
of the Hon. George Sullivan, at the Late Rockingham Con-
vention, with the Memorial &* Resolutions, and Report of the
Committee of Elections. Concord: George Hough, Sep-
tember, 181 2. (31 pp.). The first edition collates:

p. [i], [title-page]; p. [2], [blank]; p. [3], [under heading,
not followed by date,] Meeting of the Friends of Peace [a
paragraph giving some circumstances of the meeting
"holden at Brentwood, on Wednesday Aug. 5, 1812"];
pp. [3]-! 7, Speech [of Sullivan]; p. 17, [brief details of
proceedings]; pp. 18-27, Memorial. Daniel Webster,
Esq. [and 14 others named] having been appointed a
Committee to prepare a Memorial to the President of the
United States, reported the following, which was unani-
mously accepted. To James Madison, Esquire, President
of the United States. [The memorial, written by Web-
ster, is signed at the end by Samuel Tenney, Chairman,
and William A. Kent, Secretary]; pp. 28-30, Resolutions;

p. 31, Committee of elections For electors

For representatives [the first of the six names

under the latter head being "Daniel Webster, Esq. of
Portsmouth"].

This was followed probably at once by an edition
having nearly the same title, varying: .... memorial

' Fisher, p. 122. ' Ogg, p. 80.

1 8 Bibliographical Society of America

and resolutions .... Second edition. Exeter: The Con-
stitutionalist Press, E. C. Beals, n.d. (30 pp.).

p. [i], [title-page]; p. [2], [blank]; p. [3], [under heading]
Meeting of the Friends of Peace [and date] Exeter, August
8th, 181 2 [a paragraph differing from that on page [3]
of the Concord edition only in some instances of punctua-
tion, in the insertion of the u in "honourable," and in the
statement, "holden at Brentwood, on Wednesday last."];
pp. [3]-i6, Speech [of Sullivan]; pp. 16-17, [brief details of
proceedings]; pp. 17-27, Memorial. Daniel Webster,
Esq [etc.]; pp. 2 7-29, Resolutions; p. 30, Elec-
tions. . . . For electors. . . . For representatives. . . .

Webster was elected to Congress in 181 2. Continuing
the Federalist policy, he introduced Mr. Webster^s motion
calling for information toiiching the French decree purporting
to he a repeal of the Berlin and Milan decrees. June 10,

181 3. Ordered to lie on the table. Washington: A. & G.
Way, 1813. (4 pp.).

Regarding Webster's next published speech, "the
first speech in Congress by Mr. Webster which was fully
reported,"' Dr. Fisher says: "In Congress, Webster's
most conspicuous effort was directed to securing the
passage of a set of resolutions calling on Madison's
administration to explain when and how the repeal of
the French decrees had been communicated to our
government." Professor Ogg says that on January 14,

1 8 14, "Webster, who thus far had participated in the
debate but incidentally, rose to deliver a speech which

Writings and Speeches, XIV, i8, note.

The Speeches of Daniel Webster 19

easily surpassed all his earlier efforts and touched, indeed,
the high- water mark of his oratory during his first period

of congressional service The florid style which

had marred earlier speeches had now virtually disappeared
and in its stead was simplicity, directness, deliberation."
This speech was published in four editions:

Speech of the Hon. Daniel Webster, delivered in the House
of Representatives of the United States, on the 14th January,
1 81 4, on a bill making further provision for filling the ranks
of the regular army, encouraging enlistments, and authorising
the enlistments for longer periods of men whose terms of
service are about to expire. Exeter: Constitutionalist
office, 1814. (15 pp.).

[same title] Alexandria: Snowden & Simms,

1814. (13 pp.)-

[same title varying in punctuation, and as

follows, brackets occurring]: Speech of the Hon. Daniel
Webster, [of N.H.] delivered in the House of Representatives
of the U. States, .... Keene, N.H.: John Prentiss, 1 814.

(15 PP-).

[same title as the first edition, varying] : Speech

of the Hon. Daniel Webster, Esq. delivered .... January
14, 1814, .... Portsmouth: Charles Turell, 1814.

(15 PP-).t

This seems to be one of the two speeches that Professor
McMaster, calling it "the first of his many celebrated
speeches," says that Chief Justice Marshall praised many

fTitles followed by a dagger- have not been compared with the originals in
the preparation of this paper.

20 Bibliographical Society of America

years later on failing to find them in the Speeches and
Forensic Arguments. The other one, delivered four days
earlier, on Robert Wright's resolutions, was not separately
published, but a r6sum6 of it is given in Writings and
Speeches, XIV, 11-13. It is of especial interest in these
days, because it deals with the law of punishment of illegal
aid to the enemy.

The Great War just ending has brought out in separate
form another speech never before printed by itself. The
title reads, with punctuation inserted .... Daniel
Webster on the draft; text of a speech delivered in Congress,
December g, 18 14. Reprinted from " The Letters of Daniel

Webster," edited by C. H. Van Tyne Washington,

D.C.: American Union against Militarism, [191 7].
([11] pp.). An explanatory note, p. [i], declares that the
United States did not enact drastic draft laws during the
War of 181 2, as had been stated, and that "This argument
of Webster's, coming from the ablest constitutional
lawyer in Congress, contributed materially to its defeat."
This use of Webster's 18 14 argument against the selective
draft of 191 7 resulted in a letter by Dr. Van Tyne to the
New York Times, dated June 2, 191 7, and appearing in the
June 5 issue of that paper. He said, in part, "I feel
outraged to find my name on so treasonable a sheet, even
as editor of a quoted speech, and I wish here to expose the
wanton misrepresentation and misuse of this document.
In the first place, Daniel Webster himself was ashamed
of his sophomoric effusion against conscription, and did
not even permit it to be published in the Congressional

The Speeches of Daniel Webster 21

Record. He wrote his friend, Jeremiah Mason, that he
would show it to him some time in secret. Webster never
allowed it to be published in his printed works during his
life, and, after his death, his son, Fletcher Webster,
thought it unworthy of publication in his edition of his
father's papers. Moreover, Webster was not at the time
of making the speech 'the ablest constitutional lawyer in
Congress' . . . ."

In a reply to Professor Van Tyne, written June 5,
191 7, as a letter to the New York Times and published in
the issue of June 7, Dr. David Starr Jordan released his
own outraged feelings occasioned by certain personal
remarks, by saying, in part, " We may readily forgive Dr.
Van Tyne for rescuing this 'easily answered' document
from the oblivion to which it now appears Webster
consigned it."

In 181 7 Webster retired from Congress for several
years. About this time he was counsel for the defense
of the Kennistons, Pearson, and Jackman, falsely
accused of robbery. There are three separate publica-
tions touching this strange case in the Harvard Law
Library:

Report of the evidence at the trial of Levi &• Laban
Kenniston before Hon. Samuel Putnam, on an indictment for
the robbery of Major Elijah P. Goodridge, December ig, 18 16.
Salem: T. C. Cushing, 1817. (32 pp.). This does not
contain the arguments.

Report of the evidence &• arguments of counsel at the
trial of Levi and Laban Kenniston .... for the robbery

2 2 Bibliographical Society of America

of Major Elijah Putnam Goodridge Boston : J. T.

Buckingham, 1817. (63 pp.).

The shnm-rohhery, committed by Elijah Putnam Good-
ridge, on his own person, in Newbury, near Essex Bridge,
Dec. 19, J 8 16, . ... And his trial with Mr. Ebenezer
Pearson, .... Also the trial of Levi &" Laban Kenniston.

By Joseph Jackman Concord, N.H.: for the

author, 1819. (152 pp.) In part a reprint of the preced-
ing entry. Webster's address to the jury in the trial of
the Kennistons is on pages 69-88, and his questions to the
witnesses are given. He seems to have taken a less active
part in the other two trials, although he examined some
of the witnesses.

The Dartmouth College Case is one of great impor-
tance in American legal history, and has been cited nearly
a thousand times in the American Reports.^ But in a
Webster bibliography one would be expected, of course,
to mention only a little of even the early historical
material on the case. As a matter of fact there are but
two items touching it that should have any place in this
paper. These are Timothy Farrar's report of the case
and Webster's argument before the Supreme Court in
Washington. The latter piece is so very rare that a short
account of it will be desirable; and we shall find that it
illustrates very interestingly the sort of relation that may
exist between bibliography and the study of a pubUc
event. The college had come into the power of a group
of people who, under the name of a university, wished to

' Dartmouth College, Proceedirigs of Webster Centennial, pp. 284-85.

The Speeches of Daniel Webster 23

abolish the old charter and bring the institution under
the control of the state. The question arose as to
"Whether this be a permanent, vested interest, or a mere
estate at the will of the legislative body," in the words of
the "Advertisement" in Farrar's report, and as the case
for the college was worked out it involved the proposition
that a charter is a contract and that no state shall pass
any law affecting the validity of contracts. The con-
troversy between the college and the university is
discussed in Shirley's Dartmouth College Causes (1879).
The college was defeated in the New Hampshire court.
The argument of Webster in that court, in behalf of the
college, was not reported. On March 10, 181 8, Webster
argued the case before the Supreme Court of the United
States, and his argument must be credited with having,
first or last, induced in the court the opinions that resulted
nearly a year later in the decision favorable to the college.
In the words of Joseph Hopkinson, Webster's colleague,
inscribed in the hall honored with Webster's name, the
college was "Refounded by Daniel Webster."

From the time of the argument in Washington until
the final decision was handed down, both parties were
engaged in an extension of the presentation of their
cases by trying to influence the minds of those whose
opinions would be valuable to the justices of the
court. The college party, alarmed by the leakage of
information that the case was likely to go against them,
endeavored by a very discriminating circulation of
Webster's argument to check the moves of the university

24 Bibliographical Society of America

party, who were using as propaganda the decision of the
state court.

Of this argument of Webster's there were two, and
probably three, different editions in pamphlet form, each
without title, author's name, or date. The copies of
which we have record up to this time are in the Boston
Public Library, the Harvard College and Harvard Law
School libraries, the Boston Athenaeum, and the Bry-
son Library at the Teachers College, New York. Other
copies probably exist, but may be diflScult to find because
of the lack of the usual identifying characteristics. It is
quite evident, from the printed references to the argu-
ment, that the number of copies was small and the
circulation carefully restricted.

Webster had "three or four" copies of his "minutes"
printed between March 22 and April 23, 1818, and these
he intended to have "remain, except when loaned for a
single day, under my own lock and key."^ Since, in his
apparent anxiety lest they be further published, he did
not at that time wish President Brown of the college to see
them, it is hardly possible that they were printed at
Hanover, but more likely at Boston, where he him-
self was.

On September 9, 1818, he gave away five copies.'
He would hardly have been able to do this after four or
five months of interest in the pamphlet unless out of a
larger issue, however liberally the vague "three or four"

' Webster to Mason, April 23, 1818.
' Webster to Story, September 9, 1818.

The Speeches of Daniel Webster 25

copies may be interpreted. But there seems to be good
evidence of a second printing previous to July 16, 1818.
On that date, writing to President Brown that a copy had
got into the hands of the students, he cautioned the
president as to their discretion and said, "The printer also
should be admonished not to say anything about it."
The implication seems to be that President Brown was
expected to caution the printer, who must therefore have
been in Hanover or near there. Letters of later dates
mention distribution of single copies with great discretion.
On September 19, President Brown wrote to Webster as
follows:

"In regard to the reprinting, I have some little doubt,
whether the benefit to be expected would render the
measure expedient, considering how soon it may be hoped
the volume will appear. The very scarcity of the argu-
ment, & the half-secret & cautious manner of the distri-
bution, stimulate curiosity, and add somewhat to the
preciousness of the document. It has already been, or
shortly will be, read by all the commanding men of New
England & New York; .... N.E. & N.Y. are gained.
Will not this be sufficient for our present purposes ? If
not, I should recommend the reprinting .... if , in your
opinion, any thing more needs to be done in enlightening
the more eminent of the professional men of the country
let a hundred or two copies be struck off without delay.
But even in that case I should recommend the principle
of selection in the distribution ; for I would not allow the
argument to be common, until it is to be sold."

26 Bibliographical Society of America

The probable third issue may have been either an
authorized or an unauthorized one. On November 9,
1818, Webster wrote to President Brown, "Mr. Hough
says, a hundred and fifty copies of our argument have been
printed at the Patriot office and distributed. I hope they
will do no hurt."

The process of identifying these issues may be aided
by supposing that the second was printed at Hanover,
probably from a carefully prepared manuscript by Web-
ster now in the Dartmouth College Library, approximating
the form as printed in the reports of Farrar and Wheaton;
and the third at the Patriot office in Concord; and that
the copies of the first issue were, as Webster says, "hastily
written off, with much abbreviation; and contain little else
than quotation from the cases. All the nonsense is left
out. There is no title or name to it."'

The copies at Harvard, the Boston Athenaeum, and
the Teachers College are alike, having 43 pages. The
signatures number i to 6, five of four leaves, and the last
a single fold of two leaves. There is no heading or dis-
tinguishing mark, except a double rule, the upper line
thicker than the lower, above the 23 lines of text on the
first page. There are 39 fines on most pages, and 18 on
page 43, the last one consisting of the latter half of the
word "repu-tation." The copy at the Boston Athenae-
um has marginal notes in Webster's hand, and on the
blank portion of the last page is the beginning, so much
as the binder's knife has left, of the final paragraph of

» Webster to Mason, April 23, 1818.

The Speeches oj Daniel Webster 27

the argument as printed in Farrar's Report and in the
Works.

The copy at the Boston Public Library has 26 pages,
signatures A-C in fours and D in one (or two). There is
nothing to characterize this edition typographically; page
I has 47 lines, page 3, 53 lines, and page 26, 9 lines.

At the bottom of page 17 of the 26-page edition is the
meaningless sentence, "Both president and professors
have freeholds, notwithstanding the fellows may be liable
to be suspended," etc. The compositor skipped from one
\t2X1c\zQ6. freeholds to another, omitting two lines in which
a second sentence begins, "All the authorities speak of
fellowships in colleges diS freeholds, ^^ etc. There is another
omission, of the words "her grants," on page 14, Une 36,
in the sentence reading, "What hinders Vermont ....
from resuming, at her own pleasure?" In the other
edition this sentence is on page 24, line 4.

The implication that the copy in small type is one of
an unauthorized edition is strengthened by the fact that
where the two differ in phraseology, the one in larger type
agrees with the version printed in Farrar's Report.
The two differ radically in the use of italics and in para-
graphs. The smaller-type edition is apt to have the u
in "governour," etc.

The evidence of the differences in wording is not con-
clusive as to which was the earlier, the changes being such
as Webster was in the habit of making. The 26-page
edition has " by this court " at the top of page 2 1 , where, on
page 34 of the other, the paragraph begins " It has already

28 Bibliographical Society of America

been decided in this court." Toward the bottom of page
42 are the phrases "not of ordinary importance" and
"have become in a high degree respectable" (Hne 27),
where the other reads, page 25, line 35, "of no ordinary"
and "have been in a high degree."

The allusion to a volume, and to selling it, is to Farrar's
Report of the case, contemplated since 181 7, but not
actually published until after the middle of 1819. Web-
ster had a large share in its preparation and was very
solicitous about its form and accuracy.^ As he wrote to
Joseph Hopkinson, March 22, 1819, "it is a book which is

to make some noise in the world This is a work

which you must do for reputation. Our College cause
will be known to our children's children. Let us take care
that the rogues shall not be ashamed of their grand-
fathers." The title of the book is Report of the case of the
Trustees of Dartmouth College against William H. Wood-
ward. Argued and determined in the Superior Court of
Judicature of the State of New-Hampshire, November i8iy.
And on error in the Supreme Court of the United States,
February i8ig. By Timothy Farrar Counsellor at Law.
Portsmouth, N.H.: John W. Foster; Boston: West,
Richardson, and Lord; J. J. Williams, printer, Exeter
([4] +406 pp.).

In Farrar's Report the argument is on pages 238-83,
and in Henry Wheaton's Reports, Vol. 3, it is on pages
551-99. It is given in the Speeches and Forensic Argu-
ments (1830) on pages [iio]-i37. In the Writings and
Speeches, it is to be found in Vol. 10, pages [i 941-233;

'Shirley, pp. 205, 211, 271-72, 283-85, 290-98.

The Speeches of Daniel Webster

and the very moving peroration in Vol. 15, pages 11-13,
this peroration having been preserved for us in the eulogy
of Rufus Choate, where it occurs on pages 37-39 of the
hundred-page edition. The pamphlet does not contain
the peroration, and a considerable part of the speech as
delivered is omitted in all the reports.

Senator Lodge calls the argument the landmark in the
life of Webster that "placed him before the country as
one of the first and the most eloquent of her constitutional
lawyers." Judge David Cross said in 1901, "The legal
argument occupied five hours and the peroration, as
described by Professor Goodrich, was the most brilliant
ever heard in that court. The judges and the listeners
were moved to tears as Mr. Webster appealed with elo-
quent words and trembling lips, for the life of the College.
His argument prevailed and a construction of the Consti-
tution of the United States was then given of far-reaching
importance, not only for this College, but for every
eleemosynary institution in the United States."^ Web-
ster's announcement to his brother of the decision of the
court has been printed in a ^^ Facsimile of letter sent by
Daniel Webster to his brother Esekiel announcing the

decision " Quarto page, with title in lower-left

corner; quotation marks as given.

Boston Slavery Memorial is the short title sometimes
attached to a production written, in part at least, by
Webster.^ The true title begins A mem^ial to the

' Dartmouth Webster Centennial, p. 244.

' The authorship is discussed in Writings and Speeches, XV, 72-73, and in
Mass. Hist. Soc. Proc., 2d ser., VII, 119.

3°

Bibliographical Society of America

Congress of the United States, on the subject of restraining
the increase of slavery in new states to be admitted into the

Union Boston: Sewell Phelps, 1819. (22 pp.)-

This was repubhshed, in part or whole, in The Nebraska
Question comprising speeches .... with the history of the
Missouri Compromise Daniel Webster^s Memorial in regard

to it New York, Redfield, 1854. (119 pp.). On

pages 9-12 is "Daniel Webster on the Missouri Compro-
mise 'Memorial . . . .'" The Memorial is con-
tained, also, in Daniel Webster on slavery Boston:

William Carter & Brother, 1861. (60 pp.) This Memo-
rial, the text of which may be found in the "National
Edition," XV, 55-72, may have been printed again, for
in 1 89 1 Rev. Dr. Edward Everett Hale expressed his
intention of printing it in a pamphlet;^ but no such edition
has been noted.

In 1820 Webster delivered the first of his great
memorial or occasional addresses, characterized by
Edward Everett as " in some respects the most remarkable
of his performances": A discourse, delivered at Plymouth,
December 22, 1820. In commemoration of the first settle-
ment of New-England. Boston: Wells and Lilly, 182 1.
(104 pp.). The same printers issued a second edition (so
marked), in 182 1; this had 56 pages. A third (so
marked) , with 7 6 pages, followed in 1 8 2 5 . Regarding this
discourse, John Adams said in a letter to Webster,
December 23, 182 1, "If there be an American who can
read it without tears, I am not that American," and

» Mass. Hist. Soc. Proc, 2d ser., VII, 119.

The Speeches of Daniel Webster 31

further, " Mr. Burke is no longer entitled to the praise — ■
the most consummate orator of modern times. "^ Edward
Everett says of the address, "It obtained at once a wide
circulation throughout the country, and gave to Mr.
Webster a position among the popular writers and
speakers of the United States scarcely below that which
he had already attained as a lawyer and a statesman."
A review, said to be by C. Gushing, appeared in the
North American Review, XV, 36, July, 1822, with the
simple title, Mr. Webster^ s Discourse.

By the Massachusetts constitutional convention in
1 82 1 Webster was appointed a member of a committee to
Report upon the constitutional rights and privileges of
Harvard College; and upon the donations that have been
made to it by this commonwealth. The report, with title
beginning as above, was printed by Russell and Gardner,
1821 (16 pp.), without Webster's name on the title-page,
but it is signed on page 16, "For the Gommittee, D.
Webster."

Again in Gongress in December, 1823, this time from a
Massachusetts district, on the eighth of that month he
introduced a resolution for the appointment of an agent
or commissioner to Greece, a country then struggling
against Turkey for her independence. On January 19 he
delivered a speech of which Dr. Fisher says — and others
have used almost the identical words — "It was reprinted
wherever the English language was spoken, translated into
Greek, Spanish, and, indeed, aU the languages of Europe

' Private Correspondence (1857), I, 318.

32 Bibliographical Society of America

and circulated in South America." These foreign editions
would be especially interesting in this day when we are
thinking so much of the rights of small nations. Dr.
Fisher says, further, that " there is every reason to believe
that Webster's words must have contributed to the crea-
tion throughout the civilized world of that favorable
feeling towards Greece which had not a little to do with
her ultimate success."

The speech has the title: Mr. Webster's speech on the
Greek revolution. Washington City: John S. Meehan,
Columbian office, 1824. (50 pp.). Two Boston editions
appeared, one, with title beginning the same as the above,
"From the Washington edition." Boston: Cummings,
Hilliard, & Co.; University Press, Hilliard & Metcalf;
1824. (39 pp.). The other consists of pages 1-14 of a
pamphlet without a title-page, with caption heading:
Eighteenth Congress, Jan. 1824. Discussion of the Greek
question, in the House of Representatives, (footed :) Office
of the Howard Gazette, No, i Dock Square. This edition
has 48 pages and contains also the speeches of others on
the same question. Webster's speech appears to be much
abbreviated. An echo of this occasion was heard recently
when in 191 5 appeared a 20-page pamphlet by Professor
Morton Prince, reprinted from the New York Times of
November 21, 191 5, with title From Webster to Wilson;
the disintegration of an ideal. Pages 3-13, "I. The
ideal," concern Webster's resolution or his speech in favor
of Greece; and pages 14-20, "II. The contrast," concern
the American official neutrality in 1 914 and 191 5.

The Speeches of Daniel Webster 33

In the spring of 1824, Webster made one of two
frequently discussed tariff speeches, this one against the
tariff: Speech of Mr. Webster, upon the tarif; .... April,
1824. Washington: Gales & Seaton, 1824. (47 pp.). An
other edition has the imprint, Boston : Wells and Lilly, and
Cummings, Hilliard, & Co., 1824. (47 pp.). There is also
an edition with title simply "Speech" around which has
been pasted printed text reading "Mr. Webster upon the
Tariff; April, 1824." No imprint or footing.

In the same year there appeared a Circular of eight
pages, without title-page, half-title, or running-title, but
with the above-mentioned single-word caption. It is
signed by Daniel Webster and 13 others, "Directors,"
Boston, September 20, 1824. This concerns the proposed
erection of the Bunker HiU Monument, and solicits
co-operation and interest. Here it is appropriate to go
back six years to an article that was published in the North
American Review, VII, 20, July, 18 18 (pp. 225-58), on the
Battle of Bunker Hill and General Putnam; published
in the guise of a review of a pamphlet on the battle and a
letter on General Putnam's character. George Ticknor
says the article "is understood to have been written by
Mr. Webster" and that "the whole review is strong, and
no one hereafter can write the history of the period it
refers to, without consulting it. The opening description
of the battle is beautiful and picturesque."

The study that Webster put into this article stood him
in good stead when he came to prepare the second of his
memorable occasional addresses, if there is truth in the

34 Bibliographical Society of America

impression given by his biographers that it was in the
main composed on a trout-fishing expedition. Webster
himself tells us that "Venerable men" originated in the
waters of Marshpee Brook. As to the final form of the
address, Professor Ogg says, "Its details, however, were
the ground of much solicitude, and even after its delivery
the author consumed no small amount of time in the
revision of his manuscript preparatory to printing." The
oration, or selections from it, has been printed a great
many times as a school text, usually in combination with
other of Webster's speeches and sometimes with Washing-
ton's Farewell Address.

The address passed immediately through five Boston
editions, the first with title An address delivered at the
laying of the corner stone of the Bunker Hill monument.
By Daniel Webster. Boston: Cummings, Hilliard, &
Co., 1825. (40 pp.). Later Boston imprints are ....
An address delivered at the laying of the corner stone of the
Bunker Hill monument, June 17, 1825. By Daniel Web-
ster. Boston: Brainard & Co., 1843. ([^ pJ+pp- [57]-
70.); — [same title]. Boston: Tappan & Dennet, 1843.
([i p.]+pp. [571-70.). These are two issues of a reprint
from Webster's Speeches and Forensic Arguments (1835),
i. [57]-7o. A curious particular is the printing of the text
beginning with page [57] on the verso of the title-page and
ending on the recto of the last leaf, instead of beginning on
a recto and ending on a verso as in the original; thus, the
odd-numbered pages are versos and the even are rectos.
This leaves the verso of page 70 free for the advertisements

The Speeches of Daniel Webster 35

of the publishers. The signature-marks, 8 and 9, of the
original edition appear on pages [57] and 65, and the (new)
marks F and F* on the signature lines of pages 61 and 65.
In the caption-title the lines are divided through the word
Bunker without a hyphen, but the hyphen occurs in the
original.

More than one translation was issued in 1825, e.g.:
Discurso pronunciado al poner la piedra angular del monu-
mento de Bunker-Hill .... Tradu^ido par Jose Maria
Heredia. Nueva- York : se halla en la Hbreria de Wilder y
Campbell, .... en la imprenta de Jose Desnoues, ....
1825. (34 pp.). This ought not to be catalogued as
published by W. Y. Campbell, as one library has it.
Lafayette wrote to Webster, December 28, 1825, in these
words, as reported, "Your Bunker Hill has been translated
in French and other languages, to the very great profit of
European readers."* Querard's La France litter aire gives
us the title Colonne de Bunker-Hill, monument eleve a la
memoire des patriotes americains, marts sur le champ de
bataille ou fut remportee la premiere victoire de Vinde-
pendance. Paris: Eymery, 1825. (40 pp. 8°. i fr. 50 c.).
"Cette brochure se compose du Discours prononce par
M. Webster, et d'un Discours de M. Keratry."

Dr. Fisher calls the address "far better in diction and
style than the Plymouth oration. It was more Webster-
ian." Professor Ogg says, "It was always the opinion of
Webster that the oration at Plymouth surpassed that
delivered at Bunker Hill. In the breadth of its sweep, and

' Private Correspondence (1857), I, 400.

36 Bibliographical Society of America

the quality of majesty, it undeniably did so. In sheer
eloquence, however, it may be doubted whether anything
that Webster ever uttered surpassed his address upon the
later occasion to the survivors of the battle, his apostrophe
to General Warren, and his encomium of Lafayette."

The next year occurred the Speech of Mr. Webster, of
Mass. in the House of Representatives on the Panama
mission. Delivered on the 14th April, 1826. Washington,
Davis & Force, 1826. (61 pp.).

The third important occasional address was that pro-
nounced on Adams and Jefferson, deceased on the fiftieth
anniversary of the declaration of American independence:
A discourse in commemoration of the lives and services of
John Adams and Thomas Jefferson, delivered in Faneuil
Hall, Boston, August 2, 1826. By Daniel Webster.
Boston: Cummings, Hilliard, & Co., 1826. (62 pp.).
No other contemporary edition, as a separate, has been
noted, a remarkable fact, if, as Dr. Fisher supposes,
"It had an immense popularity at the time, because,
although nearly two generations had grown up since the
Revolution, they had nothing to read about it; and the
novelty of an actual debate on the great question at issue
very naturally delighted them." This oration contains
the fine passage on eloquence and the account of a debate
in the Continental Congress, with the famous suppositi-
tious speech of John Adams.

Concerning the speech on the tariff bill of 1828, when
Webster, who had been promoted to the Senate, supported
the bill, some catalogues give the impression that there

The Speeches of Daniel Webster

were two editions published, with different paging:
Remarks of Mr. Webster in the Senate of the United States,
May p, 1828, on the tariff bill. Boston: Boston Daily
Advertiser, W. L. Lewis, 1828. (32 pp.); and also:
Boston, 1828. (48 pp.). The fact is that the first has or
may have appended, as pages 33-48, Webster's speech of
April 25, 1828, on relief of officers of the Revolution. The
question is, whether the first was issued separately, and
whether variations occur when so found.

In 1830 Daniel Webster delivered his Reply to Hayne,
his most famous speech in American repute, and often
called his greatest. It clinched his reputation as our
greatest orator. It revealed to the nation her champion of
national unity under the constitution. There is perhaps
as much to be said, in a bibliographical way, about this
speech as about any in American history. It appears
with titles mentioning three different things. Foot's
resolution, the public lands, and Mr. Hayne. It is
doubtful, however, whether it is well known except as
the reply to Hayne.

The question naturally arises as to which was the first
edition of the speech, a question not to be answered off-
hand. Nor can the order of editions be determined with-
out further investigation than is possible for this paper.
A first edition is interesting per se to collectors and
bibUographers, but its true value is, of course, in its being
source material. But which is the source when one word
is spoken and a different one printed with the author's
revision ? And who can tell whether the thought swift

38 Bibliographical Society of America

from the tongue to the eager ear does not work as great
an effect as the measured message from paper to eye?
Webster gave his speeches careful revision before pubHca-
tion, but his words were told over the country by those
who heard them, and it might have been possible largely
to reconstruct them if he had never committed them to
paper.

The authorized first edition was undoubtedly one with
the imprint of Gales and Seaton, who were the editors and
publishers of the National Intelligencer. In the Boston
Public Library there is a volume containing the original
shorthand report by Joseph Gales, the speech written out
from it by Mr. and Mrs. Gales, Webster's revision of this,
partly in his own handwriting, and some notes approved
by Webster; and with these there is a copy of the edition
first in the list given below. But there is no evidence to
show that pains were taken to prove this printed copy the
veritable edition, issue, or impression approved by Web-
ster, although such pains may have been taken. It will
be necessary, indeed, to collate many Gales and Seaton
copies to determine what were different editions or issues,
and to compare them with the manuscript volume to dis-
cover the most approved issue. From this manuscript
probably resulted the speech as published in the National
Intelligencer in Washington on February 23, 25, and 27,
1830. Other editions had to wait for this,' and were based
on it. But it has not been shown that the speech as pub-
lished in the above-named newspaper is identical in text

'McMaster, Daniel Webster, pp. 186-87.

The Speeches of Daniel Webster

either with the manuscript or with the issue first in the Hst
below. When it comes to choosing a standard text, what
is to be followed, the manuscript, the Intelligencer, the sup-
posed first pamphlet edition, Webster's revision made late
in his life, or something of all these influenced by the re-
ports of his auditors ?^ The following separate editions
have been noted :

Speech of Daniel Webster, in reply to Mr. Hayne, of South
Carolina: the resoltdion of Mr. Foot, of Connecticut, relative to the
public lands, being under consideration. Delivered in the Senate,
January 26, 18 jo. Washington: Gales & Seaton, 1830. (96 pp.)-
Of this edition there were at least two issues, differing certainly
on the last page. The one mentioned above has not the words,
"Ah sir," near the end of "Mr. Webster's last remarks," on
page 96. It is well, perhaps, to note here that these last remarks
were spoken in the natural course of debate, and are added to
editions of the main speech because amplifying to a certain extent
the ideas there expressed. The collation of these two issues is:
p. [i], [title-page, as above]; p. [2], [blank]; pp. [31-85, [text, with
heading]: Speech; pp. [86]-92, Notes; pp. [93]-96, Mr. Webster's
last remarks.

Speech of Daniel Webster, in reply to Mr. Hayne, of South
Carolina: the resolution offered by Mr. Foot, relative to the public
lands, being under consideration. Delivered in the Senate, January
26, 18 JO. Washington: Gales & Seaton, 1830. (76 pp.). Of this
edition there were probably two issues, differing on the title-page
(one having "rely" for "reply") and in the first line of page 61,
where the word "upon" is corrected to " repose."

'Mr. Lindsay Swift, when editing The Great Debate between Hayne and
Webster (1898), used the edition of Boston: Carter & Hendee, 1830, the Works,
1851, and the manuscript. The best account of the manuscript volume is by
Mr. Swift in this edition.

40 Bibliographical Society of America

[SAMETITLE AS LAST, varying]; .... Mr. Foot, of Connecticut,
relative to n.p., n.d. (32 pp. no title-page; title from caption, p. [i].).

[same title as first mentioned above] New- York: Elliott
& Palmer, 1830. (72 pp.).

Second speech of Hon. Daniel Webster, delivered in the Senate of
the United States, January 26, 18 jo. With a sketch of the preceding
debate on the resolution of Mr. Foot, respecting the sale, &'c, of public
lands, Boston: Carter and Hendee, 1830. (16-^76 pp.).

Speech in Senate, January 26, 1830. Richardson, Lord &
Holbrook, and Beals & Homer. (40 pp.).t

Speeches of Messrs. Hayne and Webster, in the United States
Senate, on the resolution of Mr. Foot, January, i8jo. New Haven:
J. H. Benham, 1849. (85 pp.).

[same title]: Hartford: Case, Tiffany & Co., 1850. (84 pp.).

[same title, varying by omission of comma after "Webster"]:
Boston: Redding and Co., 1852. (84 pp.).

Speeches of Hayne and Webster in the United States Senate, on
the resolution of Mr. Foot, January, i8jo. Also Mr. Webster's
celebrated speech on the slavery compromise bill, March 7, 18 jo.
Boston, A. T. Hotchkiss & W. P. Fetridge, 1853. (115 pp.).

Webster and Hayne' s celebrated speeches in the United States
Senate, on Mr. Foot's resolution of January, 18 jo. Also, ....
speech .... 1850, .... Philadelphia: T. B. Peterson and
Brothers, n.d. (115 pp.).

Webster's great "Reply" is called in some editions
^^ Second speech"; the first reply being that delivered
January 20, of which one edition is known: Speech of
Daniel Webster, on the subject of the public lands, b'c.
delivered in the Senate of the United States, January 20,
1830. Washington: Gales & Seaton, 1830. (28 pp.).

The orator's letters, written February 27 to Mason,
and March 8 to Button, allude to his revision of the

The Speeches of Daniel Webster

speech, but whether for newspaper or for separate editions
is not clear. In the letter of March 8 is an amusing pas-
sage that shows what diflSculties an author, with the best
of care, may have in establishing an approved text. In
this case Webster spoke of "treason made easy," but the
printer made it "treason madcosy," and so it must have
been at first issued, but after correcting the proof twice
and finding that he "could not make it easy" Webster
eliminated the whole sentence.^ The demand for the
speech was so great that about forty thousand copies were
issued from the National Intelligencer office, and it is said
that perhaps twenty different editions were printed at
other places.^ These should be searched for, especially
such as were not printed as integral parts of newspapers
and other periodicals; it is possible that some of those not
listed were mere newspaper reports. However, the state-
ment has been made that "It is hardly too much to say
that no speech in the English language was ever so
universally diffused or so generally read."

"This great speech," says Senator Lodge, "marks the
highest point attained by Mr. Webster as a public man.
He never surpassed it, he never equalled it afterwards.
It was his zenith intellectually, politically, and as an

orator The vigorous sarcasm with which Mr.

Webster depicted practical nullification, and showed that
it was nothing more or less than revolution when actually
carried out, was really the conclusive answer to the nulli-
fying doctrine He defined the character of the

' Private Correspondence (1857), I, 494. ' McMaster, pp. 188-89.

42 Bibliographical Society of America

Union as it existed in 1830, and that definition so mag-
nificently stated and with such grand eloquence, went
home to the hearts of the people, and put into noble words
the sentiment which they felt but had not expressed.
This was the significance of the reply to Hayne."

The plane of public regard that Webster had now
attained is shown in the statement that the first question
asked of foreign visitors after this time was, "Have you
seen Daniel Webster?" It is shown in his becoming a
potential presidential candidate, resulting in the Massa-
chusetts Legislative nomination of Daniel Webster for the
presidency. 1835. (^5 PPO- We find evidence of it in
those public dinners that were given him from time to
time as testimonials of his service to the country, on all of
which occasions he made addresses: Speeches , Kent and
Webster (New York). Boston, 1831 (24 pp.); Ad-
dress (Pittsburgh). Boston, 1833 (32 pp.); Reception
(Boston). Boston, 1842 (31 pp.); Speech (Baltimore).
New- York, 1843 (32 PpO; Speech, (Philadelphia, 1846).
Philadelphia, 1847 (^^ + 88 pp. port.); and Washington,
1847 (32 pp.); ^/Jgec/fe^ (Annapolis). Washington, 185 1;
Reception (Boston). Boston, 1852. (32 pp.).

At the New York dinner in 183 1, "he gave his hearers
to understand very clearly that the nullification agitation
was not at an end." The agitation came to a head when.
South Carolina having passed an ordinance nullifying the
national tariff law, Congress took up the "force bill."
Calhoun made his argument for nullification, the most
formidable, it is said, that Webster ever had to meet, and

The Speeches of Daniel Webster

Webster replied on February i6, 1833, in the speech called
The constitution not a compact between sovereign states. A
speech by the Hon. Daniel Webster in the Senate of the
United States, Jan., 18 jj, in reply to the resolutions ofered
by Mr. Calhoun, of South Carolina, affirming the right of
secession, n.p., n.d. (44 pp. No title-page; title from
caption, p. [i].). This speech was made on February 16;
consequently the date in the above-named title is wrong.

[same title, varying slightly in punctuation]

New York: Bergen & Tripp, 1861. (Cover-title & 44 pp.).
Caption on p. i repeats title.

[same title, varying] [London: Woodfall and

Kinder], n.d. (84 pp.) No title-page; title from caption,
p. [i] ; printer from p. 84.

Speech of Mr. Webster . ... in reply to Mr. Calhoun^ s
speech, on the bill ^^ Further to provide for the collection of
duties on imports. ^^ Delivered on the i6th of February,
18 jj. Washington: Gales and Seaton, 1833. (48 pp.).

Speeches of John C. Calhoun and Daniel Webster, ....
on the enforcing bill. Boston: Beals, Homer & Co., and
Russell, Odiorne & Co., 1833. (Cover- title & 89 pp.).
Of this pamphlet, pages [45J-89 contain "In Senate,
Saturday, February 16, 1833. Mr. Webster's speech,
in reply to Mr. Calhoun, on the revenue collection
biU."

An edition giving in addition the speeches of Calhoun
and Webster on February 26, after the "force bill" had
passed, was published as Supplement to The Political
Register, covering the speeches of Messrs. Calhoun, Webster,

44 Bibliographical Society of America

and Poindexter, on the revenue collection bill. [Washington :
Duff Green, 1833.] (var. p.).

Curtis says that "The speech in reply to Mr. Calhoun
was far less rhetorical than that in reply to Mr. Hayne,"
but that "Perhaps there is no speech ever made by Mr.
Webster that is so close in its reasoning, so compact, and
so powerful."

In 1830, Webster had taken part in what Curtis calls
"one of the most remarkable criminal prosecutions on
record, " the Trial of John Francis Knapp .... for the
murder of Capt. Joseph White, . ... at Salem, July

20, 18 JO Boston: Button & Wentworth, 1830.

(52 pp.)- Also printed as: A report of the evidence and
points of law .... Salem, W. & S. B. Ives, 1830.
Reprinted with an Appendix .... Salem edition,
1830. (72 pp.).

In 1 83 1 was published Speeches of Messrs. Webster,
Frelinghuysen and others, at the Sunday School meeting in
the city of Washington, February 16, 18 ji. Philadelphia,
American Sunday School Union, 1831. (24 pp.).

The next year appeared Speech at the National Repub-
lican Convention, in Worcester, Oct. 12, i8j2. Boston:
Simpson & Clapp, 1832. (43 pp.). There are at least
three variants of this edition that have the imprint of
"J. E. Hinckley & Co., Printers, No. 14, Water Street"
on the back of the title, and one that is without it.

This speech was also printed as a part of the Journal
of the Proceedings of the National Republican Convention,
held at Worcester, October 11, 18 J2. Boston: Stimpson &

The Speeches of Daniel Webster

Clapp, 72 Washington Street. J. E. Hinckley & Co.,
Printers, 14 Water Street, 1832. Beginning with the
heading "Mr. Webster's Speech" on page 35, the speech
occupies the rest of the pamphlet. The signatures, of 4
leaves each, are numbered i-io. A slip of " Correction, "
7 lines, for page 27, sometimes follows the title.

Of this speech in the two forms just mentioned, twelve
copies have been found to differ each in some respect from
all the others. The speech is printed on six sheets, five
with four leaves and the last with two leaves. There are
variations in each of these sheets, running from two each
in the fourth and fifth sheets to eight in the second sheet,
The sheets appear in various combinations; the "Jour-
nal" sheets being in some cases combined with the
"Speech" sheets, giving such paging as: 1-72, 41-43;
1-40, 9-43; and 1-40, 73-75. Moreover, they vary in
some cases without apparent consistency as to either the
"forms" or the leaves that might be expected to agree or
differ together. The copies thus present an opportunity
for an interesting study in bibliographical genealogy.

As to textual differences, the most important is on
page 13, second paragraph, where two lines were either
added or deleted, reading "She [England] manifests no
weak or pretended jealousy of foreign influence, from the
freest intercourse with the commercial world." A
variant of the passage reads, "by reason of the freest."
Aside from the interesting question of this passage, which
may have been eliminated for fear of its misinterpretation
at a time when there was considerable free-trade discussion.

46 Bibliographical Society of America

there are at least four differences in line-endings on
the page, the last line closing with "constitutional,"
"of a con-," "homage to," and "no horn-," in various
copies. On pages 41 and 42 the changes are verbal,
one passage reading "in that State; nor can I doubt,"
and again "State. I cannot doubt;" the other "The
gaze of the sons of liberty, everywhere, is upon us,
anxiously, intently upon us. They may see us fall,"
the change being from "They" to "It" or perhaps vice
versa. In the same sheet there are differences in the
line-endings of the last two pages, showing that the type
was reset. In one copy the paragraph at the bottom of
page 4 has suffered a typographical mishap, losing the
final letter of two lines. This may be related to a copy
with this page wrongly numbered.

The copies examined are at Harvard, the Boston
Athenaeum, the Boston Public Library, the New York
Public Library, American Antiquarian Society, and in
the possession of the writer. The substance of the evi-
dence seems to show that there was a demand for copies
of the Speech which the printer had difficulty in supplying.

In the same year as the last, Webster delivered a
memorial oration little known popularly as compared with
those at Plymouth and Bunker Hill, or that on Adams and
Jefferson, but containing much that is notable. This
comprises pages [2]-!! of Speeches and other proceedings
at the public dinner in honor of the centennial anniversary of

Washington City of Washington: Jonathan Elliot,

1832. (32 pp.). The same year also Webster opposed the

The Speeches of Daniel Webster

naming of Van Buren as minister to England, and
delivered the speeches contained on pages 11-14 and 40-42
of Debate in the Senate, on the nomination of Martin Van
Buren .... n.p., n.d. (55 pp.)

An 1834 title runs New-York Jubilee. Report, {the
only one extant,) of the eloquent and patriotic speech of the
Honorable Daniel Webster, delivered from a window of his
sister^s house, in Greenwich-street, on the occasion of
the great Whig jubilee, at the Castle garden, April 15,

i8j4 New- York, published for the proprietors,

John Lomas, printed by William Applegate, 1834. (8 pp.).

In the year 1838 Webster delivered at Niblo's Saloon,
otherwise called Niblo's Garden, in New York, what
Senator Lodge calls "the greatest purely political speech
which he ever delivered, " in which he reviewed President
Jackson's administration "with the greatest severity."
It is notable not only in regard to the subject of finances,
but also in that he opposed the annexation of Texas, and
that he expressed his general ideas on the slavery question,
already clearly stated several years before this, and yet
surprisingly considered in 1850 as a new attitude: Speech
delivered by Daniel Webster, at Niblo's Saloon, in New
York, on the 15th March, 1837. n.p., n.d. (4+32 pp.). This
also appeared with the title: Speech delivered by Daniel
Webster at Niblo's Saloon, in New-York, on the ijth March,
18 jy. New- York: Harper & Bros., 1837. (Cover-title &
35 pp.). Webster's position on slavery in the District of
Columbia is set forth in a pamphlet published with
caption title as follows: [In Senate of the United States,

48 Bibliographical Society of America

Wednesday, Jamiary 10, 18 j8.] Remarks of Mr. Webster
on the following resolution, moved by Mr. Clay, as a substi-
tute for the 5th of Mr. Calhoun^ s resolutions .... n.p.,
n.d. (4 pp.). No title-page. The brackets occur as
given. Near the middle of page i, "States" is mis-
printed "Srates." There is reported to be an issue of
this speech with 8 pages.

In 1840 there was issued a Report of the agrictUtural
meeting, held in Boston, January 73, 1840, containing the
remarks on that occasion of the Hon. Daniel Webster.
Salem: Gazette office, 1840. (36+8 pp.). Webster's
speech is on pages 8-30. It is noticeable because, as he
had just returned from England, where he had become
much interested in the English agricultural methods, his
opinion on the subject was occasioning wide interest.

A striking characteristic of the decade from 1830 to
1840 was its preoccupation with the national finances.
When we consider the informed, consistent, and forceful
speeches that Daniel Webster delivered on financial
questions during this period, we shall not wonder that the
first President Harrison offered him the Treasury as an
alternative to the State portfolio. A list of these speeches,
with abbreviated titles, follows:

Mr. Webster's speeches upon ike question of renewing the charter
of the Bank of the United States. Delivered May 25, and 28, i8j2.
Washington: Gales and Seaton, 1832. (16 pp.).

Veto message of President Andrew Jackson, on returning the bank
bill July, j8j2; together with the speech of the Hon. Daniel Webster.
Lowell: n.d. (68 pp.).

The Speeches of Daniel Webster

Speech of the Hon. Daniel Webster, on the Presidents veto of the
bank bill. July ii, 1832. n.p., n.d, (28 pp.).

[same title] Boston: J. E. Hinckley and Co., 1832.

(32 pp.).

Extracts from Mr. Webster's speeches, in 1832, on the passage of
the bill for rechartering the Bank, and on the veto message, n.p., n.d.
(Sheet, 53X32|cm.).t

Remarks of Mr. Webster, on the removal of the deposites, and on
the subject of a national bank: January, 1834. Washington: Gales
& Seaton, 1834. (23 pp.).

Remarks of Mr. Webster on different occasions, on the removal of
the deposites; and on the subject of a national bank: January and
February, 1834. Washington: Gales & Seaton, 1834. (32 pp.).
There is record of an edition with this title having 16 pages only;
it may be an incomplete copy of the 32-page edition.

Mr. Webster's report. Report on the removal of the deposites,
made by Mr. Webster, on the 5th of February, 1834. Washington:
Gales and Seaton, 1834. (23 pp.).

23d Congress, ist session. In Senate of the United States.
February 5, 1834. Mr. Webster, from the Committee on finance.
Report on the removal of the public deposites. n.p., n.d. (21 pp.) No
title-page; title from caption. " [72] " appears as shoulder note on
all pages.

Remarks of Mr. Webster, on the subject of the deranged currency,
February 22, 1834. Broadside, n.p., n.d. (Letterpress i6Xiif
inches. 4 columns.).

Speech of Mr. Webster, on moving for leave to introduce a bill to
continue the Bank of the United States, March 18, 1834. Washington :
Gales and- Seaton, 1834. (16 pp.).

Speech of Hon. Daniel Webster .... March 18, on asking leave
.... not. p. (8 pp.).

Mr. Webster's speech on the President's protest; delivered May 7,
1834. Washington: Gales & Seaton, 1834. (31pp.).

Speech of Mr. Webster, of Massachusetts, on the subject of the
three millions appropriation, January 14, 1836. Washington:
Gales and Seaton, 1836. (16 pp.).

Speech of Mr. Webster, January 14, 1836, on Mr. Benton's
resolutions. Boston: John H. Eastbum, 1836. (20 pp.).

Speech of Mr. Webster, of Massachusetts, on introducing his
proposition for the distribution of the surplus revenue. In Senate of
the United States, Tuesday, May 31, 1836. Washington: Gales &
Seaton, 1836. (15 pp.).

The specie circular. Speech of Mr. Webster, {of Massachusetts.)
In the Senate, December 21, 1836. n.p., n.d. (16 pp.). No title-page;
title from caption.

Mr. Webster's speech on Mr. Ewing's resolution to rescind the
treasury order .... delivered .... December 21, 1836. Wash.:
Gales & Seaton, 1837. (37 pp.).

Speeches of Henry Clay &° Daniel Webster, Sept. 25, 1837, on the
sub-treasury bill. Norwich, [Conn.]: J. Dunham, n.d. (48 pp.).
Webster's speech is on pp. [23]-48. Typographical variations
occur in copies of this pamphlet.

Mr. Webster's speech on the currency. Delivered September 28,
1837. Washington: Gales and Seaton, 1837. (26 pp.).

The protest against expunging. In the Senate of the United
States, Monday, January 16, 183"/. n.p., n.d. (2 pp.). No title-
page; title from caption, p. [i]. The second page has the page
number, 2, and at the bottom, in the center, the figure 4. There
are variations in copies of this, the first page of some copies
ending " done," and that of others ending " done; whether by era-".

Mr. Webster's remarks on the pre-emption bill. Delivered in the
Senate U.S., January 29, 1838. n.p., n.d. (7 p.). No "title-page;
title from caption, p. [i].

Mr. Webster's second speech on the sub-treasury bill. Delivered
March 12, 1838. n.p., n.d. (31 pp.).

[same title] Washington: Gales and Seaton, 1838. (60

pp.).

The Speeches of Daniel Webster

[same title, same edition as last]: an issue in which

page 58 is on the leaf with page 60 and page 59 on the leaf
with 57.

[same title] New- York: S. Colman and J. G. Wilson, etc. ;

1838. (24 pp.). Pages 22-24 are printed in smaller type than the
others.

Mr. Webster^s speech on the bill imposing additional duties as
depositaries, commonly called the sub-treasury bill; delivered on
March 12, 1838: and his speech of the 2 2d March, in answer to Mr.
Calhoun. Washington: Gales & Seaton, 1838. (iii pp.).

[same title] Boston: John H. Eastburn, 1838. (92 pp.),

Mr. Webster^ s speech in answer to Mr. Calhoun, March 22, 1838-
n.p., n.d. (19 pp.).

Mr. Webster's speech at Saratoga, N.Y. August ig, 1840.
Boston: Perkins and Marvin, 1840. (28 pp.).

Speech of Daniel Webster, at the great mass meeting at Saratoga.
New York, on igth August, 1840. [Nashville, Tenn. : B. R. M'Ken.
nie, 1840.] (12 pp.). Title from caption.

Webster on the currency. Speech at the Merchants' meeting,
New York, on Monday, September 28, 1840. New York: E. French,
1840. (24 pp.).

Remarks of Mr. Webster and Mr. Wright, on the President's
message, the finances, and debts of the nation. In Senate, December
16, 1840. n.p., n.d. (16 pp.). No title-page; title from caption.
This pamphlet includes the speeches of Wright and Webster on
December 17.

Mr. Webster's remarks on that part of the president's message
which relates to the revenue and finances. December 16 and ly, 1840.
Washington: Intelligencer office, 1840. (12 pp.).

This list of editions may give a small notion of a
tremendous record of speech-making by Webster during
that decade, the larger part of it on financial ques-
tions; strenuous, yet up to 1840, as Senator Lodge

52 Bibliographical Society of America

says, with "a small and select body of listeners, all more
or less familiar with the subject. In 1840 he was obliged
to present these same topics, with all their infinite detail
and inherent dryness, to vast popular audiences, but
nevertheless he achieved a marvelous success." This was
in the campaign to elect Harrison, whom Webster sup-
ported. The campaign speeches, with the exception of
those noted above on August 19 and September 28, do
not come down to us as separates; the sole other item to
find place here being the Bunker Hill declaration. Sep-
tember 10, 1840. n.p., n.d. (12 pp.), signed by "Daniel
Webster, president," reviewing former administrations and
pledging support to Harrison's candidacy. In the popular
speeches on the currency in 1840, Senator Lodge contin-
ues, "Mr. Webster showed, in handling his subject, not
only the variety, richness, and force which he had dis-
played in the Senate, but the capacity of presenting it
in a way thoroughly adapted to the popular mind, and
yet at the same time of preserving the impressive tone of
a dignified statesman, without any degeneration into
mere stump oratory. This wonderful series of speeches
produced the greatest possible effect."

Harrison was elected president, and offered a cabinet
position to Webster. He chose, not the Treasury, but
fortunately the State Department. The fifth decade of
his public career is marked conspicuously by questions of
foreign relations. The first was that of the "Caroline"
or "McLeod's case," which, together with the impress-
ment and boundary issues, threatened us with war with

The Speeches of Daniel Webster

Great Britain. Correspondence between Mr. Webster and
Lord Ashburton: 1. on McLeod^s case; 2. on the Creole
case; 3. on the subject of impressment, n.p., n.d. (32 pp.)«
Incidentally, the Creole case deserves special mention
as forecasting again Webster's attitude on slavery in
1850. It is unnecessary to list here the speeches and
writings supporting or attacking Webster's executive
work, but there are a number of separately printed
editions of these, particularly in the year 1841. No
special search has yet been made for this material;
besides the libraries of the United States, those of Canada
and Great Britain should be consulted.

In 1843 3. meeting was held at the New York Historical
Society, the report of which is usually found catalogued
under Gallatin. Webster delivered a speech at this
meeting, which is found on pages 57-68 of the pamphlet
report entitled A memoir on the north-eastern boundary ,
in connexion with Mr. Jay's map, by the Hon. Albert
Gallatin, LL.D., .... together with a speech on the same
subject, by the Hon. Daniel Webster, LL.D., Secretary of
State, ^c. &°c.; delivered at a special meeting of the New-
York Historical Society, April 15th, 184J. Illustrated by a
copy of the ^^Jay map.'' New- York: printed for the
Society, 1843. ([2] +74 PP- Folded map.)

Curtis, reviewing Webster's Diplomatic and Official
Papers in the North American Review, LXVIII, i (1849),
considered the negotiation of the Ashburton Treaty the
most important of Webster's acts, "conducted with great
skill, tact, and discretion, with the vast resources of a

54 Bibliographical Society of America

profound knowledge of an entangled controversy of fifty
years' standing," an example "of great and permanent
importance to the world," and involving principles "that
will have an influence in the world as long as civilization
exists on the face of the globe." Although Webster had
gained one of the most signal victories ever achieved over
the political forces of unreason, nevertheless, when he was
again in the Senate and because he was using his influence
for a peaceful settlement of the Oregon question, he was
attacked, especially by Mr. C. J. IngersoU and Mr.
Dickinson, in a manner that resulted in a defense that was
called by Senator Lodge "one of the strongest and most
virile speeches he ever delivered." The four known
editions or issues of this are as follows:

Mr. Webster's vindication of the treaty of Washington of 1842;
in a speech delivered in the Senate of the United States, on the 6th and
ph of April, 1846. Washington: J. & G. S. Gideon, 1846. (71 pp.
Without map or appendices.)

[same title] [same imprint]. (88 pp. With map and

appendices.)

[same title] [same imprint]. (85 pp. With map and

appendices.)

[same title] n.p., n.d. (64 pp. With map and

appendices.)

In the three Gideon issues, having 71, 88, and 85 pages
respectively, pages 1-7 1 are the same and comprise the
main text of the work. In the issues with 88 and 85
pages, the pages [73]-88 and [73]-85 respectively consist
of nine appendices, containing correspondence between

The Speeches of Daniel Webster 55

Webster, as Secretary of State, and others, and extracts
from the treaty, and a convention between England and
France for suppressing the slave traffic. Since there is
allusion in the main text to these appendixes, they are
referred to as well in the 71 -page issue with which they
do not appear. In the issues with 88 and 85 pages,
there is inserted a map, which occurs in some copies of
the issue of 88 pages in its first state and in some in its
second, while in the issue of 85 pages it occurs in its second.
In the 64-page issue the nine appendixes occur on pages
[54]-64, and the map occurs in its second state. It must
be said, however, that there is need of collation of more
copies to ascertain with certainty the distinction between
issues and the relation of the maps thereto.

The map is entitled, in its first state: "Map of the
various lines between the United States and the British
provinces reduced from the official map of Major J. D.
Graham, U.S. Commissioner." The additions in the
second state include: (i) the words,, "Published by order
of the Senate of the U.S. March 3d 1843"; (2) the inset
map with title: "Rouse's Point and its vicinity on Lake
Champlain shewing the positions selected for the forti-
fications"; (3) the explanation regarding the altitudes;
(4) the figures denoting the altitudes on the highlands
boundary claimed by the United States. There are also
additions to the coloring on the Chaudiere and Dead
Rivers, and changes in the coloring of the line of the par-
allel of 45° N. lat. and the upper Connecticut waters. It
should be mentioned here that in the Diplomatic and

56 Bibliographical Society of America

Official Papers .... (1848) the map appears in its
second state and without boundary colors.

Webster opposed the Mexican War, made efforts to
bring it to a speedy close, and opposed the annexation of
Mexican territory. "With great force and in a tone of
solemn warning," as Mr. Lodge says, he denounced the
annexation of territory from which new slave states might
be constructed, and declared that we were "rushing upon
perils headlong, and with our eyes wide open"; this in
Remarks of the Hon. Daniel Webster, of Massachusetts, on
the three million bill. In Senate of the United States, March
I, 184'/. [Washington]: J. & G. S. Gideon, n.d. (8 pp.)
No title-page; title from caption, p. [i]; printer from
footnote, p. [i]. In this issue the speech takes pages
[i]-8. Another issue of 8 pages differs in having the type
set forward, beginning on page [i], enough to save half a
page, resulting in the speech taking pages [i]-7 ; and on
page 8 is a "Transcript from the Journal of the Senate,
showing the votes of members. 'In the Senate of the
United States, March i, 1847.'" Resisting the provision
of means for continuing the war after the treaty of peace
was ratified, another speech was delivered : Mr. Webster^ s
speech, in the Senate of the United States, March 23, 1848,
on the Mexican war. [Washington] : J. & G. S. Gideon, n.d.
(16 pp.) No title-page; title from caption, p. [i];
printer from footnote, p. [i]. Reprinted as: Mr. Webster's
speech, in the U.S. Senate, March 23, 1848, upon the
war with Mexico. Boston: Eastburn's Press, 1848.
(24 pp.).

The Speeches of Daniel Webster

Other items of this decade occur as follows:

Speech at the convention at Richmond, Va., on Oct. jth, 1840.
New York, 1840. (24 pp.)-t

Mr. Webster's remarks to the Ladies of Richmond, Va., October
5th, 1840. Boston: Perkins & Marvin, 1841. (8 pp.).

Address, delivered at Bunker Hill, June ly, 1843, on the comple-
tion of the monument. By Daniel Webster. Boston: T.R.Marvin,

1843. (39 pp.). This seems to be the official edition.
Webster's address delivered at the completion of the Bunker

Hill monument, June ly, 184J. [Boston: Redding & Co.,
1843.] (8 pp.) No title-page; title from caption; imprint at
end, p. 8.

An address delivered at the completion of the Bunker Hill monu-
ment, June ly, 184 j. By Daniel Webster. Boston: Tappan and
Dennet, 1843. (20 pp.).

Mr. Webster's address at Andover, November g, 1843. Boston,
T. R. Marvin, 1843. (44 pp.). This was reviewed by Professor
Moses Stuart of Andover, in Mr. Webster's Andover address.
Essex County, 1844. (20 pp.); diXiA Conscience and the constitution.
Boston, 1850. (119 pp.).

Mr. Webster's speech in defence of the Christian ministry,
February 10, 1844, in the case of Stephen Girard's will. Washington :
Gales and Seaton, 1844. (60 pp.).

Defence of the Christian religion. N.Y., 1844. (76 pp.).t

Webster's speech. A defence of the Christian religion. Second
edition. New York: Mark H. Newman, 1844. (72 pp.).

Speech of Daniel Webster of Massachusetts, delivered at the great
Whig mass convention, held at Philadelphia, on the ist day of October,

1844. Philadelphia, 1844. (22 pp.).

Argument of Hon. Daniel Webster, on behalf of the Boston &•
Lowell R. R. company. Boston, January XX, MDCCCXLV.
Reported by Nathan Hale, jr. Boston: Button and Wentworth,

1845. (31 pp.).

58 Bibliographical Society of America

Mr. Webster^s remarks at the meeting of the Suffolk bar, occasioned
by the death of the Hon. Mr. Justice Story. Boston : James Munroe
and Co., 1845. (14 pp.).

Argument of the Hon. Daniel Webster, and the Hon. J.
MacPherson Berrien, in the case of Charles F. Sibbald against
the United States. Philadelphia, 1845. (45 pp. Cover title-
page.) f

The true Whig sentiment of Massachusetts, n.p., n.d. (24 pp.).
The heading on p. [17] is "Speech of Hon. Daniel Webster."

Mr. Webster^ s speech on the new tariff bill. July 25, 1846.
Washington: J. & G. S. Gideon, 1846. (48 pp.). Also another ed.
(32 pp.) without t.-p.

Proceedings of the Harbor and River Convention held at Chicago,
July fifth, 1847. Letters read .... Chicago: R.L. Wilson, Daily
Journal office. 1847. (79 pp.). Contains letters of Webster of June
26, 1847, on pp. 45-46 and 51-64.

The Rhode Island question. Mr. Webster's argument in the case
of Martin Luther vs. Luther M. Borden and others, January 27th,
1848. Washington: J. and G. S. Gideon, 1848. (26 pp.). 33 lines
of text on p. 3.

[same title] [same imprint] (20 pp.). 47 Hnes of text

on p. 3.

Speech of Hon. Daniel Webster, on the presidential question;
delivered at Marshfield, Mass., September i, 1848. (14 pp.).t

Speech by the Hon. Daniel Webster, delivered at Marshfield,
Sept. 7, 1848. n.p., n.d. (16 pp.) without t.-p.f

Mr. Webster's speech at Marshfield, Mass. delivered September
I, 1848, and his speech on the Oregon bill, delivered in the United
Stales Senate, August 12, 1848. Boston: T. R. Marvin, 1848.
(24 pp.). Senator Lodge says that the Marshfield speech was a
crisis in Webster's life, and a lost opportunity, in that he did not
put himself at the head of the "constitutional anti-slavery party."

Speech of Hon. Daniel Webster, at Abington, October g, 1848.
n.p., n.d. (8 pp.). No title-page; title from caption, p. [i].

The Speeches of Daniel Webster 59

Proceedings in Massachusetts and New Hampshire on the death
of the Hon. Jeremiah Mason. Boston: John Wilson, 1849. (41
pp.). Webster's address, in presenting Rufus Choate's Suffolk
Bar resolutions on Mason to the Massachusetts Supreme Court on
November 14th, 1848, is on pages 7-29.

Speeches of the Hon. Daniel Webster, of Massachusetts, delivered
at the festival of the Sons of New Hampshire, in Boston, Nov. ph, 1849.
Boston: James French, 1849. ([21+23 pp.).

The papers and speeches near the end of the great
statesman's life are the following :

The "Seventh of March" speech, discussed later.

Speech of the Honorable Daniel Webster, on the compromise bill,
on the 17th day of July, 1850. [Washington]: Gideon & Co., n.d.
(15 pp.). No title-page; title from caption, p. [i]; printer from
footnote, p. [i].

[same title, varying] Washington: Gideon & Co., 1850.

(28 pp.).t

Remarks of Hon. Daniel Webster in the Senate of the United
States, June 17, 1850. Together with Mr. Webster^ s letter to Robert
H. Gardiner, Esq.; and other citizens of Maine. [Washington:
Gideon & Co.], n.d. (8 pp.). No title-page; title from caption.f

Letter from citizens of Newbury port, Mass., and Mr. Webster's
reply. Washington: Gideon and Co., 1850. (16 pp.). Also(2opp.)t

Correspondence between Mr. Webster and his New Hampshire
neighbors. Washington: Gideon and Co., 1850. (10 pp.).

The Austro-Hungarian question. Correspondence between Mr.
Hulsemann and Mr. Webster. Washington: Gideon and Co., 1851.

(23 PP-).

Sketch of the life of Louis Kossuth, and the letter of Daniel Webster
to Chevalier Hulsemann. New York: Stringer & Townsend, 185 1.
(96 pp.). The Hulsemann letter. Dr. Fisher says, "is a most
impressive paper which delighted the whole country by its Ameri-
canism, inspired respect in Europe, and has become a landmark in

6o Bibliographical Society of America

the history of diplomacy. It was a letter in which the substance
was old-fashioned spread-eagleism expressed in classic urbanity,
and no one but Webster could have done it."

Speech of Mr. Webster, at the celebration of the New York New
England Society, December 23, 1850. Washington: Gideon and
Co., 1851. (13 pp.).

Speech of Hon. Daniel Webster, to the young men of Albany.
Wednesday, May 28, 18 ji. [Washington]: Gideon & Co., n.d.
(29 pp.). Some copies have only 21 pages; was it so published?

Mr. Webster's speeches at Buffalo, Syracuse, and Albany, May,
1851. New- York: Mirror oflSce, [cop. 1851.] (56 pp.). Also . . .
[2d ed.] N.Y. Mirror office (56 pp.). Another ed.: Boston, 1851,
(48 pp.).

Speeches of Mr. Webster at Capon Springs, Virginia; June 28,
1851. [Washington]: Gideon & Co., n.d. (18 pp.).

Mr. Webster's address at the laying of the corner stone of the
addition to the capital; July 4th, 18 51. Washington: Gideon and
Co., 1851. (29 pp.).

[same title] Washington: Gideon and Co., 1851. (30

pp.). Page 30 has a letter to Webster from Henry Lunt.

An address delivered before the New York Historical Society ,

February 23, 1852, by Daniel Webster New York: The

Historical Society, 1852. (57 pp.).

Speech of the Hon. Daniel Webster in the great india rubber suit,
in March, 1852. New- York: Arthur & Burnet, 1852. (144-54 pp.
With facsim.)

Address delivered by the Hon. Daniel Webster in Faneuil Hall,
May 22, 1852, at the request of the City Council of Boston. Boston:
J, H. Eastbum, 1852. (25 pp.).

The bibliographer, while studiously dispassionate,
must end his account at the most dazzling point, in which
the great statesman hazarded for the sake of national
unity and peace all he had of bright fame. " In a literary

The Speeches of Daniel Webster 6i

and rhetorical point of view the speech of the 7th of March
was a fine one," says Senator Lodge. And Dr. Fisher
says, "It is probable that no speech Webster ever made
in the Senate, perhaps not even the reply to Calhoun, was
thought out so thoroughly, and with such complete
preparation. Seventeen pages of notes were found among
his papers. But the notes he used in speaking were all

on two small scraps of paper General Lyman, who

was present, says that though Webster spoke for three
hours, he never looked at his notes except to take from
them copies of resolutions or quotations, never hesitated
for a word or a phrase, or changed the form of a sentence,

the speech rolled out like a mighty river This

speech is the most classic one Webster ever delivered, the
most perfect in taste."

The chief contemporary editions are the following:

The compromise resolutions. Speech of Hon. Daniel Webster,
of Massachusetts, March 7, 1850. [Washington]: Congressional
Globe office, n.d. (15 pp.)- No title-page; title from caption, p.
[i]; printer from p. 15. Printed in double columns.

Speech of Mr. Webster on Mr. Clay's resolutions. Delivered
March 7, 1850. [Washington]: Gideon & Co., n.d. (15 pp.). No
title-page; title from caption, p. [ij; printer from footnote, p. [i].
Printed in single columns.

[same title] Second edition. [Washington]: Gideon &

Co., n.d. (15 pp.). No title-page; title from caption, p. [i];
printer from footnote, p. [i]. Printed in single columns.

Speech of Hon. Daniel Webster, on Mr. Clay's resolutions, March
7, 1850. Washington: Gideon and Co., 1850. (64 pp.). Typo-
graphical variations occur in copies of this edition on pages 22-28.

62 Bibliographical Society of America

[same title as last] Boston: Redding and Company,

1850. (39 pp.).

Speech of the Hon. Daniel Webster, on the subject of slavery; on
Thursday, March 7, 1850. Boston: Redding and Co., 1850.

(39 PP-).

Speeches of Hon. John C. Calhoun, and Hon. Daniel Webster, on
the subject of slavery. Delivered March, 1850. New York: Stringer
& Townsend, 1850. (Cover-title & 32 pp.).

Speeches of Hayne and Webster. January, 1830. Also, Mr.
Webster^ s celebrated speech on the slavery compromise bill, March 7,
1850. Boston: A, T. Hotchkiss & W. P. Fetridge, 1853. (115 pp.).

Webster and Hayne's celebrated speeches. January, 1830.
Also, Daniel Webster^ s speech, May 7, 18^0, on the slavery com-
promise. Philadelphia: T. B. Peterson and Brothers, n.d. (115 pp.).
The date is wrongly given "May 7."

Daniel Webster on slavery. Extracts from som^ of the speeches
of Mr. Webster, on the subject of slavery; together with his great
compromise speech, of March 7, 1850, entire, and the Boston
Memorial, on the subject of slavery, drawn up by Mr. Webster, to
which is added the Constitution of the United States. Boston:
William Carter & Brother, 1861. (60 pp.).t

Most of the stormy controversy that has raged about
the head of Daniel Webster has arisen from this Seventh
of March speech. Lamentation and laudation were
pronounced in terms of perhaps equal extravagance.
Lowell, Longfellow, Emerson, denounced him. Whittier
wrote his Ichabod. At the time of Webster's decease
about two years later, out from among the voices of real
sorrow came Theodore Parker's vitriolic attack, in the
guise of a eulogy or of a life. Junius Americanus (who
is said to have been George O. Stearns) answered Parker;

The Speeches of Daniel Webster 63

and during a period of forty years William Cleaver Wilkin-
son in turn answered him. On the centennial of Webster's
birth, when the dispute was renewed, Hudson championed
the statesman. Mr. Hapgood, in 1899, wrote that this
speech was the one thing that prevented Webster from
being the grandest figure on the continent of North
America. The favorable verdict latterly rendered by Mr.
Bergen, Dr. Fisher, and Professor Ogg must mellow the
judgments of colder critics.

In explanation of the speech. Senator Lodge says that
Webster "thought war and secession might come and it
was against this possibility and probability that he sought
to provide. He wished to solve the great problem, to
remove the source of danger, to set the menacing agitation
at rest. He aimed at an enduring and definite settlement,
and that was the purpose of the 7th of March speech.

.... It was a mad project The blow fell with

terrible force The conservative reaction which

Mr. Webster endeavored to produce came and triumphed.
.... It was a wonderful tribute to his power and influ-
ence, but the triumph was hollow and short-lived. He
had attempted to compass an impossibility."

Opinions and feelings differ regarding motive and
effect. But the seventh of March became a famous day,
and on it hangs in peculiar measure the quality of a great
man's fate.

ALDUS AND THE FIRST USE OF HEBREW
TYPE IN VENICE

BY ALEXANDER MARX
Librarian of the Jewish Theological Seminary, New York

VV/HILE the large majority of Hebrew incunabula
^^ appeared in Italy, it is remarkable that none was
published in Venice, although 40 per cent of the entire
book production of Italy came from the presses of that
city.' Hebrew letters were employed in Venice for the
first time by Aldus Manucius in his IntroducHo utilissima
hebraice discere cupientibus, which formed an appendix
to Aldus' Latin Grammar of 1501. Professor Gustav
Bauch of Breslau in his paper on the introduction of
Greek into Northern Germany* tried to prove that this
was preceded by an earlier edition of 1497, to which
year he ascribes the undated Aldine Lascaris. But
Professor Bauch's argument is based on the assumption
that the Latin grammar which bears the date of February,
1 501, is dated according to the Venetian style and actu-
ally appeared in 1 502 . He showed that Johannes Rhagius
Aesticampianus used the table of Cebes which appeared,
together with Lascaris, in Basle in 1501, as well as in
Aldus' Latin grammar. He maintains that since the
Latin grammar was not printed at the time, he must
have used the Cebes in the undated Lascaris, which
accordingly must have appeared earlier, viz., in 1497.

Aldus and Hebrew Type

As against this argument, Christie^ has shown that Aldus
did not employ the Venetian year at that time, and that
his Latin grammar actually did appear in February,
1 501. There is thus no difficulty in Rhagius making use
of the 1 501 edition of Aldus, and we do not need to
claim an earlier date for Lascaris than 1 501-3. In opposi-
tion to Bauch's claims Lascaris is not mentioned in Aldus'
first catalogue, but it does appear in his second catalogue
of 1503."

Aldus not only printed his introduction as an appendix
to the quarto grammar in 1501, but he also published a
separate edition of it in duodecimo, of which some pages
were reproduced in facsimile by Panizzi in his Chi era
Francesco da Bologna? (London, 1858), from the copy in
the Spencer Library. Panizzi does not express himself
on the priority of the two forms of the little primer, of
which the separate edition is printed in Oriental form from
right to left on 15 leaves and the appendix in quarto run-
ning from left to right conforming with the volumes to
which it is appended. In the Catalogue of the John
Rylands Library, 1899, page 921, the Spencer copy of the
separate edition is dated [1500], while another copy in
the Catalogue G. Manzoni^ is ascribed to the year 1501.

It is very curious, though generally overlooked, that
the authorship of Aldus has been contested. Gerson
Soncino, the famous Jewish printer, published the same
Introductio ad liter as hehraicas at Pesaro in 1510,^ under
his own name, claiming that he had been the author of
this primer in his early youth, "jam pene puer" and had

66 Bibliographical Society of America

given it to somebody (i.e. Aldus) who was ignorant of
the Hebrew language and who produced it incorrectly.
Soncino therefore reprinted the booklet, which includes
a Hebrew translation of the Lord's Prayer! Aldus
evidently paid no attention to the claims of his rival,
for in 1 5 14 he again issued it as an appendix to his
Institutionum grammaticarum libri qimtuor, without any
change in the preface. There is a copy of this edition
in the Sulzberger collection in the Library of the Jewish
Theological Seminary in New York.

Besides the primer, we have one page of Hebrew text
printed by Aldus. This is a specimen of a proposed
polyglot Bible in Hebrew, Greek, and Latin, which was
reproduced in facsimile from the unique copy of the
BibUotheque Nationale by Renouard.^ Although this
edition was announced in the preface of Dekaduos to
Aldus' Greek Psalter, which appeared before October,
1498 — when it was advertised in the first catalogue of
Aldus — the specimen was hardly printed before 1501.
In September of that year Aldus sent a copy of the leaf
to Conrad Celtes, while in the preceding July he had
written him that " Vetus et novum instrumentum graece,
latine & hebraice nondum impressi, sed parturio."* It
seems that the plan was not carried any further, just as
the announcement of Soncino in the preface of his Intro-
ductio that it would be followed by a trilingual Psalter
with his own glosses remained unfulfilled.

Outside of a few reprints of The Aldus Primer,^ no
Hebrew type was used in Venice until 15 16. In that

Aldus and Hebrew Type 67

year the first work from the press of Daniel Bomberg
appeared. His activity down to 1548 made Venice
the center of Hebrew publishing. We owe him a large
number of the best printed Hebrew books, including the
most important and most voluminous works of Rabbinic
literature, such as the Bible with Rabbinical commen-
taries (in Buxtorf's reprint caUed Biblia Rabhinica)
and the Talmud in several editions."

NOTES

1. See A. W. Pollard, An Essay on Colophons, Chicago:
Caxton Club, 1905, p. 30.

2. Kehrbach's Mitteilungen der Gesellschaft fiir deutsche Erzie-
hungs- und Schtdgeschichte, VI (Berlin, 1896), 72; cf. Monatsschrift
fiir Geschichte und Wissenschaft des Judentums, XL VIII (1904), 332.

3. Bibliographica, I, 214.

4. RenovL&rd, Annales de rimprimerie des Aide (Paris: 3d ed.,
1834), pp. 332 and 262.

5. Citta di Castello, 1893, p. 242, No. 4186 bis.

6. It is unknown where the unique copy of Soncino's edition is
found at present. It belonged to Manzoni, who fully described it
in his Annali tipografici dei Soncino, parte seconda, I (Bologna,
1883), 256-65; see also the catalogue of his library, loc. cit.

7. Op. cit., p. 389.

8. Renouard, pp. 516-17; cf. p. 388-89.

9. In the Erfurt (i 501-2) and Florence (15 15) reprints of
Aldus' Introductio, which represent the first appearance of Hebrew
characters in these cities.

10. See Freimann's paper in Zeitschrift fiir hebrdische Bib-
liographie, X, 32-36 and 79-88 (cf. pp. 188-89), where a chrono-
logical list of nearly 200 publications from Bomberg's press can be
found.

NOTES OF BOOKS AND WORKERS

Sound Doctrine. — The first of a series of articles
on "The Copy [in the technical, printer's sense] for
'Hamlet/ 1603," by J. Dover Wilson in "The Library"
for July last, is postulated on certain assumptions that
should be seK-evident, but cannot be repeated too often
in the existing status of bibliographical studies:

"The origin and condition of this copy (is) a problem
not literary at all, but bibliographical. The First (and
every) Quarto, in short, is a bibliographical fact."

"The bibliographical evidence, once established, will
suggest new literary and dramatic clues. But here,
as elsewhere in Shakespearian textual matters, bibliog-
raphy is the first consideration. It is only when the
bibliographer has done his work that the literary critic
can hope to build with any permanence. For while
literary judgments are notoriously as shifting as the sand,
bibliography provides a foundation of rock — the rock of
fact."

Mr. Stokes's Iconography. — It is doubtful whether
anyone, within the limits of reasonable comparison, ever
had more to show for ten years' devotion to a hobby than
Mr. I. N. Phelps Stokes. The third volume of his
"Iconography of Manhattan Island," issued in April,
191 9, completes his survey of the history and develop-
ment of New York City. Another volume of extracts,

Notes of Books and Workers 69

chronology, bibliography, and index is to follow. The
modest compilation which he proposed to prepare in
May, 1909, because he had found it difficult to secure
desired information about a map bought during the
preceding summer, would have been a very useful
work. The project grew in the handling into these
volumes which are, by whatever test one chooses to
apply, a master- work of scholarship. This list of views
of New York is in reality the most readable, trust-
worthy narrative of the history of the American metropo-
lis, and the most comprehensive compendium of details
regarding its growth.

The specifically bibliographical section of this portion
is the Check List of Early New York Newspapers, to
181 2. Further notice of this can be made more satis-
factorily when it can be compared with the corresponding
portion of Mr. Brigham's "Bibliography of American
Newspapers" which should appear in the "Proceedings
of the American Antiquarian Society" for next autumn.
Aside from this, Mr. Stokes's pages are packed with
bibliographical data concerning publications which in any
respect impinge upon his topic. It was his very partic-
ular good fortune to enlist the enthusiastic co-operation
of everyone with a single exception who possessed
out-of-the-ordinary information which could be of use
to him. The reason for this was unquestionably the
enthusiasm and unsparing labor which Mr. Stokes put
into his undertaking. The spirit with which he went
about it is shown most clearly in his generous dedication

70 Bibliographical Society of America

of the second volume to the only person who had rebuffed
him. That volume, on the cartography of the northeast
coast of America, supplements and completes Henry
Harrisse's "Discovery" and "Terre Neuve," and to no
one else could it so properly be dedicated. No personal
reasons or considerations were allowed to interfere here
or anywhere else in the work, with the doing of every
bit of it as it should be done.

Another part of these volumes that should have an
especial notice in this place is the Prefaces. In these
Mr. Stokes tells, much too briefly and omitting most of
the anecdotal details which ought to be put on record
somewhere, of his interest in the subject, the inception of
the undertaking, the growth of the compilation into a
monumental digest of original research, the difficulties —
lightly touched upon — overcome, and nothing of the great
satisfaction and pride with which he and all who care
for him must handle each volume as it appears. Mr.
Stokes pays high tribute to his collaborators, expecially
to Dr. F. C. Wieder of Amsterdam, whose researches
made the second volume possible, and Mr. V. H. Paltsits
of New York, without whose help its comprehensive,
detailed accuracy could hardly have been achieved within
reasonable limits of time, to Mr. H. N. Stevens of London,
M. Henri Trope in Paris, and a score of others. But the
gratitude for their assistance leaves the reader no room
for doubt that his was the guiding spirit and the control-
ling intelligence that mastered the subject and forced the
conception to become a remarkable achievement. These

Notes of Books and Workers 71

Prefaces tell of what is one of the most creditable, and
most entertaining, episodes in the history of book collect-
ors' G. P. W.

Mrs. Browning. — Mr. Thomas J. Wise's latest
Bibliography, that of "The Works of Elizabeth Barrett
Browning," was published about the first of the New
Year. It has the same format as the others of the series;
is issued in paper boards as the Borrows, Bronte, and
Wordsworth Bibliographies, and one hundred copies
only were printed. The volume is exceedingly interesting
because of the many facsimiles of title-pages, manu-
scripts, and particularly of letters of both Mrs. and Mr.
Browning, their friends and their publishers, concerning
her work. He also reproduces a number of the inscrip-
tions in presentation copies of the various volumes.

Mrs. Browning's first book, "The Battle of Mara-
thon," was published when she was about twelve years
old. It is so rare that even in 1888, Mr. Browning
doubted its existence. Her second book, "An Essay on
Mind," was published when she was in her twentieth
year.

Many of Mrs. Browning's poems appeared first in
American newspapers and magazines. During her life-
time she revised and altered her verses with every
edition, American as well as English. Mr. Wise is rather
inclined to neglect these American editions in his Bib-
liographies. He does mention Mrs. Browning's "Poems,
1844," published in New York with the title, "A Drama

72 Bibliographical Society of America

of Exile and Other Poems," which has not only a
"Preface" written especially for it, but also many changes
in the text. "Poems before Congress," i860, was pub-
lished in New York with the title "Napoleon III in Italy
and Other Poems," with changes in the text. The copy
in the Harvard Library has the inscription "June 15,
i860. The Gift of James Russell Lowell." "Aurora
Leigh" has a note in the New York edition, signed by
Mrs. Brownmg, and dated "Oct. 21, 1856." "The
Last Poems," 1862, has a note for the edition printed in
New York, signed by Robert Browning, dated February
20, 1862, as well as a "Publisher's Note," and "Memo-
rial" to Elizabeth Barrett Browning by Theodore Tilton.
The question has been raised concerning the rank as a
Browning princeps of the leaflet or little broadside "Only
a Curl." The poem was originally printed in a news-
paper, the "New York Independent," on May 16,
1 861; the leaflet was printed the following June, 1861;
and the poem was collected in the volume "Last Poems, "
1862. If by princeps Mr. Wise means the absolutely
first printing, then "The Independent" would be the
princeps, and the leaflet, the second printing, is merely
the first separately printed edition. Because it was
unauthorized, would not alter its rank. F V T

A "Check List of Maps of Rhode Island" is No.
V of Howard M. Chapin's "Contributions to Rhode
Island Bibliography." It fists 185 maps, giving title,
size, location of a copy, and occasionally notes.

Notes of Books and Workers 73

"A Collection of Books about Cats." — ^This little
book, as Mr. Percy L. Babington states in his prefatory
note, is not a bibliography, but the account of a private
collection and "therefore, reflects the taste of its com-
piler." It is clearly a task both difficult and delicate,
to criticise a work of this character. The book is divided
into two parts, the first dealing with books on domestic
cats, in which thirty-seven titles are listed, and the second
with books on the Felidae. The small number of books
on domestic cats in the collection somewhat surprised me,
when I compared it with my own library, which contains
over two hundred titles on this subject. It is doubtless
owing to the taste of the collector that all books in regard
to the breeding, management, showing, medical care,
and anatomy of cats, are omitted from the collection.
But if the collection is rather of books which treat
of cats for cats' sake, surprise may be pardoned at
the discovery of the absence of any copy of the most
popular, most widely read, and most reprinted cat
story, Charles Perrault's "Le Chat botte," which is
better known to most of us under its English title of
"Puss in Boots." I have translations of this in Spanish,
Russian, and Dutch, as well as in English.

The earliest cat book listed is Moncrif's "Les Chats,"
of 1727. Of course Straparola's "Soriana," of 1553,
the literary ancestor of "Le Chat botte," might be
excluded on account of its not having been issued as a
separate publication. This objection could not apply to
Vincioli's "Lezione di Cintio di Nico Gattafilota," of

74 Bibliographical Society of America

1 709, which certainly deserves a place in such a collection,

as well as "La Miceide," of 1781. We look in vain for

such French contributions as M^gnin's "Notre Ami le

Chat," Rufiin's "Le Livre des Chats," and Percheron's

"Le Chat;" for such important English works as Anne

Marks' "The Cat in History, Legend, and Art," Mrs.

Miller's " Cats and Dogs, " and Strachey's " Cat and Bird

Stories Retold from the Spectator. "

The annotations are interesting to any collector of

cat literature, but the book, as the "note" suggests,

is an example rather of fine typography (it bears on its

title page the device of Bruce Rogers and its colophon

reads "printed by J. B. Peace") and of bookmaking, than

a contribution to bibliography, or literature. As such,

as well as a new, although too brief, cat book, it is very

welcome on my shelves.

Howard M. Chapin

Lists of Incunabula. — One unexpected bit of infor-
mation that has come from the work of compiling the
"Census of Fifteenth Century Books Owned in America"
is that the keenest and most intelligent collectors of these
books in this country are physicians. Not only is the
proportion of medical books listed in the "Census"
high, but the owners of them have been, as a group,
by far the best informed regarding their possessions and
the most eager to render assistance.

This is quite true, despite the evidence afforded by
two recent lists of the titles in a single collection, one

Notes of Books and Workers 75

public and the other private. The Librarian of the
Surgeon General's Library at Washington contributed to
the first volume of the recently inaugurated, ably edited,
and well printed "Annals of Medical History" a "Check
List of 232 Incunabula" in that collection. This has
been reprinted as a very attractive separate. It contains,
not always in readily recognizable form, several important
bits of new information due to the researches of Dr.
Arnold C. Klebs who, as the preliminary note states,
"has in preparation a bibliography of all medical incu-
nabula. "

In a collection of the great size of that which the late
Dr. Billings made famous, it is not surprising to find
that those directly responsible for its administration are
unacquainted with all its resources. This is of course
inevitable when the effort is made to find books which
have come to be grouped under headings with which
former custodians were unfamiliar. The idea of indexing
the imprint of a book is still a novel one to most librarians,
so that it can hardly be considered surprising that
the Surgeon General's Check List does not include
several titles which are to be found in the printed "Index
Catalogue" of that collection. Luckily these had been
reported to the "Census" a number of years ago, and are
properly credited in its columns.

The eight incunabula belonging to Dr. Lewis
Stephen Pilcher, of Brooklyn, constitute a section of
minor importance in his library, of which he has printed
"A List of Books by some of the Old Masters of Medicine

76 Bibliographical Society of America

and Surgery together with Books on the History of Medi-
cine and on Medical Biography, with Biographical and
Bibliographical Notes and Reproductions of Some Title
Pages and Captions. " The books, and apparently also
the notes, are the gradual accumulation of forty years.
There is a consistent uncertainty about the spelling of
proper names and the significance of technical terms which
would be annoying in a work that pretended to be more
than the memoranda of one who has risen to acknowledged
rank in his profession, concerning the favorites of his
hours of relaxation. The important sections of Dr.
Pilcher's library contain the successive editions of the
writings of Vesalius, of Ambrose Par^, and of Harvey.

The library of St, Bonaventure's Seminary at Alle-
gany, N.Y., contains just under fifty fifteenth-century
books. A list of these compiled by a graduate of 191 7,
M. F. Biniszkiewicz, without the help of bibliographical
reference books, is printed in the Seminary's Year Book

^°' '^'^- G. P. W.

Professor Chester N. Greenough's discussion of
"Algernon Sidney and the Motto of the Common-
wealth of Massachusetts," in the "Proceedings" of the
Massachusetts Historical Society for February, 19 18,
embodies as an essential part of his argument, a descrip-
tion of the editions of Sidney's "Discourses concerning
Government," 1698-1772. He also proves that copies
of these editions, as well as many other similar works,
were in Massachusetts libraries before the Revolution.

Notes of Books and Workers 77

An Opportunity for Comparisons. — Bibliography
is made responsible, by the editors of "The Cambridge
History of American Literature," for the decision of the
publishers to issue the proposed two- volume work in three
volumes. In the second of these volumes there are 228
pages of "Bibliographies," used for the most part in the
sense of lists of titles of books. These pages are set in
small type crowded, in one case, into a single paragraph
occupying four pages and made up largely of initial
letters and figures. The actual amount of material in
this portion of the volume must be quite as large as that
in the preceding 409 pages of text intended to be read.

The very discouraging monotony of these pages of
bibliographies conceals a wide variety of purpose, method
and form in their preparation. Most of them are
"frankly selective," mere lists, usually giving the date of
the first, of the standard, and frequently of the cheapest
or most easily procurable edition. Considerable notice
has been taken of translations into European languages
of things written in the United States. Rarely is there
any attempt to appraise the value, as literature or as
criticism, of the works cited, except as they may have
been selected for discussion in the narrative chapters.
As a whole, this part of the American work compares
unfavorably with the corresponding sections of the
" Cambridge English Literature. " The obvious striving
to attain to the English standard emphasizes the extent to
which the American academic person is unaccustomed
to appraise the books he handles intelligently, with any

78 Bibliographical Society of America

appreciation of general standards, or with knowledge of
the intellectual or the mechanical technique of making a
good book.

There is a noticeable tendency to disregard things
rare or inaccessible, except where these have been
described in such a work as Miss Browne's "Hawthorne, '^
"much used in the present compilation." This is not
always true, for the last page records:

"Mother Goose. Worcester, 1785. Boston 1833.
(Perhaps published as Songs for the Nursery. Boston,

1719.)"

"The New England Primer, ca. 1687-1690. (See
the valuable ed. by Ford, P. L.,1897.)"

It is a matter of opinion whether such entries as these,
or lists of "more important authors and their more impor-
tant works," are necessary to balance the very useful
lists of the publications by authors whose writings have
not yet been investigated bibliographically. There are
many such in the sections headed "Publicists and
Orators," "Early Humorists," "Divines and Moralists, \
"The New South," "Dialect Writers," and "The Short
Story." These lists ought to serve as a convenient
basis upon which to construct something that should add
materially to an understanding of the careers of these less
generally known writers. Mr. Clapp's study of Webster,
compared with the list prepared by Mr. Van Doren to
which he pays well deserved tribute, reveals effectively
the contribution which intelligent bibliographical investi-
gation makes to purely literary knowledge.

Notes of Books and Workers 79

The section on "Magazines and Annuals" is thor-
oughly workmanlike and informing, and gives evidence
that the compiler did much with his material after gather-
ing it. Asterisks guide the user to the more valuable
articles, there are a few informing notes, and the list
supplements instead of reprinting Mr. Faxon's "Literary-
Annuals and Gift Books. "

G. P. W.

B. Franklin, Printer. — The Curtis Publishing
Company reinforced their claim to descent from Benjamin
Franklin by acquiring in 191 5 the best collection of the
publications bearing his imprint. A Catalogue has
been prepared by Dr. William J. Campbell, of Phila-
delphia, the entries following closely the model of Hilde-
burn's "Issues of the Press of Pennsylvania," with the
addition of a number of pertinent notes. Of much
greater value than the Catalogue which occupies the larger
part of the volume, is the appended "Short-Title Check
List of all the Books, Pamphlets, Broadsides, &c., known
to have been printed by Benjamin Franklin." The
brief title is supplemented by a succinct collation and
reference to Hildeburn, Tower, or Evans, and by notes
when necessary to assist in identifying the title. There
are 81 entries of works with which Franklin is supposed
to have had some connection before he set up his own
establishment, and 791 which bear, or might have had,
his imprint. A few titles erroneously ascribed to him are
given in footnotes. Besides the ordinary publications,

8o Bibliographical Society of America

issues of Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Delaware cur-
rency printed by Franklin, and the issues of his Gazette,
are listed in convenient form each by itself. An account
of Franklin as a printer, both readable and biographically
accurate, is the introduction to the volume.

A Polyglot Volume. — The principal contents of
the "Papers and Proceedings" of the American Library
Institute for 191 7 are, in order of length, a study of "The
Greek Evangelistary" as illustrated by a manuscript
belonging to the Garrett Collection in the Princeton
Library, a reprint of the German text of an account of
excavations of the Hittite archives dated about 1400 B.C.,
supplementing Dr. Richardson's very illuminating essays
in the field of the earliest annals of book collecting and
book preserving, and a collation of the copy of "De
area Noe," written by Hugo de Sancto Victore, found in
one of the Garrett manuscripts. Of the other papers,
those of particular value are Mr. Shearer's "Notes on
the Issues of the Journal of the Pennsylvania Assembly,
1 776-1 790," and Mr. Gerould's finding list of the Rox-
burghe Club publications in American libraries. It is
much to be wished that Mr. Gerould's list may be the
beginning of a series of similar reports on the where-
abouts of the various volumes of the more confusing
serials listed by Dr. Richardson in his "Check List of
Collections Relating to European History," which
that invaluable work has brought within the reach
of students in this country. There is also a suggestive

Notes of Books and Workers

paper based on experiments conducted at the Princeton
Psychological Laboratory "in order to ascertain what
arrangement of figures, or letters, or figures and letters,
or figures and decimal points, etc., may be read the more
easily." The examination of this volume tempts a
critical reader to wonder whether the psychologists have
also tried to analyze the effect, upon all concerned, of
attempting to peruse a learned publication in which there
are a great many misprints. r P W

An Early "Best-Seller." — M. Foulche Delbosc
prints in his "Revue Hispanique, " vol. xlii, a bibliography
of Mateo Aleman, whose residence in Mexico from 1609
to 16 13, and the important editions of his books printed
there, give him an American interest. Aleman's "Guz-
man de Alfarache" was the great success of the years
1 599-1 604, going through 26 editions and reaching, ac-
cording to report, 50,000 copies. It was ten years before
it was printed again; Don Quixote came out in 1605!

The preceding issue of the same Revue, for April,
191 8, is occupied by a bibliography of a type in which the
Spanish excel; a chronological list, about 5 titles to the
page, of books or editions printed outside the Spanish
dominions, of works written by authors native to the
Peninsula. A detailed analysis of these considerably
over 1200 titles ought to yield thoroughly profitable
results, but the attempt to glean anything significant by
a cursory examination of the pages as they come, is
tantalizingly unprofitable. r P W

82 Bibliographical Society of America

Mrs. Livingston's Stevenson. — The late Luther S.
Livingston was a striking instance of the close relation-
ship of hard work to genius. Those who knew him inti-
mately knew also that the vast amount of very hard work
which he put to his credit was in no small measure made
possible by the collaboration of Mrs. Livingston, who was
in the truest sense his helpmate. She has continued to
devote herself to their mutual interests, among which
Stevenson had a place near the top.

When the need of revising Col. Prideaux's bibliography
became evident, the English publisher most naturally
appealed to Mrs. Livingston, with gratifying results.
The Harry Elkins Widener Stevenson collection, which is
under her care, gave exceptional opportunities, and these
were supplemented by the resources of the Harvard
library and by correspondence with Stevenson collectors.
The new edition not only embodies the information which
Dr. Rosenbach brought out in his monumental Catalogue
of the Widener Stevensoniana, and such additional facts
as have appeared in subsequent publications, but there
are also a number of details made known here for the
first time, resulting from the comparison of copies and
the verification of statements.

Recorded versus Lost Titles. — ^A question repeat-
edly asked, and never satisfactorily answered, concerns
the proportion of the total output of the press in times
past, that survives, either in private collections, public
libraries, or bibliographical records. Various guesses

Notes of Books and Workers

at the answer are of as various value, depending partly
upon the answerer's acquaintance with the subject, but
quite as much upon his temperamental attitude toward
the unknowable factors. The only thing that seems to
be certain is that the answers deserving of consideration
are always well below the real number.

An opportunity to get actual information in regard to
this matter is supplied by the Acorn Club's "List of
Official Publications of Connecticut, 17 74-1 788, as shown
by the bills for printing. ' ' This gives, ordinarily in readily
recognizable form, the printing that the Connecticut
government paid for during this period, and is complete
provided that none of the receipted bills have been
mislaid. This is possible, for the "List" does not record
any payment that can be identified with two separately
printed acts of December, 1775, or for the regular issue
of the "Acts and Laws" for the sessions held in May and
in August, 1777. What is more important is that each
of the items known to have been paid for, was printed.
These number, for the years 1775, 1776, and 1777, respec-
tively, 34, 74, and 53. Of these totals, a considerable pro-
portion, II, 29, and 16, consisted of blank forms, such as
enlistment sheets, commissions, warrants, of paper money
and similar necessities, which enable printers to make a
living but which are not often taken into consideration
by bibliographers or by the historians of printing.

It is much to be regretted that the editor, Mr.
Bates of the Connecticut Historical Society, did not
undertake, as he alone could have done satisfactorily.

84 Bibliographical Society of America

to identify the several items and locate copies of them.
The large majority are broadsides, nearly all are scarce,
and as a whole they have great historical as well as
bibliographical interest. As Mr. Bates did not do this,
the next best thing is to compare the data supplied by
this publication with that of the recognized standard,
Evans' "Chronological Dictionary." For the years in
question, Evans has 852, 590, and 487 entries of titles
printed in what is now the United States. To official
Connecticut are credited — including a few titles paid for
by legislative order but properly listed under other head-
ings— 13, 28, and 19. Omitting the 3 titles for which
no record of payment appears, Evans, whose work
went to press after the publication of the Acorn Club
edition of Trumbull's "Bibliography of Connecticut,"
has 60 of the 105 issues of the official Connecticut press
for these years. There is no apparent reason for thinking
that this ratio to unrecorded titles would not apply to
the remainder of the 25,074 entries in Evans, dated in
this part of America before 1793. The chances may be
supposed to favor the preservation and cataloguing of
official publications of a state like Connecticut.

The bills enabled Mr. Bates to give in most instances
the number of copies printed, ranging from 48 to iioo,
the regular edition for each session of the Laws, or 5400
for a single run of " Inlistments. " The date on the
bills seems to be usually that when the job was done.
This is frequently a fact of bibliographical consequence,
establishing, for example, that the printing of the separate

Notes of Books and Workers 85

acts and of proclamations was done promptly, and that
the practice of crediting publications with a late December
date to the ensuing year is not justified. A number of
the Evans titles appear in the wrong place, for this
reason. The bills show likewise that many of the
unsigned publications have not been credited to the
printer who was paid for them.

G. P. W.

Nineteen publications written by William Loughton
Smith of South Carolina, all but four of which appeared
in 1792-97, are described by Albert Matthews in the
"Proceedings" of the Massachusetts Historical Society
for October, 191 7.

Mr. Lee M. Friedman contributes to the Publications
of the American Jewish Historical Society an account of
Judah Monis, the first instructor in Hebrew at Harvard
University, which is largely devoted to the incidents con-
nected with the publication of Monis' "Hebrew Gram-
mar," Boston, 1735. The broadside announcement,
"Proposals for Printing by Subscription a Hebrew Gram-
mar," inviting subscriptions to the same, is reproduced
in facsimile.

The Papers of the

Bibliographical Society
of America

VOLUME XIII. 1919
PART TWO

GEORGE PARKER WINSHIP

CARL B. RODEN

ANDREW KEOGH

Publication Committee

The Society does not hold itself responsible for opinions
expressed by contributors of papers

THE UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO PRESS
CHICAGO. ILLINOIS

THE CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS. London

THE MARUZEN-KABUSHIKI-KAISHA, Tokyo. Osaka. Kyoto. Fukuoka. Sendai

THE MISSION BOOK COMPANY, Shanghai

CoPYUGHT 1930 By
The UNivEEsmr op Chicago

400 copies printed

Compoced and Printed By

The University of Chicago Pres*

Chicagro, nUnois. U.S.A.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA

OFFICERS 1919-20
President: George Watson Cole, 4 East 57th Street, New York.

First Vice-President: George Parker Winship, Widener
Memorial Library, Cambridge, Mass.

Second Vice-President: J. C. M. Hanson, The University of Chi-
cago Library, Chicago, 111.

Secretary: Augustus H. Shearer, The Grosvenor Library,
Buffalo, N.Y.

Treasurer: Frederick W. Faxon, 41 Lorraine Street, Roshndale,
Mass.

Ex-President: Carl B. Roden, The Public Library, Chicago, 111.

Councilors Term expires
George A. Plimpton, 70 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y. . 1920
Ernest C. Richardson, Princeton University, Prince-
ton, N.J 1921

Aksel G. S. Josephson, The John Crerar Library, Chi-
cago, 111 1922

WoRTHiNGTON C. FoRD, The Massachusetts Historical

Society, Fenway, Boston, Mass 1923

COMMITTEES

Finance: Henry F. Du Puy, Chairman
WiLUAM L. Clements, Bay City, Mich.
Carl B. Roden, Chicago, 111.
Frederick W. Faxon, Treasurer, ex oflScio

Membership: Frederick W. Faxon, Chairman
Aksel G. S. Josephson
Augustus A. Shearer

Publication: George Parker Winship, Chairman
Carl B. Roden, Chicago Public Library
Andrew Keogh, Yale University Library

Program: George Watson Cole, Chairman

Charles Martel, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C.

Henry O. Severance, University of Missouri, Columbia, Mo.

Program for Midwinter Meeting. To be held at Chicago
Azariah S. Root, Chairman, OberUn College, Oberlin, Ohio
W. W. Bishop, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.
W. N. C. Carlton, The Newberry Library, Chicago, 111.

Census of Incunabula (continued): George Parker Winship,

Chairman
Dr. Charles L. Nichols
Victor Hugo Palsits
George Watson Cole, ex officio

^^l^^^^^^^^^l

^^^^^^^Bv^' r^^^HHHEr^

^I^^^BP

^^^^^^^^^K

^^^^^Bii

^^B -'';;<:

^^^^^H|

rc;

^^^^ <^

Ir ^^^^^^P^^IP^*^ '

-,,1* ■■ "- ■'■

^^^^K'

^r^^^^^^P^PV^^^

'■ ii'-;'"- '■ ''''^.",'^ •• '

'■

^^^

;'. ■; ;'■-_;■,_ ' i ii / ^' / -^ "

JOSIAH HENRY BENTON
Trustee of the Boston Public Library, 1894-191 7

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL GHOSTS

BY GEORGE WATSON COLE

DIBLIOGRAPHIES swarm with references to editions
of works that never existed. These errors we may
ascribe to two causes. The first, no doubt, owes its
existence to poor penmanship. Unfortunately most
writers in their haste to commit their messages to writing
forget that their chirography is not as legible to others as
to themselves. The consequence is that when their man-
uscripts reach the printer they have to be deciphered by
the compositors as best they can. Much amusement has
been caused by printers' errors. But a moment's reflec-
tion must convince any thoughtful person that the wonder
is not that printers have done no better, but that they have
done as well as they have, considering the difficulties with
which they have had to contend. In reading-matter
the context is of great assistance in deciphering an
author's meaning. But when it comes to figures there
is no such aid upon which reliance can be placed, so that
a mistake of this kind easily sHps past the proofreader
and is often not detected, even by the author himseK.

A second cause for the appearance of the erroneous
dates of editions found in bibUographies arises from con-
jectural readings of mutilated or indistinct imprints in
the books themselves. I may be excused, therefore, for
calling attention to two or three interesting examples as
illustrations of how such errors arise and are perpetuated.

88 Bibliographical Society of America

The first of these has to do with the ascription of an
apocryphal date to a well-known play, which by constant
repetition passed unquestioned for about a hundred
years. This example shows that the mere repetition of a
statement is not corroborative evidence of its truth.

In this instance A, who probably wrote an illegible
hand, gave as the date of an edition figures that may have
been correct. The printer in putting his copy into type
did the best he could to decipher A's crabbed handwriting
but failed. A may or may not have read the proofs, and
even had he done so the mistake, i.e., the substitution
of one numeral in a date for another, would quite likely
have failed to excite his suspicion.

B, following A, found this statement and repeated it,
beUeving it to be true. C, coming after, copied A's
statement or perhaps B's. D in his turn followed, and,
supposing him to have been more careful than his pred-
ecessors, may have examined all he could find that had
been printed previously on the subject He found that A,
B, and C had each made the same statement, that they
all agreed in giving the same date to an edition, which, in
this particular case, happened tobei6i6. D was naturally
led into the belief that the three statements he found
were corroborative. Nearly a century passed. During
this time all of the statements made by A regarding
other editions of the work in question found corrobora-
tive proof in the fact that copies of each were discovered
and definitely located — were found, seen, handled, and
examined. At last E, for the first time recognizing this

Bibliographical Ghosts

fact, questioned the statements of his predecessors regard-
ing the date 1616, of which no copy could be found, and
suggested that that date was a mistake and that it should
be 1646. An edition with this date exists, but it had been
omitted by A, though given later by B, C, and D and
its existence definitely proved by the finding of a copy
bearing that date.

Thus we see that a date once mistakenly given is
difficult to refute. For this very reason the bibliographer
of the present day is more and more insisting that descrip-
tions be made from copies of the books themselves rather
than from the bare statements of others concerning them
which are incapable of proof.

One sometimes repeats a statement so often that at
last he actually believes it to be true. Such is human
nature. When we find a statement repeatedly made by
different writers, we naturally assume that they corrobo-
rate one another, whereas, parrot-like, they may be simply
repeating each other.

A striking example illustrating this form of error
may be found in the bibliography of Chapman's play of
Bussy d'Ambois, of which the first edition appeared in
1607. This play was the most popular of any he wrote
and the only one whose popularity on the stage survived
the Restoration. It went through several editions, at
least two before his death in 1634, and two more before
the close of the seventeenth century.

90 Bibliographical Society of America

Baker, in his Biographica Dramaiica (1812), gives a list
of these, beginning with the first, that of 1607, followed
by others dated 1608, 1616, 1641, and 1657.

Watt, whose great work, Bihliotheca Britannica,
appeared twelve years later (1824), notes editions of
1607, 1608, 1613 (perhaps a misprint for 1616), 1641,
and 1646. .

Hazlitt, in his Hand-Book (1867), notes editions of
1607, 1608, 1616, 1641, and 1657, and, in his Collections
and Notes, Second Series (1882), adds another, that of
1646.

Lowndes, in his Bibliographer's Mantial, which ap-
peared about the same time (1869), gives 1607, 1608,
1616, 1641, and 1646.

Fleay, in his English Drama (1891), gives 1607, 1608,
1616, 1641, and 1657.

Greg, in his List of Plays (1900), gives 1607, 1608,
1616 (with reference to Baker), 1641, 1646, and 1657.
Two years later, however, in his List of Masques (1902),
p. cxxiii, he suggests that the date 1616 was "probably a
mistake for 1646, omitted in the Biographia^' by Baker.

The Dictionary of National Biography (1908) gives
1607, 1608, 1616, 1641, and 1657.

Such is the record of the different editions of this
work as found in our standard bibUographies (not to
mention less important ones), extending over a period of
nearly one hundred years; or, to be strictly accurate, of
ninety-six years. The following table shows, in a graphic
manner, the records we have just given:

Bibliographical Ghosts

CHAPMAN'S BUSSY D'AMBOIS: A TRAGEDY

Editions

1607

1608

I6I3

I6I6

1 641

1646

x»

x6s7

Baker, 2(1812), 73. ; . .
Watt, 1(1824), 21 2j. . .

Hazlitt (1867), 82

Lowndes, 1(1869), 4^°-

Fleay, 1(1891), 50

Hazlitt (1892), 32

Greg (1900), 19

D.N.B., 4(1908), so...

'Perhaps a misprint for 1616.

»In Collections and Notes (1882), 90.

' "Probably a mistake for 1646, omitted in the Bibliogtaphia" {Masques, cxxiii).

One bibliographer after another had thus, with occa-
sional variations, accepted as accurate the dates given
by Baker (1812) and Watt (1824). Neither makes any
pretense of locating copies nor even lays claim to having
seen a single copy of any of these early editions nor to
have had one of them in his possession. Hazlitt, with
the possible exception of Herbert, appears to have been
one of the earUest English bibliographers who attempted
to locate copies of the works he describes. Lowndes
occasionally gives the location of a copy, as in the Bodleian
or British Museum; Fleay makes no such attempt; and
Hazlitt, in his Old English Plays (1892), contents himself
with merely giving dates without comment. Dr. Greg,
in his List of Plays (1900), gives full titles, with names of
printers and dates, and locates copies in the British
Museum and principal University Libraries, and, occa-
sionally, for works of extreme rarity, in some of the
smaller collections, pubUc or private.

92 Bibliographical Society of America

During the interval between Baker's work and that
of Hazlitt and Greg, copies of most of the editions of
Chapman's play have been definitely located. Not so,
however, that of 1616. The statements of Baker and
Watt, followed by those of the other writers we have
named, seem to have been taken as corroborative evi-
dence that such editions existed, and the first to raise
a question was Greg, who in his List of Masques (1902),
as we have already seen, suggested that Baker's date
was "probably a mistake for 1646."

Such was the old method of compiling bibliographies.
This instance is cited only as an example of many
others, which careful research will most certainly disclose,
and which are indeed constantly turning up in Lowndes
and others who have blindly followed one another in
noting editions which no doubt, as has already been
suggested, owe their existence to crabbed or illegible
handwriting.

Certain of the Arabic numerals, i, 2,3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, o,
when hastily written, are peculiarly liable to be mistaken
for one another; thus a 7 readily passes for a p, a 5 for
a d, a I for a 4, etc., and the more crabbed the writing
the more likely resulting errors.

Until, therefore, an actual copy of an edition noted by
any of these old bibliographers can be located, its existence
becomes a matter of considerable doubt. It would not
be safe to assert positively that no such edition exists,
for hidden away somewhere, as, for example, in such
instances as in the great Lamport Hall and Irish finds.

Bibliographical Ghosts

copies of these questionable editions may come to light;
but great caution must constantly be observed in following
the early bibliographers, and it is fairly safe to assume
that, if, after a period of, say, a hundred years or so,
no copy can be definitely located, no such edition ever
existed.

There is a possibility, remote indeed, that any work the
existence of which is in doubt may turn up in some bound
volume of miscellaneous pamphlets. A single instance
may be mentioned. When Henry Martyn Dexter com-
piled the extensive bibliographical appendix to his
Congregationalism (1880), he recorded T. Drakes's Ten
Counter Demands of 1618 (no. 485), as known only by
Euring's Answer to it published in 1619. A copy of
Drakes's rare pamphlet, perhaps unique, is now in the
library of Mr, Henry E. Huntington, and bears evidence
by its cropped headlines that it must once have belonged
to a bound volume of pamphlets. This little work, of
four leaves only, is of special interest to collectors of
Americana as it contains at the end probably the earliest
recorded suggestion that the Separatists, or Puritans,
"by the permission of our noble King, and honourable
Counsell .... remoue into Virginia, and make a
plantation there, in hope to conuert infidels to Chris-
tianitie."

So we may safely conclude that, inasmuch as during
this long period no copy of a 1616 impression of Bussy
d'Ambois has turned up, no such edition was ever
printed.

94 Bibliographical Society of America

An instance of a ghost of quite a different character
occurs in the case of a little book entitled Of the Circum-
ference of the Earth: or, A Treatise of the North-east
Passage; imprinted at London by W. W. for lohn Barnes,
1612. This is the second edition of Fata Mihi Totum
mea sunt agitanda per Orbem; imprinted at London by
W. W. for lohn Barnes, 161 1. This latter work, not-
withstanding its Latin title, is written in English. Both
editions were published anonymously, but Sir Dudley
Digges is its author, as is shown from Chamberlain's
letter, quoted below. Digges was intensely interested
in the discovery of the Northwest Passage. Alexander
Brown, in his Genesis of the United States (2:878), says:

He aided in sending Henry Hudson to the Northwest (April 17,
1610), and Cape Digges and Digges Hand were named for him;
.... On the 4th of December, 161 1, Chamberlain wrote to Carle-
ton: "Sir Dudley Diggs, a great undertaker of this new discovery
of the North West Passage, thinks of nothing else: they are pre-
paring ships against spring as if there were no doubt nor difl&culty
in the matter, and the Prince of Wales is become a partner and
Protector." Chamberlain again wrote to Carle ton, March 11,
161 2 : " There is a little treatise of the North West Passage, written
by Sir Dudley Digges; but I may say heatus qui intelligit, especially
the first period, which is but a bad beginning to stumble at the
threshold. Some of his good friends say he had better have
given five hundred pounds than published such a pamphlet; but
he is wonderfully possessed with the opinion and hopes of that
passage." ....

He aided in sending the voyage for the discovery of the North-
west passage which sailed in March, 161 5. (WUliam BaflSn wrote

Bibliographical Ghosts

an account of this voyage.) Was a member of the Bermudas
Company, June 29, 161 5. In 1616 he aided in sendmg out another
voyage on Northwest discoveries, in which another cape was named
for him in "Latitude 76 degrees, 35 minutes."

In the little book now under consideration Digges
gives as his reasons for writing it (p. 4) that

But because some (that holde the place, at least of) good Sea-
men, and Maisters in the studie of Cosmographie, deliuer their
opinion without reasons, that there yet remaine on the North of
America, many hundred Leagues for vs to passe: Wee hold it not
amisse to shew you why (besides our late experience) wee thinke
not so, in this succeeding short discourse.

He begins by summarizing his studies of Ptolemy,
Marinus, and other ancient geographers and astronomers,
coupled with the practical knowledge of the earth's
surface and experience acquired by some of the voyages
of the early discoverers and circumnavigators, and comes
to the conclusion (p. 6) that

All men obseruing that the Sunne in foure and twentie howers
was carry ed round; and the most Learned, that one hower tooke
vp 300. Leagues, or 900. Miles. It was concluded, that the Sunnes
whole course was 24. times so much: so that the common best
opinion of the greatest Compasse of the Worlde, became 7200, L.
or 21600. M.

Making allowance for the decrease in the number of
miles or leagues to each degree of latitude as one goes north
or south toward the poles, he says (p. 23) :

Now from the Meridian of the Canaries Westward to Jamaica,
or to keepe our Parallel to Virginia by seuerall Eclipses, obserued.

96 Bibliographical Society of America

by seuerall men, there hath beene found a difference of neare 60.
Degrees or 4. Howers: so that the Remainder of the 135. is about 6.
Degrees, or 300. English Miles betweene Virginia and Nona Albion.
For Confirmation whereof, let vs remember that the Indians
in Virginia continually assure our people, that 12. dales ioumie
westward from the Fals, they haue a Sea, where they haue some-
times seene such Shippes as ours.

He then goes on to say (p. 24) :

Let vs remember how Vasques de Coronado, sent to discouer the
North of America by the Viceroy: Antonio de Mendoza, labouring
in his Letters to perswade the Emperour what a large and ample
Continent there was to inhabite, writeth, that at Cibola, hee was
150. L. from the South Sea, and a little more from the North. Let
vs remember how plainely Sir Francis Drake his lomal, prooues
that his Noua Albion can be very little further Westward then
Aqtiatulco; whereby see but how great a part of the Backe of
America, is cleane wyp't away ?

He then calls attention to the account of the voyages
made by the Spanish navigators, from which he concludes
(p. 25) that the North American continent "is nothmg
broad, howeuer it be painted."

He concludes by saying (p. 26) :

And for any thing wee yet can heare, no one Voyage to the
contrarie, wee see not but wee may conclude, that the Flood our
People met, came from the Southeme Sea, and till we heare more
Authenticall reasons then of feare, grounded on false Cardes,
beleeue that our Lidustry, by Gods grace, may this next Voyage,
manifest the Prophesie of Baptista Ramusius, touching the North-
west passage.

Both editions of Digges's book are in Mr. Henry E.
Huntington's library; the first (161 1) from the Bridge-

Bibliographical Ghosts 97

water House library; the second (1612), the Heber-
Britwell copy.

Sabin (8:33389) enters this book under E. Hows —
Edmund Howes, the chronicler, who was a member of the
North-West-Passage Company (Brown, Genesis of the
United States, 2:928) — and locates a copy of it in the
library of the Massachusetts Historical Society, giving as
the year of its publication the date 1632. A letter to
Mr. Worthington C. Ford, of that hbrary, regarding this
copy elicited the following reply:

I am very glad that you asked the question about our copy
"Of the Circumference of the Earth," otherwise it would have
entirely escaped my attention, and the history seems to be not a
little curious. The title page at first sight looks to be 1632, but
on close study one can see that the last or the last two figures are
in pen and ink and there is evidence of rubbing over the date.
On page one in the space between typographical ornament and the
text there is written in manuscript, "To the Right Honorable and
worthy and Religious and vertuous Gent John Winthrop the
Yonger all health and felicitie," and at the bottom of page four this
foreword is signed in manuscript, " Yors, E. Hows." Hows was a
correspondent of the younger Winthrop, and you will find a number
of letters from him in the " Collections" of the Massachusetts His-
torical Society, 4th series, volume VI, page 467. In a note on
page 480 of this volume there is a description of this tract, with a
further manuscript note by Hows. The letter shows that Hows
sent the volume to Winthrop on the 23d of November, 1632. This
explains the date "1632," but it does not explain how the editor of
the Winthrop voltmie came to mistake it for a writing of Hows.
The volume came to the Society in June, 181 1, by gift from its.
President, Thomas Lyndall Winthrop. Thus you have exposed
what may be called a "fake" volume, but the faking was entirely

98 Bibliographical Society of America

unconscious on the part of Hows. Under- these circumstances I
shall make a note in our "Proceedings" on your question and the
answer. This was undoubtedly an issue of 161 2.

Ill

We come now to our third ghost, a case in which by the
misreading of a mutilated date two editions have been
created that never existed. Sometime during the second
or third decades of the seventeenth century (bibliogra-
phers, as we shall soon see, are divided in opinion as to the
exact date or dates, the number of editions, and author-
ship) there appeared from the press of Thomas Cotes, in
London, a tragedy bearing the title, " The Bloody Banquet,
by T. D."

This drama opens with a dumb show in which the
events leading up to the opening of the play are repre-
sented. This scene is followed by a chorus which explains
to the observer the actions which he has just witnessed
in pantomime. The plot may be described as follows : The
King of Lydia being at war with the King of Lycia and
finding himself on the point of being vanquished, sends a
messenger to the King of Cilicia, Armatrites, asking him
to come to his aid. He does so, and, as a result, the
Lycian king is defeated; but Armatrites, being the
stronger of the two, treacherously deposes the King of
Lydia, to whose assistance he had been invited. Not-
withstanding the hostile relations thus brought about
between the two kings, their sons, Tymethes, the Lydian,
and Zenarchus, the Cilician, become friends, and the

Bibliographical Ghosts 99

former is encouraged by the latter, and even by the
usurper himself, to make love to Amphridote, the sister
of Zenarchus and daughter of the tyrant. Tymethes is
reluctant to form this attachment, and particularly so
after his eyes have once rested upon the Queen.

Of the character of the young Queen of Cilicia, wife of
the usurper, it may be said, in passing, that she was of the
type of Potiphar's wife and he, Tymethes, a not unwilling
Joseph. It is upon the development of these traits of
character and the sinister results that followed that the
dramatist has constructed his play.

Tymethes, lacking the sternly virtuous mold of his
prototype, the young Hebrew, finds himself unable to
resist the machinations of the Queen and willingly sub-
mits to the strict precautions she imposes upon him in
order that they may meet in secrecy. She, on her part,
takes every measure and risks all to gratify her desires
and yet keep her victim in complete ignorance of the
exalted personage with whom he is dealing. By the
lavish use of gold she attempts to secure the confidence
and secrecy of her trusted attendants.

Mazeres, the favorite of the King, suspecting the
infidelity of the Queen, by a still more lavish use of the
precious metal wins over the Queen's keeper and go-
between, Roxano. Mazeres enters so completely into
the plan of carrying out the intrigue that he, in a great
measure, supplants Roxano, and, by taking his place, is
enabled to establish beyond a shadow of doubt the guilty
acts of Tymethes and the Queen. The former is led

lOO Bibliographical Society of America

blindfolded to the place of rendezvous, and the darkness
of night effectually prevents any discovery of the place
or person involved. During his second visit, overcome
by curiosity and rashly disregarding the warning that the
disclosure of the identity of his paramour will result in
direful consequences, he, by the aid of a dark lantern,
gratifies his curiosity and makes the fatal discovery.
The Queen, realizing that all is lost, acts with promptness,
procures a pistol, and in order to save her life and repu-
tation, shoots him on the spot.

Meantime Mazeres, the court favorite, has revealed
the affair to the King, who, in a furor of jealousy, bursts
in upon the scene with Mazeres, only to find that he has
arrived too late, and that the object of his vengeance
has passed beyond his reach. Notwithstanding the
Queen's protestation that she had killed Tymethes in
defense of her honor, her guilt is clearly established by the
evidence of both Roxano and Mazeres. The King com-
mands that the corpse of Tymethes be taken away and
quartered, that the Queen be placed in confinement, and
that no other food than the body of her paramour be
given her until it is fully consumed.

From this point onward the action of the play moves
rapidly and tragedy follows tragedy in quick succession.
Roxano and Mazeres, rivals for royal advancement,
meet and destroy each other. Amphridote, accusing her
brother, Zenarchus, of not doing all that might have been
done to prevent the death of Tymethes, poisons him as
well as herself.

Bibliographical Ghosts loi

The last scene takes place within the castle. Several
men, disguised as pilgrims, are admitted by the King, who,
seeking to extenuate in some slight degree his previous
misdeeds, treats them kindly. It transpires that the
pilgrims are the King of Lydia, Lapiris his nephew, and
a few faithful followers. The pilgrims are invited to eat.
The guilty Queen is brought in and sitting apart at a
separate table has brought to her on a dish the bloody
head of her lover. The quartered limbs, hanging in full
view of all, excite the commiseration of the pilgrims. In
answer to questions, called out by this gruesome scene,
the old King of Lydia learns that the quartered remains
are those of Tymethes, his son. Assured by one of his
attendants that the castle is in his power, he and his
followers throw off their disguises. The tyrant realizing
that escape is impossible kills the Queen and is in turn
slain by the king whom he had so treacherously deposed.

The King of Lydia, thus restored to his kingdom,
mourns that he has now no heir to succeed him. While
the last acts of slaughter are taking place, the old Queen
of Lydia makes a timely appearance, bringing with her
their only remaining son, the heir to his father's throne, and

the Lydian kingdom is once more firmly re-established.

But let us now turn from the imaginative to the con-
jectural; from the play to its author. We have seen by
its title that it was written by one T. D. As there were
a number of contemporaneous writers bearing these
initials it is not surprising to find that the play has been

I02 Bibliographical Society of America

attributed to more than one of them. Somewhat more
surprising is the fact that a number of bibliographers,
assuming that these initials were printed by mistake, have
proceeded to make attributions in harmony with their
conjectures.

One of the first bibliographers to notice this work was
Kirkman, who, in his List of Plays, appended to Dancer's
edition of the translation of Corneille's play, Nicomede,
London, 1671, gives the initials only and makes no attempt
to name its author.

Langbaine, in his Momus Triumphans (1688), does
the same; but in his Account of the English Dramatic
Poets, 1 69 1 (p. 519), he goes a step further and says,
" This Play by some old Catalogues, is ascrib'd to Thomas
Basker^ Giles Jacob and Thomas Whincop in their Usts
pubUshed respectively in 17 19 and 1747 give no further
information.

Baker, more than half a century later, in his Bio-
graphica Dramatica, 1812, is more explicit. He says
(2:61):

The Bloody Banquet .... printed .... with the letters

T. D is, in some old Catalogues, ascribed to Tho. Barker.

It was however probably written by Robert Davenport, being
eniunerated with some of his pieces in a list of plays that formerly
belonged to the Cockpit theatre. The letters T. D. were perhaps
printed by mistake in the title-page instead of R. D. See Mr.
Malone's Supplement to Shakspeare, vol. i. p. 392.

Hazlitt, in his Hand-Book (1867), p. 136, remarks as
follows: " Said to have been written by a Thomas Barker;

[

Bibliographical Ghosts 103

but this is doubtful; it has sometimes been given (with
equal probability) to Robert Davenport."

Professor Schelling, a recent writer, in his Elizabethan
Drama is inclined to set aside earlier conjectures. He
says: "This tragedy, though a reversion to older and
cruder type, is not without a certain brute force of its
own. It seems hardly up to the level of Davenport,
although it has been thought his. It is perhaps the work
of Thomas Drue, the author of an old-fashioned chronicle
play. The Dutchess of Suffolk [1631] of much the same
date."

We thus see that the play has not lacked for a pater-
nity. Not only have nearly all the dramatists whose
initials correspond to those on the title-page been called
upon to father it, but others with entirely different initials
have also been called in to exercise that relationship.
It is now probably too late to ascertain with any degree
of certainty who actually wrote The Bloody Banquet.
The only safe course, therefore, for the cataloguer to
pursue is to follow the general practice and enter it under
the initials "D., T." as they occur on the title-page, with
a reference from the title.

But there is another and more important question
connected with this play that we are able to take up with
greater confidence. This is the question as to the number
of times it appeared in print. The solution of this point
can only be definitely determined by a critical comparison
of a munber of copies side by side.

I04 Bibliographical Society of America

We are told by bibliographers that editions of The
Bloody Banquet appeared in 1620, 1630, and 1639. Let
us for a moment consider what some of them have to
say on this point, and, incidentally, it will be observed
that the record extends over a period of nearly 250
years.

Kirkman (167 1), whose list is but a skeleton, gives no
date.

Langbaine (1681) says, "printed 1620."

Baker (1812), "printed in 4to 1620 and 4to 1639."

Halliwell (i860), in his Catalogue of the M alone Col-
lection, in the Bodleian Library, gives the date of that
copy as 1639.

Hazlitt (1867), in his Hand-Book, gives the date as
1630 and notes an edition of 1639.

The Dyce Catalogue (1875) and the Huth Catalogue
(1880) both say 1639.

The British Museum (1884) Catalogue of Books to 1640
gives the date of both its copies as 1620.

The Boston Public Library (1888), in the Barton
Catalogue, says 1639.

Fleay (1891), in his English Drama, under Thomas
Drue, gives the dates 1630 and 1639.

Hazlitt (1892), in his Old English Plays, says 1639.

Greg (1900), in his List of Plays, gives 1620 and refers
to Hazlitt for an edition of 1639.

Sayle (1902) gives the date 1620 to a fragment of two
leaves (B2, 3) in the Cambridge University Librar>'.
They lack the title-page, and the date 1620, which he

Bibliographical Ghosts 105

adopts, is unmistakably taken from the Catalogue of the
British Museum.

Farmer (1914), in his Facsimile Reprint of the British
Museum copy, places the date at 1620.

Hazlitt alone, in an obscure corner of The Antiquary
for August, 1889 (20:61), says, without giving any reasons
for his statement: "Bloody Banquet, The. — By T. D.,
1639. This is the only edition."

We thus see that three editions are recorded and that
in not a single instance is the date given as uncertain or
with so much as a query. It is difficult, of course, to
determine just how many of the dates above given are
copied from those found in previous lists or how many are
based upon an actual examination of the book itself.
We must assume, however, that at least the dates given
in the library catalogues are based upon actual copies;
but even these differ.

We think it has been plainly shown that, much as the
English, as a nation, love a moral, this tale was quite too
repulsive for a second edition.

Copies of this play, while not commonly met with, are
not of exceptional rarity. Most of those known, however,
are in public institutions from which they cannot be
taken; so that an examination of copies side by side
cannot easily be made.

It may prove of interest to enumerate the known copies
and see what is recorded of them. In England there are
two copies in the British Museum, one in the Dyce Col-
lection at the South Kensington Museum, one, the Malone

io6 Bibliographical Society of America

copy, in the Bodleian Library, and a fragment, lacking
the title-page, in the University Library at Cambridge.
There was also a copy in the Huth Library, sold
in 1912 (2:1951), and others. Lord Mostyn's copies
(nos. 84 and 85), have been sold recently. It may not
unreasonably be supposed that there are as many other
copies still hidden away in other private collections in
England.

In America we know of one copy in the Barton Col-
lection at the Boston Public Library, and three others in
the Ubrary of Mr. Henry E. Huntington. A systematic
search may reveal as many more in other private collec-
tions in this country.

There is a peculiarity of the title-page, common to all
known copies, that bibliographers seem to have over-
looked. The type, like that of many other books of the
period, is set up on a larger scale than the letterpress in
the body of the work. The complete title-page measures
6f inches in height by 34-| inches in width; while the text
in the body of the work, including headlines, signature-
marks and catchwords, measures only 6^ inches in height
by 3f inches in width. The title-page is therefore ^
of an inch taller and just that much wider than the text.
It is doubtless owing to this fact that the binder, in
trimming the book, has in many cases cut into and in
some instances entirely cut away the lower line of the
imprint, which, in full, reads:

LONDON

Printed by Thomas Cotes. 1639.

Bibliographical Ghosts 107

Similar instances are not uncommon. When once this
fact is reaUzed, the reason why so many imprints are
found cropped will become evident. A similar case, of
a later date, may be given. Denton's Brief Description
of New York, London, 1670, is a parallel case. Its title-
page is so very much larger than the text that often the
whole or a considerable part of the imprint, of four closely
printed lines, has been cut off by the binder. Few copies,
even, have the second line remaining.

We venture to suggest that the reason why so many of
these early title-pages were set up on a larger scale than
the text to which they belong was due to the fact that
the type of the title-page was set by a different compositor
from those who set up the body of the book. In every
printing office there are compositors who are more suc-
cessful than their fellow-craftsmen in setting up what is
known as display matter. A title-page is of this character
of composition. When it came time to set up the title-
page, what then would be more natural than that this
work should be put into the hands of the man who could
do this class of work most successfully ? Without paying
strict attention to the size of the text he most likely went
ahead with his work and set it up according to his own
ideas. The result was a title-page wider and longer than
the text. Furthermore, innumerable pamphlets were in
former days bound together in single volumes. When the
binder cut the edges he was naturally guided by the first
title-page in the volumes so bound. As a result of this
Procrustean process many a title-page was cropped, and,

io8 Bibliographical Society of America

consequently, we are constantly finding volumes in which
the date or the entire imprint has disappeared.

But let us again return to The Bloody Banquet. Atten-
tion should once more be called to its imprint as given
above, which, for reasons that will presently appear, we
will here repeat. It reads:

LONDON
Printed by Thomas Cotes. 1639.

In order to understand fully what is to follow, the
reader should remember that in the old-style of type,
used in printing books of that period, the lower curve of
the 3 and the tail of the g extended below the lower edge
of the text, a fact that, taken in connection with the
mutilations of the binders, has given rise to all the errors
regarding the date of this particular work.

We may now proceed intelligently to examine such
records as we have of the copies already enumerated.

Unfortunately neither of the copies in the British
Museum has escaped the binder's knife. The Museum's
Catalogue of Books to 1640 (i 1440) records two copies, to
both of which the date 1620 is given. When John S.
Farmer, in 1914, was looking for scarce books to add to his
collection of the Tudor Facsimile Texts of Old English
Plays, he considered this play of sufficient rarity to be
included in that excellent series and selected one of the
British Museum copies, the one with the press-mark
643, c. 4., from which to make his facsimile. It goes with-
out saying that of the two, he selected the one with the

Bibliographical Ghosts 109

more complete imprint. Now, unfortunately, in the
copy he selected the lower part of the line, | Printed by
Thomas Cotes. 1639. |, has been completely cut away
close up to the lower edge of the line so that only the upper
part of the 3 and the circle of the 9 remain. We are
safe in assuming that the imprint of the remaining copy
is in an even more mutilated condition, otherwise he
would have selected that. Such, then, is the state of the
British Museum copies, to each of which the date 1620
has been given.

The imprint of the copy in the Bodleian Library, if
reliance is to be placed on HaUiwell's Catalogue of the
Malone Collection, is intact. Such also appears to be
the case of the copy in the Dyce Collection, at the South
Kensington Museum. To both of those copies the date
1639 has been given.

The copy in the University Library at Cambridge is,
as has already been stated, a fragment. It consists of
but two leaves (B2, 3), and the date in Mr. Sayle's
catalogue (2 : 4601) is unquestionably taken from that in
the British Museum's Catalogue of Books to 1640, based,
as we have just seen, upon a mutilated date.

The Huth Catalogue describes a copy, to which the date
1639 is given, but it is only in the Sale Catalogue (2 : 1951)
that we learn that the last two figures of the imprint date
have been cut into. The Mostyn Catalogue ascribes the
play (nos. 84 and 85) to R. Davenport, gives to them the
dates 1620 and 1639, and of the former it says "imprint
cut into."

no Bibliographical Society of America

It will thus be seen that of the imprints in the eight
copies recorded in England only three are by any possi-
bility intact.

Now as to the American copies. That in the Barton
Collection in the Boston Public Library appears to have
an unimpaired imprint. In Mr. Huntington's library are
three copies: (i) the Kemble-Devonshire copy, which
bears Kemble's usual autograph inscription, collated &•
perfect. J:P:K. 1798; (2) the Robert Hoe copy, with
an interesting provenance. On the verso of the fifth
flyleaf is a note in the handwriting of Dr. Philip Bliss,
presumably one of its former owners. Doctor Bliss,
it will be remembered, was under-librarian at the Bodleian
and the editor of Anthony a Wood's Athence Oxonienses.
This copy also contains the autograph signatures of Thos.
Jolley I Soy, and Henry G. Ashmead 18^6, and the ex-libris
of Jolley and Hoe; (3) the third copy is in a bound volume
of Davenport's plays, in which it was presumably placed
because, as already stated. The Bloody Banquet has some-
times been thought to have been written by that author.

In the Kemble-Devonshire copy the last line of the
imprint has been entirely cut away. In the other two
copies it remains in full as printed. The Hoe copy has
a very narrow margin of white paper, one-eighth of an
inch wide, below the lower ends of the last two figures of
the date, while in the remaining copy the binder's knife
has just escaped bleeding them.

Fortunately we have been able to compare these
copies with Farmer's facsimile of the copy in the British

Bibliographical Ghosts iii

Museum. A critical examination of all these copies for
nicked or broken letters, spacings, alignments, wrong-
font letters, typographical errors, etc. (and such features
are by no means infrequent), shows that all of the Hunt-
ington copies are identical in these respects, and that they
agree in every minute particular with the Farmer Fac-
simile Reprint of the British Museum copy. The con-
clusion is, therefore, irresistible. All four were printed
from but one and the same setting of type. Thus falls
to the ground the statements, made from 169J to this
year of grace 19 19, that there were three different editions
of this play, those of 1620, 1630, and 1639. Two of these
dates we have seen to be surmises made concerning copies
in which the lower line had been cut into by the binder,
close up to the bottom of the hne reading, "Printed by
Thomas Cotes. 1639."

Another case, strikingly similar in character, is to be
seen in a copy of the First Folio of Shakespeare in the
Lenox Collection in the New York Public Library. In
this copy the lower line of the imprint, reading, "Printed
by Isaac laggard, and Ed. Blount, 1623.", was also cut
close up to the lower edge of the letterpress. The lower
margin, thus cut away, has since been skilfully extended
and what remains of the upper part of the figure 3 cun-
ningly touched up to resemble a figure 2, so that the date
apparently reads 1622. This has been done so adroitly
as almost to deceive the very elect; but by holding the
leaf up to the light the joining of the paper is seen and the
fraud instantly detected.

112 Bibliographical Society of America

There is but one other pomt that need detain us in
considering the play of The Bloody Banquet. Professor
Schelling, in his Elizabethan Drama (1:594), makes the
statement that this play was registered for publication
in 1620, nineteen years before it was actually printed.
As we were unable to find any authority for such a state-
ment we communicated with the author of it, who has
recently admitted his inability to verify it, so that the
final obstacle to the conclusions here reached is completely
removed.

For more than two and a quarter centuries this phan-
tom has stalked through the bibliographies and histories
of the English drama disguised in a tissue of conjectures
and innocent misstatements. With better facilities for a
comparison of copies the time has at last come when we
can, with confidence, relegate it to the place of departed
shades; for the most minute scrutiny fails to show that
The Bloody Banquet was ever contemporaneously printed
from more than one setting of type and that its title-
page bore but one date, that of 1639.

THE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE WAR AND THE

RECONSTRUCTION OF BIBLIOGRAPHI-

CAL METHODS

BY ERNEST GUSHING RICHARDSON

Librarian of Princeton University

' I 'HE present paper is not a bibliography of bibliogra-
phies on the war. This matter is being very much
better attended to by Mr. Meyer, of the Library of
Congress. The point of it is that, on account of the
enormous quantity of the literature on the war, a seri-
ous efifort to handle this literature on a large scale, for
immediate practical purposes, is a good example of the
whole modern bibliographical problem — the problem of
the great increase in the quantity of books. The paper
is intended to call attention to the extent and diversity of
the problem and the methods used to meet it in this case,
and the need of developing and improving these methods,
if the rapidly increasing quantity of literature in the
world is to be mastered for the practical ends of research.
The fundamental object of bibliography is to enable a
thinker to get together the results of previous thinkers on
the same subject in order to build on this foundation,
avoiding the labor of repeating work already done — not to
mention the humiliation of finding when the work has
really been finished that it has been done before and per-
haps done better. This object finds its most definite
illustration in the modem university thesis, where the

114 Bibliographical Society of America

first search is for some topic on which no one else has done
anything. Here the actual search is negative; it aims to
find some minute subject on which nothing at all has been
written. It soon becomes positive, however, in the fact
that the process involves the exhaustive gathering of the
literature of the entire narrow field in which this special
untreated topic or aspect lies. The problem of the green
A.B., set face to face with his world of say five million
books and one hundred million periodical articles, with
his Ph.D. and his academic life at stake, is to make sure
that no one else has published his thesis before him —
that there is no needle in the haystack — and his problem
is that of research workers everywhere. The solution of
the problem lies, of course, in general terms, in organiza-
tion, that is to say, transforming a disorderly mass of
unrelated things into an orderly series in which like things
are put together into groups and groups of groups until,
instead of having to look over and pass a judgment on one
hundred and five millions, one has only to examine a few
thousands. The problem is not a modern problem, but
its seriousness is modem; it lies in the fact of incredible
quantity and an incredible annual increase. In the most
ancient times, when the whole sum of the recorded
knowledge was contained in a few tablets laid up in a
temple storehouse, the matter was simple enough — one
man's memory held them all easily.

The invention of papyrus, the invention of alphabetical
handwriting, the invention of vellum, the invention of
paper, the invention of printing with movable type, and

The Bibliography of the War 115

the many inventions for cheapening the cost of paper or
the cost of composition through stereotype and electro-
type processes up to the recent days of wood-pulp paper
and machine composition, have multiplied recorded
literature faster and faster. Each stage, of course,
developed more or less practical bibliographical processes
devised to cope with the situation, precisely as the
invention of each new projectile results in the invention
of better protective armor, but, of course, each new
invention produces a season of partial chaos while its
counteragent is being evolved. At present we are in one
of those periods where the enormous increase in the number
of individual items produced has not been kept pace with
by the bibliographical tools, and the result is a sort of
bibliographical anarchism relieved by some noteworthy
classified groups and by a few attempts at a more general
systemization. These attempts are, some of them, on a
large scale, and the best of them are the dictionary cata-
logues of our great American libraries.

Some of the more ambitious and important efforts to
meet the situation on a general bibliographical basis are
the International Catalogue of Scientific Literature, the
Zurich Index, and the Wilson publications. These at-
tempts mitigate the situation but at the same time accent
the overwhelming character of the present bibliographical
need in the very fact that, although inclusive to the point
of millions of references, they only touch the fringe of the
matter, and at a few points, while their varying methods
supply some needs well, but others badly or not at all.

ii6 Bibliographical Society of America

The net situation of this overwhelming mass of
material is like the net situation of humanity itself in
these days: it has broken down so far as any grip on the
whole is concerned, and it is in danger of falling into
complete disintegration through progressive specialization
and progressive inclination to trouble one's self only with
the best things nearest at hand. This anarchy comes
largely from the breakdown of the old methods of com-
pilation and use. The bibUography of the war offers,
as has been suggested, an admirable, concrete, up-to-date
illustration of the problem, because the field is so definite
in its time limits, especially in the terminus a quo.

The occasion of this paper is the fact that the Princeton
University Library has had to wrestle with this problem.
It has been asked to give some account of its experiments
in bibUographical method in the working out of this
problem in the hope of being useful to others working in
other fields. The Princeton Library is specializing on
two broad aspects of the war; in its Benjamin Strong
collection of books on the economic aspects of the war,
and in the J. O. H. Pitney collection on the international
law aspects. It has been, therefore, necessary to gather
titles very exhaustively on these subjects, and at the same
time considerable money has been provided for purchas-
ing the best books on other aspects of the war. This raised
the whole double problem of modern bibliography on a
large scale: the gathering of everything for the use of the
extreme speciahsts and the discriminating selection out of
the great mass of world-books of those which give the

The Bibliography of the War 117

sum and substance of everything in the most condensed
and readable form and with the best references to the
more special literature, as well as critical judgments
regarding the relative usefulness or worthlessness of this
literature. The mere exhaustive gathering of everything
on the subject is an extensive but rather simple aspect of
the matter. The choice of the best is, as everyone knows,
far more difficult. This is an artistic process which
requires the very best gray matter available and a vast
amount of time, special training, and knowledge of
sources and method. Moreover, and most difficult of
all, the work at Princeton had to be done under the
circumstance that in various matters material was wanted
for use at once and for important practical purposes.
This was especially true of many of the war problems or
problems of reconstruction which involved war experi-
ence. Some of the actual uses were concerned with the
problems of labor and of immigration, the League of
Nations, several matters affecting commercial geography,
religious propaganda, education, etc. It was therefore
a problem, not simply of getting together all the titles
or the best titles, but of getting them at once and for
practical use — the real modern problem.

The mere gathering of all titles in alphabetical order,
although the simplest, was not by any means a small task.
The scope of the undertaking included every book or
pamphlet of sufficient importance to secure its inclusion
in a priced sales catalogue, or in the catalogues of the
Library of Congress, the New York Public Library, the

ii8

Bibliographical Society of America

British Museum, the Lyons and the Le Blanc libraries,
and other printed catalogues. The Le Blanc catalogue
alone, and covering only to March, 1916, contained
between eleven and twelve thousand books and pamphlets,
with about sixty thousand periodical articles, broadsides,
posters, items of currency, postage stamps, postal cards,
museum objects, etc. It was comparatively a simple
matter for a library with adequate clipping methods to
cumulate the catalogues of Le Blanc and Lange, the
accessions to the New York Public Library, the British
Museum Library, the exhaustive Hinrich's list for the
first mne months of the war, and, of course, the Library
of Congress titles through its printed cards. It was easy
also to add to these certain booksellers' lists and minor
bibliographies.

This cumulation produced, in the first instance, a
total of fifteen or twenty thousand titles growing in two
years to about thirty thousand; but this did not begin to
exhaust the booksellers' lists. Accordingly, the French,
Italian, and Spanish lists were included, the assumption
being that the Library of Congress and the British
Museum would have all the latest English and American
titles. By the courtesy of H. G. Leach, of the Scandina-
vian Foundation, a list of over one thousand Scandinavian
titles was secured, and Dutch, Portuguese, and other
literatures were provided for. It was naturally not easy
to get hold of the German sources, but these were finally
obtained through the courtesy of the State Department,
and have now been brought up to the end of February

The Bibliography of the War 119

of this year. As some of these sections have been done
by collaboration, and reports for others are not yet in,
it is not possible to say exactly how many titles have
been automatically gathered through these processes,
but when the odds and ends are caught up and matters
brought to July i, 1919, it is likely that the titles will
number not less than sixty or seventy thousand, under
the rule of counting only such as are in priced booksellers'
catalogues or are entered in Hbrary catalogues and
bibliographies as volumes and pamphlets, not as broad-
sides or sub-pamphlet material. The gathering has been
chiefly by photostating and clipping, or by short title-
reference typewriting.

This gives the rough scope of the bibliographical
proposition of the war as to quantity of books and pam-
phlets, but it is only the beginning of the quantity
proposition as it affects the research worker. There
remains the more extensive matter of periodical articles
and other sub-pamphlet material — ^posters, cartoons,
photographs, music, currency, museum objects, and
all the rest, important enough in their way although
not belonging so much to the direct bibliographical
problem, since their use is chiefly as monuments, not
as literature. The extent of this latter field is suggested
by the fact that the Le Blanc collection for the first
twenty months of the war included less than twelve
thousand books and pamphlets against forty thousand
sub-pamphlet items. This catalogue contains also about
twenty thousand periodical articles. Moreover, the

I20 Bibliographical Society of America

interesting classified catalogue of the public library of
Lyons also contains large numbers of periodical articles,
probably increasing the twenty thousand extracts of the
Le Blanc catalogue by several thousand.

These sources, however, give little idea of the extent
of the periodical problem. The published periodical
indexes give a better but still imperfect idea. The titles
in the German periodical indexes, e.g., have been estimated
as not less than ten thousand articles in German periodi-
cals annually, or say fifty thousand for the course of the
war. Testing out in the same way by the Wilson indexes,
it may be estimated that, although there are only some
twenty-five hundred articles indexed under the caption
"European War," the number indexed under the subhead-
ings of countries or special subjects is so great as to point
to probably twenty thousand articles per year in all the
indexes, Wilson, Faxon, the Athenaeum, and others, or a
hundred thousand English indexed articles altogether for
the war. All this points to not less than 150,000 indexed
titles in English and German alone. Add to these titles
in other languages and the well-recognized fact, to which
Mr. Teggart is now calling attention most vigorously,
that only a small fraction of the best periodicals in the
historical and linguistic and certain other sciences are
included in the indexes, and it gives a strong probability
of a million titles of periodical articles on the war. All
this is outside the strictly ephemeral publications and
does not take account of the vast nimiber of articles in
the daily press which are of value to future historians of

The Bibliography of the War 121

the war. These latter will be used at least in the indexed
newspapers — the London Times and the New YorkTimes —
and must be taken account of by bibliographers.

The quantity of posters, broadsides, war currency, and
museum objects may be guessed at by the fact that such
items in the Library of Congress, excluding periodical
articles and museum objects, equal the number of books
and pamphlets, while the Le Blanc catalogue contains
almost as many of these as it does of books, pamphlets,
periodical articles, and museum objects put together.
The field of relics and photographs is almost unlimited
but must be left quite out of account. The items of
posters, war currency, broadsides, trench newspapers,
war stamps, and other matters suitable for ordinary
cataloguing probably amount to at least as many as the
items of books and pamphlets.

So much for the quantity. Turning now to quality,
the instructions to the librarian at Princeton were, to
begin with, to get everything on the war as fast as pub-
lished. This instruction came, of course, in part from
lack of bibliographical experience, but it was not such an
impossible thing at first. Later, when a throng of
worthless books appeared, the expensiveness of this
plan grew more apparent, and some big libraries even
settled down to getting only the most necessary books,
with the formulated theory that the rest could be secured
more cheaply after the war. This, however, did not
work for Princeton nor for any of the other important
libraries which were actively besieged by research workers

122 Bibliographical Society of America

engaged on economic and international law questions
which concerned the countries at war, and for whom a
very large percentage of war literature was useful from
one angle or another. The situation required rapid
selection and anticipation of use. The library was for-
tunate in having the aid in this selection, especially of
titles in Enghsh, first of Mr. James W. Alexander, who
gave much of his leisure to it in the early days of the war,
and then of Mr. William A. Paton, who up to the time of
his illness and recent death gave to the task a great deal
of his time and his valuable joumaUstic experience, well-
trained taste, and judgment. It had also naturally the
help of professors, particularly of Professors McCabe,
Kemmerer, and Blau in economics, Professor Corwin in
international law, and in various other classes of Professor
Morse, the history reference librarian. Photostating and
cUpping methods were freely employed in preparing
material for the use of these helpers and for the more
wholesale and automatic methods of selection which
had to be put in operation. The London and New York
Times weekly supplements, the A.L.A. book list, the
Lange bibliographies, and a number of shorter annotated
lists, all the titles in the American Economic Review, and
many minor annotated lists were clipped, cumulated, and
used as aids in selection — and of course the Athenaeum,
the Book Review Digest, and the critical journals in general
were freely used. Latterly the choosers had the use of
advance copies of an admirable annotated list for books
in EngUsh on the rehgious aspects of the war, by Mr.
Bradshaw.

The Bibliography of the War 123

When it came to still more wholesale methods of
accumulation the simple if dangerous method of selection
by title was freely used, with the feeling that a few slips
now and then were worth what they cost, and yet not for-
getting the experience of the learned professor, librarian
of a certain theological seminary, who, ordering what he
wanted out of the Macmillan lists, found that the History
of Joseph which he got was printed on cloth and in words
of one syllable !

Probably the best aids to wholesale selection were
the accession catalogues of those libraries which them-
selves strictly select. One of the first steps taken,
therefore, was to arrange a joint list of titles in the Library
of Congress, the New York Public Library, and the
Princeton University Library. These together yielded
up to May 14, 191 5, something less than 15,000 titles,
which were printed in photostat. On July 18 an alpha-
betical list of the British Museum titles additional to
these was printed, containing about 5,000 more titles.
All these together, however, lacked at least one-third
of the really important purchasable titles in English,
French, and Italian — ^if one might judge by titles in the
full cumulated list. These were freely purchased in
some classes by title or by handling. On the whole, the
best first aids to wholesale selections were the Library
of Congress cards and the New York Public Library
Bulletin.

While no attempt was made to meet the problem
of periodical literature and the sub-pamphlet material
systematically, two or three contributions were made

124 Bibliographical Society of America

in the field of periodical titles which were needed
for purposes of immediate use. A very considerable
number of posters, war currency, museum objects,
and so on, amounting to nearly 5,000 titles, likewise
had to be handled somehow and handled quickly. An
admirable guide to the entire field of the periodical
literature on the economic aspects was found in the
annotated periodical articles of the American Economic
Review. These were clipped for the whole period of the
war, cumulated in their rough classified order on cards,
and, as there was a demand for articles on the subject of
labor, these were photostat printed as cumulated.

Again, having loaned the recent volumes of certain
periodicals on international law for the use of the Peace
Commission, the library undertook the indexing of these
periodicals. This was interrupted by the armistice and
the taking of the books abroad, but the cards had been
drawn off, and the matter was taken up later through the
enthusiasm of a member of the Senior class, Mr. Charles R.
Arrottj and the index was photostat printed. Again, it was
thought that for the same purpose a cumulation of the
very exhaustive indexes to periodicals published in the
American Journal of International Law and the Political
Science Review might be useful to experts on international
law. Accordingly a complete rough cumulated subject
catalogue was made of all the titles on international and
public law in general which were contained in these.
This needs weeding for duplicate titles, and to make a
good publication it would require much editing, but it
is useful and was made quickly at small expense.

The Bibliography of the War 125

In the matter of sub-pamphlet material the library was
somewhat overwhelmed, thanks to the generosity of Mr.
Benjamin Strong and Messrs. Taber, Garrett, Wright,
and other alumni. Altogether this amounted to about
5,000 items, including 3^000 posters, 600 or 700 items of
war currency, and a great many relics from battlefields.
All of the posters and emergency war currency were
photostated at once and provided with a title-a-bar
linotype cumulated index. The relics from the battle-
field are being treated in the same way and were in part
furnished with printed catalogue description in the con-
ventional library method.

The point of this paper being, as was said in the be-
ginning, to call attention to new methods which have
already been evolved for meeting the modern biblio-
graphical problem, as illustrated in actual use on this
proposition, I would sum up these methods briefly as a
combination of clipping, photostat, and cumulative bar
methods.

The cumulation of clippings can, of course, be made
in folders by writing catchwords on the outside. One
considerable improvement in method has been the use of
the transparent paper envelope, which avoids the expense
of writing the title or catchword. Another great ad-
vance in method is the fact that these irregular-sized
clippings kept in transparencies or folders can be printed
at any time in cumulation on the photostat without
mounting on uniform cards. In this connection, more-
over, it may be said that several methods of in-
setting have been developed recently that reduce the

126 Bibliographical Society of America

expense and increase the convenience of handling pasted
slips.

In producing photostat editions only one thing is essen-
tial in order to get good results: the matter, whether
typewritten or printed, should be close to the top of the
card. There are many details of more or less advantage,
such as methods of bringing photostat negatives for
clipping to a uniform size, but the one essential point is
to be free of the upper blank margin. The method is
shown at its best by the fact that if any set of cards
is written with a good black ribbon on top of the line and
kept cumulated, these can be laid on the machine and
printed in negative at the rate of not far from 20,000
titles a day, and, if wanted, two additional copies can be
made each day following in positive.

It is obvious that this opens a great field for the index-
ing of periodicals owned by only a few libraries. The
process can be carried out roughly as follows : (i) straight
copying of periodical titles uniformly on the typewriter at
an average of twenty-five titles an hour, (2) rough alpha-
betical subjecting of these cards by an expert with two
inexpensive clerks, 200 cards per hour with 10 per cent
of time additional for looking up obscure subjects, (3)
alphabeting automatically by subjects with typewritten
guide cards, (4) laying on and printing at the rate of
about 3,000 an hour.

The linotype-bar methods have been, thanks to the
large-scale activity of the Wilson Company, developed
very much more than the photostat methods and are

The Bibliography of the War 127

familiar to all. The maximum advantage of the method
comes with confining each title to a single bar and han-
dling this as a card is in the card catalogue. A method of
fihng and redistributing these bars by printing on and
filing in small envelopes has been extensively used in
this undertaking.

The net result of this experience is the belief that at
the present stage of things the best method for wholesale
bibliographical work is the extensive clipping of full
titles arranged in numerical order of the accessions of the
titles, with title-a-bar cumulated index. If only a single
copy is needed, the card index is perfectly good. If
needed in half a dozen to a dozen copies, the 60- to 100-
letter title on the top of a card for photostating is the
most economical solution. If more copies are wanted,
the printed linotype-bar index is best.

The only salvation of the bibliographical situation
seems to be the application of these methods on a large
scale. The improvements in method are such that a
courageous application by large libraries on a large scale
might easily be made to produce that Universal Catalogue
of Literature of which many have dreamed, and which a
few, like the Brussels Institute, have attempted.

MANEANT SUA DATA LIBELLIS: A PROTEST
AND A PLEA

BY WILLIAM MUSS-ARNOLT, B.D., PH.D.
The Public Library, Boston, Massachusetts

QOME time ago the Boston Public Library acquired, at
^ the sale of the Huth Library, several books. Among
these I mention the 1552 Brevis et dihcida de sacramentis
EcdesicB Christi tractatio . . . per loannem a Lasco.
Londini per Stephanum Myerdamannum; and the
Preces privatae of 1564. The books are in fine, almost
sumptuous, morocco binding of recent date and every
indication of former ownership — labels and all — is thus
entirely destroyed. The same is true of a copy of Walter
Haddon's revision of the Latin translation of the Book of
Conmion Prayer by Alexander Aless (Alesius), published
in 1560 as Liher Precum pvblicafvm . ... in Ecclesia
Anglicana,^ which had been bought in by Robert Scott
at the Amherst Sale (1908-09), No. 715, and came later
into the possession of Dr. Benton through Quaritch.
The book has Lord Amherst's bookplate but no other
indication as to former ownership. It is bound in red
morocco with blind antique ornaments and gilt edges.
The red color is somewhat faded, an indication that the
book came in this binding to Lord Amherst. It is the
same copy which at the Rev. William MakeUar sale,

' On Haddon's revision, see the present writer's The Book of Common
Prayer among the Nations of the World (London, 1914), pp. 31-34-

128

A Protest and a Plea 129

December 7, 1898, No. 2429, sold for £3.17.6. The
earmarks of the Makellar copy, viz., title leaf and upper
right-hand corner of next leaf, most skilfully mended,
are there; but every indication as to Makellar's ownership
or that of any of his predecessors is wanting. These are
but a few of many similar cases.

This custom of some large book collectors of rebind-
ing early, rare books, thus destroying every indication of
former ownership and actually obliterating the whole
past history of the individual copy, impresses true lovers
of books and conscientious bibliographers as vandalism
and shows that these "great" book collectors are more
interested in sumptuous modern bindings than in the
preservation of the historic and individual character of
early, rare, and in some cases unique, books. It is,
likewise, one of the lamentable defects in many of the fine,
printed catalogues of these collectors that the provenance
of such volumes is, in no case, indicated, thus depriving
students of the history of bibliography of the opportunity
to identify them with, or distinguish them from, copies
mentioned and described in earlier catalogues and bib-
liographical manuals or referred to in other quarters.

As a lover of books, early and rare, and a student of
their migration from one collector to another, from one
private library to another, distant at times thousands of
miles from their original resting-place and domicile, I
beg leave to protest most emphatically against such
barbarous treatment of old friends and earnestly to
beseech collectors of books to whom these lines may

130 Bibliographical Society of America

appeal to avoid eradicating by new, fancy rebinding
the history of early and rare books, of which, as a rule
only a very few copies are known to have survived the
wreck of time and the ravages of dust and the bookworm.
These sumptuous modern morocco bindings of early
books have always left upon me an impression similar
to that made by the presentation of venerable persons
dressed in the habiliments of youths of seventeen.

That there are now, and that there have always been,
exceptions among book collectors, men who have treated
early and rare books in their possession as real and per-
sonal friends and not merely as show-pieces in splendid
covers for their own aggrandizement and the superficial
admiration of friends and visitors, constitutes a happy
feature to true lovers of books and is known to the readers
of the Papers of the Bibliographical Society of America.
None, to my knowledge, have surpassed in the safe and
sane treatment of early and rare books the late Josiah
Henry Benton, LL.D.

Mr. Benton was bom in 1843 ^^^ died February 6,
191 7. He was a trustee of the Boston PubHc Library
for twenty years and for nearly nine years the president
of the board. At his death, Mr. Benton bequeathed to
the Library his splendid collection of Books of Common
Prayer and other Uturgical books, and books printed by
John Baskerville, in addition to the provisional bequest of
a large amount of money, the largest gift in all the history
of the Boston Public Library, amounting to more than
two million dollars. Of this amoimt one-half of the net

A Protest and a Plea 131

income is to be applied to the purchase of books desirable
for scholarly research and use; the other half to be held
as an accumulating fund, to be invested and reinvested,
until the total amount thereof shall be two milHon dollars,
this total amount to be appUed either in the enlargement
of the present central library building, or to the construc-
tion of another central Hbrary building in such part of
the city as may be then most desirable for the accommo-
dation of the people of Boston.'

But it is not with Dr. Benton as the great benefactor
of the Boston Public Library that we are just now con-
cerned, but with the sane and sagacious treatment of
early and rare, in a few cases xmique, books in his liturgi-
cal collection. To this I desire to call the attention of all
lovers and collectors of books, their advisers, and libra-
rians.

Now, someone may ask, how came Mr. Benton to
make a collection of Prayer Books, in which, as his friends
knew, he took only an antiquarian and legal interest ?

Some years before the death of Bishop Henry Codman
Potter, Mr. and Mrs. Benton spent a summer in Europe.
While staying in London, Mrs. Benton saw a finely
printed copy of the first issue of the Caroline revision of
the Book of Common Prayer, a large folio, with wide
margins. It pleased her, and Mr. Benton bought the
copy. Returning home on the same steamer with Bishop

'The portrait of Dr. Benton, which appears as the frontispiece of this
issue, is used through the courtesy of the editors of Boslonia, the official organ
of Boston University.

132 Bibliographical Society of America

Potter, Mr. Benton showed him the copy he had bought,
and the Bishop, knowing that his friend was a great lover
of books, suggested to him that he make a collection of
prayer books and related liturgies.

At first Mr. Benton bought rather promiscuously,
most of his purchases being from the former Bishop
Gott library. When I became acquainted with him,
in 1907, his collection amounted to not more than a
hundred Books of Common Prayer and works relating to
them.^ Within three years the collection grew to 397
books and pamphlets, as the first edition of my catalogue
of the collection shows.* After the first edition of the
catalogue had been printed, Mr. Benton and the present
writer endeavored to fill, from time to time, any apparent
gaps so that it might be possible to present a harmonious
and almost complete historical catalogue of the origin
and growth of the Book of Common Prayer and related
liturgies. Many an evening I spent examining catalogue
upon catalogue, looking for some Hterary liturgical
"nugget," to fill gaps still existing. And once, I am
convinced, I caught one of the shrewdest book-dealers
napping, when, after a long search for another book, I
happened to see in Ludwig Rosenthal's catalogue,
Protestantische Theologie, a copy of the Brandenburg-

' See the Catalogue of Selected Editions of the Book of Common Prayer Both
English and American, Boston, published by the trustees of the Public Library,
1907.

' The Book of Common Prayer and Books Connected with Its Origin and
Growth. Boston. Privately printed (By D. B. Updike, the Merrymount
Press). 1910. vi, 84 pp. 9f X6J in., in 8s.

A Protest and a Plea 133

Nlirnberg Kirchen-Ordnung of 1533, offered for 60
marks. Realizing the influence of this Lutheran service
book upon the First Edwardine Liturgy of 1549, I urged
Mr, Benton to secure the book immediately. When the
copy reached here, it proved to be a well-preserved,
tall copy, scarcely trimmed, in the original and con-
temporary binding of wooden covers, with heavy pig-
skin back, brass clasps, and pigskin guide tabs. It was,
as stated, in excellent preservation and, at the price
asked for it, can almost be considered a present.
Quandoque bonus dormitat Homerus could well be applied
here to the shrewd and usually wide-awake Munich
antiquary.

In the year 1790 the book belonged to "Fr. Niv.
Abbas 1790," i.e. Frater Nivardus Schlimbach, last and
most learned Abbot of Bildhausen, Cistercian Abbey in
Lower Franconia, Germany. He evidently thought
highly of the book, for the same hand wrote just below
the main title the words: "editio rarissima, vid: Bauer,
BibHotheca," a great tribute by a Roman Catholic
dignitary to an ultra-Protestant publication. Contrast
now this copy, in original contemporary binding, with a
copy listed in the Amherst Catalogue (London, 1908),
p. loi. No. 517; bound in modern black morocco with
blind stamped ornaments, gilt edges, formerly the
property of Lord Crawford. It was bought in by
Ridge for £20 . 10. The modern binding presupposes at
least one, if not more, earlier bindings, and at each
new binding the book was presumably trimmed more or

134 Bibliographical Society of America

less. Can there be a comparison between this sumptu-
ously bound copy and the Benton copy for any true
lover of books, aside from the enormous difference in
price paid for them ?

Mr. Benton not only collected Books of Conmion
Prayer but made also a study of them, especially from the
legal point of view, as is amply shown in his short,
comprehensive treatise,' printed in 1910.

The second, final edition of the catalogue, prepared
in 1914, registered 685 books and pamphlets.' The
collection was by this time quite complete and afforded
a continuous historic study of the origin and develop-
ment of the Book of Common Prayer. There was
lacking only a copy of the first edition of the Elizabethan
revision of 1559. The only copy known likely to be in
the market within a reasonable time was the one in the
Huth library. A year before the death of Mr. Quaritch,
Jr., Mr. Benton gave him, in my presence, carte blanche,
to buy for him the Huth copy when up for sale. Unfortu-
nately both had died when the portion of the Huth
library containing that particular copy was put upon the
market. I urged the buying of the book at any price
it should bring, reminding the authorities of Mr. Benton's
oft-repeated statement that this copy would round out

' The Book of Common Prayer, Its Origin and Growth. Boston. Privately
printed. (By D. B. Updike, the Menymount Press.) 1910. (i), Ixviii,
pp. 9|X6i in., in 8s.

* The Book of Common Prayer and Books Connected with Its Origin and
Growth. Second edition. Boston. Privately printed. (By D. B. Updike,
the Menymount Press.) 1914. viii, (i), 142 pp. 9|X6| in., in 8s.

A Protest and a Plea 135

the collection which he had so generously bequeathed to
the library. Notwithstanding, a bid was sent amounting
to little more than one-half of the price the book finally
brought, when it was purchased for Mr. Henry E. Hunt-
ington, of California.^ Thus was lost a golden, a rare,
opportunity to round out a splendid collection bequeathed
to this library by its greatest benefactor whose oft-
repeated statement as to the value of the book for the com-
pletion of the collection was well known. Will the time
ever come when the authorities of our public libraries will
listen in special cases to those who have made a specialty
along certain lines rather than to those who have but a
general knowledge of second-hand book values and trade ?
Were I a follower of Sir Oliver Lodge, I would feign have
listened, at the time, for the well-known voice of the late
owner of the Benton liturgical collection, giving expression
to his disappointment and resentment in no uncertain
tone and words, of which, like few mortals, he was a past
master.

That quality rather than quantity is after all the
proper standard by which the value of a library should
be determined^ was Mr. Benton's principle in the acquire-
ment of this collection. He never bought an imperfect
or a mutilated copy, with the exception of perhaps only
one, a Salisbury primer of 1538. The original owner of

'See my article "Elizabethan Prayer Books of 1559" in the Anglican
Theological Review, Vol. I, No. 3, pp. 310-313, December, 1918.

' G. W. Cole, Book-Collectors as Benefactors of Public Libraries, Chicago,
1915, p. 32.

136 Bibliographical Society of America

this lay-folks' prayer book, soon after the Reformation,
when the zeal for "the new religion" was most intense,
struck out with pen and ink the prayers which referred
to the Virgin Mary, and prayers for the dead. He like-
wise cut out a number of pages. The crossing out of so
many sentences and whole prayers in this copy is also
explained as a result of the Act of Parliament in 1 549-50
(Statutes 3 and 4 Edw. VI, cap. 10) : "for the abolishinge
and puttinge awaye of diuerse Bookes and Images."
It provided that any person might use any prymer,
in English or Latin, set forth by the late king, "so that
the sentences of Invocations or Prayer to Saintes in the
same prymers be blotted or clerelye put out of the
same. "'

On the other hand, it was not the habit of Mr. Benton
to refuse buying a rare book because of the shabby con-
dition of its binding, as has been the case with many book
collectors. A complete text was the chief prerequisite,
aU else of secondary importance. Mr. Benton exemplified
the true antiquarian spirit in that not one of the early
and rare copies in his collection, even in case the binding
was in more or less dilapidated condition, received a
modern, sumptuous binding.

In order to preserve the historic character and the
identity of these books, he had caused every rare book
belonging to this portion of his large and valuable library
to be put into specially made cases of the finest and most

' See, also, W. K. Clay, Private Prayers of the Reign of Queen Elizabeth,
pp. vii-viii.

A Protest and a Plea 137

durable morocco leather, with an inner, additional
cover lined with asbestos, thus not only protecting the
book itself against dust, heat, and smoke, but preserving,
also, thereby, all the information as to former ownership,
which, as we all know, is usually to be found on the inside
of the covers or on the flyleaf, so often likewise destroyed
in your sumptuous modern rebinding.

The outer cases are of three sizes only, viz., folio,
quarto, and royal octavo; the inner cover fits exactly
around the book. Whatever space there is between outer
and inner case is filled in by additional layers of leather
or wooden blocks, also covered with leather. Thus the
whole collection, the backs of the cases being handsomely
and uniformly lettered, creates a most harmonious impres-
sion.

This truly antiquarian treatment of early and rare
books may appear to some readers and even to collectors
an unnecessary idiosyncracy; but to the careful bibliog-
rapher the data thus preserved in many cases are of
great interest and importance, assisting often in the
identification of copies in his possession or care with
copies in other quarters of which he has heard or read.

A few references to the many instances in the Benton
collection will, I trust, illustrate sufficiently and prove the
reasonableness of my plea and contention.

The copy of the first issue of the First Edwardine
liturgy, of March 7, 1549, was acquired in 1910 from the
library of the late Colonel Thomas of Philadelphia, who
had bought it through Quaritch at the sale of the library of

138 Bibliographical Society of America

the late Bishop John Gott, by Sotheby, Wilkinson &
Hodge, March 20 and 21, 1908. On the back of the front
cover is the following note written by William Gott,
father of the late bishop: ''This book belonged to Lord
Crewe Bp. of Durham, time of Chas. 2. and descended to
Lord Alvanley. At his death, his library was sold and I
bought this vol. : the opposite leaf was the fly leaf of the
old binding & is in the handwriting of the Bp. " William
Gott bought the book in 1858 (Alvanley sale, No. 294),
bound up with a liturgy of Elizabeth, and one of James I.
Gott had the books bound separately in 1858 by F.
Bedford.

The note by Bishop Crewe reads: "N.B. This is so
great a curiosity I apprehend ye value of it at least Ten
Guineas. "

Nathaniel Crew, third Baron Crew of Stene (1633-
1722), was bishop of Durham from 1674 to 1722. Though
twice married the bishop had no children, and at his
death the barony of Crew became extinct. Richard
Pepper Arden, Baron Alvanley (i 745-1 804), was lord
chief justice of the Common Pleas. He was called to
the House of Lords as Baron Alvanley, Cheshire, the
title being derived from his brother's estate.^ William
Gott bought the book from the estate of the third baron,
who died, childless, in 1857.

Whether the book was inherited by Bishop Crew or
bought by him cannot be ascertained. It must have

'"The life of Lord Alvanley," in William C, Townsend, The Lives of
Twelve Eminent Judges. Vol. i, pp. 1 29-161. London, 1846.

A Protest and a Plea 139

been originally a large-margin copy which was consider-
ably trimmed when bound up with the other liturgies
mentioned above. There are many brief manuscript
notes and remarks, written on the margin, below and
especially above the printed text in an early sixteenth-
century hand and spelling. The contents and character
of these notes point to a clergyman as their writer and
owner of the book. When the book was bound up with
the other hturgies, perhaps at the order of the Bishop
of Durham, many of these brief conmients were almost
completely cut away by the trimming the book underwent
at that time.

A copy of the Whitchurch edition of the Second
Edwardine Prayer Book, dated 1552, was bought from
Ellis of London, dealer in rare books, manuscripts, and
prints, in 19 10. Ellis had bought it through Quaritch, at
an auction sale of Christie, Manson & Woods, December
17, 1907. It contains the two rare leaves of "An Acte for
the Uniformitie of Common Prayer," lacking in most of
the few copies known. There are two book plates on the
back of the flyleaf, the one reading Scrope Berdmore,
S.T.P. Coll. Mert. Custos, 1790; the other, Henry C.
Compton, Esq., Manor House, Lyndhurst.

The Rev. Scrope Berdmore entered Merton College,
Oxford, in 1762, aged about 15. He was warden of his
college from 1790 until his death in 1810. In 1796 he
was also vice-chancellor, the last of the long list of vice-
chancellors. Henry Combe Compton, eldest son of
John Compton, of the Manor House of Minestead,

I40 Bibliographical Society of America

Lindhurst, Hants, was born in 1789 and matriculated at
Merton College in 1806. He probably acquired the book
upon the death of the warden of his college, after whom his
third son, the Rev. Berdmore Compton, M.A., Oxon,
was named. Berdmore Compton was prebendary of
St. Paul's and some time vicar of All Saints Church,
Margaret Street, London, W. He died in 1896. From
his estate the copy was bought by Ellis.

A handsome edition of the Liturgy, printed by Chris-
topher Barker, in 1581, was bought from the Hbrary of
the late Rev. J. H. Dent, Manor House, Hallaton,
England, at a sale by Hodgson & Co., January 24,
191 1. The book belonged originally to Sir Thomas
Fairfax, whose autograph is at the top of the first of the
three title pages. Denton, Yorkshire, was inherited by
him in right of his mother. He was knighted by Queen
Elizabeth in 1576 and died in 1599. His wife, Dorothy,
was the daughter of George Gale, Esq., of Asham Grange.
Sir Thomas, at one time of his life, must have given the
book to his wife, for the reverse of the title-page of the
Psalms, in this copy, has the manuscript lines: "This
booke aperteinith to the Ladie Dorothy fairfax of
Denton." Their oldest son. Sir Thomas, afterward
first Lord of Fairfax, was born in 1560 and died in 1640.
The younger son was Edward Fairfax, who died in 1635,
the poet and translator of Tasso's Gerusalemme Liberata.
In the reign of Elizabeth, to whom he dedicated his
translation of Tasso, Edward was known as a most
zealous adherent of the Church of England. It is quite
probable that the Prayer Book became the property of

A Protest and a Plea 141

Edward. On the death of the queen and the accession of
James, the sovereign's name was changed with pen and
ink in the Litany which begins on Sig. B ii, obverse, and
extends to Sig. B v, reverse. On Sig. B ii, reverse, the
same person who had changed the name of the sovereign
wrote the marginal note :

"I^^She is deade and yet she lines: for one deathe
two Lifes God geues | here on earthe in memorey: ther
in heuen in endlesse glorie. | tho she semd to rayne alone :
yet he wch owes of Thrones the Throne, | did sway his
septer in hir hand; and blest w^*" peace and welth hir
land I she was, she is his handmaid f ayre : then Englandes
quene now heuens cohare. Fa.;"

Sir Thomas, prosaic and strong partisan of James I,
would scarce have penned such lines. The book, there-
fore, was in all probability the property of his younger
brother, Edward.

An interesting edition of the Prayer Book is the Black-
Letter Folio of 1636, printed by Robert Barker and by
the Assignes of lohn Bill. The copy of this edition in
the Benton collection was likewise bought by Hodgson
& Co., at the sale of the library of the late Rev. J. H.
Dent. It was originally the property of William Juxon,
of Little Compton, Archbishop of Canterbury, whose
arms with gilt panels are on the front and back cover.
The binding, therefore, dates shortly after 1660. He
died June 4, 1663.

I mentioned above the Salisbury primer of 1538 as
the only imperfect and mutilated book in the Benton
collection. Of this prymer, "imprynted at Rowen, by

142 Bibliographical Society of America

Nicholas Le Roux for Franchoys Regnault, M.D. xxxviii,"
only four copies beside the Benton copy can be traced,
viz., (i) the British Museum (C. 35b. 12) in a very
fragmentary condition; (2) the Cambridge University
Library, Henry Bradshaw's bequest; (3) Henry Hucks
Gibbs, apparently the John Fuller Russell copy, sold
Jime, 1885; and (4) the Marsh Library, Dublin, Ireland
(see Royal Irish Academy, Proceedings, Series 3, Vol.
4, p. 426). Not one of these copies is perfect, for the
reason, undoubtedly, mentioned above.

The Benton copy was bought at the Lord Amherst
sale. The front incover has the bookplate of Burton-
Constable reading: "Burton Constable | Library | Edward
Constable." Lord Amherst bought the book at the
Burton-Constable sale, Saturday, June 29, 1889. The
library, located at Burton-Constable township in York-
shire, England, was collected principally by Cuthbert
Constable, M.D., an antiquary of no mean repute who
died in 1747. The collecting was continued by William
Constable, his son, who died in 1791. The whole estate
and the library were inherited by Sir Thomas Hugh
Clifford Constable (1762-1823).

On the flyleaf of the book is written: "bought at

5 D
Mussel's Sale at Langford's in 1766 for K-f." S and

D manifestly stand for shilling and pence. K, the

tenth letter of the alphabet and f the sixth, indicate the

price the book brought in 1766 as ios-6d. Above

this note in the right-hand upper corner we read "E.

Mu . . . . I 1750," the rest of the name being cut off.

A Protest and a Plea 143

It is evidently to be restored to "E[benezer] Mussel [ of
Bethnal Green]." Abraham Langford (17 11-74) was a
playwright of some reputation and one of the best known
London auctioneers. In 1748 he succeeded "the great
Mr. Cock," i.e., Christopher,' or "Auctioneer" Cock,
at the auction rooms in the northeast corner of the Piazza,
Covent Garden. The sale of Mussel's library took place
on May 30, 1766.

The most interesting book in the Benton collection
from the point of view of the present article is a collection
of six Savoy Conference documents, gathered by Thomas
Case, one of the Presbyterian commissioners to the
Conference in 1661. The history of the book is as
follows: In 1743 the copy was bought by Edward Leeds,
in whose handwriting these lines are found on the obverse
side of the first flyleaf: "The contents are on the next
leaf. This Volume was collected by the Reverend
Mr. Tho^ Case, one of the Assembly of Divines at West-
minster in 1648 and one of the commissioners appointed by
his Majestye to revise the Book of Common Prayer in
1661. Mr. Case's wife's Daughter by a former Husband
married Dr. Hawes, a physitian in London, whose son
the Reverend Mr. Tho^ Hawes, Rector of Croxton in
Cambridgeshire dying in 1743, 1 purchased it of his widow
among some other books of her late Husband.

Edward Leeds

Croxton Septr. 27, 1743-"

Thomas Case (i 598-1682) was a Presbyterian divine
of great prominence. He was married August 8, 1637,

144 Bibliographical Society of America

to Anne, daughter of Oswald Mosley of Ancoats, Man-
chester, and widow of Robert Booth, of Salford, whose
family had been for generations most prominent. In
1 64 1 he became rector of St. Mary Magdalen, Milk
Street, London. Here he remained untU 1649. His
resentment against the late Episcopal government was
very deep and lasting, and was emphasized in every one
of his writings. Later he became rector of the great
parish of St. Giles-in-the-Fields, beyond Holborn, whence
he was ejected in 1662, upon his refusal to subscribe to
the requirements of the Act of Uniformity. The same
treatment was awarded to about two thousand Pres-
byterian ministers whose lives were shortly afterward
written by Edmund Calamy, the younger. Most of
these men, however, had been intruded into the benefices
of ejected Anglican clergy, who were seldom given the
opportunity to conform to non-conformity.''

To Dr. William Hawes, Case dedicated his best-known
work. Mount Pisgah, in 1670.

Edward Leeds (1685-1758) was a serjeant-at-law.
He was admitted to the Inner Temple in 17 10; called to
the bar in June, 17 18, and attained eminence as a case
lawyer. During his vacations he Uved mainly on his

'See John Walker (1674-1747). An attempt toward recovering an account
of the numbers and sufferings of the clergy of the Church of England, in the late
times of the Grand Rebellion: occasioned by the ninth chapter {now the second
volume) of Dr. Calamy' s Abridgment of the Life of Mr. Baxter. London:
Printed by W. S. for J. Nicholson. 1714. (3), ii, (17) 436 pp. 3Scm., in as.
Geoffrey Buhner Tatham. Dr. John Walker and the sufferings of the clergy.
Cambridge. The University Press, iqi i . vii (i), 429 pp. (Cambridge Histori-
cal Essays, No. 20.) 19 cm., in 8s.

A Protest and a Plea 145

estate at Croxton. He was a great lover of antiquity
and a collector of books. It is probable that the binding
of the collection of documents, in old English blue
morocco, with gilt tooling and edges, was executed after
it was purchased by Leeds in 1743. His eldest son,
Edward Leeds, was born in 1728. He died, unmarried,
in 1803. After his death his father's library was appar-
ently sold at auction.

The next owner of the book was Sir Mark Masterman
Sykes, whose beautiful gilt book label adorns the center
of the front inside cover. Sykes was born in 1771.
At the death of his father he became third baronet of
Sledmere, in Yorkshire. He was a famous bibliophile
and possessed one of the finest libraries in England.
His personal memorandimi, showing that he had entered
this book in his catalogue, appears at the top of the in-
side cover: "Cat V 2 P 729 MMS Sledmere." A cata-
logue of his library was prepared by Henry John Todd.
Todd, the well-known editor of Milton's works, was
born in 1763 and died in 1845. For some time he was
curate and canon in Canterbury Cathedral, and later
rector of Setrington, Yorkshire. He was a zealous student
of rare books and manuscripts. Sykes died in 1823.
His library was sold in May and June, 1824. A note
opposite the catalogue entry quoted above refers to this
sale: "Sir M. Sykes's Sale pt IH no 229:2.2.0; (commis-
sions, etc.) 6s = a total of 2.8.0."

From Sykes's library the book passed into that of
Richard Heber, indicated by the book stamp, "Bibliotheca

146 Bibliographical Society of America

Heberiana," on the front page of the first flyleaf.
Heber (17 73-1833) was a half brother of Bishop Reginald
Heber (i 783-1826) and was a well-known book collector.
The catalogue of his immense library is published in 12
parts, 1834-36; 8vo. The sale of his books extended
from April 10, 1834, to February 22, 1837. Our book was
bought by Robert Daly (1783-1872), Bishop of Cashel
and Waterford, an eminent leader of the evangelical
wing of the Church of England. His valuable library
included a fine collection of Bibles and Prayer Books.
This portion was sold at auction, June 25, 1858; and the
proceeds were applied to benevolent purposes. To this
sale refers a statement on the obverse of the back fly-
leaf, left-hand upper corner, viz., "A.S.X. Bp. of Cashels
sale. No. 330.1858." The copy was sold by Sotheby
for £5.12.^ and bought by William Gott, the father
of John Gott, the Bishop of Truro. His bookplate
and name are pasted on the inside front cover beneath
that of Sykes. From Bishop Gott's library it was bought
by Mr. Benton at the sale at Sotheby's, March 21, 1908.
Had Dr. Benton foUowed the custom of many well-
known English and American book collectors, and had
he rebound his books in sumptuous modern morocco
bindings, most of the history of the transmission of these
books would have been destroyed, and they would only
be known to future generations of students as the Benton
copies in the Boston Public Library. His sane and

'See, also, Lowndes, A Bibliographer's Manual, London, 1865. Vol.
4, page 1948, col. 2.

A Protest and a Plea 147

sagacious method of incasing all these books without
rebinding them has saved their history and individu-
ality.

The few illustrations given above, which could be
greatly augmented, will, I hope, have shown the desira-
bility and the importance of saving every indication,
even the apparently most insignificant, of former owner-
ship on the part of collectors and buyers of early printed
and otherwise rare copies of books and pamphlets. Let
not the history of the transmission of such copies be
destroyed by rebinding. The shabbiest cover and fly-
leaf, with notes, book labels, and other indications of
former ownership, be they ever so scanty and, at first
glance, unintelligible, will be dearer to the true antiquary
and the conscientious bibliographer than a row of sumptu-
ously rebound books, delightful only to the proud owner
and the superficial admiring visitor, but an eyesore and
bitter disappointment to him who considers books entitled
to personal individuality as much as his own self.

And, therefore, I beg collectors and lovers of these
old friends, I beseech advisers, librarians, and bibliog-
raphers, engrave upon the tablets of your memory, and
teach to your colleagues and assistants, present and future,
the so often neglected injunction: save the historical
character of books and pamphlets, owned by you, or
intrusted to your care ! Let all data remain in books ! Yea

Maneant sua data libellis!

BODLEY'S LIBRARIAN. EMERITUS

pALCONER MADAN, M.A., was born in 1851 and
educated at Marlborough and Oxford. He entered
Brasenose College in 1870, was elected a Fellow six
years later, and in 1880 succeeded Ingram By water as
Sub-Librarian of the Bodleian Library. During his
period of office as Sub-Librarian Mr Madan was chiefly
engaged in cataloguing manuscripts, four volumes of his
Summary Catalogue of Western Manuscripts in the Bodleian
Library being published between the years 1895 and 1906.
From 1889 to 1 9 13 he held the appointment of University
Lecturer in Mediaeval Palaeography.

Mr. Madan succeeded E. W. B. Nicholson as Bodley's
Librarian in June, 191 2, and from that time devoted
himself wholly to administrative work, which at first
centered round the extensive rearrangements of library
collections due to the building of the Underground Book-
store between the Bodleian and the Radcliffe Camera.

Among his more notable activities mention should be
made of the Bodleian Quarterly Record, which he founded
with a view to publishing a list of chief accessions and
interesting persons in the work and progress of the
Library. He also with characteristic energy organized
in 1 91 6 the most important and extensive exhibition
of Shakespeariana held in Great Britain in connection
with the tercentenary of Shakespeare's death.

148

Bodley's Librarian, Emeritus 14Q

In the annals of the Library Mr. Madan's period of
office as Bodley's Librarian will be notable for the splendid
gifts from Dr. Paget Toynbee of Italian books, from
Mr. Edmund Backhouse of Chinese books, and for the
Bywater bequest.

Wide as Mr. Madan's reputation is as a palaeographer
it is still wider as a bibliographer. His first biblio-
graphical work was The Fight at Dame Europd's School.
In 1895 the first volume of his chief work, The Oxford
Press, appeared. Mr. Madan's monograph on The
Gresleys of Drakelowe, with which family he is connected
on his mother's side, is a monument to his patient and
accurate methods of historical research.

In 1909 Mr. Madan was appointed Sandars Reader
in Bibliography at the University of Cambridge, and
was elected President of the Library Association for
1914-15.

WORKS OF FALCONER MADAN

DaU.

Bibliography of the "Fight at Dame Europa's School" 1882,

Bibliography of Sacheverell 1884.

Edited: H. Bradshaw, Half Century of Notes of John

Dome 1886.

Why we believe the Gospels to contain genuine his-
tory (Oxford House papers) 1889-90.

Oxford. A subject and alphabetical index. (Not

published.) 1887.

List of the Oxford city records 1887.

Rough list of manuscript materials relating to the

history of Oxford 1887.

150 Bibliographical Society of America

Date.

Edited: A century of the Phoenix common room,
Brasenose College 1 786-1 886

Bodleian lending 1888.

(With W. E. Buckley.) The Brasenose calendar.

[With supplement, 1889] 1888.

The Brazen Nose. (Quatercentenary monographs,

VIII) 1888-89.

Edited: Stuart papers. 2 vols. (Roxburghe Club) . 1889.

Books in manuscript 1893.

Early Oxford Press. (Oxford Hist. Soc.) Reissued

as Vol. I of Oxford Books, 2 vols. . 1895-1912.

A summary catalogue of Western MSS. in the Bod-
leian Library. Vols. 3-6 . . . . . 1 895-1906.

Bibliographical list of printed works of Dr. Pusey . 1897.

The Gresleys of Drakelowe 1899.

A chart of Oxford printing '1468-1900. (2 issues) 1904.

The Daniel Press. Wausau, Wisconsin . . . 1904.

Obituary: Albert Watson. (Oxford Magazine) . 1904.

The original Bodleian copy of the first folio of
Shakespere. (With S. Gibson and G. M. R.
Turbett. 3 issues) 1905.

The Oxford University Press, a brief account.

[2 issues] 1908.

[Parts of the Oxford Historical Society's publica-
tions.]

Brasenose College. Quatercentenary monographs,

I, II, VIII 1909.

Edited (With G. H. Wakeling) : The Brazen Nose.

Vols. I- 1909, &c.

[Miscellaneous contributions to bibliographical and
other publications.]

MINUTES OF THE ANNUAL MEETING OF THE
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA
HELD AT ASBURY PARK. NEW JERSEY.
JUNE 25. 1919

The Annual Meeting of the Society was held in the New
Monterey Hotel, Asbury Park, New Jersey, at half past two
o'clock on June 25, 1919, with the President, George Watson
Cole, in the chair.

The following papers were read:

President's Address, Bibliographical Ghosts, by George Watson
Cole, Librarian of the Henry E. Huntington Library, New York
City.

Bibliography of the War, by Ernest C. Richardson, Librarian
of Princeton University.

Maneant sua data libellis; a Protest and a Plea, by William
Muss-Arnolt, of the Boston Public Library.

Speeches of Daniel Webster, by Clifford Blake Clapp, of the
Henry E. Huntington Library.

Mr. Clapp's paper, of which he presented only a summary, is
printed in the preceding number of the Society's Papers; the
others appear in the present number.

Mr. Azariah S. Root, Librarian of OberUn College, read a
brief account of the career of Falconer Madan, Esq., who recently
retired from the post of Bodley's Librarian at Oxford, prepared
for the Society by Mr. Gibson of the Bodleian Library. Upon
Mr. Root's motion it was voted that a committee consisting of
Mr. Cole and Mr. Winship be instructed to send to Mr. Madan
an expression of the Society's appreciation of his services to
bibUography and his unfailing courtesy and generous assistance
to those engaged in bibliographical researches.

151

152 Bibliographical Society of America

Mr. George Parker Winship, Librarian of the Harry Elkins
Widener Collection, Harvard University Library, reported for the
Committee on the Census of Incunabula, that the printing of the
Census was completed in December, 1918. The Introduction,
List of Contributors, and Addenda of titles received too late for
inclusion in the proper place were in the hands of the printers,
and it was hoped to issue the completed work during the summer.

Mr. Cedric Chivers, of Bath, England, spoke informally in
comment on Dr. Muss-Amolt's paper, and gave interesting informa-
tion concerning the ways in which a skilful binder can preserve
the covering of old volumes. He particularly condemned the
practice of dressing rare old books in bright-colored three-quarters
Morocco leather, and described the method by which translucent
vellum has been used to protect original covers, not only preserving
the old material but retaining the notes or marks on the covers,
which are frequently of importance in tracing the provenance of a
copy. Mr. Chivers explained how these bindings came to be made,
and his own discovery of the method of treating the material which
makes them possible.

The Treasurer, Mr. Frederick W. Faxon, of Boston, presented
his report, which is printed herewith.

Mr. WilUam Dawson Johnston for the Committee to Nominate
OflScers reported the names, as given below, and, a ballot having
been cast, they were unanimously elected:

President: George Watson Cole.

Vice-Presidents: George P. Winship, J. C. M. Hanson.

Secretary: Augustus H. Shearer.

Treasurer: Frederick W. Faxon.

Councilors: George A. PUmpton, to serve in the place of
Henry Morse Stephens, deceased, until 1920. Worthington
Chauncy Ford, to serve until 1923.

Henry O. Severance, Secretary

Minutes of the Annual Meeting 153

REPORT OF THE TREASURER
JULY 1918 TO JUNE 1919

The Bibliographical Society of America has, at the present
time, 186 members in good standing, of whom 6 are new members
since the last report. There are also 8 life members and i honor-
ary member, making 195 in all. German and Austrian members
are not reckoned this year.

We have, since our last report, dropped 3 members for non-
payment of dues, and 4 members have resigned, namely, R. H,
Dodd, Charles H. Brown, E. C. Hills, and F. H. Severance.

The payment of 191 9 dues is more nearly complete at this
time than usual, there being only 8 of our members at present
impaid for the current year.

I append report covering the year from July i, 1918, to June

30, 1919:

Receipts

July-December, 191 8

Balance on hand July i, 1918 $294.81

Membership dues, 1918 24.00

Interest on deposit, July-December,

1918 4.65

University of Chicago Press:

Sales of publications, January-
June, 1918 58.75

Sales of publications, July-De-
cember, 1918 52.26

H. S. White, payment toward Fiske

Memorial 129 . 20

$563.67

January- June, 19 19

Dues 1919 (including several for 191 8,
and the sale of one back number

to a member) 561 . 40

Interest on deposit, January- June, 1919. . 5.15

566.55

$1,130.22

154 Bibliographical Society of America

Expenditures
July-December, 191 8
University of Chicago Press:

Addressing, mailing, etc, publica-
tions 29 . 54

Papers, vol. 12, no. 3-4 426.62

$456.16

January-Jime, 1919
Addressing bills to members, postage, etc. . . 10. 50
Exchange on checks 20

10.70

466.86
Balance in bank (State Street Trust

Co. , Boston) 663 . 36

$1,130.22

Life-Membership Fund

Principal

(For use only on Publications, not on regiilar Papers)

Balance on hand July i, 1918 $368 . 52

No receipts
No expenditures

Balance on hand Jxme 30, 191 9 (Brook-
line Savings Bank) $368 . 52

$368.52

Interest

(Applicable to regular expenses of the Society)

Balance on hand July 1, 1918 52.56

Accrued interest to June 30, 1919 15 . 18

67.74

No expenditures

Balance on hand June 30, 1919 (Brook-

line Savings Bank) 67 . 74 67 . 74

67.74

Total 436. 26

Respectfully submitted

F. W. Faxon, Treasurer

NOTES OF BOOKS AND WORKERS

Hail and Farewell. — When those who go abroad to study
in libraries get to England once more, they will miss the two most
familiar faces. At Oxford, Falconer Madan is no longer Bodley's
Librarian, and at the British Museum Mr. Barwick has been suc-
ceeded as Keeper of Printed Books by Alfred W. Pollard.

George F. Barwick entered the service of the Museum in 1879.
In 1900 he became Superintendent of the Reading Room, where
he had already established himself in the grateful affection not
alone of those Americans who frequent that fount wherein the
makers of books seek perpetual youth. Since 1914 he has guided,
and guarded, the Library as Keeper. His administration is, and
it is profoundly to be hoped may always be, unique in the two
things which have chiefly worried him during these five years —
Zeppelin bombs and war-time officials seeking deskroom. The
former undoubtedly caused more anxiety, but the annoyance, as
well as actual damage, caused by the latter cannot yet be appraised.

This Society is under obligations to Mr. Gibson of the Bodleian
staff for the memorandum on Mr. Madan's work printed on a
preceding page, which was read at the annual meeting. There
is an account in No. 22 of the Bodleian Quarterly Record of the
election of his successor, Dr. A. E. Cowley, who was ceremonially
inducted into his chair of office with a Latin speech, on June 24.
In a University oration on the following day Mr. Madan was
referred to as "custos summus, librorum amator, antiquitatis
helluo, reliquiarum Oxoniensium auctor religiosissimus, con-
servator fidelissimus. " He has taken a study at the Bodleian
and "is almost as regular in attendance as before, busily con-
tinuing his work on the history of Oxford printing. "

A Mohawk Saint. — In the Edward E. Ayer collection at
the Newberry Library there is a little, imperfect, vellum-covered

156 Bibliographical Society of America

volume which was picked up in a second-hand bookstore in Chicago
for a sum so small as to be negligible. It lacks the title-page, one
preliminary leaf, and fifteen pages of the text. It is a Spanish
translation of P. Pierre Cholenec's account of the life of Catherine
Tekakwitha, the "Indian saint" or "Lily of the Mohawks,"
and was published in Mexico in 1724. It is entered in Beristain
under the name of Juan Hurtasum as follows: "La Gracia triun-
fante en la Vida de Catarina Tegacovita, India Iroquesa, y en las
de otras de su Nacion. Imp. en Megico por Hogal, 1724."
The "Aprobacion" contains the following: "Escrita en francos
por el Padre Francisco Colonec, de la sagrada Compania de Jesus,
y traducida en castellano por el R. P. Juan de Vrtassum de la
misma Compania."

The title appears under Urtassum in Dr. Nicolas Leon's Bib-
liografia Mexicana del Siglo xviii, Part I, 1902, No. 956, and as
No. 2772 in Jose Toribio Medina's La Imprenta en Mexico, 1909.
Neither gives the location of a copy, but as Medina has the line-
endings, he or one of his correspondents had presumably seen it.

The French original was first published in "Lettres edifiantes
et curieuses, ecrites des missions etrangeres. " These "Lettres"
were translated into Spanish by P. Diego Davin, thus giving us
two Spanish translations of the account. It has also been trans-
lated into German, in Stoecklein, J., Allerhand Reisebeschreibun-
gen, Band i, Th. 6, 1726, and into the Mohawk and Montagnais

Indian languages.

Clara A. Smith

A Grolier Club Exhibition. — Perhaps one of the most
important exhibitions of printed books ever held in America was
opened for the Annual Meeting of the Grolier Club of New York
on the evening of January 23, and continued on public view until
March 15, 1919.

The exhibition consisted of Early Printed Liturgical Books,
with many books of private devotion. These were interesting

Notes of Books and Workers 157

for a multitude of reasons aside from their subject-matter: first,
perhaps, because of their place at the beginning of the history
of the printed book, showing, as nothing else does, its direct
development from the manuscript; then for their wealth of
illustration, their importance among the first picture-books, as
well as for the portrayal of contemporary manners and customs
which the cuts contain; and, again, for the association of many of
the copies with the great names of history, or with the famous
collectors in whose libraries they have been preserved successively
until today — among them the ponderous Missal of Henry III,
a Book of Hours illuminated for Francis I when a boy, and another
made for Catherine de Medici, which, it has been suggested, may
have been used by her on the very night of the horrors of St.
Bartholomew. That these service books have been a favorite
subject with printers, who have been students of their art and
collectors as well, is proved by the large number of volumes in the
exhibition which had passed through the collections of the great
Didot and William Morris, and it was pleasant for a lover of Morris
to trace their influence upon him, both in the types and the quaint
cuts of the very copies which he had owned and studied.

The most important book exhibited was the famous Mainz
Psalter of Fust and Schoeffer, 1459, with its initial letters, which
are the despair of printers in colors today. This copy of the second
dated book is the only one of the few existing which has found its
way to America. Other choice volumes were the only known
copy of the first service book printed in England (a Book of Hours
done by Caxton, about 1477), the Mozarahic Psalter and Breviary
printed for Cardinal Ximenez, which are among the rarest and
handsomest examples of Spanish printing, and colored and un-
colored copies of the great Missal, published by Giunta in 1503
for the monks of Vallombrosa, called the most beautiful missal ever
printed in Venice.

A Treatise on the Mass, by Savonarola (Florence, ca. 1496),
was opened to show a cut representing the Elevation of the Host,

158 Bibliographical Society of America

one of the most beautiful woodcuts of the Italian Renaissance.
Early German decoration was represented by the Psalter of Her-
mann Nitschwitz, printed at the Cistercian Monastery at Zinna,
ca. 1495, a curious work executed in honor of the Emperor Frederick
and his son Maximilian, and called by Mr. Pollard the "most
richly decorated German book of the 15th century." A case of
lovely little Italian Books of Hours included two copies of Aldus'
Greek Horae of 1497, with its noted woodcut of the Annunciation.

Fully two-thirds of the exhibition, however, was made up of
the French Books of Hours so generally conceded to be, both
in printing and illustration, among the most beautiful books ever
printed. Nearly one hundred of these were exhibited, .so that
in addition to showing the illustrations usually accompanying
the Hours of the Virgin, the Sequences, the Penitential Psalms,
etc., it was possible to exhibit many of the varied forms of treat-
ment, by different artists, of the same subject, as, for instance,
the "Annunciation to the Shepherds," always one of the most
charming of the illustrations, as well as to trace the same block
through the ofl&ces of different printers, for the study of the inter-
change of blocks among the printers of the Parisian Horae has
always been a puzzling one. Other volumes were opened at leaves
showing the delicate tracery of the floral borders, the tiny woodcut
figures of many of the border blocks, the elaborate marks of the
various printers, and the cuts of the occupations of the months,
with their very human interest, preceded by the Anatomical Man
in all his gruesomeness, even as he appears in the popular almanac
of today. By far the greater number were printed on vellum,
and many were illuminated, but the beauty of the coloring in
many cases failed to atone for the loss of the clear lines of the
woodcut, and it was usually the uncolored copy that received the
greater attention.

Antoine Verard, the first publisher of these Horae, was repre-
sented by a superb copy of his Grandes Heures of August 20, 1490,
followed by seven others produced by him. The work of Jean

Noies of Books and Workers 159

du Pre, first Parisian printer of illustrated books, was shown by
a volume printed for Meslier, February 14, 1490. The followers
of Verard and Du Pre, though not originators, attained a perfection
which is found especially in the work of Philippe Pigouchet and
his principal publisher, Simon Vostre. No less than twenty-five
volumes produced by them appeared in the exhibition, the beauti-
ful editions of August 22 and September 16, 1498, probably the
most noted of all the Horae, being seen in colored and uncolored
copies. Examples of the five different sets of cuts which they
used were shown — the early archaic, followed by the perfection
of the simple French Gothic, and the sets showing German influence
and the gradual deterioration which came in the first quarter of the
sixteenth century. Long sets by Kerver, the Hardouyns, and the
minor printers showed variety, but little originality, until the work
of Geofroy Tory was reached, when new beauty, this time of the
Renaissance, was infused into the old Book of Hours. Two
varieties of Tory's noted edition of 1524-25 were exhibited.

In the sixteenth century, as evidenced especially by the books
produced by Thielman Kerver, Higman and Eustace, the old
Gothic border, with its manifold charms, went out of fashion;
and in one case in the exhibition two copies of the same book
were seen, one of them containing the usual border, and the other
(whether by some such process as the use of a frisket, or by
erasure, is not certain) appearing with only a narrow gold fillet
painted about the type-page.

The exhibition closed with a group of books of English interest,
including Caxton's Hours according to Sarum Use, already referred
to; five early Primers, printed in England, or partially, at least,
in the English language; three editions of the famous Queen
Elizabeth's Prayer-Book, and the first edition of the Book of Com-
mon Prayer, knoAvn as the First Book of Edward VI, 1549.

R. S. G.

i «"^OlNGL/cr

mv I

Z Bibliographical Society

1008 of America
B485 Papers

V. 11-13

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Book-prices current; a record of the prices at which books have been sold at auction"

See other formats